Including a file or attachment with a fax

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Select the files you want to attach, in the order you want to fax them. Do any of the following:

Select any file on your hard drive [image] On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears. Select the file you want to attach and click OK.

Select a predefined attachment from your Attachment Library [image] If you have already prepared WinFax attachments, they are stored in your Attachment Library. On the Insert menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Add Attachments dialog appears. Select the file that you want to attach and click OK.

Select a fax from your logs [image] On the Insert menu, click From Logs. The Attach Log Message dialog appears. Select the message containing the fax pages you want to attach and click OK.

Select a scanned image [image] Prepare the document to scan, and on the Insert menu, click From Scanner. The scanning software starts. Select Preview, Scan or an equivalent command.

3	Repeat step 2 until you have added all the documents you want to fax. Thumbnails of the selected documents appear in fax image format in the preview area at the bottom of the Send dialog.

4	Remove unnecessary fax pages (optional). You can select which pages you want to fax from the files you attached to this fax in step 2. To remove a page, click its thumbnail and then click Delete on the Edit menu.

5	Position the fax pages in the order you want to send them (optional). To re-position a fax page, click its thumbnail and drag it to the appropriate position in the thumbnail area.

 Related Topics


Previewing an attachment at send time

1	In the Send dialog, select the files you want to attach.

 How to …

2	Click the thumbnail you want to preview. An enlarged version of the page appears in the fax preview area.

3	To adjust the magnification, use the buttons at the bottom of the fax preview area.

 Related Topics


Opening the WinFax Attachments window

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.


Modifying WinFax attachment information

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the attachment you want to modify.

4	In the attachment list, click the attachment you want to modify.

5	On the File menu, click Properties. The Attachment Properties dialog appears.

6	In the Description and Keywords fields, edit the text as necessary.


Viewing a WinFax attachment

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the attachment you want to view.

4	In the attachment list, double click the attachment you want to view.

Notes

If the attachment is a fax image, Viewer starts and opens the file. If the attachment is a binary file and you have set up the proper Windows file association, the attachment's associated program launches with the appropriate file loaded.

View attachments, attachment thumbnails, and attachment information in the display area directly below the folder list by enabling the appropriate Display command on the View menu.

 Related Topics


Removing a WinFax attachment from the WinFax Attachment Library

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the attachment you want to delete.

4	In the attachment list, click the attachment you want to delete.

5	On the Edit menu, click Delete.

6	If you enabled Confirm All Manual Deletions in the Message Management Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Message Management, and then click the General tab), a confirmation dialog appears. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. WinFax deletes the attachment from the folder and places it in the Wastebasket folder.

7	If there are fax image files (.FXS) in the attachment, WinFax prompts you to specify whether you want to delete them. Click Yes to delete the .FXS files. When deleted, they are removed both from the attachment library and from your computer.


Creating WinFax attachments (help wizard)
Creating WinFax attachments

More information needed ...

Click the option that best describes the document you want to create an attachment for:

Document changes frequently [image] I want to add this document to my WinFax Attachment Library and have WinFax convert it to fax image format when I compose the fax. This will ensure that I always send the latest version. (WinFax converts the document to fax image format each time it is attached to a fax you send using the BFT delivery method.)

Document does not change frequently [image] I want to convert this document to fax image format now and add it to my WinFax Attachment Library so that I can quickly attach it at send time. (This option saves processing time since WinFax does not have to convert the document to fax image format each time it is attached to a fax.)

Document is scanned [image] I want to scan a document into WinFax and add it to the WinFax Attachment Library.

Document is my corporate letterhead [image] I want to set up a letterhead attachment so that I can merge my letterhead with faxes I send.


Creating a WinFax attachment (native file format)

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder to which you want to add the attachment.

4	On the File menu, point to New and click Attachment. The New Attachment dialog appears.

5	In the Description field, type a name or description to help you identify this attachment in the future.

6	In the Keywords field, type a word or phrase which you can later use to search for the attachment.

7	In the File Name field, type the path and name of the file. If you do not know the file name, click Select, select the appropriate file, and click Open.

Notes

WinFax converts the attachments to fax image format when you add them in the Send dialog.

When you create fax image format attachments or letterhead attachments, they are automatically added to the WinFax Attachment Library.

 Related Topics


Creating a WinFax attachment (fax image format)

1	Start the appropriate program and open the appropriate document.

2	Do one of the following:

On the program's File menu, click the fax command. The fax command appears if you installed the appropriate WinFax macro for this program. A print dialog appears.

On the program's File menu, click Print (or the equivalent command). A print dialog appears.

3	Select the WinFax printer and print the document. The Send dialog appears with the document you printed displayed in the fax preview area in fax image format.

4	On the File menu, click Save As Attachment. The Save As Attachment dialog appears.

5	In the Description field, type a name to help you identify this attachment in the future.

6	In the Keywords field, type text to help you identify this attachment in the future.

7	In the Folder drop-down list, click the attachment folder where you want to store the attachment.

Notes

Converting commonly used attachments to fax image format ahead of time, may save you time when you send the fax. Use this procedure for documents that do not change frequently. If your document changes frequently, add the attachment by inserting the file at send time. Alternatively, add the native document files to the WinFax Attachment Library and WinFax will convert the files to fax image format at send time (thus, using the latest version of the file).

Assigning consistent descriptions and keywords to your attachments helps to make searches more efficient.

 Related Topics


Creating a WinFax attachment (letterhead)

1	Start the appropriate program and open the document you want to use as your letterhead.

2	Do one of the following:

On the program's File menu, click the fax command. The fax command appears if you installed the appropriate WinFax macro for this program. A print dialog appears.

On the program's File menu, click Print (or the equivalent command). A print dialog appears.

3	Select the WinFax printer and print the document. The Send dialog appears with the document you printed displayed in the fax preview area in fax image format.

4	On the File menu, click Save As Attachment. The Save As Attachment dialog appears.

5	Enable Use As Letterhead.

6	In the Description drop-down, do either of the following:

If you want this letterhead to appear on the first page of faxes, click Paper1.

If you want this letterhead to appear on subsequent pages of faxes, click Paper2.

7	In the Keywords field, type text to help you identify this attachment in the future.

8	Click OK. WinFax saves the document with an .FXS extension and places it in the Letterhead folder in the WinFax Attachment library.

Notes

Assign consistent keywords to attachments to help make searches more efficient.

The letterhead option is not available under Windows NT/2000.

If you want your letterhead to appear in a different position on the first page than on subsequent pages of a fax, create two letterhead attachments [image] one letterhead positioned as you want it to appear on the first page and one letterhead positioned as you want it to appear on subsequent pages.

 Related Topics


Moving a WinFax attachment

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the attachment you want to move.

4	In the attachment list, click the attachment you want to move.

5	On the Edit menu, click Move To. The Move To Folder dialog appears.

6	In the Move To list, click the destination folder.


 Copying a WinFax attachment

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the attachment you want to copy.

4	In the attachment list, click the attachment you want to copy.

5	On the Edit menu, click Copy To. The Copy To Folder dialog appears.

6	In the Copy To list, click the destination folder.


 Sorting the WinFax attachment list

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the attachment list, click the appropriate column heading. Click again to reverse the sort direction.


Searching for a WinFax attachment

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click WinFax Attachments. The Attachments window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder you want to search.

4	On the View menu, click Search. The Search Attachments dialog appears.

5	In the Description, Keywords, and File Name fields, type the text for which you want to search.

6	In the Options section, enable the appropriate options.

7	Click Search. The words "Search Active" appear beside the title of the Attachments window. Message Manager displays the only those attachments that match your search criteria. If there are no matches, the folder appears empty.

Note

To display all attachments in the folder after a search, click Search on the View menu again.

 Related Topics


Including a cover page

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the cover page drop-down list, click the cover page you want to include. A thumbnail of the cover page appears below the cover page drop-down list.

3	Fill in the cover page.

 How to …

 Related Topics


Filling in a cover page (directly on Send dialog)
Filling in a cover page (directly on the Send dialog)

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the cover page drop-down list, click the cover page you want to include. A thumbnail of the cover page appears below the drop-down list.

3	Click in the preview area and add the appropriate text to your cover page. Do one of the following:

Type your message.

Insert a WinFax variable. ( [image] How to …)

4	Spell check your text (optional). Do the following:

a	Right click in the text area and click Spelling.

b	The spell check starts. When WinFax locates a word that is not in the dictionary, it displays the Spelling dialog. In the Spelling dialog, the current word appears in the Original Word field and all suggested matches appear in the list directly below. The closest suggested spelling appears at the top of this list.

Note: If you wish to switch to a different language dictionary, on the Spelling dialog click Options and select the language dictionary you wish to use. Continue spell checking.

c	Select the correct spelling of the word (if required) and then click the appropriate button.

d	When all words have been checked, the message "The spell check is complete" appears. Click OK to proceed.

5	If you selected a cover page other than the Quick Cover Page, format your text (optional). Do the following:

a	Select the text you want to format. To do this, position the cursor at the beginning of the text you want to format, hold down the left mouse button, drag the mouse to highlight the appropriate text, and then release the left mouse button.

b	Click the appropriate toolbar button to bold the text [image], italicize the text [image], or underline the text [image] or select the appropriate fonts in the drop-down list on the toolbar.

6	When you are ready to send the fax, click Send.

WinFax checks the cover page text for WinFax variables. If WinFax variables are detected, WinFax replaces those variables with the appropriate information (for example, the recipient name, fax number, date, time, page count, and so on).

WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

You cannot format text on the Quick Cover Page.

 Related Topics


Filling in a cover page (using Cover Page Filler)

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the cover page drop-down list, click the cover page you want to include. A thumbnail of the cover page appears below the drop-down list.

3	If you selected a cover page other than the Quick Cover Page, click Filler on the View menu. Filler starts and displays the selected cover page. The cursor appears in the first fillable field on the cover page.

4	Add the appropriate text to your cover page. Do the following:

Type your message.

Insert a WinFax variable. ( [image] How to …)

5	Press the Tab key to move to the next fillable field.

6	Repeat steps 4 and 5 until you have filled in all fillable fields.

7	Spell check your text (optional). Do the following:

a	On the Tools menu, click Spelling. The Spelling Selection dialog appears.

b	Click Entire Page and click OK. The spell check starts.

When Filler locates a word that is not in the dictionary, it displays the Spelling dialog. In the Spelling dialog, the current word appears in the Original Word field and all suggested matches appear in the list directly below. The closest suggested spelling appears at the top of this list.

Note: If you wish to switch to a different language dictionary, on the Spelling dialog click Options and select the language dictionary you wish to use. Continue spell checking.

c	Select the correct spelling of the word (if required) and then click the appropriate button.

d	When all words have been checked, the message "The spell check is complete" appears. Click OK to proceed.

8	If you selected a cover page other than the Quick Cover Page, format your text (optional). Do the following:

a	Select the text you want to format. To do this, position the cursor at the beginning the text you want to format, hold down the left mouse button, drag the mouse to highlight the appropriate text, and then release the left mouse button.

b	Click the appropriate toolbar button to bold the text [image], italicize the text [image], or underline the text [image].

9	When you are ready to send the fax, click Return on the File menu. The Send dialog reappears.

10	Click Send.

WinFax checks the cover page text for WinFax variables. If WinFax variables are detected, WinFax replaces those variables with the appropriate information (for example, the recipient name, fax number, date, time, page count, and so on).

WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

You cannot format text on the Quick Cover Page.

 Related Topics


Searching for a cover page

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the cover page folder list, click the cover page folder you want to search.

4	On the View menu, click Search. The Search Cover Pages dialog appears.

5	In the Description field, type the name or description of the cover page.

6	In the Options section, select the appropriate options.

7	Click Search. The words "Search Active" appear beside the title of the Cover Pages window. Message Manager displays only those cover pages that match your search criteria. If there are no matches, the folder appears empty.

8	To redisplay all cover pages, click Search on the View menu.


Selecting a default cover page

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the cover page folder containing the appropriate cover page.

4	In the cover page list, click the appropriate cover page.

5	On the File menu, click Set As Default.

Note

The default cover page appears in blue text in the cover page list.

 Related Topics


Selecting a default cover page at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the cover page drop-down list, click Other. The Select Cover Page dialog appears.

3	In the cover page folder list, click the folder containing the appropriate cover page.

4	In the cover page list, click the cover page you want to use as the default cover page. A thumbnail of the cover page appears with its file location beside it.

5	Enable Set As Default.

 Related Topics


Previewing a cover page at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the cover page drop-down list, click the cover page you want to view. A thumbnail of the selected cover page appears below the drop-down list.

3	Click the cover page thumbnail. An enlarged version of the cover page appears in the fax preview area.

4	To adjust the magnification, use the buttons at the bottom of the fax preview area.

 Related Topics


Customizing a WinFax cover page

1	Prepare your logo.

 How to …

2	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

3	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

4	In the folder list, click the folder containing the appropriate cover page.

5	In the cover page list, double click the cover page you want to customize. Cover Page Designer starts and opens the selected cover page.

6	Insert your logo. Do the following:

a	On the toolbar, click [image]. The Insert Stamp dialog appears.

b	In the Description list, click the logo you prepared in step 1 and click OK. The cursor changes.

c	Drag the cursor to the location where you want to insert your logo and click the left mouse button. Your logo appears.

7	Insert the appropriate text. Do the following:

a	On the toolbar, [image].

b	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

c	Drag the pointer to where you want to add the text. A dashed line outlines the size of the text object you are creating.

d	Release the mouse button. A text box appears with the cursor positioned inside of it.

e	Type the appropriate text.

8	Add variables such as the sender's name, recipient's name, number of pages, and so on. Do the one of following:

On the Insert menu, point to Recipient, Sender, or Details and click the appropriate variable. The variable appears. Drag the variable to the desired location and release the left mouse button.

Position the cursor in the text box where you want to insert the variable. On the Insert menu, point to Recipient, Sender, or Details and click the appropriate variable. The variable appears.

9	Add other graphics or text using the tools on the Cover Page Designer toolbar (optional).

10	Save your changes. Do the following:

a	On the File menu, click Save As. The Save Current Page As dialog appears.

b	In the File Name field, type a new name for the cover page

c	In the Description field, type a name or description to help you identify this cover page in the future.

d	Click Save.

11	On the File menu, click Exit.

Note

Use the WinFax cover pages as templates to create your own custom cover pages in Cover Page Designer.

 Related Topics


Sorting cover pages

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the cover page list, click the appropriate column heading. Click again to reverse the sort direction.


Viewing a cover page

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the cover page you want to view.

4	In the cover page list, double click the cover page you want to view. Cover Page Designer starts and opens the cover page.

Notes

Double click the Quick Cover Page to display the Quick Cover Page Properties dialog.

View cover pages, cover page thumbnails, and cover page information in the display area directly below the folder list by enabling the appropriate Display command on the View menu.

 Related Topics


Adding text and a logo to the Quick Cover Page

1	Prepare your logo.

 How to …

2	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

3	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

4	In the cover page list, click Quick Cover Page.

5	On the File menu, click Properties. The Quick Cover Page Properties dialog appears.

6	Select the fax image file you want to use as your logo. Do the following:

a	In the Logo section, click Select. The Open dialog appears.

b	Select the .FXS version of your logo file and then click Open. The Quick Cover Page Properties dialog reappears. If you are using a Class 1 modem, the selected logo file appears in the Logo section. If you are using a Class 2 modem, the logo appears only on the sent fax.

7	Specify the default text you want to appear on your cover page. Do one of the following:

Use text from a text file on your computer (each time you update the text file, WinFax automatically updates the Quick Cover Page text) [image] In the Text section, click File Name and then click Select. Select the appropriate ASCII text file and click Open. The Quick Cover Page Properties dialog reappears.

Type text now [image] In the Text section, click User-Defined and type the appropriate text in the text box provided.

Insert text from a file [image] In the Text section, enable User-Defined and then click Import. Select the appropriate ASCII text file (maximum size of 32 KB) and click Open. The Quick Cover Page Properties dialog reappears with the text in the display area. Edit the text in the box provided.

Notes

If you have a CAS modem, your logo must be in .PCX format.

You can overwrite text when sending the fax by typing new text in the Send dialog.

The customized Quick Cover Page appears alphabetically in each folder in the Cover Page Library. To use this as your default cover page, click Quick Cover Page in the cover pages list and then click Set As Default on the File menu.

 Related Topics


Adding text and a logo to a custom cover page

1	Prepare your logo.

 How to …

2	Start Cover Page Designer.

3	Create or open the cover page to which you want to add text and a logo.

4	Insert your logo. Do the following:

a	On the toolbar, click [image]. The Insert Stamp dialog appears.

b	In the Description list, click the logo you prepared in step 1 and click OK. The cursor changes.

c	Drag the cursor to the location where you want to insert your logo and click the left mouse button. Your logo appears.

5	Insert the appropriate text. Do the following:

a	On the toolbar, click [image].

b	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

c	Drag the pointer to where you want to add the text. A dashed line outlines the size of the text object you are creating.

d	Release the mouse button. A text box appears with the cursor positioned inside of it.

e	Type the appropriate text.

6	Add variables such as the sender's name, recipient's name, number of pages, and so on. Do the one of following:

On the Insert menu, point to Recipient, Sender, or Details and click the appropriate variable. The variable appears. Drag the variable to the desired location and release the left mouse button.

Position the cursor in the text box where you want to insert the variable. On the Insert menu, point to Recipient, Sender, or Details and click the appropriate variable. The variable appears.

7	Add other graphics or text using the tools on the Cover Page Designer toolbar (optional).

8	On the File menu, click Save As. The Save Current Page As dialog appears.

9	Do the following:

a	Locate the folder in which you want to save the new cover page.

b	In the File Name field, type a name for the new cover page.

c	In the Description field, type a longer name for the new cover page (optional).

d	Click Save.

Note

Cover Page Designer adds your new cover page to the General folder in the Cover Page Library using the file name and description you specified. To use this as your default cover page, click the cover page in the cover pages list and then click Set As Default on the File menu.

 Related Topics


Removing a cover page from the Cover Page Library

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the cover page you want to delete.

4	In the cover page list, click the cover page you want to delete.

5	On the Edit menu, click Delete.

6	If you enabled Confirm All Manual Deletions in the Message Management Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Message Management and click the General tab), a confirmation dialog appears. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. WinFax deletes the cover page from the folder and places it in the Wastebasket folder. A dialog appears.

7	WinFax prompts you to specify whether you want to delete the .CVP file associated with the cover page. Click Yes or No.


Adding a cover page to the Cover Page Library

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder to which you want to add the cover page.

4	On the File menu, point to New and click Cover Page. The New Cover Page dialog appears.

5	Do either of the following:

Create a new cover page now and then add it to the Cover Page Library [image] Click Create A New Cover Page Now and click OK. Cover Page Designer starts and the New Cover Page dialog appears. Click the appropriate option and click OK. Create and save your new cover page. When you save your new cover page, Cover Page Designer adds the cover page to the General folder in the Cover Page Library.

Add an existing cover page file (.CVP) to the Cover Page Library [image] Click Add An Existing Cover Page File and click OK. Select the cover page file you want to add to the Cover Page Library, type a name or description to help you identify the cover page in the Description field, and then click Open.


Moving a cover page

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the cover page you want to move.

4	In the cover page list, click the cover page you want to move.

5	On the Edit menu, click Move To. The Move To Folder dialog appears.

6	In the Move To list, click the destination folder.


Copying a cover page

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder containing the cover page you want to copy

4	In the cover page list, click the cover page you want to copy.

5	On the Edit menu, click Copy To. The Copy To Folder dialog appears.

6	In the Copy To list, click the destination folder.


Opening the Cover Pages window

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.


Importing cover pages

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Cover Pages. The Cover Pages window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the folder into which you want to import the cover page.

4	On the File menu, click Import. The Import Cover Pages dialog appears.

5	In the Files Of Type drop-down list, click the type of cover page you want to import.

6	Select the cover page(s) you want to import.


About DDE

DDE is an acronym for Dynamic Data Exchange. You can use the DDE support provided by WinFax to share and manipulate information that is in a common format between applications, or to control the operations of one (server) application from another (client) application, based on the needs of the client application. For example, in a Microsoft Excel application, you can write DDE functions in Excel Basic to control the faxing of a spreadsheet using WinFax.

Before You Start

The DDE documentation in this online help file assumes that you have a general understanding of your application's commands. For instructions on creating procedures in your application, see the application's documentation.

For WinFax to work properly with DDE, WinFax must be either in your PATH statement or running when you initiate DDE. Placing WinFax in your path is recommended.

Overview

WinFax DDE support

About DDE conversations

DDE Functions

DDEExecute

DDEInitiate

DDEPoke

DDERequest

DDETerminate

Sample Code

Sample FoxPro code

Sample Visual Basic code [image] Send Fax Scenario

Sample Visual Basic code [image] Request Scenario

Sample Word Basic code

Troubleshooting

Syntax problems

Using FaxDDE


WinFax DDE support

To initiate DDE conversations with WinFax, use the appropriate application name and topics. For example, in Word Basic, you can initiate a DDE conversation with WinFax as follows:

ChanNum = DDEInitiate("FAXMNG32", "CONTROL")

Application name

The application name for WinFax is "FAXMNG32". If you need to be compatible with previous versions of WinFax, you can also use "FAXMNG".

Supported topics

WinFax supports the following topics:

TRANSMIT [image] Use this topic to access WinFax send functionality.

CONTROL [image] Use this topic to control WinFax activities and request information about the status of an application.

The table below lists the functions supported by each topic.

Topic ...	Supported functions ...
TRANSMIT	DDEPoke
CONTROL	DDEExecute  DDERequest


About DDE conversations

A DDE conversation is composed of at least two and at most four of the following components:

Application name (Service name) [image] The application as it is registered to the Windows environment. This is usually the executable file name without the extension. If you want to be compatible with previous versions of WinFax, use the application name "FAXMNG". Otherwise, use "FAXMNG32".

Topic [image] A topic is usually a form, spreadsheet, or file name that is used by the application. WinFax supports CONTROL and TRANSMIT topics. For example: "CONTROL", "FORM1.FRP", "DOCUMENT1.DOC", and so on.

Item [image] An item is a specific object that is used to transfer or receive information between applications. For example: "sendfax", "[A]", "BOOKMARK1", and so on.

Data [image] Data is typically a text value or instruction that is transferred between the applications. For example: "recipient("555-1212", "22:00:00", 05/04/96","Raul Cautbien","Symantec (Canada)")", "RecNo", "Test Data", and so on.


Initiating DDE connections

The table below describes the strings required to initiate connections and begin a DDE conversation.

To do this ...	Use this data string ...
Initiate the conversation	ChanNum = DDEInitiate("FAXMNG32","CONTROL")
Request the current status of WinFax	DDERequest(ChanNum,"status")
Instruct WinFax to not accept incoming faxes	DDEExecute(ChanNum,"GoIdle")
Terminate the DDE link	DDETerminate ChanNum


Sending faxes

The table below describes the strings required to send faxes after you have initiated the conversation.

To do this ...	Use this data string ...
Initiate the conversation	ChanNum = DDEInitiate(,"FAXMNG32","TRANSMIT")
Provide WinFax with the details of the outgoing fax	DDEPoke ChanNum,"sendfax","recipient("555-1212", "01:12:00","02/24/96","John Smith")"
Print the document to WinFax	Document.Print
Instruct WinFax to send the fax	DDEExecute(ChanNum,"GoActive")
Terminate the DDE link	DDETerminate ChanNum


Syntax problems

Wherever possible, examples are provided to help you. There are two types of provided examples: syntax examples and contextual examples. "Syntax" examples illustrate the appropriate format for DDE functions. "Contextual" examples illustrate how to use DDE functions within a functioning DDE script written in Word Basic, Visual Basic, or FoxPro.

If you experience problems with your DDE script, review the following list of syntax tips.

Case sensitivity [image] DDE functions are case-sensitive. Use the exact combination of uppercase and lowercase letters shown.

Delineating data string elements [image] The elements of the string passed to WinFax must be delineated exactly as illustrated, including the quotation marks, commas, and parentheses. The data string must include the parameter followed by quote-enclosed, comma-delimited sub-parameters. For example:

recipient("555-1212","10:35:00","05/04/1996", "Symantec (Canada)").

Using quotation marks [image] Most languages strip the quotes from a string before passing the string to WinFax. Because of this, quotes are the most common cause of problems encountered with DDE data strings in WinFax.

You may have to add Chr$(34) [image] ASCII double quote [image] values to your string, or double up the quotes ("",""). The method used to embed the quote character is language-specific. Some applications use a single quote to enclose a string, others use the hexadecimal value 22, while others allow doubling of the quotes such as ""555-1212"". See your application's documentation for the exact syntax.

To allow the quote characters to be transmitted to WinFax, the recipient example (shown above) would typically be created in Word Basic as shown below.

"recipient("+Chr$(34)

+"555-1212"+Chr$(34)

+","+Chr$(34)

+"10:35:00"+Chr$(34)

+","+Chr$(34)

+"05/04/1996"+Chr$(34)

+","+Chr$(34)

+"Symantec (Canada)"+Chr$(34)

+")"

Using items [image] Many functions require items. The table below describes the requirements for each DDE function.

This function ...	Requires this item ...
DDEExecute	GoActive, GoIdle, or ReceiveFaxNow
DDEInitiate	none
DDEPoke	sendfax
DDERequest	NumberFaxesReceived, Status, or TimeUntilNextOutgoing
DDETerminate	none


DDEExecute function

Use the DDEExecute function to change the operating state [image] idle or active [image] of WinFax or to instruct WinFax to receive an incoming fax.

Topic	CONTROL
Items	GoActive [image] Enables automatic reception and processes pending events. Only use this item after using GoIdle.
	GoIdle [image] Disables automatic reception and releases the communications port to which WinFax is connected.
	ReceiveFaxNow [image] Tells WinFax to receive a fax manually.


GoActive item (DDEExecute function)
GoActive item [image] [image] DDEExecute function

Use the GoActive item to enable automatic reception and have WinFax send any scheduled events for which the scheduled time and date have elapsed. This item must be preceded by a GoIdle.

Example	Word Basic: DDEExecute(ChanNum, "GoActive")
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


GoIdle item (DDEExecute function)
GoIdle item [image] [image] DDEExecute function

Send the GoIdle item to disable automatic reception. GoIdle also releases the communications port. At this point, scheduled faxes are held in your Outbox and any print jobs you submit to WinFax are put on hold. To reactivate WinFax, use GoActive or click Automatic Receive on the Receive menu in WinFax.

Example	Word Basic: DDEExecute(ChanNum, "GoIdle")
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


ReceiveFaxNow item (DDEExecute function)
ReceiveFaxNow Item [image] [image] DDEExecute function

Use the ReceiveFaxNow item to tell WinFax to receive a fax manually. An application can send this item if it determines that an incoming call is a fax and WinFax should receive the call.

Example	Word Basic: DDEExecute(ChanNum, "ReceiveFaxNow")
Sample Code	Visual Basic


DDEInitiate function

Use DDEInititate to establish a conversation with WinFax and return a handle for the conversation. DDEInitiate must be successful before you can use any other function.


DDEPoke function

Use DDEPoke to send information to WinFax.

If you submit multiple DDEPoke functions and one of them fails, you must resubmit all DDEPoke functions in the group.

Topic	TRANSMIT
Item	sendfax
Parameters	attach [image] Pokes the path and file name of the attachments you want to include with the fax.
	fillcoverpage [image] Pokes the text message that appears on the cover page. The text message can include WinFax variables.
	recipient [image] Pokes recipient details (for example, name and fax number), and event details (for example, date and time).
	resolution [image] Pokes the resolution for sending the fax.
	SendfaxUI [image] Forces WinFax to send an event without printing a document to WinFax.
	setcoverpage [image] Specifies the file name of the cover page you want to include with the fax.
	showsendscreen [image] Sends a request to WinFax to display the Send dialog.


attach parameter (DDEPoke function)
attach [image] [image] DDEPoke function

Use this parameter to specify the path and file name of the attachment to include with the fax. Send multiple pokes to specify more than one attachment.

Syntax	attach("filename")
Example	Word Basic: DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "attach(" + Chr$(34) + "C:\WINFAX\DATA\ATTACH.FXS" + Chr$(34) + ")"
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


fillcoverpage parameter (DDEPoke function)
fillcoverpage parameter [image] [image] DDEPoke function

Use this parameter to specify the text message you want to appear on the cover page. As part of the text, you can include WinFax variables to extract information about the recipient or event and place it on the cover page. The text message, including the expanded variables, is limited to 4096 characters.

Use fillcoverpage after specifying the cover page with setcoverpage. If you do not use setcoverpage, WinFax sends the default or quick cover page.

Syntax	fillcoverpage("textmessage")
Example	Word Basic: DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "fillcoverpage(" + Chr$(34) + "Please send comments by Friday noon." + Chr$(34) + ")"
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


recipient parameter (DDEPoke function)
recipient parameter [image] [image] DDEPoke function

Use this parameter to specify recipient and transmission details.

You can send a fax to multiple recipients, each at different times. To do so, send multiple DDE pokes with different recipient details before printing.

Syntax	recipient("Fax Number", "Time", "Date", "Name", "Company", "Subject", "Keywords", "Billing Code", "Mode")
Sub-parameter	Fax Number [image] Full fax number to be dialed (up to 46 characters).
	Time (optional) [image] Time to send the fax (hh:mm:ss). If the time is omitted, the fax is sent at midnight on the date specified, or whenever WinFax runs after that.
	Date (optional) [image] Date to send the fax (mm/dd/yy). If the date is omitted, the fax is sent at the next occurrence of the time specified, or whenever WinFax runs after that.
	Name (optional) [image] Recipient's name (up to 29 characters).
	Company (optional) [image] Recipient's company name (up to 42 characters).
	Subject (optional) [image] Subject of the fax (up to 79 characters).
	Keywords (optional) [image] Event keywords (up to 33 characters).
	Billing Code (optional) [image] Event billing code (up to 26 characters).
	Mode (optional) [image] Delivery method for the event, either BFT (binary file transfer) or Fax (default method). If the Mode sub-parameter is omitted, the event is treated as a regular fax transmission.
Example 1	Word Basic: DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "recipient(" + Chr$(34) + "555-1212" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "12:00:00" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "05/04/97" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Aiden Krup" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "F. B. Marketing Co." + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Sales" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Sales" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Billing Code 08" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Fax" + Chr$(34) + ")"
Example 2	DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "recipient(" + Chr$(34) + "1(905)5553545" + Chr$(34) + ",,,," + Chr$(34) + "Cautbien & Sons" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "BFT" + Chr$(34) + ")"
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


resolution parameter (DDEPoke function)
resolution parameter [image] [image] DDEPoke function

This parameter sets the fax resolution to be used for the subsequent transmission. Use this parameter after poking the fax number.

Syntax	resolution("setting")
Sub-parameter	HIGH [image] 200 x 200 dpi
	LOW [image] 100 x 200 dpi
Example 1	Word Basic: DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "resolution(" + Chr$(34) + "HIGH" + Chr$(34) + ")"
Example 2	Word Basic: DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "resolution(" + Chr$(34) + "LOW" + Chr$(34) + ")"
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


SendfaxUI parameter (DDEPoke function)
SendfaxUI parameter [image] [image] DDEPoke function

Use the SendfaxUI parameter to force WinFax to send an event without printing a document to WinFax.

For example, use SendfaxUI when you want to do any of the following:

transfer files using WinFax BFT capabilities

send a fax composed of all fax-ready items, such as predefined WinFax cover pages or attachments

send from a Windows application that does not have print capabilities

Use SendfaxUI as the last DDE function before terminating the DDE link.

Example	Word Basic: DDEPoke(ChanNum, "sendfax", "SendfaxUI")
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


setcoverpage parameter (DDEPoke function)
setcoverpage parameter [image] [image] DDEPoke function

Use this parameter to specify the cover page to include with the fax. Either type the path and file name (.CVP) of a WinFax cover page or type "Quick Cover Page" to use the quick cover page. If the specified WinFax cover page does not exist or the path is incorrect, WinFax sends the quick cover page.

Syntax	setcoverpage("filename")
Example	Word Basic: DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "setcoverpage(" + Chr$(34) + "C:\WINFAX\COVER\MYCOVER.CVP" + Chr$(34) + ")"
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


showsendscreen parameter (DDEPoke function)
showsendscreen parameter [image] [image] DDEPoke function

Use this parameter to display the WinFax PRO Send dialog during faxing. By default, the Send dialog is not displayed. Use this parameter after poking the fax number.

Syntax	showsendscreen("mode")
Sub-parameters	0 = No (bypass screen) 1 = Yes (show screen)
Example	Word Basic: DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "showsendscreen(" + Chr$(34) + "1" + Chr$(34) + ")"
Sample Code	Visual Basic  Word Basic


DDERequest function

Use DDERequest to query WinFax to determine its operating status, the number of faxes received, or the time and date of the next scheduled event.

Topic	CONTROL
Items	NumberFaxesReceived  Status  TimeUntilNextOutgoing


NumberFaxesReceived item (DDERequest function)
NumberFaxesReceived item [image] [image] DDERequest function

This item returns a string listing the number of unread faxes logged in the Receive Log. Monitor the number of faxes logged with NumberFaxesReceived to determine when new faxes arrive.

The string returned by WinFax contains end of line and return characters (for example, "BUSY\r\n"). Some applications trim these extra characters automatically. You may want to create a procedure to do this for you (see your application's documentation).

Example	Word Basic: DDERequest(ChanNum, "NumberFaxesReceived")
Sample Code	Visual Basic


Status item (DDERequest function)
Status item [image] [image] DDERequest function

This item returns a DDE string indicating the operating status of WinFax. The status can be any of the following:

BUSY [image] WinFax is currently sending or receiving.

IDLE [image] WinFax is not monitoring incoming calls. Automatic reception is disabled or WinFax is inactive after receiving GoIdle.

ACTIVE [image] Automatic reception is enabled and faxing is not currently in progress.

REQUEST_ACTIVE [image] If you issue a GoIdle and WinFax is waiting to receive control so that it can send a scheduled fax, this string is returned.

The strings returned by WinFax contain end of line and return characters (for example, "BUSY\r\n"). Some applications trim these extra characters automatically. You may want to create a procedure to do this for you (see your application's documentation).

Example	Word Basic: DDERequest(ChanNum, "Status")
Sample Code	Visual Basic


TimeUntilNextOutgoing item (DDERequest function)
TimeUntilNextOutgoing item [image] [image] DDERequest function

This item returns a string ("dd-mm-yy hh:mm") listing the time and date for the next scheduled fax in the Outbox.

The strings returned by WinFax contain end of line and return characters (for example, "BUSY\r\n"). Some applications trim these extra characters automatically. You may want to create a procedure to do this for you (see your application's documentation).

Example	Word Basic: DDERequest(ChanNum, "TimeUntilNextOutgoing")
Sample Code	Visual Basic


DDETerminate function

Use DDETerminate to end a DDE conversation.

Topic	CONTROL


Sample FoxPro code - send fax scenario
Sample FoxPro code [image] send fax scenario

This sample code shows the DDE functions in the context of a working program. All comments appear in blue text.

 ** This program uses the stock variables

 ** "FaxChan" and "retvar".

 ** NOTE: FoxPro requires you to use different

 ** types of quotation marks, as shown below.

 ** (...'"showsendscreen("0")')

 ** ==================================

 ** Set the WinFax state to CONTROL mode.

FaxChan = DDEInitiate("FAXMNG32","CONTROL")

 ** Take the modem offline.

 retvar=DDEExecute(FaxChan,"GoIdle")

 ** Set the WinFax state to TRANSMIT mode.

FaxChan = DDEInitiate("FAXMNG32","TRANSMIT")

 ** Set up the fax including attachments and

 ** cover pages.

 ** setcoverpage

 retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"sendfax", 'setcoverpage("C:\WINFAX\DATA\9886000.CVR")')

 **fillcoverpage

 retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"sendfax", 'fillcoverpage("C:\WINFAX\DATA\TEMP1.TXT")')

 **attach

 retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"sendfax", 'attach("C:\WINFAX\DATA\1605002.FXR")')

 ** Set up the recipient information.

 ** NOTE: Recipient data is sensitive

 ** to position and to separators. However,

 ** you do not need to enter parameters after

 ** the last required one.

 retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"sendfax",'recipient("011444161234","11:11:11","12/12/95","Bob Dobbs","Delta Creations","Annual Budget","Budget","20321","Fax")')

 ** Set the fax resolution.

retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"Sendfax",'resolution("HIGH")')

 ** or

 **retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"Sendfax",'resolution("LOW")')

 ** Turn the modem back on.

 retvar=DDEExecute(FaxChan,"GoActive")

 ** Use this line to bypass the WinFax PRO Send dialog.

 ** Change the "0" to "1" to show the Send

 ** dialog (this forces a "manual" send).

 retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"sendfax",'showsendscreen("0")')

 ** Send the fax.

 retvar=DDEPoke(FaxChan,"sendfax","SendFaxUI")

 ** Close the DDE channel to release

 ** the resource.

 retvar=DDETerminate(FaxChan)


Sample Visual Basic code - send fax scenario
Sample Visual Basic code [image] send fax scenario

This sample code shows the DDE functions that you might use to set up WinFax to send a fax from another application. All comments appear in blue text.

To run this program:

1	Ensure that the path and file names for the attachments and cover pages in the code below match your setup.

2	Start WinFax.

3	Start Visual Basic for Windows.

4	Create a form called Form1.

5	Create a label called Label1.

6	Create a push button called Command1.

7	In the click event for the Command1 push button, paste the code that appears below.

8	Press F5 to run the program.

Sub Command1_Click ()

FAXNumber$ = "555-1212"

SendTime$ = "06:00:00"

SendDate$ = "12/25/96"

FAXName$ = "Benjamin Smith"

Company$ = "Data Processing Services"

Subject$ = "Joy of Faxing"

Keyword$ = "fax, joy"

BillingCode$ = "5905-001-xx"

Mode$ = "Fax"

CoverPage$ = "C:\DATA\WINFAX\COVERS\GENERAL.CVP"

CoverText$ = "Do enjoy this seasonal message."

Attachment$ = "C:\DATA\OTHER\XMASTREE.FXR"

'This is the start of the DDE to WinFax.

'Create the link and disable

'automatic reception in WinFax.

Label1.LinkTopic = "FAXMNG32|CONTROL"

Label1.LinkMode = 2

Label1.LinkTimeout = -1

Label1.LinkExecute "GoIdle"

Label1.LinkMode = 0

'Create a new link with the TRANSMIT topic.

Label1.LinkTopic = "FAXMNG32|TRANSMIT"

Label1.LinkMode = 2

Label1.LinkTimeout = -1

Label1.LinkItem = "sendfax"

'Start DDEPokes to control WinFax.

recip$ = "recipient(" & Chr$(34) & FAXNumber$ & Chr$(34) & "," & Chr$(34) & SendTime$ & Chr$(34) & "," & Chr$(34) & SendDate$ & Chr$(34) & ","

recip$ = recip$ & Chr$(34) & FAXName$ & Chr$(34) & "," & Chr$(34) & Company$ & Chr$(34) & "," & Chr$(34) & Subject$ & Chr$(34) & ","

recip$ = recip$ & Chr$(34) & Keyword$ & Chr$(34) & "," & Chr$(34) & BillingCode$ & Chr$(34) & "," & Chr$(34) & Mode$ & Chr$(34) & ")"

Label1.Caption = recip$

Label1.LinkPoke

'setcoverpage

Label1.Caption = 'setcoverpage(" & Chr$(34) & CoverPage$ & Chr$(34) & ")"

Label1.LinkPoke

'fillcoverpage

Label1.Caption = "fillcoverpage(" & Chr$(34) & CoverText$ & Chr$(34) & ")"

Label1.LinkPoke

'attach

Label1.Caption = "attach(" & Chr$(34) & Attachment$ & Chr$(34) & ")"

Label1.LinkPoke

'showsendscreen

Label1.Caption = "showsendscreen(""1"")"

Label1.LinkPoke

'resolution

Label1.Caption = "resolution(""HIGH"")"

Label1.LinkPoke

'The SendfaxUI parameter is used only

'when a fax-ready cover page and/or

'attachments are included and you do

'not need to print to the WinFax printer

'driver.

Label1.Caption = "SendfaxUI"

Label1.LinkPoke

'Send the fax.

Label1.LinkTopic = "FAXMNG32|CONTROL"

Label1.LinkMode = 2

Label1.LinkTimeout = -1

Label1.LinkExecute "GoActive"

'Close the link between the applications.

Label1.LinkMode = 0

End Sub


Sample Visual Basic code - request scenario
Sample Visual Basic code [image] request scenario

This sample code shows DDERequest functions in the context of a working program. All comments appear in blue text.

To run this program:

1	Start WinFax.

2	Start Visual Basic for Windows.

3	Create a form called Form1.

4	Create a label called Label1.

5	Create a push button called Command1.

6	In the click event for the Command1 push button, paste the code between the comments "Step 6 Copy the code starting here" and "Step 6 End" below.

7	Create a push button called Command2.

8	In the click event for the Command2 push button, paste the code between the comments "Step 8 Copy the code starting here" and "Step 8 End" below.

9	Press F5 to run the program.

10	Click the Command1 button to perform the request functions.

11	Click the Command2 button to force WinFax to receive.

'Step 6 - Copy the code starting here.

Sub Command1_Click ()

'Ask WinFax how many unread faxes

'are in the Receive Log.

Label1.Caption = ""

Label1.LinkTopic = "FAXMNG|CONTROL"

Label1.LinkMode = 2

Label1.LinkTimeout = -1

Label1.LinkItem = "NumberFaxesReceived"

Label1.LinkRequest

Label1.LinkMode = 0

Msg$ = "NumberFaxesReceived: " & Label1.Caption

'Ask WinFax the time and date when

'the next scheduled fax in the Outbox will

'be sent.

Label1.LinkTopic = "FAXMNG|CONTROL"

Label1.LinkMode = 2

Label1.LinkTimeout = -1

Label1.LinkItem = "TimeUntilNextOutgoing"

Label1.LinkRequest

Label1.LinkMode = 0

Msg$ = Msg$ & Chr$(13) & " TimeUntilNextOutgoing: " & Label1.Caption

'Ask WinFax for its current status.

Label1.LinkTopic = "FAXMNG|CONTROL"

Label1.LinkMode = 2

Label1.LinkTimeout = -1

Label1.LinkItem = "status"

Label1.LinkRequest

Label1.LinkMode = 0

Msg$ = Msg$ & Chr$(13) & "       status: " & Label1.Caption

MsgBox Msg$

End

End Sub

'Step 6 - End

'Step 8 - Copy the code starting here.

Sub Command2_Click ()

'Ask WinFax to receive an incoming fax.

Label1.LinkTopic = "FAXMNG|CONTROL"

Label1.LinkMode = 2

Label1.LinkTimeout = -1

Label1.LinkExecute "ReceiveFaxNow"

Label1.LinkMode = 0

End Sub

'Step 8 - End


Sample Word Basic code - send fax scenario
Sample Word Basic code [image] send fax scenario

This sample code shows the DDE functions in the context of a working program. All comments appear in blue text.

Sub DoDDE

'This is the start of the DDE

'to WinFax. Create the link and

'disable automatic reception in WinFax.

ChanNum = DDEInitiate("FAXMNG32", "CONTROL")

DDEExecute(ChanNum, "GoIdle")

DDETerminate ChanNum

'Create a new link with the TRANSMIT topic.

ChanNum = DDEInitiate("FAXMNG32", "TRANSMIT")

'Start DDEPokes to control WinFax.

DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "recipient(" + Chr$(34) + "555-1212" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "12:00:00" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "05/04/97" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Aiden Krup" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "F. B. Marketing Co." + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Sales" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Sales" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Billing Code 08" + Chr$(34) + "," + Chr$(34) + "Fax" + Chr$(34) + ")"

'setcoverpage

DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "setcoverpage(" + Chr$(34) + "C:\WINFAX\COVER\BASIC1.CVP" + Chr$(34) + ")"

'fillcoverpage

DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "fillcoverpage(" + Chr$(34) + "Please send comments by Friday noon." + Chr$(34) + ")"

'attach

DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "attach(" + Chr$(34) + "C:\WINFAX\DATA\ATTACH.FXS" + Chr$(34) + ")"

`showsendscreen

DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "showsendscreen(" + Chr$(34) + "0" + Chr$(34) + ")"

resolution

DDEPoke ChanNum, "sendfax", "resolution(" + Chr$(34) + "HIGH" + Chr$(34) + ")"

'Tell WinFax to send the fax.

'The SendfaxUI parameter is used only

'when a fax-ready cover page and/or

'attachments are included and you do

'not need to print to the WinFax printer

'driver.

DDEPoke(ChanNum, "sendfax", "SendfaxUI")DDETerminate ChanNum

ChanNum = DDEInitiate("FAXMNG32", "CONTROL")

DDEExecute(ChanNum, "GoActive")

'Close the link between the applications.

DDETerminate ChanNum

End Sub


Using FaxDDE

FaxDDE is an application debugging utility that allows you to check the DDE data strings that your application sends to WinFax.

FaxDDE is available free of charge from Symantec Technical Support. FaxDDE is not officially supported.


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Email


Viewing an email (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Viewing an email

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Exchange/Outlook Inbox. The Logs window opens and displays the contents of the Exchange/Outlook Inbox folder.

3	In the folder list, double click Microsoft Exchange/Outlook to display the folders and messages in your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook message store.

4	Click the folder you want to open.

5	In the record list, double click the email you want to view. A Microsoft Exchange/Outlook window opens and displays the message.

 Related Topics


Saving email attachments (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Saving email attachments

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Receive Log. The Logs window opens.

3	In the folder list, double click Microsoft Exchange/Outlook to display the folders and messages in your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook message store.

4	Click the folder you want to open.

5	In the record list, click the email containing the attachment you want to save.

6	On the File menu in Message Manager, click Save Attachment. The Save Attachment dialog appears.

7	Locate the folder in which you want to save this email.

8	In the File Name field, type the name of the file.

9	Click Save All Attachments or click Save These Attachments Only and select the appropriate attachments in the list.

 Related Topics


Replying to an email (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Replying to an email

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Receive Log. The Logs window opens.

3	In the folder list, double click Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Inbox to display the folders and messages in your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook message store.

4	Click the folder you want to open.

5	In the record list, click the email you want to reply to.

6	On the Send menu, click Reply to reply to the sender of the message or click Reply All to reply to the sender and all recipients of the message. A Microsoft Exchange/Outlook window appears and displays the original message.

7	In the message area, type your message.

8	On the File menu, click Send.

Note

You cannot reply to a fax that was copied into Outlook from WinFax.

 Related Topics


Forwarding an email (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Forwarding an email

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Receive Log. The Logs window opens to display the contents of the Receive Log folder.

3	In the folder list, double click Microsoft Exchange/Outlook to display the folders and messages in your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook message store.

4	Click the folder you want to open.

5	In the record list, click the email you want to forward.

6	On the Send menu, click Forward. A Microsoft Exchange/Outlook window opens and displays the original message.

7	In the To or Cc field, type the names of the recipients you want to send to. Separate multiple names with a semicolon. To select the recipient from your address book, click the To or Cc button, select the appropriate recipients and click OK.

8	In the message area, type your message.

9	On the File menu, click Send.

Note

You cannot forward a fax that was copied into Outlook from WinFax.

 Related Topics


Adding address book entries to a phonebook (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Adding address book entries to a phonebook

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebook. The Phonebook window opens.

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook to which you want to add the recipients:

In MAPI mode [image] Click Personal Address Book.

In IMO mode [image] Click Contacts.

4	On the File menu, point to New and click Recipient.

In MAPI mode [image] The New Entry dialog appears. Select the recipient type and click OK. The Properties dialog appears.

In IMO mode [image] The Properties dialog appears.

5	Complete the appropriate details to add the entry. For more information, see your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook documentation.


Adding WinFax/TalkWorks to your Exchange/Outlook profile (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Adding WinFax to your Exchange/Outlook profile

1	Start Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook.

2	Do one of the following:

In Microsoft Exchange [image] On the Tools menu, click Options and then click the Services tab.

In Microsoft Outlook [image] On the Tools menu, click Services.

3	Click Add. The Add Service To Profile dialog appears.

4	In the list, click WinFax and click OK.

Notes

This procedure is possible only in MAPI mode.

Whenever you start Exchange/Outlook using this profile, the WinFax logs are integrated with Exchange/Outlook.

 Related Topics


Viewing the WinFax/TalkWorks message store (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Viewing the WinFax message store

1	Start Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook.

2	On the View menu, enable Folders. The WinFax Fax Logs folder appears in the folder list.

3	In the folder list, double click the WinFax Fax Logs folder.

4	In the folder list, double click the WinFax folder you want to open. The messages contained in the folder or mailbox appear in the message list.

Note

This procedure is possible only in MAPI mode.

 Related Topics


Viewing a WinFax/TalkWorks message (from Exchange/Outlook)
Viewing a WinFax message

1	Start Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook.

2	On the View menu, enable Folders. The WinFax Fax Logs folder appears in the folder list.

3	In the folder list, double click the WinFax Fax Logs folder.

4	In the folder list, double click the WinFax folder you want to open. The messages contained in the folder or mailbox appear in the message list.

5	In the message list, double click the message you want to view.

 Related Topics


Sending a WinFax fax (from Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)
Sending a WinFax fax

1	Start Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook.

2	Do the following:

In Exchange [image] On the Compose menu, click New WinFax.

In Outlook [image] On the Active menu, click New WinFax (MAPI mode) or New Fax Message (IMO mode).

The WinFax PRO Send dialog appears.

3	Address the fax.

4	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

5	Select any files or WinFax attachments to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

7	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

You cannot forward a fax that was copied into Outlook from WinFax.

 Related Topics


Other Email Programs


Logging on (Other email systems)
Logging on

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click <Program Name> Email Logon. The login dialog for your email system appears.

3	In the fields, type your user name and password.

Note

Depending on how you set up your email system to work with WinFax, the login dialog may appear automatically whenever you start WinFax or select an email menu command.

 Related Topics


Logging off (Other email systems)
Logging off

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click <Program Name> Email Logoff.

 Related Topics


Viewing a message

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the message you want to view. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	In the record list, double click the message you want to view. The message appears.

Notes

How messages appear when you double click them depends on their type. For more information, click here [image].

View messages, message thumbnails, and message information in the display area directly below the folder list by enabling the appropriate Display command on the View menu.

 Related Topics


Click this folder ...	To see this ...
Send Log	All messages you have sent.
Receive Log	All messages sent to you.
Outbox	All scheduled and pending messages.
Exchange/Outlook Inbox	All Microsoft Exchange/Outlook folders and messages.


Click this folder  ...	To see this ...
Send Log	All messages you have sent.
Receive Log	All messages sent to you.
Outbox	All scheduled and pending messages.
Exchange/Outlook Inbox	All Microsoft Exchange/Outlook folders and messages.
Cover Pages	All cover pages and cover page folders in the Cover Page Library.
Attachments	All attachments and attachment folders in the Attachments Library.
Phonebooks	All recipient records, group records, phonebooks, and phonebook folders.


	Fax
	BFT
	Email


Double click this message ...	This happens ...
	Fax	Viewer starts and opens the selected fax.
	Internet Fax	Viewer starts and opens the selected fax.
	Fax Broadcast	Viewer starts and opens the selected fax.
	Fax Mailbox	Viewer starts and opens the selected fax.
	BFT	The Message Contents dialog appears and displays the text of the message and an icon for each attached file.
	Other Email	The Message Contents dialog opens and displays the selected email message.
	Microsoft Exchange Email	Microsoft Exchange opens the selected email message.
	Microsoft Outlook Email	Microsoft Outlook opens the selected email message.
	Pager Notification	The Pager Message Contents dialog opens and displays the pager notification message.


Creating a filter for a folder

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder you want to filter. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	On the View menu, click Filter. The Filters dialog appears.

5	Click New. The Filter dialog appears.

6	In the Filter Name field, type a name for the new filter.

7	In the Search Criteria section, select the message details for which you want to filter.

8	Click Options. The Search Options dialog appears.

9	Select the appropriate options and click OK. The Filter dialog reappears.

10	Apply the filter to the selected folder.

 How to …

Notes

The name of the filter applied to the active folder appears in the title bar of the Logs window. For example, if you created a filter called "Orders Received (12/11/95 to 12/18/95)" and applied it to the Receive Log, the Logs window title would be "Logs (Receive Log) - [Filter: Orders Received (12/11/95 to 12/18/95)]".

For help on a setting in the Filter dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Applying a filter to a folder

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	Create the filter.

 How to …

3	On the Go menu, click the log folder you want to filter. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

4	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

5	On the View menu, click Filter. The Filters dialog appears.

6	In the Available Filters list, click the filter you want to use.

7	Click Set As Active. The filter is applied and the filter name appears in the Active Filter section at the bottom of the dialog.

Notes

The name of the filter applied to the active folder appears in the title bar of the Logs window. For example, if you created a filter called "Orders Received (12/11/95 to 12/18/95)" and applied it to the Receive Log, the Logs window title would be "Logs (Receive Log) - [Filter - Orders Received (12/11/95 to 12/18/95)]".

To turn the filter off and display all faxes in the active folder, click Reset in the Filters dialog.

 Related Topics


Modifying a filter

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate log folder. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	On the View menu, click Filter. The Filters dialog appears.

4	In the Available Filters list, click the filter you want to modify.

5	Click Properties. The Filter dialog appears.

6	Modify any information in the Search Criteria section.

 Related Topics


Removing a filter

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate log folder. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	On the View menu, click Filter. The Filters dialog appears.

5	Do one of the following:

Remove the filter from the current folder [image] Click Reset.

Delete the filter definition [image] In the Available Filters list, click the filter and then click Remove.

 Related Topics


Modifying a log record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the log record you want to modify. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	In the record list, click the log record you want to modify.

5	On the File menu, click Properties.

6	Do either of the following, depending on the status of the log record:

Message has not been sent yet (record is in the Outbox) [image] The Send dialog appears and displays the current send information for the message. Modify the information as necessary.

Message has been successfully sent or received (record is in a folder other than the Outbox) [image] The Message Properties dialog appears. Modify the information as necessary.


Deleting a log record manually

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the log record you want to delete. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	In the record list, click the log record you want to delete.

5	On the Edit menu, click Delete.

6	If you enabled Confirm All Manual Deletions in the Message Management dialog (start Program Setup and double click Message Management), a confirmation dialog appears. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. This moves the file to the Wastebasket folder.

Note

If you prefer to have log records deleted automatically after a predetermined amount of time, set up the automatic deletion feature (start Program Setup and double click Message Management).

 Related Topics


Searching for a log record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder in which you want to search. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	On the View menu, click Search. The Log Search dialog appears.

5	In the Search Criteria section, select the message details for which you want to search.

6	Click Options. The Search Options dialog appears.

7	Select the appropriate options and click OK. The Log Search dialog reappears.

8	Click OK. All log records that match the search criteria are displayed, and the words "[Search Active]" are added to the Logs window title.

Notes

To save the search criteria you specify as a filter, click Create Filter in the Log Search dialog.

To display all log records in the active folder after a search, click Search on the View menu again.

For help on a setting in the Log Search dialog or the Search Options dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.


Sorting log records alphabetically

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder that you want to sort. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	In the record list, click the appropriate column heading to sort by that column or change the sort direction of the column.

 Related Topics


Sorting log records using multiple criteria

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder that you want to sort. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	On the View menu, click Sort. The Sort dialog appears.

5	In the 1st Key section, do the following:

In the 1st Key drop-down list, click the appropriate primary sorting criterion.

Click Ascending or Descending.

6	Repeat step 5 for the 2nd Key and 3rd Key sections.

Note

To change the sort direction in the record list, SHIFT-click the appropriate column heading.

 Related Topics


Moving a log record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the message you want to move. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	In the record list, click the message you want to move.

5	On the Edit menu, click Move To. The Move dialog appears.

6	In the Move To list, click the destination folder.


Copying a log record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the message you want to copy. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	In the record list, click the message you want to copy.

5	On the Edit menu, click Copy To. The Copy dialog appears.

6	In the Copy To list, click the destination folder.


Creating a message store

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate log folder. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Message Store. The New Message Store dialog appears.

4	In the Name field, type a name for the new message store.

5	In the Description field, type a longer name to help you identify the message store (optional).

6	Click Advanced. The New Message Store dialog expands.

7	In the Type section, click New WinFax PRO 10.0.

8	If you want faxes that you copy or move to this message store to be compressed, enable Compress Fax Messages.

Note

If you plan to import records into this message store, disable the Compress Fax Messages check box.

 Related Topics


Creating a shared message store

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate log folder. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Message Store. The New Message Store dialog appears.

4	In the Name field, type a name for the new message store.

5	In the Description field, type a longer name to help you identify the message store (optional).

6	Click Advanced. The New Message Store dialog expands.

7	In the Type section, click New WinFax PRO 10.0.

8	If you want faxes that you copy or move to this message store to be compressed, enable Compress Fax Messages.

9	If you want faxes that you copy or move to this message store to be write-protected, enable Share As Read-Only.

10	Click Set Location. The Browse For Folder dialog appears.

11	Select the network location where you want to create the message store and click OK. The New Message Store dialog reappears.

12	Click OK. The new message store appears in the folder list.

 Related Topics


Linking to a shared message store

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate folder. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Message Store. The New Message Store dialog appears.

4	In the Name field, type a name for the new message store.

5	In the Description field, type a longer name to help you identify the message store (optional).

6	Click Advanced. The New Message Store dialog expands.

7	In the Type section, click WinFax PRO 7.x/8.x/9.x/10.x under the Use Existing title.

8	Click Select. The Select Log File dialog appears.

9	Locate the network drive where the shared message store is stored, select the appropriate message store file (.WFB), and click Open. The New Message Store dialog reappears.

10	Click OK. A new message store is created that is linked to the message store on the network.

 Related Topics


Creating an attachments folder
Creating a folder

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, select the WinFax Attachments option. The Attachments log window opens.

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Attachment Folder. The New Folder dialog appears.

4	In the Name field, type a name for the folder.

5	In the Level section, indicate whether this should be a top level or sublevel folder, and specify the location where you want to create the new folder.


Creating a folder

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, select the desired log. The corresponding message log window opens.

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Message Folder. The New Folder dialog appears.

4	In the Name field, type a name for the folder.

5	In the Description field, type a longer name to help you identify this folder in the future.

6	In the Subfolder Of list, click the location where you want to create the new folder.


Archiving log records and faxes

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate log folder. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	Create a compressed message store to store archived messages.

 How to …

4	In the folder list, click the folder containing the message you want to archive.

5	In the record list, click the message you want to archive.

6	On the Edit menu, click Move To. The Move dialog appears.

7	In the Move To list, click any folder in the compressed message store you created in step 2.

Notes

A compressed message store is a message store you created with the Compress Fax Messages option enabled.

Faxes in the Messages message store are not compressed. The Messages message store contains the Send Log, Receive Log, and Outbox.

 Related Topics


Forwarding a fax manually (all pages or individual pages)
Forwarding a fax manually

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Receive Log. The Logs window opens to display the Receive Log folder.

3	In the record list, click the fax you want to forward.

4	On the Send menu, click Forward. The Send dialog appears.

5	By default, WinFax forwards all pages in the fax. To send only selected fax pages, select those pages you do not want to send in the thumbnails area and then click Delete on the Edit menu.

6	Address the fax.

7	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

8	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

9	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

10	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

You can also set up WinFax to automatically forward faxes upon receipt (start Program Setup and double click Notification And Forwarding).

 Related Topics


Exporting log records

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the records you want to export. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	On the File menu, click Export. The Export Log wizard starts.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

6	On the last screen, click Finish. The log records are exported to the specified file.


Importing log records

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder to which you want to add the faxes. The Logs folder opens and displays the contents of the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the message store, folder, or subfolder to which you want to add the faxes.

4	On the File menu, point to Import and click Log. The Import Log wizard starts.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

6	On the last screen, click Finish. The log records are imported into the folder.

Note

If you want to import records into a message store you created (that is, not the Messages message store that contains the Send Log, Receive Log, and Outbox), ensure that the Compress Fax Messages option was disabled when you created the message store.


Putting a fax on hold

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Outbox. The Logs window opens to display the Outbox folder.

3	In the record list, click the message you want to put on hold.

4	On the Send menu, click Hold.

Notes

To hold all scheduled messages in the record list, click Hold All on the Send menu.

Held faxes are marked with an upheld palm icon in the Outbox.

 Related Topics


Releasing a held fax

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Outbox. The Logs folder opens to display the Outbox folder.

3	In the record list, click the held message you want to release.

4	On the Send menu, click Release.

Notes

To release all held messages in the record list, click Release All on the Send menu.

Held faxes are marked with an upheld palm icon in the Outbox.

 Related Topics


Rescheduling a fax

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Outbox. The Logs window opens to display the Outbox folder.

3	In the record list, click the message you want to reschedule.

4	On the Send menu, click Modify Delivery. The Modify Delivery dialog appears.

5	In the Delivery section, select the appropriate options.

Note

If the newly scheduled send time has already expired, WinFax immediately starts sending the message.

 Related Topics


Resubmitting faxes (help wizard)
Resubmitting faxes

More information needed ...

Click the option that best describes the task you want to perform.

Resend an entire fax

Resend an individual fax page

Resend failed fax pages only


Resubmitting an entire fax

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Send Log. The Logs window opens to display the Send Log folder.

3	In the record list, click the message you want to resubmit.

4	Do one of the following:

Resubmit without changes [image] On the Send menu, click Send Now. WinFax resubmits your fax.

Resubmit with changes [image] On the Send menu, click Resubmit. The Send dialog appears. Modify the send information and click Send.

 Related Topics


Resubmitting an individual fax page

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Send Log. The Logs window opens to display the Send Log folder.

3	In the record list, click the message you want to resubmit.

4	On the View menu, click Pages. The Message Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Fax View tab.

6	Select the pages you want to resubmit.

7	Click Forward. The Send dialog appears.

8	Address the fax.

9	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

10	Select the files to include with the fax (optional).

11	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

12	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Resubmitting failed fax pages

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Send Log. The Logs window opens to display the Send Log folder.

3	In the record list, click the message you want to resubmit.

4	On the Send menu, click Resubmit. The Send dialog appears and is already filled in with the original message details.

5	On the Options menu, click Send Options. The Send Options dialog appears.

6	Enable If Resubmitting A Fax, Send Failed Pages Only and click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

7	Modify the information in the Send dialog, if necessary.

8	Click Send to resubmit the fax.

Notes

You can send the message again to the same recipient or specify another recipient.

To set up WinFax to always resubmit only those fax pages that failed, start Program Setup and double click Send.

 Related Topics


Copying column heading settings between folders

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate folder. The corresponding window opens.

3	If you want to apply the column headings to a specific folder, click the folder in the folder list.

4	In the folder list, right click. A menu appears.

5	On the menu, click Copy Headings. The Copy Headings dialog appears.

6	Click Copy Column Headings From Folder.

7	In the Copy Column Headings From Folder list, click the folder containing the headings you want to copy.

8	In the Apply To section, click the option corresponding to the folder or folders to which you want to copy the headings.


Replying to a received fax

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Receive Log. The Logs window opens to display the Receive Log folder.

3	In the record list, click the fax you want to reply to.

4	On the Send menu, click Reply To CSID. The Send dialog reappears with the address information completed.

5	Address the fax.

6	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

7	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

8	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

9	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

You can only reply to a fax if the sender's CSID is their fax number.

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Printing faxes (help wizard)
Printing faxes

More information needed ...

Is the fax you want to print open?

Yes

No


Printing a fax from the Logs window

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the message you want to print. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the record list, click the appropriate fax.

4	On the File menu, click Print Message. The Print dialog appears.

5	Click Options. The Print Message dialog appears.

6	Specify the confirmation details you want to appear on the printed fax (optional). Do the following:

a	Enable Print These Confirmation Details. The Printed list displays the default list of confirmation details that WinFax prints on the fax. The Available list displays all confirmation details that WinFax can print on the fax.

b	In the Printed list, select the details you do not want to appear on the printed fax and click Remove.

c	In the Available list, select the details you want to appear on the printed fax and click Add.

d	Repeat steps b and c until the Printed list contains all of the information you want to appear on the printed fax.

e	Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to position the details in the Printed list in the order you want them to appear on the printed fax page.

7	In the Print Fax Pages section, click the option corresponding to how you want WinFax to print multiple page faxes.

8	Click OK. The Print dialog reappears.

9	Select the appropriate options and then print the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in a dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Printing a list of all messages in a log folder

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate log folder. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	On the File menu, click Print List. The Print List Options dialog appears.

5	Select the appropriate options.

Note

For help on a setting in the Print List Options dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Opening the Logs window

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Send Log, Receive Log, or Outbox. The Logs window opens and displays the contents of the selected folder.


Changing the contents of the display area

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate folder. The corresponding window opens.

3	On the View menu, click one of the following options:

Display Information [image] Displays details such as description, file name, and number of pages in the selected attachment, cover page, or fax. (This command is only available for the WinFax Attachments, Cover Pages, and Logs windows.)

Display Thumbnails [image] Displays thumbnail images of fax pages or icons representing the binary files of each page in the selected attachment, cover page, or fax. (This command is only available for the WinFax Attachments, Cover Pages, and Logs windows.)

Display Fax View [image] Displays the fax images, one page at a time, for the selected attachment or fax. (This command is only available for selected faxes or attachments in the Logs window or WinFax Attachments window.)

Display Message [image] Displays the message contents. (This command is only available for selected email, BFT, and pager messages in the Logs window.)

Display Cover Page [image] Displays the selected cover page. (This command is only available in the Cover Pages window.)

The information appears in the display area at the bottom of the folder list.


Deleting log records automatically

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	Double click Message Management. The Message Management Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Default Deletion section, enable Delete Messages Automatically After.

5	In the After ... Days field, type the number of days you want to keep messages in a log folder before automatically deleting them.

6	Click the type of message you want to automatically delete.

7	Specify which components of the message you want to delete. Do one of the following:

Delete both the log record and the associated fax pages [image] Click Both Log Record And Its Fax Pages.

Delete the fax pages in the message, but keep a log record in the log folder [image] Click Fax Pages Only.

 Related Topics


Showing or hiding columns

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate folder. The corresponding window opens.

3	In the record list, right click on any column heading. A menu appears that lists all available column headings.

4	On the menu, do one of the following:

Enable the column heading you want to display. The column heading you selected appears to the left of the column heading on which you originally clicked.

Disable a column heading you want to hide. The column is hidden.

5	Repeat steps 3 and 4, as required.


Changing the order of columns

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate folder. The corresponding window opens.

3	In the record list, drag and drop any column heading to the desired location.


Viewing a list of fax image files included in a fax

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the appropriate fax. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	In the folder list, click the appropriate folder or subfolder, if necessary.

4	In the record list, click the appropriate fax.

5	On the File menu, click Properties. The Message Properties dialog appears.

6	Click the Message Files tab. A list of all the fax image files included in the selected fax appears.

Notes

For each page in the selected fax, WinFax creates a fax image file (.FX*). For example, if your fax has four pages, then four fax image files appear on the Message Files tab.

To help you match fax image files with a specific fax, use the Set Description button to specify descriptive information about the fax image files. For example, if the selected fax is a sales report for the month of March, you might name each fax image file: "March Sales - Page 1", "March Sales - Page 2", and so on.

 Related Topics


Creating a Message Manager shortcut on your desktop

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate folder. The corresponding window opens.

3	On the File menu, click Create Shortcut. The Save As dialog appears.

4	Click Desktop/Folders.

5	In the File Name field, type the name you want to use for the shortcut to this folder.


Viewing a fax

Do either of the following:

From Message Manager [image] On the Go menu, click Receive Log. In the Receive Log, double click the fax you want to view. Viewer starts.

From the Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar, point to New Messages and click the fax you want to view. Viewer starts.

Note

While you view a fax, you may want to write notes on it, add a graphic, or draw attention to certain portions of the fax before saving it or passing it on to someone else. Using annotate mode in Viewer, you can do all of this on-screen. For example, you can add notes in the margins, draw lines through text, circle important text, add your signature or logo electronically, or add other graphics and text. To enable annotation, enable Annotation on the View menu in Viewer.

 Related Topics


Viewing a fax (from WinFax Logs window)
Viewing a fax from Message Manager

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Receive Log. The Logs window opens to display the Receive Log folder.

3	In the record list, double click the fax you want to view. Fax Viewer starts and displays the first page of the fax.

Note

While you view a fax, you may want to write notes on it, add a graphic, or draw attention to certain portions of the fax before saving it or passing it on to someone else. Using annotate mode in Viewer, you can do all of this on-screen. For example, you can add notes in the margins, draw lines through text, circle important text, add your signature or logo electronically, or add other graphics and text. To enable annotation, enable Annotation on the View menu in Viewer.

 Related Topics


Viewing a fax from the Windows desktop

1	Start Windows Explorer.

2	Right click the fax file you want to view. A menu appears.

3	Click Quick View. Quick Fax Viewer starts and displays the first page of the fax.

Note

Quick Fax Viewer is not available if you are running WinFax under Windows NT/2000.

 Related Topics


Viewing a fax and fax details from the Logs window

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the log folder containing the appropriate fax. The Logs window opens to display the selected folder.

3	On the View menu, click one of the following:

Display Information [image] Displays details such as message type, message subject, and number of pages.

Display Thumbnails [image] Displays thumbnail images of fax pages or icons representing the content of other message types.

Display Fax View [image] Displays faxes, one page at a time.

 Related Topics


Emptying the Wastebasket manually

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the appropriate folder. The corresponding window opens.

3	In the folder list, click the Wastebasket folder.

4	Select all messages.

5	On the Edit menu, click Delete.

 Related Topics


Creating a WinFax phonebook

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Phonebook. The New Phonebook wizard starts.

4	Click Create New Phonebook and click Next to proceed.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen.

6	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to create the phonebook.

 Related Topics


Linking to a shared WinFax phonebook

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Phonebook. The New Phonebook wizard starts.

4	Click Link to Existing Phonebook and click Next to proceed.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen.

6	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to link to the phonebook.

 Related Topics


Linking to an existing dBASE phonebook file

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Phonebook. The New Phonebook wizard starts.

4	Click Link to Existing Phonebook and click Next to proceed.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen.

6	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to link to the phonebook.

Notes

This procedure links the original dBASE file to the new WinFax phonebook. Updates to the original dBASE file appear in the linked WinFax phonebook.

The new phonebook is a read-only phonebook.

 Related Topics


Creating a recipient record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook to which you want to add a recipient.

4	On the File menu, point to New and click Recipient. The New Recipient dialog appears.

5	Click the Name And Number tab.

6	In the First Name and Last Name fields, type the recipient's first and last names.

7	In the Primary Fax row, type the recipient's fax number.

8	Specify any other additional information.

 More information …

Notes

If you want to add another recipient to the phonebook without closing the New Recipient dialog, click Add instead of OK. To use the loaded record as a template for the next new record, enable Last Values.

For detailed instructions on how to enter the recipient's fax number in the fields, click [image] at the top of the dialog and then click the appropriate field.

To customize dialing instructions for a recipient, use the options on the Send By tab. For more information, click here [image].

 Related Topics


To specify this ...	Click this tab ...
Name and voice, fax, and cellular phone numbers	Name And Number tab
Mailing address	Address tab
Dialing instructions for this recipient	Send By tab
Notes about this recipient including billing information	General tab


Creating a group record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebooks window opens.

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook in which you want to create the group.

4	On the File menu, point to New and click Group. The Create Group dialog appears.

5	In the Group Name field, type a name for the new group.

6	In the Potential Group Members list, click the recipient you want to add to the new group.

7	Click Add. The selected recipient appears in the Group Members list.

8	Repeat steps 6 and 7 for each recipient you want to add to the new group.

Notes

You can create groups in the Send dialog using the Recipients list.

To remove a member from a group, select it in the Group Members list and click Remove.

 Related Topics


Sorting phonebook records at send time
 #Sorting phonebook records at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Do one of the following:

Sort alphabetically by column [image] In the phonebook list, click the appropriate column heading to sort by that column or change the sort direction of the column.

Sort by multiple criteria [image] On the View menu, click Sort. Specify the appropriate criteria and sort order.

Note

When you click the Name column, you are prompted to sort records by first name or last name. WinFax sorts phonebooks according to your selection.

 Related Topics


Sorting phonebook records alphabetically

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens.

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook you want to sort.

4	In the phonebook record list, click the appropriate column heading to sort by that column or change the sort direction of the column..

Note

When you click the Name column, you are prompted to sort records by first name or last name. WinFax sorts phonebooks according to your selection.

 Related Topics


Sorting phonebook records using multiple criteria

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook you want to sort.

4	On the View menu, click Sort. The Sort dialog appears.

5	In the 1st Key section, do the following:

a	In the 1st Key drop-down list, click the appropriate primary sorting criterion.

b	Click Ascending or Descending.

6	Repeat step 5 for the 2nd Key and 3rd Key sections.

Note

You can also control the sorting of information in the record list by clicking the column heading by which you want to sort. For example, click Company to sort the phonebook by company. To sort in the reverse alphabetical order, click the column heading again.

 Related Topics


Searching for a phonebook record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook you want to search.

4	On the View menu, click Search. The Search dialog appears.

5	Click Search. The Search dialog appears.

6	Do one of the following:

Search for a recipient [image] Click the tabs on the Search dialog and type the appropriate search text.

Search for a group [image] Click the Name And Number tab and type the group name in the Last Name field.

7	Click the Search Options tab.

8	Select the appropriate search options.

9	Click OK. All records that match the search criteria are displayed, and the words "[Search Active]" are added to the Phonebook window title.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Search dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

To display all recipients in the active phonebook after a search, click Search on the View menu again.

 Related Topics


Modifying a recipient record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the recipient you want to modify.

4	In the record list, click the recipient you want to modify.

5	On the File menu, click Properties. The Recipient Properties dialog appears and displays the selected recipient's information.

6	Modify the recipient information by tabbing through and editing the appropriate fields.

Note

If you are in the process of sending a fax, you can modify phonebook recipients from the Send dialog.

 Related Topics


Modifying a group record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the group you want to modify.

4	In the record list, click the group you want to modify.

5	On the File menu, click Properties. The Edit Group dialog appears.

6	Make any appropriate changes.

Note

Group records appear bolded in the record list.

 Related Topics


Opening the Phonebooks window

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens


Deleting a phonebook record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the recipient or group you want to delete.

4	In the record list, click the recipient or group you want to delete.

5	On the Edit menu, click Delete.

6	If you enabled Confirm All Manual Deletions in the Message Management Properties dialog (start Program Setup and double click Message Management), a confirmation dialog appears. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. WinFax deletes the recipient from the phonebook and places it in the Wastebasket folder.

Note

Use this procedure to delete recipients from the active WinFax phonebook. You cannot delete recipients from a read-only phonebook.


Copying a phonebook record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the recipient or group you want to copy.

4	In the record list, click the recipient or group you want to copy.

5	On the Edit menu, click Copy To. The Copy dialog appears.

6	In the Copy To list, click the destination phonebook or phonebook folder.

Note

Groups appear bolded in the record list.


Moving a phonebook record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the recipient or group you want to move.

4	In the record list, click the recipient or group you want to move.

5	On the Edit menu, click Move To. The Move dialog appears.

6	In the Move To list, click the destination phonebook or phonebook folder.

Note

Groups appear bolded in the record list.


Importing phonebook recipient records

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook or folder into which you want to import the recipient records.

4	On the File menu, point to Import and click Phonebook. The Import Phonebook wizard starts.

5	In the Format drop-down list, click the appropriate file format and follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

6	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to import the phonebook.

Notes

You can import WinFax PRO, TalkWorks, ACT!, Dbase, Microsoft Access (via ODBC), Oracle, SQL Server, Outlook Express, and Lotus Organizer files.

If you are exporting phonebook records from Lotus Organizer to import into WinFax, select ASCII as the export format, click Windows Default (ANSI) File Translation, and then disable Field Names As First Record.


Exporting phonebook recipient records

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook or folder containing the recipients you want to export.

4	On the File menu, click Export. The Export Phonebook wizard starts.

5	In the Format drop-down list, click the appropriate file format and follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

6	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to export the phonebook.

Note

When exporting to ASCII format, group information is not included.


Printing a phonebook

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook you want to print.

4	On the File menu, click Print List. The Print List Options dialog appears.

5	Select the appropriate options.

 Related Topics


Viewing recipient information

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the recipient you want to view.

4	In the record list, click the recipient you want to view.

5	On the File menu, click Properties. The Recipient Properties dialog appears and displays the selected recipient's information.

Notes

If you are in the process of sending a fax, you can view phonebook recipient records from the Send dialog.

For help on a setting in the Recipient Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Viewing group information

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the group you want to view.

4	In the record list, click the group you want to view.

5	On the File menu, click Properties. The Edit Group dialog appears and displays the selected group's information.

Notes

Groups appear bolded in the record list.

If you are in the process of sending a fax, you can view phonebook group records from the Send dialog.

For help on a setting in the Edit Group dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Renaming a phonebook

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook you want to rename.

4	On the File menu, click Properties. The Properties dialog appears.

5	In the Name field, type a new name for the phonebook.

Note

You can only rename WinFax/TalkWorks phonebooks from Message Manager.


Deleting a phonebook

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook you want to delete.

4	On the Edit menu, click Delete. A confirmation dialog appears.

5	Click OK to delete the phonebook.


Moving a phonebook

1	Start Windows Explorer or Windows File Manager.

2	Do the following:

a	Create a folder in the location where you want to move the phonebook.

b	Locate the folder currently containing the phonebook files (by default, the DATA subfolder of your WinFax installation folder), select all of the phonebook files, and move them to the new location. For example, for the a WinFax phonebook called “Local Contacts”, move the following files:

LOCALCO.WFF

LOCALCO.WFD

LOCALCO.WFX

LOCALCO.WFB

LOCALCO.WFR

LOCALCO.WFG

LOCALCOS.WFD

LOCALCOS.WFG

LOCALCOS.WFX

LOCALCO2.WFD

LOCALCO2.WFG

LOCALCO2.WFX

3	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

4	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

5	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook whose files you moved in step 2.

6	On the Edit menu, click Delete. A confirmation dialog appears.

7	Click OK to delete the phonebook.

8	On the File menu, point to New and click Phonebook. The New Phonebook wizard starts.

9	Click Link to Existing Phonebook and follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

10	When you are prompted to select a phonebook type, click WinFax PRO. Click Next to proceed.

11	When prompted, select the *.WFB file corresponding to your phonebook. For example, for a phonebook called “Local Contacts”, use the file named “LOCALCO.WFF”. Click Next to proceed.

12	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to create the phonebook in the new directory location.

Note

When you create custom WinFax phonebooks, WinFax uses an abbreviated form of the phonebook name to name all associated phonebook files.


Printing a recipient record

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the record you want to print.

4	In the record list, click the record you want to print.

5	On the File menu, click Print Recipient. The Print dialog appears.

6	Select the appropriate print options.

 Related Topics


Integrating an external phonebook with WinFax/TalkWorks

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	On the File menu, point to New and click Phonebook. The New Phonebook wizard starts.

4	Click Link to Existing Phonebook and follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

5	When you are prompted to select a phonebook type, click Other and click the type of external phonebook. Click Next to proceed.

6	When you are prompted to select the phonebook file, locate the file containing your phonebook data. If you are not sure about the file name, check your external application’s documentation. Click Next to proceed.

7	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to integrate the external phonebook with WinFax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Phonebook Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

WinFax can integrate with most third-party phonebook applications using the WinFax PRO 9.x Phonebook Development Kit (PDK). All third-party applications that support this advanced WinFax phonebook integration appear in the Other list displayed in the wizard. If your external phonebook does not appear in the list, contact your phonebook manufacturer for more information.


Creating a recipient record at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax by filling in the To and Number fields.

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook to which you want to add the recipient.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Add to Phonebook. The New Recipient dialog appears and displays the information you specified for the new recipient in the Send dialog, if any.

5	In the First Name and Last Name fields, type the recipient's first and last names.

6	In the Primary Fax row, type the recipient's fax number.

7	Specify any other additional information.

 More information …

8	Click OK to add the recipient to the phonebook. The Send dialog reappears.

Notes

If you want to add another recipient to the phonebook without closing the New Recipient dialog, click Add instead of OK. To use the loaded record as a template for the next new record, enable Last Values.

For detailed instructions on how to enter the recipient's fax number in the fields, click [image] at the top of the dialog and then click the appropriate field.

To customize dialing instructions for a recipient, use the options on the Send By tab. For more information, click here [image].

 Related Topics


Creating a group record at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax to all the recipients you want to include in the group.

3	In the Recipients list, select the recipients you want in the group.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Make Group. The Create Group dialog appears.

5	In the Group Name field, type a name for the new group.

Notes

To add additional members to the group, click the recipient in the Potential Group Members list and click Add. The recipient appears in the Group Members list.

To remove a group member, click the member in the Group Members list and click Remove.

 Related Topics


Searching for a phonebook record at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook you want to search, if necessary.

3	On the View menu, click Search Phonebook. The Search dialog appears.

4	Do one of the following:

To search for a recipient [image] Click the tabs on the Search dialog and type the appropriate search text.

To search for a group [image] Click the Name And Number tab and type the group name in the Last Name field.

5	Click the Search Options tab.

6	Select the appropriate search options.

7	Click OK. WinFax searches the phonebook and displays all records that match the search criteria.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Search dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

To display all recipients in the active phonebook after a search, click Reset Phonebook on the View menu in the Send dialog.

 Related Topics


Modifying a recipient record at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the recipient you want to modify.

3	In the record list, click the recipient you want to modify.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Properties. The Recipient Properties dialog appears and displays the selected recipient's information.

5	Modify the recipient information, as required, by tabbing through and editing the appropriate fields.

6	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

Note

For help on a setting in the Recipient Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Modifying a group record at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the group you want to modify.

3	In the record list, click the group you want to modify.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Properties. The Edit Group dialog appears.

5	Make any appropriate changes.

Note

Group records appear bolded in the record list.

 Related Topics


Viewing recipient information at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the recipient you want to view.

3	In the record list, click the recipient you want to view.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Properties. The Recipient Properties dialog appears and displays the selected recipient's information.

Note

For help on a setting in the Recipient Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Viewing group information at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebook window opens

3	In the phonebook list, click the phonebook containing the group you want to view.

4	In the record list, click the group you want to view.

5	On the Recipient menu, click Properties. The Edit Group dialog appears and displays the selected group's information.

Notes

Groups appear bolded in the record list.

For help on a setting in the Edit Group dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Scanning and faxing documents (help wizard)
Scanning and faxing documents

More information needed ...

What type of scanner are you using?

WinFax Scanner

Twain scanner

Non-Twain scanner


Selecting a scanner

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Scanner Setup. The Select Source dialog appears.

3	In the list of Twain-compliant scanning programs installed on your computer, click the desired scanning software and click Select.

Note

The WinFax scanner is not supported under Windows NT.

 Related Topics


Scanning and faxing a document (WinFax scanner)

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Send menu, click Send New Fax. The Send dialog appears.

3	On the Insert menu, click From Scanner. The WinFax Scanner window opens.

4	Insert your document into the scanner, top edge down with the text facing the back of the scanner. Depending on the scanner setup, the Confirm Setup dialog may appear. Confirm your settings and click OK.

5	The WinFax Scanner scans your text pages and returns to the WinFax Scanner window.

6	Click the Return button twice. The WinFax PRO Send dialog reappears with the scanned pages displayed in the fax preview area.

7	Address the fax.

8	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

9	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

10	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

11	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What’s This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

The WinFax scanner is not supported under Windows NT.

 Related Topics


Scanning and faxing a document (Twain scanner)

1	Prepare the document you want to scan. Do one of the following:

Flatbed scanner [image] Place the page you want to scan on the copy glass and close the cover.

Document feeder [image] Place the pages you want to scan in the feeder.

Hand scanner [image] Select the appropriate hardware settings and position the scanner above the image.

2	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

3	On the Send menu, click Send New Fax. The Send dialog appears.

4	On the Insert menu, click From Scanner. The scanning software starts.

5	Select the recommended WinFax settings in your software.

Flatbed scanner [image] Select Preview or an equivalent setting. (Your software may do a preview scan automatically.) Status messages may be displayed while your scanner previews the image.

Hand scanner [image] Select Scan or the equivalent command. Drag the scanner over the image.

6	Improve the preview image by adjusting brightness, contrast, size, and any other settings.

7	When you are satisfied with the image, click Rescan, Final Scan, or the equivalent button in your scanning software.

8	Repeat this step for each additional page you scan. When you complete the final scan, close the scanning software. The WinFax PRO Send dialog reappears with the scanned pages displayed in the preview area.

9	Address the fax.

10	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

11	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

12	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

13	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What’s This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

For instructions on enhancing the appearance of scanned images, see your scanning software manual.

The WinFax scanner is not supported under Windows NT.

 Related Topics


Scanning and faxing a document (non-Twain scanner)

1	Scan the document to be faxed using your Windows-compatible scanning software.

2	On the program’s File menu, click Print (or the equivalent command). A print dialog appears.

3	Select the WinFax printer and print the document. The WinFax PRO Send dialog appears displaying the scanned pages in the preview area.

4	Address the fax.

5	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

7	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

8	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What’s This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Scanning a document in DOS and faxing it

1	Scan the document using your scanning software, and save the file in .PCX (Paintbrush) or .BMP (bitmapped) format.

2	Start the Windows Paint program.

3	Open the scanned image in Windows Paint.

4	On the File menu, click Print. The Print dialog appears.

5	In the Printer section, click the WinFax printer in the Name drop-down list.

6	Click OK to print the scanned image to WinFax. The WinFax PRO Send dialog appears displaying the scanned images in the preview area.

7	Address the fax.

8	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

9	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

10	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

11	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What’s This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Creating an attachment (scanned document)

1	Set up the scanner as you would when scanning to send.

2	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

3	On the Send dialog, click Send New Fax. The Send dialog appears.

4	On the Insert menu, click From Scanner. Your scanning software’s main window opens.

5	Select the recommended WinFax settings in your software.

Flatbed scanner [image] Click Preview or an equivalent setting. (Your software may do a preview scan automatically.) Status messages may be displayed while your scanner previews the image on the copy glass.

Hand scanner [image] Click Scan or an equivalent command. Drag the scanner over the image to scan.

6	Improve the preview image by adjusting brightness, contrast, size, and any other settings.

7	Click Rescan, Final Scan, or the equivalent button in your scanning software. Repeat this step for each additional page to scan.

8	Click Return twice. The Send dialog reappears.

9	On the File menu, click Save As Attachment. The Save As Attachment dialog appears.

10	In the Description and Keywords fields, type text to help you identify the attachment in the future.

11	Click Select. Specify the path and name where you want to save the new attachment (.FXS) file.

12	Click the folder in which you want to store your attachment.

Note

The WinFax scanner is not supported under Windows NT.

 Related Topics


Using WinFax PRO Program Setup
Using Program Setup

Use Program Setup to modify all your program settings.

1	In the list, click the item describing the options you want to modify. A description of the selected item appears at the bottom of the Program Setup dialog.

2	Click Properties. A properties dialog appears.

Note

For help on a setting in any Program Setup dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.


Backup and Restore Settings dialog (Backup tab)


Scheduling backups

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Backup And Restore. The Backup/Restore Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Backup tab.

4	Click Browse, select the file you want to back up your data to, and click Open.

5	In the Include These Items section, enable the items you want to back up.

6	In the Backup Schedule section, specify when you want to back up data.

Note

For help on a setting in the Backup/Restore Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

You can also back up data from Message Manager. On the File menu, click Backup.

 Related Topics


Backing up manually

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Backup And Restore. The Backup/Restore Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Backup tab.

4	Click Browse, select the file you want to back up your data to, and click Open.

5	In the Include These Items section, enable the items you want to back up.

6	Click Backup Now.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Backup/Restore Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

You can also back up data from Message Manager. On the File menu, click Backup.

 Related Topics


Backup and Restore Settings dialog (Restore tab)


Restoring backups

Important! Restoring a backup file overwrites your current message stores, log folders, log records, and message files. Any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Backup And Restore. The Backup/Restore Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Restore tab.

4	Click Browse, select the file in which your data is backed up, and click Open.

5	In the Restore These Items section, enable the items you want to restore.

6	Click Restore Now.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Backup/Restore Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

You can also restore data from Message Manager. On the File menu, click Restore.

 Related Topics


Call Status and Controller Properties dialog (General tab)


Displaying the Line Status dialog

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Call Status And Controller. The Call Status And Controller Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Line Status Dialog section, enable Display Status Dialog.

5	Enable Bring Status Dialog To The Front.

Note

If you do not enable Display Status Dialog, you can still check sending and receiving status in the status bar at the bottom of Message Manager or by clicking Display Status on the Controller menu.


Emptying the Wastebaskets automatically

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Call Status And Controller. The Call Status And Controller Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Controller section, enable Empty Wastebaskets On Exit.

 Related Topics


Specifying exit options for the Controller

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Call Status And Controller. The Call Status And Controller Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the When Not In Use drop-down list, specify what you want to happen to the Controller when you exit Message Manager. Click one of the following options:

Leave Running [image] Click this option if you want to leave the Controller running when you exit the program.

Close Automatically [image] Click this option if you want the Controller to close automatically when you exit the program.

Allow Me To Choose [image] Click this option if you want to be prompted each time you exit the program.

 Related Topics


Dialing Properties dialog (General tab)


Setting up dialing options
Setting dialing options

More information needed ...

What do you want to do?

Learn more about how WinFax dials

Dial a long distance number within my area code or a local number within my area code

Bill calls to my calling card

Set dialing options on a per location basis so I do not have to change my dialing instructions each time I move my computer to a different location (for example, home, office, hotel, and so on).

Schedule when my faxes are delivered

Troubleshoot my dialing problem


Handling dial tones and busy signals

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	If you want to start dialing numbers only after a dial tone is detected, enable Detect Dial Tone. Otherwise, dialing may start before you actually connect to an outside line.

5	If you want to recognize busy tones, enable Detect Busy Tone. If this option is enabled and a call fails because the receiving line is busy, this information appears in the message's transmission details in the Outbox. Otherwise, the reason the call failed is not reported.


Setting the number of retries

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Number Of Retries For Busy Numbers field, type the number of times you want WinFax to try to send a fax when the line is busy at the receiving end.

5	In the Number Of Retries For No Answer field, type the number of times you want WinFax to try to send a fax when there is no answer at the receiving end.

6	In the Retry Every field, type the number of seconds you want WinFax to wait between retries.


Selecting a dialing method

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Click Advanced. The Dialing Method dialog appears.

5	In the Options section, click WinFax or Windows.

Note

To view or change dialing instructions used by the Windows dialing method, click Properties.


Dialing Properties dialog (Off-Peak tab)


Setting up off-peak periods

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Off-Peak tab.

4	In the Domestic Calls section, click the appropriate From and To times.

5	In the International Calls section, click the appropriate From and To times.

Note

Enable Continue Sending After Off-Peak Time if you want WinFax to finish sending any fax that it starts before the end of the off-peak time period. Otherwise, WinFax terminates all in-progress transmissions immediately when the off-peak period ends.

 Related Topics


Dialing Properties dialog (Location tab)


Setting up a new location

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	Click New. The New Location dialog appears.

5	In the Location Name field, type the name of the new location.

6	In the devices list, enable the Active check box beside the communications devices you want to activate for this location, and click OK. The Location tab reappears.

7	In the Country section, click the country for this location.

8	In the For This Device drop-down list, click the device for which you want to set dialing options.

9	In the How Do I Dial On This Phone Line section, specify the phone number for the selected device at this location.

10	Select any other appropriate options.

11	If you activated a second device for this location, repeat steps 8 to 10 for this device.

Notes

You can activate two modems or communications devices for each location. Modify which modems or communications devices are active for this dialog in the Modems And Communications Devices dialog (start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices).

For detailed instructions on how to type your phone number in the How Do I Dial On This Phone Line fields, click [image] at the top of the dialog and then click any of the fields in the How Do I Dial On This Phone Line section.

 Related Topics


Modifying an existing location

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click the location you want to modify. The settings in the Dialing Properties dialog change to reflect the selected location.

5	Make any necessary changes to the settings.

Note

Modify which modems or communications devices are active for this dialog in the Modems And Communications Devices dialog (start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices).

 Related Topics


Removing a location

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click the location you want to remove. The settings in the Dialing Properties dialog change to reflect the selected location.

5	Click Remove.

 Related Topics


Dialing numbers exactly as typed

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click Dial As Entered.


Specifying a dial prefix (location settings)

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click the appropriate location.

5	In the For This Device drop-down list, click the device for which you want to specify a dial prefix.

6	In the How I Dial On This Phone Line section, enable Dial Prefix.

7	In the Dial Prefix field, type the appropriate prefix. To use a previous prefix, click the appropriate prefix in the Dial Prefix drop-down list.

Note

When you send the fax, the prefix you specify is saved in the Dial Prefix drop-down list, up to the last 10 entries.

 Related Topics


Specifying a dial suffix (location settings)
Specifying a dial suffix

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click the appropriate location.

5	In the For This Device drop-down list, click the device for which you want to specify a dial suffix.

6	In the How I Dial On This Phone Line section, enable Dial Suffix.

7	Type the appropriate suffix in the Dial Suffix field. To use a previous suffix, click the appropriate suffix in the Dial Suffix drop-down list.

Note

When you send the fax, the suffix you specify is saved in the Dial Suffix drop-down list, up to the last 10 entries.

 Related Topics


Charging a call to a calling card

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Calling Cards tab and set up your calling card, if you have not already done so.

 How to …

4	Click the Location tab.

5	Do either of the following:

If you have set up a location specifically for charging calls to your calling card [image] In the Location drop-down list, click that location.

If you have not set up a location for this purpose [image] In the For This Device drop-down list, click the device you want to use with your calling card, enable Use Calling Card, and then click the appropriate calling card in the Use Calling Card drop-down list.

Notes

If the appropriate calling card does not appear in the drop-down list, click the Calling Cards tab and define your calling card number by selecting the appropriate options. After you are finished, click the Location tab. Your calling card is added to the Use Calling Card drop-down list.

If you experience problems charging calls to your calling card, check the dial sequence for your calling card (on the Calling Cards tab, click Dial Sequence).

 Related Topics


Specifying pulse or touch tone dialing (location settings)
Specifying pulse or touch tone dialing

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click the appropriate location.

5	In the For This Device drop-down list, click the device for which you want to specify pulse or touch tone dialing.

6	In the How I Dial On This Phone Line section, enable Pulse Dial to use pulse dialing. To use touch tone dialing, disable Pulse Dial.

Note

Touch tone dialing is the default.


Specifying long distance and international access code (non-calling card calls)
Specifying long distance and international access codes

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click the appropriate location.

5	In the Country drop-down list, click  the country for this location. The appropriate long distance and international access codes appear below the Country field.

Note

To modify the access codes, click Change, type the appropriate code in the Long Distance Access field and the International Access field and click OK.


Specifying the modems or communications devices you want to use at a particular location

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	In the Define Active Devices drop-down list, click the location for which you are specifying modems or communications devices.

4	In the devices list, enable the Active check box beside the modems or communications devices you want to activate for the selected location.

Note

You can activate two modems or communications devices for each location.

 Related Topics


Dialing Properties dialog (Calling Cards tab)


Setting up a new calling card

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Calling Cards. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Calling Cards tab.

4	Click New. The New Calling Card wizard starts.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

6	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to set up the new calling card.

Note

To customize the dial sequence required by your calling card service, click Custom on the last panel of the wizard.

 How to …

 Related Topics


Modifying calling card information

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Calling Cards. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Calling Cards tab.

4	In the Selected Calling Cards list, click the calling card you want to modify. The Calling Cards tab changes to display the settings for the selected calling card.

5	Make any necessary changes to the settings.

 Related Topics


Removing a calling card definition

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Calling Cards. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Calling Cards tab.

4	In the Selected Calling Cards list, click the calling card you want to remove. The Calling Cards tab changes to display the settings for the selected calling card.

5	Click Remove.

 Related Topics


Renaming a calling card definition

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Calling Cards. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Calling Cards tab.

4	In the Selected Calling Cards list, click the calling card you want to rename. The Calling Cards tab changes to display the settings for the selected calling card.

5	Click Rename. The Rename Calling Card dialog appears.

6	In the Calling Card Name field, type the new name and click OK. The Calling Cards tab reappears.

 Related Topics


Setting up calling card dial sequences

1	Review how calling card dial sequences are handled.

 How to …

2	Set up your calling card.

 How to …

3	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

4	In the list, double click Calling Cards. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Calling Cards tab.

6	In the Selected Calling Cards list, click the appropriate calling card. The Calling Cards tab changes to display the settings for the selected calling card.

7	Click Dial Sequence. The Dial Sequence Properties dialog appears.

8	In the "1" drop-down list, click the action that you want performed immediately after the call prefix (if it is enabled) is dialed.

9	In the "2" drop-down list, click the next action that you want performed.

10	Repeat step 9 for the "3" through "10" drop-down lists, as required to complete your dial sequence.

11	Click OK. The Dialing Properties dialog reappears.

 Related Topics


Email Properties dialog


Enabling email (Other email systems)
Enabling email

The process for enabling email integration varies slightly depending on the email package you are using.

During installation, the Setup program searches your computer for a supported email program. If Setup detects a supported email program (Lotus Notes, Microsoft Exchange, Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, Internet Mail, Eudora, Netscape, and so on) and you enable email options, it installs the email features and displays the email commands on the Send and Tools menus in Message Manager.

If you are using Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook, click here [image] for instructions on enabling email integration.

Note

Outlook Express supports a lesser degree of integration with WinFax than is available if you use Microsoft Outlook. There is no log integration between WinFax and Outlook Express. To enable email support for Outlook Express in WinFax, follow the directions below.

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Email and Outlook Integration. The Email Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Login tab.

4	Check Enable Sending Faxes By Email.

5	In the Email Program drop-down list, click the email program you want to use with WinFax.

6	In the Login section, click to select when you want WinFax to prompt you to login to your email system. Choose either:

On startup [image] You will be prompted to login to your email program every time you start WinFax.

Only when required [image] You will be prompted to login to your email program only when necessary (for example, when sending an email from within WinFax).

7	In the User Name And Password section, enter information into any available fields, as required. The fields in this section will differ according to the email program selected.

8	Click Apply to save your settings, and then click OK to exit the Email Properties dialog. You may need to restart the Controller and WinFax for your settings to take effect.

Tip

Visit your email program vendor’s Web site to ensure that you have the latest upgrades, patches, and so on for your email software. This will ensure the best possible email functionality and integration.

 Related Topics


Enabling email in WinFax (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook)

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Email and Outlook Integration. The Email Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Login tab.

4	Check Enable Sending Faxes By Email.

5	In the Email Program drop-down list, click the Outlook/Exchange email program you want to use with WinFax.

6	In the Login section, click to select when you want WinFax to prompt you to login to your email system. Choose either:

On startup [image] You will be promted to login to your email program every time you start WinFax.

Only when required [image] You will be promted to login to your email program only when necessary (for example, when sending an email from within WinFax).

7	In the User Name And Password section Profile drop-down list, specify the appropriate profile to use when you start WinFax.

8	In the Password field, type your Outlook/Exchange password.

9	Click Apply to save your settings, and then click OK to exit the Email Properties dialog. You may need to restart the Controller and WinFax for your settings to take effect.

Notes

A profile is a set of configuration options that tells WinFax how to integrate with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook. Your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile includes the location of your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Inbox, Outbox, personal folders and address books.

If you are running in MAPI mode and you enable this option, Microsoft Exchange/Outlook adds menu commands and options in Message Manager that you can use to view the Exchange/Outlook Inbox in the Logs window, send email, and access your Exchange/Outlook address books.

Tip

Visit your email program vendor’s Web site to ensure that you have the latest upgrades, patches, and so on for your email software. This will ensure the best possible email functionality and integration.

 Related Topics


Message Management dialog (General tab)


Automatically deleting messages

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Message Management. The Message Management Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Default Deletion section, enable Delete Messages Automatically After.

5	In the After ... Days field, type the number of days you want to keep messages in a log folder before automatically deleting them.

6	Click the type of message you want to automatically delete.

7	Specify which components of the message you want to delete. Do one of the following:

Delete both the log record and the associated fax pages [image] Click Both Log Record And Its Fax Pages.

Delete the fax pages in the message but still keep a log record in the log folder [image] Click Fax Pages Only.

 Related Topics


Confirming manual deletions

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Message Management. The Message Management Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Default Deletion section, enable Confirm All Manual Deletions.

 Related Topics


Setting default archiving options

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Message Management. The Message Management Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Specify the message components you want to archive. Do the following:

Archive log records only [image] Click Save Log Record Only.

Archive both log records and their associated fax pages [image] Click Save Both Log Record And Fax Pages.

If you want to archive message attachments, enable Save Attachments.

5	If you want to be prompted to confirm the default options each time you archive a message (that is, when you move or copy a log record into a compressed message store), enable Confirm These Options Each Time A Message Is Moved Or Copied.

 Related Topics


Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog


Activating a modem or communications device

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Define Active Devices For Location drop-down list, click the location for which you want the device active.

5	In the devices list, enable the Active check box beside the modem or communications device you want to activate for the selected location.

Note

You can activate two modems or one ISDN card for each location.

 Related Topics


Removing a modem or communications device

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem or communications device.

5	Click Remove.

 Related Topics


Setting up modems and communications devices (help wizard)
Setting up modems and communications devices

More information needed ...

What type of modem or communications device do you want to set up?

Regular modem

ISDN card

Fax Sharing


Setting up a modem or communications device

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Click Add. The Install New Modem Type dialog appears.

5	Do one of the following:

If you are setting up a regular modem [image] Click Regular modem and then click Next.

If you are setting up a communications device (for example, ISDN, Fax Sharing, etc.) or CAS modem [image] Click Other, click the connection device, and then click Next.

6	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

7	Click Finish. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog reappears. The new modem or communications device appears in the devices list.

 Related Topics


Changing modem or communications device settings

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem or communications device.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem or communications device appears.

6	Make any necessary changes.

Note

For help on a setting in the Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Testing your computer for attached modems and communications devices

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Click Test Com Ports. The Test All Ports dialog appears displaying the status of the test while your computer is examined for installed modems and communications devices.

5	The results of the search display in the Messages list. For each modem installed, the display lists the Com port to which it is attached, the modem type and class, as well as the maximum transmission and receive speeds.


Switching to a different port

You can use WinFax in COM Port mode or TAPI mode. COM Port mode connects WinFax directly to the communications port the modem or communications device is attached to. TAPI mode connects WinFax to the TAPI communications software in Windows, which in turn connects to the communication port the modem is attached to. Which mode you use depends on your requirements. To set the mode, do the following:

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem or communications device appears.

6	Click the General tab.

7	In the Communications Port drop-down list, click the appropriate port.

8	In the Initialize At drop-down list, click the speed at which you want to initialize the connection on this port.

Notes

We recommend you use a TAPI port (the default), as it supports more features in WinFax and allows you to run two or more modem-dependent programs at the same time.

To use a TAPI port, you must have the correct TAPI files on your system. For more information, click here [image].


Controlling your modem's speaker volume

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the General tab.

7	In the Volume section, drag the slide control to specify the appropriate volume.

8	Enable On Until Connected, if desired.


Specifying your modem class

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the General tab.

7	In Modem Type drop-down list, click the appropriate modem type.


Specifying settings for different types of phone lines

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	In the My Modem Is Connected To A drop-down list at the top of the dialog, click the type of phone line you are using. The information on the tab is updated to reflect the default settings for the selected line type.

8	Select the appropriate settings for the specified phone line type.


Specifying your modem initialization sequence

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	In the Initialization String Sequence fields, type the appropriate strings.

Note

To use the default sequence for your type of modem, click Default.


Specifying your modem reset string

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	In the Reset field, type the appropriate string.

Note

To use the default string for your type of modem, click Default.


Using flow control

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	If you want to use hardware flow control, do the following:

a	Enable Use Hardware Flow Control.

b	In the Flow Control field, type the hardware flow control string.

8	If you want to use software flow control, do the following:

a	Disable Use Hardware Flow Control.

b	In the Flow Control field, type the software flow control string.

Note

To use the default settings for your type of modem, click Default.


Setting transmission speeds

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	In the Transmission Speed section, do the following:

In the Maximum drop-down list, click the maximum speed.

In the Minimum drop-down list, click the minimum speed.

Note

Reducing the maximum transmit speed may help troubleshoot difficult transmissions, such as cellular calls.


Changing ECM options

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for your modem appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	In the Options section, enable the appropriate ECM options.


Enabling high speed compression

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem.

5	Click Properties. The Properties dialog for the selected modem appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	In the Options section, enable High Speed Compression (2D).


Sending and receiving faxes when logged out (Windows NT/2000 only)

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Call Status And Controller. The Call Status And Controller Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Enable Allow Sending And Receiving When Logged Off.

Note

This feature only applies to users running WinFax under Windows NT/2000.


Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog (Available Rules Tab)


Creating an automatic forwarding receive rule

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Notification and Forwarding. The Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

3	In the list of folders, click the Receive Log.

4	Click New. The New Notification and Forwarding Rule wizard starts, and the Rule Type panel appears.

5	On the Rule Type panel, click the Forward Rule option, and then click Next. The Choose Event panel appears.

6	In the Rule Name field, type a descriptive name to help you identify this rule in the future (for example, “Forward to home rule”).

7	OPTIONAL [image]  Click Condition to further specify what messages this rule should apply to. You can set it to apply only to messages received on certain days and at certain times. And you can specify that it apply only to faxes received from certain calling stations (certain fax machines or modems), as identified by CSID.

Click Next. The Action panel appears.

8	In the delivery field, click on the method by which you want messages to be forwarded (fax or email). Then type the fax number or email address in the field(s) provided.

Tip  Click Select to choose a number or address from your WinFax phonebook.

OPTIONAL [image] If you choose the fax delivery option, click Setup to set secure CSID optiions, and to include a cover page message, if desired.

OPTIONAL [image] Check Mark As Read After Forwarding to have WinFax automatically mark all messages as ‘Read’ after they are forwarded to you.

9	Click Finish. The new rule is added to the Receive Log and enabled for use.

10	Click Apply to save your new rule, and then click OK to exit the Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog.

Note

If the recipient's number is a local number requiring an area code, add it in the Area field. If you select the recipient from a phonebook and the number is a local number requiring an area code, ensure that Dial Area Code is enabled on the Send By tab of the Recipient Properties dialog for the recipient.

 Related Topics


Enabling automatic forwarding

1	Create an automatic forwarding receive rule.

 How to …

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Notification And Forwarding. The Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Available Rules tab.

5	In the folder list, click the Receive Log folder.

6	In the rules list, enable the automatic forwarding receive rule you want to use.

 Related Topics


Enabling pager notification

1	Set up your pager to work with WinFax.

 How to …

2	Create a pager notification receive rule.

 How to …

3	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

4	In the list, double click Notification And Forwarding. The Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Available Rules tab.

6	In the folder list, click the folder containing the rule you want to use.

7	In the rules list, enable the pager notification receive rule you want to use.

8	Set scheduling options for pager notification (optional).

 How to …

 Related Topics


Creating a pager notification receive rule

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Notification And Forwarding. The Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Available Rules tab.

4	Click New. The New Notification Or Forwarding Rule wizard starts. Follow the instructions on each screen. Click Next to proceed.

Notes

For help on a setting in a dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Scheduling pager notification

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Notification And Forwarding. The Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Available Rules tab.

4	Click Delivery. The Delivery Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Frequency tab.

6	In the After Receiving field, type the minimum number of messages you must receive before being notified.

7	Click the appropriate delivery option.

 Related Topics


Scheduling automatic forwarding

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Notification And Forwarding. The Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Available Rules tab.

4	Click Delivery. The Delivery Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Frequency tab.

6	In the After Receiving field, type the minimum number of messages you must receive before being notified.

7	Click the appropriate delivery option.

 Related Topics


Enabling telephone notification (WinFax)
Enabling telephone notification

1	Create a telephone notification receive rule.

 How to …

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Notification And Forwarding. The Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Available Rules tab.

5	In the folder list, click the Receive Log folder.

6	In the rules list, enable the telephone notification receive rule you want to use.

7	Set scheduling options for telephone notification (optional).

 How to …

 Related Topics


Creating a notification or forwarding rule

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Notification and Forwarding. The Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

3	In the list of folders, click the Receive Log.

4	Click New. The New Notification and Forwarding Rule wizard starts, and the Rule Type panel appears.

5	On the Rule Type panel, click to select the type of rule you want to set up. Choose from the following:

Forward Rule [image] WinFax will forward new faxes to you.

Notification Rule [image] WinFax will notify you when new faxes are received.

Click Next. The Choose Event panel appears.

6	In the Rule Name field, type a descriptive name to help you identify this rule in the future (for example, “Notify my cellular telephone rule”).

7	OPTIONAL [image]  Click Condition to further specify what messages this rule should apply to. You can set it to apply only to messages received on certain days and at certain times. And you can specify that it apply only to faxes received from certain calling stations (certain fax machines or modems), as identified by CSID.

Click Next. The Action panel appears.

8	In the delivery field, click on the method by which you want messages to be forwarded or notification to be sent (for example, by fax, email, or pager). Then type the telephone number, fax number, or email address in the field(s) provided.

Tip  Click Select to choose a number or address from your WinFax phonebook.

OPTIONAL [image] If you choose the fax delivery option, click Setup to set secure CSID options, and to include a cover page message, if desired.

OPTIONAL [image] If you choose the pager delivery option, click Setup to include custom text in your messages.

OPTIONAL [image] If this is a forwarding rule, check Mark As Read After Forwarding to have WinFax automatically mark all messages as ‘Read’ after they are forwarded to you.

9	Click Finish. The new rule is added to the Receive Log and enabled for use.

10	Click Apply to save your new rule, and then click OK to exit the Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog.

Notes

For help on a setting in a dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

If the recipient's number is a local number requiring an area code, add it in the Area field. If you select the recipient from a phonebook and the number is a local number requiring an area code, ensure that Dial Area Code is enabled on the Send By tab of the Recipient Properties dialog for the recipient.

 Related Topics


Scheduling telephone notification

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Notification And Forwarding. The Notification And Forwarding Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Available Rules tab.

4	Click Delivery. The Delivery Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Frequency tab.

6	In the After Receiving field, type the minimum number of messages you must receive before being notified.

7	Click the appropriate delivery option.

 Related Topics


Pager Properties dialog (General tab)


Setting up your pager to work with WinFax

1	Review the pager notification requirements.

 How to …

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Pager and SMS Text Messaging. The Pager or SMS Properties dialog appears.

4	Click Add to configure your pager. The Pager Setup wizard starts.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

6	On the last wizard panel, click Finish.

 Related Topics


Changing your pager setup

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Pager and SMS Text Messaging. The Pager or SMS Properties dialog appears.

3	In the list, click the pager you want to modify.

4	Click Properties. The Pager or SMS Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the appropriate tab and make the appropriate settings.

Note

For help on a setting in the Pager or SMS Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Removing a pager

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Pager and SMS Text Messaging. The Pager or SMS Properties dialog appears.

3	In the list, click the pager you want to remove.

4	Click Remove.

Note

For help on a setting in the Pager or SMS Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Removing a pager
Testing your pager

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Pager and SMS Text Messaging. The Pager or SMS Properties dialog appears.

3	In the list, click the pager you want to test.

4	Click Test. The Pager Test dialog appears.

5	In the Test Message field, type a message.

6	In the Test Using drop-down list, click the modem or communications device you want to use to test the pager.

7	Click Test. The results of the test display in the Test Status field.

 Related Topics


Receive Properties dialog (General tab)


Setting up fax reception
Setting up automatic reception

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the When Answering On drop-down list, click the modem or communications device for which you want to specify automatic reception options.

5	Enable Automatically Answer Incoming Calls.

6	In the Answer After ... Ring(s) field, type the number of times you want to let the modem ring before answering.

7	Click Schedule. The Schedule Automatic Receive dialog appears.

8	Do one of the following:

Enable automatic receive at all times [image] Click Always On and then click OK. The Receive Properties dialog reappears.

Schedule automatic receive [image] Click Scheduled and select the appropriate times and days, and click OK. The Receive Properties dialog reappears.

9	If you subscribe to a call waiting service, enable This Line Has Call Waiting to disable call waiting when receiving faxes.

Notes

You can also enable and disable automatic reception using the Automatic Receive command on the Receive menu or on the Controller menu.


Receive Properties dialog (Advanced tab)


Setting up your computer for remote fax retrieval

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Advanced tab.

4	In the When Using This Modem drop-down list, click the modem or communications device you want to use for remote fax retrieval. (This drop-down list appears only if you have two phone lines and two modems connected to your computer.)

5	In the Remote Fax Retrieval section, enable Allow Remote Retrieval Of Faxes From My Computer.

6	Click Remote Fax Retrieval Setup. The Remote Fax Retrieval Properties dialog appears.

7	Click Check Caller's Password.

8	In the Check Caller's Password field, type the password that you want to use to retrieve your faxes.

9	If you want messages retrieved from your computer to appear as "read" messages (unbolded) in the Logs window, enable Mark As Read After Retrieval.

Note

You cannot use letters or symbols in your remote retrieval password.

 Related Topics


Enabling Call Discrimination

1	Check the criteria for call discrimination.

 How to …

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Advanced tab.

5	In the When Using This Modem drop-down list, click the modem or communications device for which you want to set up call discrimination.

6	In the Call Discrimination section, enable Direct Data Calls To An Available Data Communications Program.


Setting up Distinctive Ring

1	Check the criteria for Distinctive Ring.

 How to …

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Advanced tab.

5	In the When Using This Modem drop-down list, click the modem or communications device for which you want to set up distinctive ring.

6	In the Distinctive Ring section, enable Do Not Answer Calls Using The Ring Pattern Assigned To Data Calls.

7	Click Ring Pattern Setup. The Windows Modem Properties dialog appears.

8	Click the Distinctive Ring tab.

9	Enable This Phone Line Has Distinctive Ring Services.

10	Specify ring patterns (for example, single, double, or triple) to each call type (that is, fax, voice, and data).

Note

If the Distinctive Ring section is grayed, your modem/communications device does not support the distinctive ring feature. If the Distinctive Ring section is not grayed, your modem/communications device may not support the distinctive ring feature. Check your modem/communications device documentation.


Receive Properties dialog (After Receive tab)


Announcing new messages

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the After Receive tab.

4	In the Options section, enable Notify.

5	If you want to use the lighted Scroll Lock key on your keyboard as a message waiting indicator, enable Flash Scroll Lock.

6	Click Sound. The Sound dialog appears.

7	Select the notification sound you want played to announce new messages and click OK.

Note

When you receive new messages, they are announced by displaying a "new message" dialog, lighting the Scroll Lock key, and playing the specified message receipt sound.


Viewing a fax automatically (after reception)
Viewing a fax automatically

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the After Receive tab.

4	In the Options section, enable View.

 Related Topics


Converting a fax to text automatically (after reception)
Converting a fax to text automatically

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the After Receive tab.

4	In the Options section, enable Recognize (OCR).

5	Click Setup. The Recognize Setup dialog appears.

6	Specify what you want to do with the converted text. Do one of the following:

Save the converted text with the log record [image] Click Store Text In Receive Log.

Save the converted text to a file [image] Click Save Text To File, click the desired file format in the drop-down list, and type the path and name of the file you want to save the converted text to.

Note

To view converted text stored in the Receive Log, click the appropriate fax and then click OCR Text on the View menu.

 Related Topics


Printing a fax automatically (after reception)
Printing a fax automatically

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the After Receive tab.

4	In the Options section, enable Print.

5	If you want printed faxes to appear as "read" messages (unbolded) in the Logs window, enable Mark Event As Read After Printing.

6	Click Setup. The Print On Receive dialog appears.

7	If you want to print message information with the fax, do the following:

a	Enable Print These Confirmation Details.

b	By default, WinFax prints all details listed in the Printed list. To remove a detail, click it and click Remove. To add a detail, click it in the Available list and click Add.

8	In the Print Fax Pages section, specify how you want WinFax to print multiple page faxes.

9	Click Setup. The Print Setup dialog appears.

10	Select the appropriate printer and click OK. The Print On Receive dialog reappears.

11	Click OK. The Receive Properties dialog reappears.

Note

Do not select WinFax as your printer in the Print Setup dialog.

 Related Topics


Receive Properties dialog (Mem Modem tab)


Configuring a memory modem

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	Double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Mem Modem tab.

4	Enable the options you want to use.


Downloading faxes/voice messages from a memory modem

1	Start your computer.

If the Controller is set up to start automatically and Automatic Receive is enabled, your messages are downloaded according to how you set up your memory modem features.

If the Controller does not start automatically or if Automatic Receive is disabled, proceed to Step 2.

2	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

3	Ensure Automatic Receive is enabled.

 How to …


Send Properties dialog (General tab)


Setting default send options

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Select the appropriate options.

5	Click the Advanced tab (appears only if you have two active modems/communications devices and two phone lines connected to your computer).

6	Select the appropriate options.

Notes

You can override most of the default settings at send time in the Send Options dialog (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).

For help on a setting in the Send Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.


Automatically prompting for keywords and billing codes

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the When Sending Faxes section, enable Prompt For Keywords And Billing Code.


Always using a cover page

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the When Preparing Faxes section, enable Include A Cover Page.


Sending Faxes Properties dialog (Header tab)


Customizing the fax header

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Header tab.

4	In the Left field, do the following:

a	Type the text you want to appear at the left side of the fax header.

b	To insert a WinFax variable, position the cursor at the desired insertion point and click Insert Variable. In the list, click the variable you want to insert and click OK. The Send Properties dialog reappears.

5	Repeat step 4 for the Center and Right fields.

Notes

To return the default header, click Default.

In the United States, it is unlawful to send a fax that does not identify the sender.

 Related Topics


Send Properties dialog (Phonebook tab)


Searching for partial matches in phonebooks

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click the Phonebook option. The Phonebooks log appears.

3	On the View menu, click Search. The Search dialog appears.

4	Click the Search Options tab.

5	In the Search Type section, click Match Any Of The Specified Parameters.

 Related Topics


Send Properties dialog (After Send tab)


Deleting fax pages automatically
Deleting fax pages automatically after sending

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the After Send tab.

4	Enable Delete Fax Pages, But Keep A Log Record Of The Message.

 Related Topics


Displaying a confirmation message after sending

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the After Send tab.

4	Enable Display Notification.

 Related Topics


Printing a confirmation page after sending

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the After Send tab.

4	Enable Print A Send Confirmation Page.

Notes

To set up which details you want printed on the confirmation page, click Setup. Enable Print These Confirmation Details and in the Available list, click the details you want printed and click Add. Change the order of the printed details by selecting them in the Printed list and using the Move Up and Move Down buttons.

Do not select WinFax as your printer in the Print Setup dialog.

 Related Topics


Send Properties dialog (Advanced tab)


Setting up separate sending and receiving lines

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	Set up the modems you want to use.

 How to …

3	In the Program Setup dialog, double click Send. The Send Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Advanced tab (appears only if you have two active modems/communications devices and two phone lines connected to your computer).

5	Enable the line you want to use for sending faxes.

6	Disable the line you want to use for receiving faxes.

Note

You can only set up separate sending and receiving lines if you have two active modems/communications devices and two phone lines connected to your computer.


User Properties dialog (User tab)


Specifying your user information and CSID

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click User. The User Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the User Information section, type your Name, Company, Fax Number, Voice Number, and Station Identifier (CSID).


WinFax Properties dialog (Advanced tab)


Changing your WinFax printer driver settings

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Printer Driver. The WinFax Properties dialog appears.

3	Click to select the desired default WinFax printer driver option.

4	Enable Always Prompt For Print Option During Send, if you want to be prompted to choose a driver each time you send a fax. If this box is unchecked, WinFax will always default to the printer driver selected above.

Tip

WinFax offers two print-to-fax options: Photo Quality and High Quality. Use the Photo Quality option to send faxes that include photos, drawings, diagrams, or other graphics, maximizing graphic quality and clarity. Use the High Quality option to send text-only faxes, maximizing text transmission and speed.


Side Bar settings


Viewing and hiding the side bar

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, enable or disable Side Bar, as appropriate.


Viewing and hiding the folder list

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, enable or disable Folder List, as appropriate.


Removing folder shortcuts from the side bar

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	Right click the folder shortcut in the side bar. A menu appears.

3	Click Remove From Side Bar.


Adding folder shortcuts to the side bar

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	In the folder list, click the folder you want to add to the side bar.

3	Right click anywhere on the side bar. A menu appears.

4	Click Add Folder - [selected folder name].


Changing the size of side bar shortcut icons

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	Right click anywhere on the side bar. A menu appears.

3	Click Large Icons or Small icons, as appropriate.


Toolbar Properties dialog


Viewing and hiding toolbars

Do one of the following in Message Manager:

To display or hide all toolbars [image] On the View menu, enable or disable Toolbar, as appropriate.

To display or hide specific toolbars [image] On the Tools menu, click Customize Toolbars. In the Toolbars list, enable the toolbars you want to display and disable the toolbars you want to hide.

 Related Topics


Changing the characteristics of toolbar buttons

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Customize Toolbars. The Toolbar Setup dialog appears.

3	Click the Toolbars tab.

4	At the bottom of the dialog, enable the appropriate toolbar display options.

 Related Topics


Customizing a toolbar

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Customize Toolbars. The Toolbar Setup dialog appears.

3	In the Toolbars list, click the toolbar you want to modify.

4	Click Edit. The Toolbar Properties dialog appears.

5	If you want to change the name of the toolbar, click its current name. The text changes to an editable field. In the field, type the new toolbar name.

6	Do any of the following:

Add a toolbar button [image] In the Available Buttons list, click the button you want to add and click Add. The button appears at the end of the toolbar in the Toolbar section.

Remove a toolbar button [image] In the Toolbar section, click the button you want to remove and click Remove.

Move a toolbar button [image] In the Toolbar section, click and drag the button to the desired location.

Change the associated command, tooltip, or status message [image] In the Toolbar section, click the button and specify the appropriate information in the fields.


Creating a new toolbar

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Customize Toolbars. The Toolbar Setup dialog appears.

3	Click New. The Toolbar Properties dialog appears.

4	In the field, type the name of the new toolbar.

5	Do any of the following:

Add a toolbar button [image] In the Available Buttons list, click the button you want to add and click Add. The button appears at the end of the toolbar in the Toolbar section.

Remove a toolbar button [image] In the Toolbar section, click the button you want to remove and click Remove.

Move a toolbar button [image] In the Toolbar section, click and drag the button to the desired location.

Change the associated command, tooltip, or status message [image] In the Toolbar section, click the button and specify the appropriate information in the fields.


Removing a custom toolbar

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Customize Toolbars. The Toolbar Setup dialog appears.

3	Click the Toolbars tab.

4	In the Toolbars list, click the toolbar you want to remove.

5	Click Remove.


Starting Viewer

You can start Viewer using the same methods you use to start any other program running on your operating system. To start Viewer, do any of the following:

From any Log folder list in Message Manager [image] Double click any fax.

From the Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar, point to New Messages and then click the fax you want to view on the menu that appears.

Automatically whenever you receive a fax [image] Start Program Setup and double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears. Click the After Receive tab and enable View.

From the Tools menu in Message Manager [image] On the Tools menu, click Fax Viewer.

From the WinFax Send dialog [image] In the fax preview section, click a fax page thumbnail and click Annotate on the View menu.

From Quick Fax Viewer [image] On the File menu in Quick Fax Viewer, click Open Using WinFax Viewer.

From Windows Explorer or File Manager [image] Double click the Fax Viewer icon or executable file (WFVW32.EXE). Open the fax image files (.FX*) you want to view.

 Related Topics


Starting Cover Page Designer

You can start and exit Cover Page Designer using the same methods you use to start any other program running on your operating system. To start Cover Page Designer, do any of the following:

From the Cover Pages folder list in Message Manager [image] Double click any cover page, except the Quick Cover Page.

From the Tools menu in Message Manager [image] On the Tools menu, click Cover Page Designer.

From Windows Explorer or File Manager [image] Double click the Cover Page Designer icon or executable file (WFCVR32.EXE). Open the cover page (*.CVP) you want to view.

 Related Topics


Starting Cover Page Filler

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the cover page drop-down list, click the cover page you want to use. A thumbnail view of the selected cover page appears below the drop-down list.

3	Click the cover page thumbnail.

4	On the View menu, click Filler. Cover Page Filler starts.

Note

If you select a cover page but do not fill it in, WinFax will automatically start Cover Page Filler when you click Send.


Exiting Viewer

1	Start Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click Exit.


Opening a fax file (in Viewer)
Opening a fax file

1	Identify the fax image file you want to open.

 How to …

2	Start Viewer.

 How to …

3	On the File menu, click Open. The Open File For Viewing dialog appears.

4	Select the file(s) you want to open and click Open. Viewer opens the selected files.

Notes

You can open saved fax files (.FXM), attachments (.FXS), sent faxes (.FXD), received faxes (.FXR), Paint files (.PCX), and CAS files (.PCX) in Viewer.

You can also use the Open button [image] on the Viewer toolbar.

 Related Topics


Using settings from last session
Using settings from the last session

1	Start the appropriate program.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Setup. The Setup dialog appears.

3	Click the Startup tab.

4	Enable Use Settings From Last Session.

 Related Topics


Setting default startup options

1	Start the appropriate program.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Setup. The Setup dialog appears.

3	Click the Startup tab.

4	Select the appropriate settings.

Note

For help on a setting in the Setup dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Specifying default font and text settings

1	Start the appropriate program.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Setup. The Setup dialog appears.

3	Click the Font tab.

4	In the Font drop-down list, click the appropriate font.

5	In the Point Size drop-down list, click the appropriate size.

6	In the Attributes section, enable the appropriate options.

7	In the Alignment section, click the appropriate option.

8	In the Color section, click the appropriate text color.

 Related Topics


Specifying the measurement unit

1	Start the appropriate program.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Setup. The Setup dialog appears.

3	Click the Measure tab.

4	In the Unit section, click the appropriate option.

 Related Topics


Changing the page layout for faxes you print

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click Page Setup. The Print Page Setup dialog appears.

3	In the Print Multiplage Page Faxes section, specify the number of fax images you want to print on each page. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.

4	Select any other appropriate options.

Note

For help on a setting in the Print Page Setup dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Dragging objects and images

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image] (annotation on in Viewer).

3	Click the object or image you want to drag and hold the left mouse button down. Avoid its handles.

4	Drag the object or image to the appropriate position.

5	Release the mouse button.

Notes

In Viewer, if Annotation is disabled, click [image] on the toolbar, then click and drag to frame the area you want to move. Drag the selected area to the appropriate position.

The status bar at the bottom of the screen displays size and position measurements for the selected object. Move or resize the object based on the values shown. To change the measurement unit, on the Tools menu, click Setup, and then click the Measure tab.

If you are working in Viewer, you can move an object to a different page of the document by cutting the object, moving to the desired page and then pasting the object.

 Related Topics


Zooming in and out

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar above the status bar, do one of the following:

Click [image] to enlarge your view.

Click [image] to reduce your view.

Click [image] to zoom in on a specific area.

Click one of the magnification buttons [image] [image] [image].

 Related Topics


Viewing an area of the fax page

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	In the thumbnail page view, click the page you want to view.

3	Drag the boxed area to view a different part of the page. The boxed area in the thumbnail corresponds exactly to the area of the fax page displayed in the full page view.

 Related Topics


Browsing through a multiple-page fax (Viewer)
Browsing through a multiple-page fax

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Do any of the following:

Click the appropriate page number tab at the bottom of the Viewer window.

Click the page scroll bars at the bottom of the Viewer window.

On the View menu, point to Page and click the page you want to view.

On the View menu, point to Page and click Go To. In the Go To Page dialog, type the appropriate page number and click OK.

On the toolbar, click [image]. All pages in the fax appear as thumbnails in the Viewer window. Click the appropriate thumbnail at the left of the Viewer window to display the full page view.

 Related Topics


Restoring shaded or bolded areas

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, enable Enhance View. Viewer restores shaded and bolded areas of the fax.

Note

Enhance View affects the appearance of displayed fax, not the printed fax.

 Related Topics


Cleaning up transmission specks

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

3	If imperfections are confined to one area of the fax, select the area of the fax you want to clean up. Do one of the following:

Zoom in on it.  How to …

Select the area.  How to …

4	On the Tools menu, click Cleanup. The Cleanup dialog appears.

5	In the Area section, click the option corresponding to the area of the page you want to clean.

6	In the Degree section, click the appropriate level of cleanup.

7	Click OK. Viewer cleans the fax.

Notes

If you want to clean up and annotate a fax, do the cleanup first.

To achieve the best results, you may need to try cleaning up the fax using different "degree" settings. If imperfections are still visible after cleaning, repeat the procedure trying a heavier setting, or clean up the fax manually with the Erase button. If the cleanup removes portions of the fax that you want to keep, click Undo on the Edit menu and try cleaning the fax at a lighter level.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Touching up the fax manually

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

3	Zoom in on the area you want to retouch.

 How to …

4	Add details using the Pencil button. Do the following:

a	On the toolbar, click [image].

b	On the Format menu, point to Line and click the appropriate line style and thickness.

c	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

d	Drag the mouse button to add the desired detail.

e	Release the mouse button to lift the pencil from the page.

5	Remove details using the Eraser button. Do the following:

a	On the toolbar, click [image].

b	On the Format menu, point to Eraser and click the appropriate eraser size.

c	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

d	Drag the mouse button over the area of the fax you want to retouch.

e	Release the mouse button to lift the eraser from the page.

 Related Topics


Rotating a fax page (Viewer)
Rotating a fax page

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, point to Rotate Page (or Rotate All Pages) and click the appropriate rotate option.

Note

You can also use the rotation buttons [image] [image] [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Reversing black and white colors

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Do one of the following:

Reverse the colors on an entire fax page [image] On the View menu, enable Invert Display. Blacks and whites are reversed in the image. To return to its original state, disable Invert Display on the View menu.

Reverse the colors in a selected area of the fax page [image] On the View menu, disable Annotation and click the Select Area button. Drag the pointer diagonally across the portion you want to reverse, then on the Edit menu, click Invert. To return to its original state, disable Invert on the Edit menu.

Note

The Invert Display command inverts the colors for viewing and printing, it does not invert the actual fax file.

 Related Topics


Canceling all changes

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Make any necessary changes.

3	On the File menu, click Revert. A confirmation dialog appears.

4	Click Yes to cancel all changes and return to the previously saved version of the image.

Note

To cancel the last change you made, on the Edit menu, click Undo.

 Related Topics


Previewing documents before printing
Previewing documents

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click Print Preview. A preview image appears.

Note

You can also use the Print Preview button [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Printing a fax (in Viewer)
Printing a fax

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Set up the page layout for the printed fax (optional).

 How to …

3	Preview the fax before you print it (optional).

 How to …

4	On the File menu, click Print. The Print dialog appears.

5	Select the appropriate printer.

6	Select any other appropriate options.

Notes

You can create attachments out of received faxes by selecting the WinFax printer.

You can also use the Print button [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Exporting a fax to another graphic format

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Select the area of the fax you want to export (optional).

 How to …

3	On the File menu, click Export. The Export dialog appears.

4	In the Format drop-down list, click file format to which you want to export.

5	In the File Name field, type a name for the file. WinFax adds a three digit number ("001" for the first page of the fax, "002" for the second page, and so on).

6	In the Extension field, type the appropriate three character file name extension.

7	In the Options section, specify the portion of the fax you want to export.

8	In the Look In drop-down list, select the appropriate location.

9	If you want to merge any annotations with the fax before exporting it, enable Merge Annotation.

10	Click Export. Viewer exports the fax.


Enabling annotation

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, enable Annotation.

Note

You can also use the Annotation Off and Annotation On buttons.


Adding text manually

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer to where you want to add the text. A dashed line outlines the size of the text object you are creating.

5	Release the mouse button. A text box appears with the cursor positioned inside of it.

6	Type the appropriate text.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

To create tabs within a text field, use Ctrl + Tab.

 Related Topics


Adding text from a file

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer to where you want to add the text. A dashed line outlines the size of the text object you are creating.

5	Release the mouse button. A text box appears with the cursor positioned inside of it.

6	On the Insert menu, click Text File. The Insert Text File dialog appears.

7	Select the appropriate file and click Open. The text appears in the text box.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

To create tabs within a text field, use Ctrl + Tab.

 Related Topics


Editing text

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Select the text you want to edit. Do the following:

a	Position the cursor at the start of the text you want to edit.

b	Click and hold down the left mouse button.

c	Drag the mouse to highlight the text you want to edit.

d	Release the left mouse button.

4	Edit the text as necessary.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

 Related Topics


Deleting text, objects, or areas

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the text, object, or area you want to delete. Do one of the following:

Text [image] On the toolbar, click [image]. Position the cursor at the start of the text you want to delete. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to highlight the text you want to delete and then release the left mouse button.

Objects [image] On the toolbar, click [image] and then click the objects you want to delete.

Area [image] On the toolbar, click [image] or [image] (annotation disabled). Position the cursor at the start of the area you want to delete. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to outline the area you want to delete and then release the left mouse button.

3	On the Edit menu, click Delete.

Note

In Viewer, you can also delete text, objects, or areas using the Eraser button [image] when annotation is disabled.


Copying text, objects, or areas

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the text, object, or area you want to copy. Do one of the following:

Text [image] On the toolbar, click [image]. Position the cursor at the start of the text you want to copy. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to highlight the text you want to copy and then release the left mouse button.

Objects [image] On the toolbar, click [image] and then click the object you want to copy.

Area [image] On the toolbar, click [image] or [image] (annotation disabled). Position the cursor at the start of the area you want to copy. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to outline the area you want to copy and then release the left mouse button.

3	On the Edit menu, click Copy.

Notes

You can retrieve copied text, objects, or areas into the current document or another document using the Paste command on the Edit menu.

You can also use the Copy button [image] on the toolbar.


Duplicating text, objects, or areas

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

3	Select the text, object, or area you want to duplicate. Do one of the following;

}	Text [image] On the toolbar, click [image]. Position the cursor at the start of the text you want to copy. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to highlight the text you want to copy and then release the left mouse button.

Objects [image] On the toolbar, click [image] and then click the object you want to copy.

Area [image] Click [image] on the toolbar. Position the cursor at the start of the area you want to copy. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to outline the area you want to copy and then release the left mouse button.

4	On the Edit menu, click Duplicate. A duplicate object appears on top of the original.

5	Click the duplicate object and hold down the left mouse button.

6	Drag the duplicate object to the desired position.

7	Release the mouse button.


Cutting text, objects, or areas

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the text, object, or area you want to cut. Do one of the following:

Text [image] On the toolbar, click [image]. Position the cursor at the start of the text you want to cut. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to highlight the text you want to cut and then release the left mouse button.

Objects [image] On the toolbar, click [image] and then click the object you want to cut.

Area [image] On the toolbar, click [image] or [image] (annotation disabled). Position the cursor at the start of the area you want to cut. Click and hold down the left mouse button. Drag the mouse to outline the area you want to cut and then release the left mouse button.

3	On the Edit menu, click Cut.

Notes

You can retrieve cut text, objects, or areas into the current document or another document using the Paste command on the Edit menu.

You can also use the Cut button [image] on the toolbar.


Pasting text, objects, or areas

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the Edit menu, click Paste. The pasted object appears.

3	Drag the pasted object to its new location.

Note

You can also use the Paste button [image] on the toolbar.


Formatting text

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Select the text you want to format.

4	Do any of the following:

Bold the text [image] Click [image].

Italicize the text [image] Click [image].

Underline the text [image] Click

Select the font [image] Click the font you want to use in the drop-down lists (shown below).

Justify the text [image] Click [image], [image], or [image].

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

To set default formatting preferences for all text, click Setup on the Tools menu and then click the Font tab.

 Related Topics


Checking text spelling

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	If you want to spell check a specific word, phrase, or text box, select it.

3	On the Tools menu, click Spelling. The Spelling Selection dialog appears.

4	Click the option corresponding to the text you want to spell check and click OK. The spell check starts.

5	When Viewer or Cover Page Designer locates a word that is not in the dictionary, it displays the Spelling dialog. In the Spelling dialog, the current word appears in the Original Word field and all suggested matches appear in the list directly below. The closest suggested spelling appears at the top of this list.

6	Select the correct spelling of the word (if required) and then click the appropriate button.

7	When all words have been checked, the message "The spell check is complete" appears. Click OK to proceed.

Note

You can also use the Spell Check button [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Drawing a line

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer across the page to the desired end point of the line.

5	Release the mouse button. The line appears.

6	On the Format menu, point to Line and click the line style you want to use.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

To draw a perfectly horizontal or vertical line, hold down the Shift key while dragging the pointer.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Drawing an arrow

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer across the page to the desired end point of the line.

5	Release the mouse button. The arrow appears.

6	On the Format menu, point to Line and click the appropriate arrow style.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

To draw a perfectly horizontal or vertical arrow, hold down the Shift key while dragging the pointer.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Drawing an oval

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer to outline the oval.

5	Release the mouse button. The oval appears.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

To draw a perfect circle, hold down the Shift key while dragging the pointer.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Drawing a polygon

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the mouse to outline the first side of the polygon. Click at the desired end point of the first segment.

5	Drag the mouse to outline the second side of the polygon and click at the desired end point of second segment.

6	Repeat step 5 for each side of the polygon you want to draw.

7	When you have completed all sides of the polygon, double click. The end point of the last segment automatically connects to the start point of the first segment to close the polygon.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Drawing a rectangle

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer to outline the rectangle.

5	Release the mouse button. The rectangle appears.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

To draw a perfect square, hold down the Shift key while dragging the pointer.

To draw a box with rounded corners, select the box with the Select button. On the Format menu, point to Border and click Round. The corners of the box become rounded.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Drawing freehand lines and shapes

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer to draw the shape.

5	Release the mouse button. The freehand line or shape appears.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

Select line weight for freehand lines just as for other objects. Freehand drawings can also be moved like other objects.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Inserting a graphic

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer to outline the size of the graphic.

5	Release the mouse button. The Properties dialog appears.

6	Click the Graphics tab.

7	Click Select, select the graphic you want to insert, and click OK. The Properties dialog reappears.

8	In the Scaling section, click the appropriate option.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Speeding up the display of graphics

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Do the following:

On the View menu, enable Fast Display. Graphics remain visible, but are drawn with less detail.

On the View menu, disable Show Graphics. Crosshatched boxes replace the graphics on the screen, and display may be much quicker.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

You can set these options as default startup options (on the Tools menu, click Setup, and then click the Startup tab).


Applying a graphic stamp (fax or cover page)
Applying a graphic stamp

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the Insert menu, click Stamp. The Insert Stamp dialog appears.

3	In the Description list, click the stamp you want to use and click OK.

4	Click at the desired insertion point. The stamp appears.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

You can also use the Stamp button [image] on the toolbar.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Adding your signature to a fax

You can use the Add Signature button on the WinFax Send dialog to quickly and easily add your signature to any outgoing fax. The first time you click the Add Signature button, WinFax instructs you on how to add your signature to the program. After you add your signature, when you click the Add Signature button WinFax automatically displays your signature stamp, which you can place anywhere on your fax.

1	Prepare your signature and add it to WinFax.

 How to …

2	Prepare a fax to send, as usual. Enter recipient information, add fax documents, and select the cover page you want to use, as desired.

3	On the WinFax Send dialog fax preview toolbar, click the Add Signature button. Viewer opens and displays the pages of the fax. The signature stamp cursor is active.

4	Use your mouse to move the signature stamp over the fax pages to the position where you want your signature to appear.

5	Click at the desired insertion point. Your signature appears.

6	On the file menu, click Save. Exit the Viewer.

7	Complete the outgoing fax as desired, and send.

Note

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Getting your signature into WinFax

1	Prepare a sheet of paper that has your signature on it. Write it at normal size, using dark ink.

2	Have someone fax it to your computer at high (fine) resolution, at normal size, using dark ink.

3	Open the fax in Viewer.

 How to …

4	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

5	On the toolbar, click [image].

6	Position the cursor at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

7	Drag the mouse to outline your signature. This is the area you will use as your signature stamp.

8	Release the mouse button. A dotted line outlines the selected area.

9	On the Edit menu, click Create Stamp. The Select Graphic dialog appears.

10	In the File Name field, type a file name for the signature stamp.

11	In the Description field, type a name or description to help you identify the stamp in the future. Click Save. The signature stamp is added to the list of available stamps.

12	On the View menu, enable Annotation.

13	On the Insert menu, click Stamp. The Insert Stamp dialog appears.

14	In the list of available stamps, click on the signature stamp you just created.

15	Click to check the Use This Stamp As My Signature checkbox. Click OK.

16	Position the stamp at the desired insertion point and click to test your signature.

17	On the File menu, click Save. Exit from the Viewer. The signature stamp is now ready for use.

Notes

The signature stamp remains permanently available for future use. You can now add it to any outgoing fax by clicking the Add Signature button on the Send dialog.

If you have a scanner, you can also scan your signature directly into WinFax format or TIFF format.

You can also add your signature to WinFax using an electronic writing tablet, such as the PalmPal.

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.

 Related Topics


Creating a stamp from an existing file

1	Create and size the graphic in your graphics program, or scan in the image you will use. Save it in any format supported by WinFax.

2	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

3	In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu.

4	On the Insert menu, click Stamp. The Insert Stamp dialog appears.

5	Click New. The Select Graphic dialog appears.

6	In the Description field, type a name or description to help you identify this stamp in the future.

7	Locate and select the file you want to use as a stamp.

8	Click Open. The Insert Stamp dialog reappears, with the new stamp highlighted.

9	Click OK.

10	Click at the desired insertion point. The stamp appears.

Note

The stamp remains permanently available for future use.

 Related Topics


Creating a stamp from an area of a page

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

3	On the toolbar, click [image].

4	Position the cursor at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

5	Drag the mouse to outline the area you want to use as a stamp.

6	Release the mouse button. A dotted line outlines the selected area.

7	On the Edit menu, click Create Stamp. The Select Graphic dialog appears.

8	In the File Name field, type the path and name for the new stamp.

9	In the Description field, type a name or description to help you identify the stamp in the future. The stamp is added to the list of available stamps.

 Related Topics


Getting your company logo into WinFax
Getting your logo into WinFax

1	Prepare a sheet of paper that has your logo on it. (You can use your letterhead, an envelope, or tape your business card to a blank sheet of paper.)

2	Have someone fax it to your computer at high (fine) resolution, at normal size, using dark ink.

3	Open the fax in Viewer.

 How to …

4	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

5	On the toolbar, click [image].

6	Position the cursor at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

7	Drag the mouse to outline the area you want to use as a stamp.

8	Release the mouse button. A dotted line outlines the selected area.

9	On the Edit menu, click Create Stamp. The Select Graphic dialog appears.

10	In the File Name field, type the path and name for the new stamp.

11	In the Description field, type a name or description to help you identify the stamp in the future. The stamp is added to the list of available stamps.

Notes

The stamp remains permanently available for future use.

You can also scan your logo directly into WinFax format or TIFF format.

 Related Topics


Displaying object properties

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the object.

3	On the Format menu, click Properties. The Properties dialog appears.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.


Selecting an object

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Do any of the following:

Select one object [image] Click the object you want to select.

Select more than one object [image] Hold down the Shift key while clicking each additional object.

Select all objects on the page [image] On the Edit menu, click Select All.

Handles (small rectangles) appear on all sides of the selected objects.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure. To select objects in Viewer when annotation is disabled, click the Select Area button on the toolbar, position the cursor at the start point, hold down the left mouse button, drag the mouse button to outline the objects you want to select, and then release the mouse button.


Selecting an area

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image] or [image] (annotation disabled).

3	Click at the desired start point and hold down the left mouse button.

4	Drag the pointer diagonally across the area of the page you want to edit.

5	Release the mouse button. A box shows the selected area.

Note

In Viewer, disable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.


Adding borders

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the object to which you want to add borders.

3	On the Format menu, click Properties. The Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Border tab.

5	Click the type of border you want to add to the object.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.


Adding shading

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the object you want to shade.

3	On the Format menu, click Properties. The Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Shade tab.

5	Click the appropriate option.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

You can also add shading by pointing to the Shade command directly on the Format menu and clicking the appropriate option.


Selecting line style and weight

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the object you want to modify.

3	On the Format menu, click Properties. The Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Line tab.

5	In the Style And Weight drop-down list, click the appropriate option.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

You can also select line style and weight by pointing to the Line command directly on the Format menu and clicking the appropriate option.


Adding drop shadows

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the object you want to modify.

3	On the Format menu, click Properties. The Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Effects tab.

5	Enable Drop Shadow.

6	In the Thickness drop-down list, click the appropriate thickness.

7	In the drop-down list, click the appropriate location for the drop shadow.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.


Layering objects

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the object you want to reposition in the stack of objects.

3	On the Layout menu, click Bring To Front to place it on top of all other objects in the same location or click Send To Back to place it behind all other objects in the same location.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

Use the layering commands and different shading for objects to create eye-catching effects like drop shadows.

When you create a new object it is automatically placed in front of all previously created objects.


Grouping objects

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click the first object you want to include in the group.

4	Hold down the Shift key and click each additional object you want to include in the group.

5	On the Layout menu, click Make Group. The command name changes to Ungroup.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.


Sizing an object using handles

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the object you want to resize.

3	Do the following:

To reduce the size of the object [image] Drag a handle (small rectangles that appear on all sides of the selected object) towards the center of the object.

To enlarge the object [image] Drag a handle (small rectangles that appear on all sides of the selected object) away from the center of the object.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

For precision in resizing objects, use the Grid feature.

Hold down the Shift key while dragging a corner to force an object to a perfect square or circle.

 Related Topics


Sizing objects the same

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Hold down the Shift key and click each object you want to make the same height. Click the object to which you want to size the others last.

3	On the Layout menu, point to Make Same Size and click the appropriate option.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

You can also use the sizing buttons [image] [image] [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Aligning an object using the grid

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Set up the grid.

 How to …

3	On the View menu, enable Grid (optional).

4	On the Layout menu, enable Snap To Grid.

5	On the toolbar, click [image].

6	Click the object you want to position and hold the left mouse button down. Avoid its handles.

7	Drag the object to the appropriate location.

8	Release the mouse button. The object automatically jumps to the nearest grid intersection, ensuring exact alignment.

Note

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

 Related Topics


Setting up the grid

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Setup. The Setup dialog appears.

3	Click the Grid tab.

4	In the Spacing section, click the Horizontal and Vertical settings to the appropriate values.

5	Enable Show Grid and click OK. The grid appears on the screen as dots at the specified intervals.

Notes

Use lower values (0.1 per inch) to narrow the grid spacing and allow more choices in placement. Higher values (0.25 per inch) make placement faster and easier but reduce the precision.

While the Snap to Grid command is enabled, all objects you create, move or resize jump to the nearest grid intersection, ensuring exact alignment. When this command is disabled, objects resize or move to the exact point indicated by the mouse movement.

 Related Topics


Viewing and hiding the grid

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, enable or disable Grid.

Notes

The grid shows on the screen for your convenience while working with objects. You cannot print the grid.

You can also use the Grid button [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Spacing objects evenly

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Position all objects you want to align in a horizontal row, in the appropriate order.

4	Hold down the Shift key and click each object in the row.

5	On the Layout menu, point to Space Evenly and click the appropriate option.

Note

You can also use the spacing buttons [image] [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Aligning the sides of objects

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Hold down the Shift key and click each object you want to align. Click the object to which you want to align the others last.

4	On the Layout menu, point to Align and click the appropriate option.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

You can also use the alignment buttons [image] [image] [image] [image] [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Saving changes or annotations

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Make any necessary changes.

3	On the File menu, click Save.

Notes

To save the file under a new name, on the File menu, click Save As.

You can also use the Save button [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Merging an annotation with a fax

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Make any necessary changes.

3	On the File menu, click Merge Annotation. A confirmation dialog appears.

4	Click Yes.

 Related Topics


Reverting to the last saved copy

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	Make any necessary changes.

3	On the File menu, click Revert. A confirmation dialog appears.

4	Click Yes. The fax returns to last saved version.

Note

Revert also erases any changes made with the image tools (the eraser, the Cleanup command, and so on).

 Related Topics


Typing text at send time
Typing text

1	Position the cursor [image] in the appropriate field, if necessary.

2	Type your text.

 Related Topics


Formatting text at send time
Formatting text

1	Select the text you want to format.

2	On the Format menu or the Edit menu, click any of the following:

Bold [image] Bolds the selected text.

Italic [image] Italicizes the selected text.

Underline [image] Underlines the selected text.

Normal [image] Removes all formatting from text.

 Related Topics


Moving between cover page fields at send time
Moving between cover page fields

On the View menu, click First Field, Next Field, Previous Field, or Last Field.

Note

You can also move between fields by pressing the Tab or Shift + Tab keys.


Adding text from a file at send time
Adding text from a file

1	On the Insert menu, click Text File. The Insert Text File dialog appears.

2	Select the appropriate file and click Open. The text appears in the text box.

Note

To create tabs within a text field, use Ctrl + Tab.

 Related Topics


Checking text spelling at send time
Checking text spelling

1	If you want to spell check a specific word, phrase or text box, select it.

2	On the Tools menu, click Spelling. The Spelling Selection dialog appears.

3	Click the option corresponding to the text you want to spell check and click OK. The spell check starts.

4	When Filler locates a word that is not in the dictionary, it displays the Spelling dialog. In the Spelling dialog, the current word appears in the Original Word field and all suggested matches appear in the list directly below. The closest suggested spelling appears at the top of this list.

5	Select the correct spelling of the word (if required) and then click the appropriate button.

6	When all words have been checked, the message "The spell check is complete" appears. Click OK to proceed.

 Related Topics


Exiting Cover Page Designer

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click Exit.


Opening a cover page in Cover Page Designer

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click Open. The Open Cover Page dialog appears.

3	Select the cover page file (.CVP) you want to open and click Open. Cover Page Designer opens the selected file.

Notes

You can also use the Open button [image] on the toolbar.

To open a cover page from the Cover Pages folder list, double click the cover page.


Canceling the last change

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the Edit menu, click Undo.

Note

You can also use the Undo button [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Scaling a graphic object

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	Select the graphic object that you want to scale.

3	On the Format menu, click Properties. The Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Graphics tab.

5	In the Scaling section, click the appropriate option.

 Related Topics


Saving a cover page

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click Save As. The Save Current Page As dialog appears.

3	Locate the folder in which you want to save the cover page.

4	In the File Name field, type the name you want to use for the file.

5	In the Save As Type drop-down list, click the .CVP file type.

6	In the Description field, type a descriptive name for the cover page.

7	Click Save.

Note

To save an edited cover page, click Save on the File menu or use the Save button [image] on the toolbar. The new image overwrites the old.

 Related Topics


Printing a cover page

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	Preview the cover page (optional).

 How to …

3	On the File menu, click Print. The Print dialog appears.

4	Select the appropriate printer.

5	Select any other appropriate options in the Print dialog.

Note

You can also use the Print button [image] on the toolbar.

 Related Topics


Creating custom cover pages (help wizard)
Creating custom cover pages

More information needed ...

What type of cover page do you want to create?

I want to create a basic cover page that includes my logo

I want to create a graphical cover page


Creating custom cover pages

More information needed ...

Do you want to use the Quick Cover Page?

Yes

No


Creating custom cover pages

More information needed ...

What type of cover page do you want to create?

I want to customize one of the cover pages included with WinFax

I want to create my own cover page from scratch


Creating custom cover pages

More information needed ...

Do you want to use the Cover Page Design wizard?

Yes

No


Creating a new cover page (Cover Page Designer)
Creating a new cover page

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click New. The New Cover Page dialog appears.

3	Click Using The Cover Page Designer Tools.

4	Specify the size of the cover page you want to create and click OK. Cover Page Designer opens a blank workspace.

5	Insert your logo. Do the following:

a	Prepare you logo.

 How to …

b	On the toolbar, click [image]. The Insert Stamp dialog appears.

c	In the Description list, click the logo you prepared in step a and click OK. The cursor changes.

d	Drag the cursor to the location where you want to insert your logo and click the left mouse button. Your logo appears.

6	Insert the appropriate text. Do the following:

a	On the toolbar, [image].

b	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

c	Drag the pointer to where you want to add the text. A dashed line outlines the size of the text object you are creating.

d	Release the mouse button. A text box appears with the cursor positioned inside of it.

e	Type the appropriate text.

7	Add variables such as the sender's name, recipient's name, number of pages, and so on. Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, point to Recipient, Sender, or Details and click the appropriate variable. The variable appears.

b	Drag the variable to the desired location and release the left mouse button.

8	Add other graphics or text using the tools on the Cover Page Designer toolbar (optional).

9	On the File menu in Cover Page Designer, click Save As. The Save Current Page As dialog appears.

10	Do the following:

a	Locate the folder in which you want to save the new cover page.

b	In the File Name field, type a name for the new cover page.

c	In the Description field, type a longer name for the new cover page (optional).

d	Click Save.

Note

Cover Page Designer adds your new cover page to the General folder in the Cover Page Library using the file name and description you specified. To use this as your default cover page, click the cover page in the Cover Pages folder list and then click Set As Default on the File menu.

 Related Topics


Creating a new cover page (Cover Page Design wizard)
Creating a new cover page

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click New. The New Cover Page dialog appears.

3	Click Using The Cover Page Design Wizard and click OK. The Cover Page Design wizard starts.

4	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

5	On the last panel of the wizard, click Finish to create the cover page.

Note

The Cover Page Design wizard adds your new cover page to the General folder in the Cover Page Library using the file name and description you specified. To use this as your default cover page, click the cover page in the Cover Pages folder list and then click Set As Default on the File menu.

 Related Topics


Creating a fillable field

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer diagonally across the page where you want to place your field. A dashed line shows the dimensions of the object you are creating.

5	Release the mouse button. The cursor appears positioned in the fillable text object.

Note

Use a fillable field when you want to type text on the cover page at send time. If you want WinFax to automatically insert recipient and fax data (for example, the date, number of pages in the fax, the recipient's name, and so on) on the cover page at send time, you must insert a variable onto your cover page. You can do this by clicking the appropriate variable on the Insert menu.


Setting the tab order

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	On the Layout menu, enable Tabbing Order. A number appears above the top left corner of each fillable field.

3	Click the fillable fields in the order you want to tab through them.

4	On the Layout menu, disable Tabbing Order.


Inserting a variable

1	Start Cover Page Designer.

 How to …

2	Position the cursor at the desired insertion point. If you want to insert the variable into a fillable field, click in the fillable field.

3	On the Insert menu, point to Recipient, Sender, or Details and click the appropriate variable. The variable appears in a fillable text object at the top of the window.

4	Select the text object and drag it to the desired position (optional).

Note

Be careful when inserting recipient variables in a fillable text object with other text. Because these variables may depend on the setup of the recipient's fax device, there may be insufficient room for all information when WinFax replaces the variable code.

 Related Topics


Supported variables

Use variable codes to insert fax-specific information on cover pages and faxes. The table below describes the variables you can use.

If you are using a supported email package, other than Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook, you can also use variables in your messages. Click here [image] to scroll through this topic to view the list of supported email variables.

Description	Code	Information Source
Recipient Name (First and Last Name)	@R	To field in Send dialog, or First Name and Last fields in Phonebook record.
Recipient First Name	@F	First Name field in Phonebook record
Recipient Last Name	@L	Last field in Phonebook record
Recipient Title	@E	Title field in Phonebook record
Recipient Fax Number	@X	Number field in Send dialog or Fax Number in Phonebook record
Recipient Company Name	@C	Company field in Phonebook record
Recipient Address 1	@V	Address 1 field in Phonebook record
Recipient Address 2	@W	Address 2 field in Phonebook record
Recipient City	@I	City field in Phonebook record
Recipient State	@J	State field in Phonebook record
Recipient Zip Code	@Z	Zip Code field in Phonebook record
Sender Name	@S	Name field on the User tab of the Program Properties dialog
Sender Company	@Y	Company field on the User tab of the Program Properties dialog
Sender Fax Number	@A	Fax Number field on the User tab of the Program Properties dialog
Sender Voice Number	@H	Voice Number field on the User tab of the Program Properties dialog
Date	@D	Date on sender's computer
Time	@T	Time on sender's computer
Total Number Pages	@N	Number of pages in the fax including the cover page and all attachments.
Subject	@U	Subject field in Send dialog
Notes	@O	Notes field in Phonebook record
Misc	@M	Miscellaneous field in Phonebook record
Billing Code	@B	Billing field in Phonebook record
Current Page	@P	Current page number


Email Variables

Description	Code
Recipient Name (First and Last Name)	@R
Recipient Email Address	@X
Recipient Company Name	@C
Sender Name	@S
Sender Company	@Y
Sender Fax Number	@A
Sender Voice Number	@H
Date	@D
Time	@T
Total Number Pages	@N


Setting up fax-to-text conversion

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

3	On the Tools menu, click OCR Setup. The OCR Setup dialog appears.

4	Click the General tab.

5	In the Recognition section, specify whether you want to recognize entire pages of the fax or only selected areas. Do either of the following:

Convert complete pages of the fax [image] Click Automatic Recognition.

Convert areas on fax pages [image] Click Manually Select Areas. If you want to recognize the same area on each page in the fax, enable Apply Selected Areas To All Pages.

6	In the Language drop-down list, click the language in which the fax is written.

7	In the Reject Character field, type the character you want the OCR program to insert when it is unable to identify a character.

8	Click the After Recognition tab.

9	Select an output option.

Notes

When you edit the recognized text file, you should search for the reject character and replace each one you find with the correct character.

The Language drop-down list contains a list of languages that OCR can recognize. You can use these language dictionaries to recognize text in other languages. For more information about additional available OCR dictionaries, click here [image].

 Related Topics


Converting faxes to text (Viewer)
Converting faxes to text

1	Review the available methods of fax-to-text conversion.

 How to …

2	Open the fax you want to convert to text in Viewer.

 How to …

3	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

4	Set up fax-to-text conversion.

 How to …

5	On the Tools menu, point to OCR and click the option corresponding to the pages you want to recognize. Depending on how you set up fax-to-text conversion, one of the following occurs:

Convert complete pages of a fax [image] WinFax recognizes the selected page or pages in the fax automatically and outputs it as specified (either to an Interactive window, the Clipboard, or a file).

Convert areas of fax pages [image] Viewer changes to OCR mode so you can specify the areas you want to recognize. Proceed to step 6.

6	To improve conversion accuracy, identify the type of information you want to recognize. Do the following:

a	On the Edit menu, click Select Region.

b	Drag the mouse to outline the region you want to recognize. When you release the mouse button, a box shows the region you have drawn.

c	In the Region Type drop-down list on the toolbar, click the option that most closely describes the type of information in the selected region.

d	Repeat steps a through c for each region you want to recognize.

e	On the Recognize menu, click Go. WinFax recognizes the selected regions and outputs them as specified.

Notes

Size a region by dragging its handles. Move a region by dragging anywhere except the handles.

If you select multiple regions, Viewer recognizes regions in the order you selected them.

 Related Topics


Drawing a Bezier curve

1	Start the program and open the appropriate file.

 How to …

2	On the toolbar, click [image].

3	Click at the desired start point and hold the left mouse button down.

4	Drag the pointer to draw the curve.

5	Release the mouse button. The Bezier curve appears.

Notes

In Viewer, enable Annotation on the View menu before attempting this procedure.

Select line weight for Bezier curves just as for other objects. Bezier curves can also be scaled and moved like other objects.

 Related Topics


Faxing from Viewer

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the File menu, click Send. The Send dialog appears. The fax pages displayed in the Viewer appear in the fax preview section.

OPTIONAL [image] On the Send dialog File menu, click Send Via Email to fax this document as a self-viewing email attachment. The Send as email dialog appears. The fax pages displayed in the Viewer appear in the fax preview section.

3	Address the fax.

4	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

5	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Straightening a fax page

1	Open the appropriate fax in Viewer.

 How to …

2	On the View menu, disable Annotation.

3	On the Tools menu, do one of the following.

To straighten the current fax page [image] Click Deskew Page. The Deskew Current Page dialog appears.

To straighten all fax pages [image] Click Deskew All Pages. The Deskew All Pages dialog appears.

4	In the Deskew Image field, specify the number of degrees you want to rotate the image.

5	In the Direction section, click the direction you want to rotate the image.

Note

To undo this action, click Undo on the Edit menu.

 Related Topics


Using the What's This help button/pointer

1	Do one of the following:

In any dialog [image] Click [image].

In any folder list [image] On the toolbar, click [image]. The cursor changes to a help pointer.

2	On the screen, click the element that you want more information about. A balloon topic appears and displays information about the element you clicked.


Rotating and straightening fax pages (help wizard)
Rotating and straightening fax pages

More information needed …

Why do you want to rotate the fax?

The fax is upside down or sideways.

The fax appears crooked on the page.


Adding text (help wizard)
Adding text

More information needed …

How do you want to add the text?

I want to type text.

I want to import text from another file.


Drawing graphics

You can draw your own custom graphics in either Viewer or Cover Page Designer. Both applications include standard drawing tools available in many popular graphics packages. All drawing tools are available on the toolbars. What do you want to do?

Tell me more about the Viewer toolbar buttons

Tell me more about the Cover Page Designer toolbar buttons

Show me procedures

 Related Topics


** compiled in WINFAX.HPJ **


About dialog (Message Manager)

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ABOUT

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ABOUTNETWORK

Notes:


About dialog
Displays information about WinFax Message Manager, including the version number, copyright date, and the name of the person to whom this version of WinFax is licensed.


Add Attachments dialog

Location:	Send dialog: Insert | WinFax Attachments

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_ATTACH

Notes:


Look In drop-down list (Add Attachments dialog)
Displays all folders in the Attachment library. The Attachment library contains all the files you set up as pre-defined attachments in the Attachment window (in Message Manager, click WinFax Attachments on the Go menu).

In the drop-down list, click the folder containing the attachment you want to include with this fax.

Note: To include files from other drives and directories on your computer, use the Files command on the Insert menu instead of the WinFax Attachments command.


Toolbar (Add Attachments dialog)
Displays toolbar buttons you can use to modify the details displayed for the files and folders in the Look In list.


List Box (Add Attachments dialog)
Displays all attachments in the selected Attachment library folder. To include an attachment with the fax, click the attachment in this list and then click OK.


Attachments field (Add Attachments dialog)
Displays the name of the selected attachment. To locate an attachment in the selected Attachment library folder, type the name in this field.


Add Field dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File | Export | Export Wizard

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_PBFIELDLIST

Notes:


Fields list (Add Field dialog)
Lists all fields that will not be imported or exported. Click the field you want to add to the list of fields to be imported or exported.


Archive Log Messages dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log or Send Log | Copy or move any message to another compressed message store

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LOGARCHIVE

Notes:


Save Pages With Event radio button (Archive Log Messages dialog)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components: a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive messages (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

By default, WinFax saves the log record only. If you want to able to view the associated message files (for example, fax pages) after archiving it, enable this option. This ensures that you have a record of the message as well as the actual message files. If you only want to keep a record of receiving this message, disable this option.


Archive Attachments With Event check box (Archive Log Messages dialog)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components: a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive messages (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

By default, WinFax saves the log record only. If you want to be able to view any attachments included with this message after archiving it, enable this option. This ensures that you have a record of the message as well as any attachments included with the message. If you only want to keep a record of receiving this message, disable this option.


Don't Show This Dialog Again / Use Defaults check box (Archive Log Messages dialog)
Enable this option if you do not want WinFax to prompt you for archiving options each time you time you archive a message. If you disable this dialog, WinFax archives messages using the default options specified in the Message Management dialog (in Program Setup, double click Message Management).


Attach Log Message dialog

Location:	Send dialog: Insert | From Logs

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_ATTACHEVENT

Notes:


Folder list (Attach Log Message dialog)
Lists all log folders in the Messages message store. Click the folder containing the message you want to include with this fax.


Event list (Attach Log Message dialog)
Lists all messages contained in the selected log folder. Click the message you want to include with this fax.


Preview area (Attach Log Message dialog)
Displays the contents of the selected message.

Use the buttons at the bottom left of the preview area to view thumbnails, view the entire page, magnify the page, or rotate the page. For more information about a preview button, click the What's This? button [image] at the top of the dialog and then click the button.


Attachment Information dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_ATTACHINFO

Notes:


Description field (Attachment Information dialog)
Displays a description of the attachment. This is the description you entered when you added the attachment to the Attachment Library.


Keywords field (Attachment Information dialog)
Displays the attachment's keywords. These are the keywords you entered when you added the attachment to the Attachment Library.


Type field (Attachment Information dialog)
Displays the attachment type. Attachments can be fax image files or binary files.

If the attachment is a binary file, WinFax automatically converts the file to fax image files at send time. If you want to send the attachment in its native file format, you must use the BFT delivery method.


Pages field (Attachment Information dialog)
Displays the number of pages in the selected attachment.


File Name field (Attachment Information dialog)
Displays a drop-down list of the files that make up the selected attachment.


Attachment Information MDI

Location:	Message Manager | Attachments window | display area

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MDIATTACHMENTINFO

Notes:	uses common topics


Attachment Properties dialog

Location:	Message Manager | WinFax Attachments window | select attachment | File | Properties

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ATTACHMENT_DEFINE (same as New Attachment dialog)

Notes:


Cancel Send dialog

Location:	appears when you click Cancel in the Send dialog

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_SENDCANCEL

Notes:	includes H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS only


Check Names dialog

Location:	?? (formerly in Send dialog / Compose Email dialog)

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBRESOLVE

Notes:	this dialog appears only if email integration (other than Microsoft Exchange/Outlook is set up)


Names list (Check Names dialog)
Lists all names that match the recipient name you typed in the To field. Click the correct recipient name.


More Names button (Check Names dialog)
Click this to display all recipients in the active phonebook.


Choose Profile dialog

Location:	integrate Exchange/Outlook with WinFax | this dialog appears each time you start WinFax if you enabled the prompt for profile option in the Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog (Program Setup)

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_NEW_FF_MAPI

Notes:	May not be used in TalkWorks 3.0


Prompt For Profile radio button (Choose Profile dialog)
Click this if you want to be prompted for a Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile each time you start WinFax. Use this option if you have set up multiple profiles (in Microsoft Exchange/Outlook) and you want to be able to choose the appropriate profile for each WinFax session.

A profile is a set of configuration options that tells WinFax how to integrate with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook. Your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile includes the location of your Inbox, Outbox, personal folders, and address books.


Use This Profile radio button (Choose Profile dialog)
Click this if you want WinFax to use the same Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile each time you start WinFax.

A profile is a set of configuration options that tells WinFax how to integrate with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook. Your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile includes the location of your Inbox, Outbox, personal folders, and address books.


Profile drop-down list (Choose Profile dialog)
Click the Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile you want WinFax to use. In most cases, the default profile name is Microsoft Exchange.

A profile is a set of configuration options that tells WinFax how to integrate with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook. Your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile includes the location of your Inbox, Outbox, personal folders, and address books.


Profile button (Choose Profile dialog)
Click this to modify the properties of an existing profile or to set up a new profile in Microsoft Exchange/Outlook.


Cleanup dialog

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Tools | Cleanup

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_CLEAN

Notes:


Entire Page radio button (Cleanup dialog)
Click this to clean up the entire page regardless of the zoom factor at which the page is being viewed.

The cleanup option automatically removes transmission specks on fax pages.


Visible Portion radio button (Cleanup dialog)
Click this to clean up only that part of the page displayed in Viewer.

The cleanup option automatically removes transmission specks on fax pages.


Selected Area radio button (Cleanup dialog)
Click this to clean up only the area of the page that is selected. To use this option, you must have selected the area with the Select Area button before opening the Cleanup dialog.

The cleanup option automatically removes transmission specks on fax pages.


Light radio button (Cleanup dialog)
Click this to select a light cleanup. This option works best for cleaning up halftones.

The cleanup option automatically removes transmission specks on fax pages.


Medium radio button (Cleanup dialog)
Click this to select a medium level cleanup.

The cleanup option automatically removes transmission specks on fax pages.


Heavy radio button (Cleanup dialog)
Click this to select a heavy level cleanup. Use a heavy cleanup for text blocks.

The cleanup option automatically removes transmission specks on fax pages.


Common Components


introductory text and icons
Displays text and/or an icon that helps to describe the functionality available in this dialog.

For more information about a specific setting, click the What's This button [image] and then click the appropriate setting.


dialog frame
Groups common settings together.

For more information about a specific setting, click the What's This button [image] and then click the appropriate setting.


dialog instructions
Displays important feedback about the task you are trying to perform. Follow the instructions on your screen.


suppress dialog check box
Enable this option if you do not want this dialog to appear again. When you disable this option, WinFax uses the default options you set up in Program Setup.


display area (Message Manager window)
Displays information about the item currently selected in the window. You can view item information, item thumbnails, or the actual item, depending on the Display command enabled on the View menu.


display area options (Message Manager window)
Displays details about the selected item. For example, this display area includes details about the selected log record in the Logs window, such as sender and recipient identification, the message type and the length of a message.


display area count (Message Manager window)
Item Counter

Displays the number of items in the selected folder.


maximize display area (Message Manager window)
Maximize button

Click this to maximize the display area. When you click this button, the folder list and the item list disappear. In the maximized state, Message Manager displays the menu bar, the toolbar, the side bar, and the display area.


minimize display area (Message Manager window)
Minimize button

Click this to minimize the display area. When you click this button, the display area disappears. In the minimized state, Message Manager displays the menu bar, the toolbar, the side bar, the folder list, and the item list.


Folder, Log or Phonebook list (Message Manager window)
Folder, Log, or Phonebook list

Lists all folders, logs, or phonebooks defined in the active window.

If a folder, log, or phonebook contains subfolders, a plus (+) sign appears to the immediate left of its name in the folder list. To view the subfolders in the folder, log, or phonebook, click the plus sign. The folder expands to display its contents and the plus sign changes to a minus (-) sign to indicate that the folder is expanded. To collapse the folder, click the minus sign.


Item list (Message Manager window)
Item list

Lists all items in the active folder, log, or phonebook. For each item, WinFax displays a variety of details as indicated by the column headings at the top of the item list. To change the details displayed, right click on any column heading and select the details you want to display.

To change the display order of columns, drag and drop the column heading into the desired position. To resize the column, drag either edge of the column heading to the desired size.

You can sort the item list alphabetically by clicking one of the column headings. A triangle and the number one appears to the left of the column heading title to indicate that it is the current sort key. To sort the list in reverse alphabetical order, click the appropriate column heading. In the Logs and Phonebooks windows, you can specify up to three sort criteria by using the Sort command on the View menu.


Display area (Message Manager window)
Display area

Displays the number of items in the selected folder, log, or phonebook and information about the selected item (attachment, cover page, message, or phonebook record) in the item list.

The type of information displayed for the selected item depends on the Display command you enabled on the View menu. If Display Information is enabled, the display area contains data fields corresponding to the selected item. The data fields vary depending on the selected item (attachment, cover page, message, or phonebook record). If you enabled Display Thumbnails, the display area contains a thumbnail of each page in the item and an icon for each file attached to the item (for messages only). If you enabled Display Fax View, Display Cover Page, or Display Message, the display area contains the actual item (fax, cover page, or email message) selected in the item list.

You can re-position data fields, change the contents of the display area and zoom in/out on items in the display area from the right click menu. Or, you can adjust the view using the toolbar buttons at the bottom of the display area.

View Thumbnails

View Page Width

View Whole Page

Zoom

Rotate


Compose Mail dialog

Location:	Email Integration (not Microsoft Exchange/Outlook) | Message Manager | Send | New <Program Name> Email

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MAIL_COMPOSE

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MAIL_COMPOSE_BCC

Notes:


Recipient list (Compose Mail dialog)
Lists all names that match the recipient name you typed in the To field.


Add button (Compose Mail dialog)
Click this to add the recipient names you typed in the To and Cc fields to the Verified Recipients list.


Remove button (Compose Mail dialog)
Click this to delete the selected recipient names from the Verified Recipients list.


Send button (Compose Mail dialog)
Sends the email message.


Check Names button (Compose Mail dialog)
Click this to check the names you typed in the To and Cc fields to make sure they are valid email names.


Address button (Compose Mail dialog)
Click this to select recipients from your email system address book.


Attach button (Compose Mail dialog)
Click this to attach a document to your email message.


To field (Compose Mail dialog)
Type the names of the recipients to whom you want to send this email message. Separate multiple names with a semi colon. Click Address to search for recipients in your email system address book.


Cc field (Compose Mail dialog)
Type the names of the recipients whom you want to carbon copy on this email message. Separate multiple names with a semi colon. Click Address to search for recipients in your email system address book.


Bcc field (Compose Mail dialog)
Type the names of the recipients whom you want to blind copy on this email message. Separate multiple names with a semi colon. Click Address to search for recipients in your email system address book.


Subject area (Compose Mail dialog)
Type text to identify this email message for the recipient and your records. Later, you can search for the email log record based on the text in this field.


Text area (Compose Mail dialog)
Type your message in this area.


Number of Attachments area (Compose Mail dialog)
Displays the number of files attached to this email message.


Recipient List (Compose Mail dialog)
Lists all recipients to whom this email message will be sent.


Receipt check box (Compose Mail dialog)
Enable this option if you want to be notified when the recipient receives this email message.


Controller dialog (waiting to shut down)

Location:	appears when you exit Message Manager or the Controller

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXCTL32

Dialog ID:	WFCT_IDD_WAITINGTOSHUTDOWN

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS only


Copy Headings dialog

Location:	right click and log folder (Logs window) or phonebook folder (Phonebooks window) | Copy Headings

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_COPYCOLUMNS

Notes:


Copy Column Headings From Folder radio button (Copy Headings dialog)
Click this to copy the column heading setup from the folder selected in the list. The column heading setup includes the actual columns displayed and the order in which they are displayed.


folder list (Copy Headings dialog)
Lists all folders from which you can the copy heading setup. Click the folder containing the headings you want to copy.


Use Default radio button (Copy Headings dialog)
Click this to copy the default Message Manager column heading setup.


Current Folder radio button (Copy Headings dialog)
Click this to copy the selected column heading setup to the current folder (that is, the folder currently selected, or active).


All Folders radio button (Copy Headings dialog)
Click this to copy the column heading setup to all folders.


Copy/Move dialog (Messages, Logs, and Phonebooks)
Copy To/Move To Folder dialog (Messages, Logs, and Phonebooks)

Location:	appears when you copy messages, logs, or phonebooks between folders with the Copy command on the Edit menu

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGMOVECOPY_R

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGMOVECOPY

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBMOVECOPY_FF

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBMOVECOPY_GU

Notes:	topics included with Move dialog (Messages, Logs, and Phonebooks)

Location:	Message Manager | Attachments/Cover Pages Window | File menu | New - Cover Page Folder or New Attachment Folder command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_LOGARCHIVELIST

Notes:


Log Archive List (Copy/Move Copy To/Move To dialogs)
Lists all folders to which you can copy or move the selected item. Click the destination folder.


Cover Information MDI

Location:	Message Manager | Cover Pages window | display area

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MDICOVERINFO

Notes:	uses common topics


Cover Page Properties dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Cover Pages window | click any cover page other than the Quick Cover Page | File | Properties

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_NEW_COVER_PAGE

Notes:	duplicate here!


Description field (Cover Page Properties dialog)
Type text to help you identify this cover page in the future. Later, you can search for the cover page based on the text in this field.


Edit button (Cover Page Properties dialog)
Starts Cover Page Designer and opens the selected cover page for editing or creates a blank workspace in which you can design a new cover page.


Select button (Cover Page Properties dialog)
Click this to select the file from your computer drives and folders.


File Name field (Cover Page Properties dialog)
Type the path and name of the cover page file (*.CVP) you want use.


Cover Page Thumbnails dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_COVERALL

Notes:


thumbnail area (Cover Page Thumbnails dialog)
Displays miniature (thumbnail) images of all the cover pages in the selected folder. To select a cover page, double click the thumbnail image. To close this window, click the Close button.


Create Attachment dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | click any fax | File | Properties | Fax View tab | Save Attachment button

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_ATTACHCREATE

Notes:


Add To Attachment List radio button (Create Attachment dialog)
Click this to add the document to the Attachment Library. After you select the appropriate options in this dialog, WinFax will create a fax image file for each page in the document and add an attachment that references all the fax image files for this document to the Attachment Library.

Use this option if you intend to attach this document to faxes frequently and want to have the attachment prepared ahead of time and easily accessible at send time.


Use As Letterhead check box (Create Attachment dialog)
Enable this option if you want to use the document you printed as letterhead. If you enable this option, you can apply your letterhead to any or all pages of faxes you send.


Select button (Create Attachment dialog)
By default, WinFax stores attachment files in the DATA subfolder of your WinFax installation folder. Click this to select another location. Typically, you might select another location if you want to save the attachment to a network drive where other WinFax users can access it.


Attachment Folder list (Create Attachment dialog)
Lists all attachment folders in the Attachments Library. Click the folder to which you want to add the new attachment. If you are adding a letterhead attachment, the attachment is automatically added to the Letterhead folder.


Save In Directory Only radio button (Create Attachment dialog)
Click this if you want to save the document as an attachment, but you do not want to add it to the Attachment Library.

Use this option if you only need to use this attachment once.


File Prefix field (Create Attachment dialog)
Type a name for the attachment file. Choose a name that will help you easily recognize this attachment (for example, report, status, resume).

WinFax adds a three digit number to the end of the file name you specify ("001" for the first page of the attachment, "002" for the second page, and so on). If you named the attachment file "report", then individual fax page files would be called REPORT001, REPORT002, and so on.


Directory #1 (Create Attachment dialog)
Displays the path where WinFax will save the attachment. By default, WinFax stores attachment files in the DATA subfolder of your WinFax installation folder. To change the path, click the Select button.


Directory #2 (Create Attachment dialog)
Displays the path where WinFax will save the attachment. To change the path, click the Select button.


Create Event dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILC

Dialog ID:	WUIDD_CREATEEVENT_FILEDIALOG

Notes:


Desktop Or Folders radio button (Create Event dialog)
Click this option to save the send template (*.FXJ) on your Windows desktop or in another folder you specify.


Start Menu radio button (Create Event dialog)
Click this option to save the send template (*.FXJ) on the Windows Start menu.


Create Group dialog

Location:	Message Manager | File | New | Group

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_GRP_ORGANIZER_DLG

Notes:	second last two topics are in Select Recipient dialog


Group Name field (Create/Edit Group dialog)
Type the name of the group.

When you click OK, WinFax creates the group in the active phonebook (shown in the Potential Group Members section).


Add button (Create/Edit Group dialog)
Adds the recipient selected in the Potential Group Members list to the Group Members list.


Remove button (Create/Edit Group dialog)
Removes the recipient from the Group Members list.


Potential Group Members list (Create/Edit Group dialog)
Lists all records in the current phonebook (that is, the phonebook currently selected or active as shown in the area above). The list shows both recipient records and group records. Group records appear in bold.

The new group will be created in this phonebook. Your group can include recipients from this phonebook only.


Phonebook list (Create/Edit Group dialog)
Displays the current phonebook (that is, the phonebook currently selected or active).


Phonebook Recipient list (Create/Edit Group dialog)
Lists all records in the current phonebook (that is, the phonebook currently selected or active as shown in the area above). The list shows both recipient records and group records. Group records appear in bold.

To sort the record list alphabetically, click the appropriate column heading. To sort in reverse alphabetical order, click the appropriate column heading again.


Group Members list (Create/Edit Group dialog)
Lists all members of this group.

When you click OK, WinFax creates the group in the active phonebook (shown in the Potential Group Members section).


Creating Attachment Image dialog

Location:	appears when printing files to WinFax printer driver

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_RASTERIZING

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS only


Data Field Assignment dialog

Location:	Welcome Wizard | Phonebooks wizard (dBASE type)

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBDBFMAP

Notes:	only in the wizard now, no longer a dialog?


Phonebook Properties list (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Lists the names of all the fields in a WinFax phonebook record.


Database Fields list (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Lists the names of all fields in the selected dBASE phonebook file. Click the database field you want to link.


Link button (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Links the selected database field and the selected phonebook field.

Typically, dBASE files use their own unique field names. To use the dBASE file, you must "link" each WinFax field name to its corresponding field name in the dBASE file. You must link at least one name and one address field [image] the First Name, Last Name, or Company field and the Fax Number or appropriate email address field.

For example, in WinFax, the fax number field is called "Fax Number". If the dBASE file you want to use calls the fax number field "FaxNum", you will need to link the Fax Number and FaxNum fields so that WinFax recognizes them as being the same.


Unlink button (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Removes the link for the selected field.


Name field (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Type the path and name of the dBASE name index you want to use to sort names in this phonebook.

If you do not specify indices, the phonebook records appear in WinFax in the order in which they were originally entered in the database. As a result, you will not be able to search the phonebook by name or company.

For WinFax to expand variables in cover pages and headers for the recipients in a dBASE phonebook, you must specify a name index.


Name field - Select button (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Click this to select the name index file you want to use from your computer's drives and folders.


Company field (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Type the path and name of the dBASE company index you want to use to sort names in this phonebook.

If you do not specify indices, the phonebook records appear in WinFax in the order in which they were originally entered in the database. As a result, you will not be able to search the phonebook by name or company.


Company field - Select button (Data Field Assignment dialog)
Click this to select the company index file you want to use from your computer's drives and folders.


Delete Log Records dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_LOGKEEPEVENTDELETEPAGES

Notes:


Delete Event (Delete Log Records dialog)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components: a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive messages (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

Enable this option to delete the log record.

To set the currently selected options as defaults, enable Set As Default or make the appropriate settings in the Message Management Properties dialog in Program Setup.


Delete Pages (Delete Log Records dialog)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components:  a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive messages (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

Enable this to delete the fax image files associated with the log record.

To set the currently selected options as defaults, enable Set As Default or make the appropriate settings in the Message Management Properties dialog in Program Setup.


Delete Attachments (Delete Log Records dialog)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components:  a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive messages (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

Enable this to delete the attachments associated with the log record.

To set the currently selected options as defaults, enable Set As Default or make the appropriate settings in the Message Management Properties dialog in Program Setup.


Save As Default (Delete Log Records dialog)
Enable this option to use these settings as the default settings.


Delivery Options dialog

Location:	Send dialog | address fax | Recipient menu | Advanced command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_DELIVERY

Notes:


To field (Delivery Options dialog)
Displays the name of the recipient to whom this fax is addressed.


Number field (Delivery Options dialog)
Displays the fax number.

In the Send dialog, the fax number belongs to the recipient. In the Logs window, the fax number belongs to the recipient if the fax is pending, or to the sender of a received fax.


Fax Extension field (Delivery Options dialog)
T30 sub-addressing allows fax calls to be routed directly to individuals within a company by adding a fax extension to the company's fax number. If the person to whom you are sending the fax has T30 sub-addressing configured on their fax device, you can route the fax directly to them by typing the recipient's fax extension (maximum 15 characters) in this field.


Send By drop-down list (Delivery Options dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the modem or fax device you want to use to send this fax.


Priority drop-down list (Delivery Options dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the priority of this fax. If multiple faxes are scheduled for delivery at the same time, WinFax sends the faxes according to their priorities.


Deliver drop-down list (Delivery Options dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the option that corresponds to when you want to deliver this fax.

You can deliver the fax as soon as possible after you click Send in the Send dialog, at a scheduled date and time, during the off-peak period, or at regular intervals. If you are not sure when you want to send the fax, you can hold it in your Outbox indefinitely. To send a held fax, click it in Message Manager and then click Release on the Send menu.


Schedule - Time spin box (Delivery Options dialog)
Set the delivery time.


Schedule - Date spin box (Delivery Options dialog)
Set the delivery date.


Off Peak radio button (Delivery Options dialog)
Click this to schedule this fax for delivery during off-peak hours. The current off-peak hours appear beside this setting.


Off Peak radio button (Delivery Options dialog)
Displays the current off-peak hours. To change the off-peak hours, double click Dialing And Location in Program Setup, and  then click the Off-Peak tab. Typically, the off-peak period corresponds to the time period when long distance or international calls are discounted by your phone company.


Hold radio button (Delivery Options dialog)
Click this to hold this fax for delivery in the Outbox folder. WinFax holds the fax in the Outbox until you release it using the Release or Release All commands on the Send menu.


Recurring radio button (Delivery Options dialog)
Click this to schedule this fax for delivery on a regular basis.


Modify button (Delivery Options dialog)
Click this to specify how often you want WinFax to deliver the fax.


Cancel check box (Delivery Options dialog)
Enable this option to cancel the transmission if it has not started by the specified date and time.


Time spin box (Delivery Options dialog)
Set the time at which you want to cancel transmission.


Date spin box (Delivery Options dialog)
Set the date on which you want to cancel transmission.


Billing Code field (Delivery Options dialog)
Type billing information in this field or click a previous billing code in the drop-down list.

When you send a fax, WinFax saves the billing code you specify. Up to ten entries are saved in the drop-down list.


Keywords field (Delivery Options dialog)
Type keywords in this field or click previous keywords in the drop-down list.

When you send a fax, WinFax saves the keywords you specify. Up to ten entries are saved in the drop-down list of each field.


Send Secure check box (Delivery Options dialog)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to only connect to the fax device at which the identifier [image] known as the CSID [image]  corresponds with what you type in the Send Secure field. If WinFax cannot find a match within a recipient's station identifier, that recipient does not receive the fax.


Send Secure field (Delivery Options dialog)
Type the CSID of the fax station to which you want to send the fax. If WinFax cannot find a match within a recipient's station identifier, WinFax does not send the fax.


Deskew Current/All Page(s) dialog

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Tools menu | Deskew commands

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_DESKEW_IMAGE

Notes:


Deskew Image field (Deskew dialogs)
Type the number of degrees you want to rotate the fax image.


Clockwise radio button (Deskew dialogs)
Click this to rotate the fax image clockwise (that is, to the right).


Counter-Clockwise radio button (Deskew dialogs)
Click this to rotate the fax image counter-clockwise (that is, to the left).


preview area (Deskew dialogs)
Shows a preview of the image.


Edit Group dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | select group | File | Properties

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_GRP_ORGANIZER_DLG

Notes:	topics are in Create Group dialog


Entry Type dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGEDVW_GU

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGEDVW_R

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBNEW_GU

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBEDVW_GU

Notes:	four versions of same dialog


Entry list (Entry Type dialog, New User/Group dialog)
Click the type of record you want to create.


Evaluation dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILI

Dialog ID:	WUIDD_EVALUATION

Notes:


Evaluation text (Evaluation Edition dialog)
Describes the Symantec trial version policy including information about when the trial version will expire and how to purchase the retail version.


Message Properties dialog (Fax View tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | select message | File menu | Properties

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_EV_FAX_VIEW

Notes:


Thumbnail area (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Displays thumbnail images of the message and attachments. To view the content of the message, double click the icon for the item you want to view.


Device Used field (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Displays the name of the device used to send or receive this message.


Device Chosen field (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Displays the name of the device used to send or receive this message.


View button (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Click this to view the selected fax pages in Fax Viewer.


Compress button (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Click this to compress the selected fax pages.


Resubmit button (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Click this to re-send the selected fax pages. The Send dialog appears with the appropriate options.


Save Attachment button (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Click this to save the selected fax pages as an attachment.


Total Pages field (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Displays the number of pages included in this fax.


Pages Sent/Received field (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Displays the number of pages transmitted successfully (either sent or received).


Resolution area (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Displays the resolution of the fax.


Priority field (Message Properties dialog - Fax View tab)
Displays the priority assigned to this message.


Message Properties dialog (Message Files tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | select message | File menu | Properties

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LOGFILES

Notes:


Message Files list (Message Properties dialog - Message Files tab)
WinFax stores each fax page in a separate fax image file (*.FX?). This table displays all files included in the selected fax, their file names and their location.


Set Description button (Message Properties dialog - Message Files tab)
Click this to assign descriptive text to the selected file in the list. Use this feature to help you easily recognize pages in a fax. For example, you might use the description "Sales Report Page 1", "Sales Report Page 2", and so on.


Message Properties dialog (General tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | select message | File menu | Properties

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_EV_FAX_PROPS

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_PENDINGINFO

Notes:


Fax Type field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the message type.


Name field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Type the name you want to use for this new message store.


Company field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the name of the company. If the message is a sent fax, this field displays the recipient's company name. If the message is a received fax, this field displays the sender's company name (if possible).


Fax Number field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the fax number. If the message is a sent fax, this field displays the recipient's fax number. If the message is a received fax, this field displays the sender's fax number.


Subject field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the subject of the fax (if available).


Billing Code field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the billing code assigned to this message. To change the billing code, select the text in this field and then type the new billing code.


Keyword field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the keywords assigned to this message. To change the keywords, select the text in this field and then type the new keywords.


Received field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the date and time at which the fax was received.


Duration field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the transmission duration in minutes and seconds.


Speed field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the baud rate at which the transmission occurred.


Retries field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the number of times that WinFax tried to send his fax.


Status field (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Displays the transmission status for this message.


Read check box (Message Properties dialog - General tab)
Identifies whether or not this message has been read. Unread messages appear bold in the Logs window.


Exchange Properties dialog (Addressing tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange / Outlook

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_EXCHANGE_ADDRESSING

Notes:	not used in this release

uses H_DIALOG_INTRO_TEXT only


Exchange Properties dialog (Delivery tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange / Outlook

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_EXCHANGE_DELIVERY

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INTRO_TEXT only


Exchange Properties dialog (Services tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange / Outlook

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_EXCHANGE_SERVICES

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INTRO_TEXT only


Export dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | File menu | Export

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_EXPORT_CHICAGO_FILEDIALOG

Notes:	adds-on to a standard operating system dialog -- all help hooks are linked but the code looks in WINDOWS.HLP -- to make the hooks work, development needs to re-direct the hooks to WINFAX.HLP


Format drop-down list (Viewer - Export dialog)
Select the format to which you want to export the file.


Prefix field (Viewer - Export dialog)
Type a name for the file.


Extension field (Viewer - Export dialog)
Type a file extension for the file. If you do not supply a file extension, WinFax supplies it for you.


All Pages radio button (Viewer - Export dialog)
Click this to export all pages of the fax to another file format.


From Page radio button (Viewer - Export dialog)
Click this to export a range of pages to another file format.


From field (Viewer - Export dialog)
Type the number of the first fax page in the range you want to export.


To field (Viewer - Export dialog)
Type the number of the last fax page in the range you want to export.


Selected Area radio button (Viewer - Export dialog)
Click this to export the selected area of the fax to another file format.


Merge Annotation check box (Viewer - Export dialog)
Enable this option if you want to merge the annotations with the fax and export the annotations with the fax.


Fax Broadcast dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ENABLE_COUNTRY

Notes:	is this used any more?


Country field (Fax Broadcast dialog)
Type the country in which you are using WinFax.


Fax Broadcast Subscription dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ENABLE_BROADCAST

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INTRO_TEXT only


Fax Mailbox Subscription dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ENABLE_MAILBOX

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INTRO_TEXT only


Fax Pages dialog (displays Message Properties dialog!)

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | View menu | Pages command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_LOGPAGES

Notes:


Selected Pages text (Fax Pages dialog)
Displays the page number of the selected page.


Thumbnail area (Fax Pages dialog)
Displays a thumbnail of each page in the message and an icon for each attached file in the message.


View button (Fax Pages dialog)
Displays the selected pages of the message.


Compress button (Fax Pages dialog)
Compresses the selected pages of the message.


Forward button (Fax Pages dialog)
Click this to forward the selected pages of the message.


Save As Attachment button (Fax Pages dialog)
Click this to save the selected pages as an attachment and add it to the Attachment Library.


Fax Preview dialog (Preview)

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_EXITPREVIEW

Notes:


dialog text (Fax Preview dialog)
Confirms whether or not you want to send this fax.


Apply Changes to All Recipients radio button(Fax Preview dialog)
Enable this to send the fax to all recipients with any changes you have made. Click Yes to confirm you want to send the fax.


No button (Fax Preview dialog)
Click this if you do not want to send the fax. If you want to cancel the fax for this recipient only, disable Apply Changes To All Recipients before you click No. If you want to cancel the fax for all recipients, enable Apply Changes To All Recipients before you click No.


Fax/Modem Alert dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MOD_WARNING

Notes:


Time warning (Fax/Modem Alert dialog)
Displays the time at which the error occurred.


Warning message (Fax/Modem Alert dialog)
Displays an error message describing the modem problem.


Help button (Fax/Modem Alert dialog)
Click this to view the WinFax PRO online help.


File Attributes dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_FILEATTRIBUTES

Notes:


File Name field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the file name.


Description field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays a description of the content of the file.


Date Created field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the date that the file was created.


Date Modified field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the date that the file was last modified.


Date Accessed field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the date that the file was last accessed.


File Size field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the file size.


File Attribute field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the file attributes.


Width Field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the width.


Height field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the height.


Data Type Field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the file format.


Annotation Objects field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the number of annotation objects.


Pages field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the number of pages in the fax.


Resolution field (File Attributes dialog)
Displays the resolution of the fax.


Filters dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | View menu | Filter command

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_FILTER_DIALOG

Notes:


Filters list (Filters dialog)
Lists all existing filters.

Filters store a set of search criterion. When applied to a folder, filters control the information displayed in the Logs window according to the search criterion specified in the filter definition.

The name of the active filter appears in the Active Filter section.


New button (Filters dialog)
Click this to create a new filter.

Filters store a set of search criterion. When applied to a folder, filters control the information displayed in the Logs window according to the search criterion specified in the filter definition. For example, you might use a filter to show only new messages, or messages received during a specific time period.


Remove button (Filters dialog)
Removes the selected filter.


Properties button (Filters dialog)
Click this to modify the selected filter.


Set As Active button (Filters dialog)
Applies the selected filter to the active folder.

When a filter is applied to a folder, the filter name is added to the window title. For example, when you apply the filter called "Unread Messages" to the Receive Log folder, the Logs window title appears as shown below ...

Logs (Receive Log) - [Filter: Unread Messages]


Reset button (Filters dialog)
Click this to disable the filter and redisplay all log records in the current folder (that is, the folder currently selected or active).


Active Filter area (Filters dialog)
Displays the name of the active filter.


Footer dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PAGESETUP_FOOTER

Notes:


Forward dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_FORWARDFILES

Notes:


Thumbnail area (Forward dialog)
Displays a thumbnail image of each page in the fax.


View button (Forward dialog)
Click this to view the selected fax pages in Viewer.


Keep Event and Images radio button (Forward dialog)
Click this to save the forwarded message and its associated fax image files.


Keep Event Only radio button (Forward dialog)
Click this to save the forwarded message and delete the associated fax image files.


Delete All radio button (Forward dialog)
Click this to delete the forwarded message and its associated fax image files.


All Pages check box (Forward dialog)
Click this to select all pages in the fax.


Use Local radio button (Forward dialog)
Click this to forward the fax internally to another user on the network using WinFax.


Notify radio button (Forward dialog)
Enable this to send the recipient a notification message via network email.


Use Email radio button (Forward dialog)
Click this to forward the fax via network email.


Go To Page dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_GOTOPAGE

Notes:


Page field (Go To Page dialog)
Type the page number you want to go to.


Grid Properties dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Tools menu | Setup command | Grid tab

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_GRIDSETUP

Notes:


Horizontal spin box (Grid Properties dialog)
Set the horizontal space between grid dots. The minimum and maximum settings appear in the Range section.

To change the unit of measurement, click the Measure tab.


Vertical spin box (Grid Properties dialog)
Set the vertical space between grid dots. The minimum and maximum settings appear in the Range section.

To change the unit of measurement, click the Measure tab.


Show Grid check box (Grid Properties dialog)
Enable this option to display the grid. You can use the grid, whether or not it is visible. The grid is a visual aid [image] it does not appear on printed pages.


Min field (Grid Properties dialog)
Displays the minimum spacing permitted between grid dots. This applies to both horizontal and vertical spacing.


Max field (Grid Properties dialog)
Displays the maximum spacing permitted between grid dots. This applies to both horizontal and vertical spacing.


Header dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PAGESETUP_HEADER

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_HEADERENTRY

Notes:


Hold For Pickup dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_HOLD_FOR_PICKUP

Notes:


Import Phonebook panel (from Welcome Wizard)

Location:	Welcome wizard | Phonebook wizard | intro panel

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXCTL32

Dialog ID:	WFCT_IDD_WELCOME_PBCHOOSE

Notes:


Import Existing radio button (Import Phonebook wizard)
Click this to import an existing WinFax phonebook into this version of WinFax.


Create New radio button (Import Phonebook wizard)
Click this to create a new WinFax phonebook.


Back button  (Import Phonebook wizard)
Click this to return to the previous wizard panel.


Import Results dialog

Location:	appears after importing phonebook records

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_IMPORTRESULTS

Notes:


Results explanation (Import Results dialog)
Displays a status message indicating that the import was completed successfully.


Recipient (Import Results dialog)
Displays the number of recipient records that were successfully imported into the selected WinFax phonebook.


Group (Import Results dialog)
Displays the number of recipient group records that were successfully imported into the selected WinFax phonebook.


Ignored Records (Import Results dialog)
Displays the number of records that were not imported. These are records that were in the original source file but that were not imported into the destination file.


Total label (Import Results dialog)
Displays the total number of records processed during the import procedure.


Import/Export dialogs

Location:	combined into a wizard now! (Welcome Wizard)

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IMPORTEXPORT

Notes:	may not be used for field-by-field help any more


Phonebook Fields (Import/Export dialogs)
Lists the names of all the fields in a WinFax phonebook record.


Import Fields (Import/Export dialogs)
Lists the names of all fields in the phonebook or log that will be imported or exported, in the order they will be processed.


Link button (Import/Export dialogs)
Links the selected phonebook field to the selected import field.

Typically, dBASE files use their own unique field names. To use the dBASE file, you must "link" each WinFax field name to its corresponding field name in the dBASE file. You must link at least one name and one address field [image] the First Name, Last Name, or Company field and the Fax Number or appropriate email address field.

For example, in WinFax, the fax number field is called "Fax Number". If the dBASE file you want to use calls the fax number field "FaxNum", you will need to link the Fax Number and FaxNum fields so that WinFax recognizes them as being the same.


File Name field (Import/Export dialogs)
Type the file name. If you are importing records, this is the name of the file you want to import. If you are exporting records, this is the file to which you want to output the exported data.


Select button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to select the file you want to use from your computer's drives and directories.


Export To - File - Format drop-down list (Import/Export dialogs)
Click the file format in the drop-down list.


Options - Add button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to add a field name to the list. You can only add back fields that you previously deleted.


Options - Delete button (Import/Export dialogs)
Deletes the selected field.


Field Delimiter - Tab radio button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to use a tab to separate fields.


Field Delimiter - Comma radio button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to use a comma "," to separate fields.


Field Delimiter - Other radio button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to use a character, other than a tab or comma "," to separate fields. Type the character you want to use in the adjacent field.


Field Delimiter - Other field (Import/Export dialogs)
Type the character that you want to use to separate fields.


String In Quotes check box (Import/Export dialogs)
Enable this option to put all data strings (such as the Name, Company, and so on) in quotations.


Record Delimiter - Return radio button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to use a return to separate records.


Record Delimiter - Form Feed radio button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to use a form feed to separate records.


Record Delimiter - Other radio button (Import/Export dialogs)
Click this to use a character, other than a return or form feed, to separate records. Type the character you want to use in the adjacent field.


Record Delimiter - Other field (Import/Export dialogs)
Type the character that you want to use to separate records.


Insert Stamp dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Insert menu | Stamp command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_STAMPS

Notes:


Description list (Insert Stamp dialog)
Lists all defined stamps. Click the stamp that you want to modify, remove from the list, or insert on the page.


Preview area (Insert Stamp dialog)
Displays a thumbnail image of the selected stamp.


Preview Image check box (Insert Stamp dialog)
Enable this option to view a thumbnail image of the selected stamp.


New button (Insert Stamp dialog)
Click this to add a graphic file to the list of stamps.

For example, you might want to add your corporate logo or an electronic version of your signature to the stamp list.


Modify button (Insert Stamp dialog)
Click this to change the description of the selected stamp.


Remove button (Insert Stamp dialog)
Removes the selected stamp from the stamp list.


Insert Variable dialog

Location:	Import/Export wizard (Welcome Wizard)

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_TOKEN

Notes:


Insert Variable list (Insert Variable dialog)
Lists all WinFax variables that you can insert into a fax header. Click the variable you want to insert.


Invalid Internet Fax Password dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXCTL32

Dialog ID:	WFCT_IDD_CYBERFAX_RETRYPASSWD

Notes:	used any more?


Password field (Invalid Internet Fax Password dialog)
Enter your Internet Fax password.


Remember check box (Invalid Internet Fax Password dialog)
Enable this option to add your Internet Fax password to your passwords list. When you enable this option, WinFax  remembers your password and automatically displays it the next time this dialog appears. Each digit in your password appears as an asterisk for security reasons.


Don't Show Again check box (Invalid Internet Fax Password dialog)
Enable this option to suppress this dialog in the future.


Line Status dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILC

Dialog ID:	WFUC_IDD_STATUS

Notes:


Modem Device List (Line Status dialog)
Lists all configured modems and fax devices.


Line Status Labels and Details (Line Status dialog)
Displays information about the current activity.


Shrink/Expand button (Line Status dialog)
Click this to shrink or expand the dialog.


Cancel Fax button (Line Status dialog)
Click this to cancel the transmission.


Log Search dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | View menu | Search command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_DEFINELOGFILTER

Notes:

New Filter dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | View menu | Filter command | New button

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_CREATE_FILTER_DLG

Notes:


Filter Name field (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Type a name for the new filter.

Filters store a set of search criterion. When applied to a folder, filters control the information displayed in the Logs window according to the search criterion specified in the filter definition.


Log Type drop-down list (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Specify the type of log records you want to find. You can search for sent records, received records, or pending records.


Event Type drop-down list (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Specify the type of message you want to find. Depending on your setup, you can search for fax, email, BFT, voice messages, or unread messages of the various types.


Date label (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Specify the time period during which the message was sent or received.


Date drop-down list #1 (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Specify whether you want Message Manager to search for messages dated on, before, after, or not on the specified date.


Date drop-down list #2 (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Specify the date that you want Message Manager to search for messages based on the condition in the adjacent field.


Name field (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Type the name of the recipient you want to find.


Number field (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Type the fax number you want to find.


Subject field (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Type the subject of the message you want to find.


Keywords field (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Type the keywords of the message you want to find.


Billing Code (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Type the billing information of the message you want to find.


Status drop-down list (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Specify the transmission status of the message you want to find. You can search for messages with one of the following transmission states:  complete, waiting, in progress, or error.


Create Filter button (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Click this to save the search criteria you entered in this dialog as a filter and apply it to the active folder.


Clear button (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Resets the default search criteria.


Options button (Create Filter dialog, Log Search dialog)
Click this to specify advanced search options including exact match searching and case-sensitive searching.


Manual Receive dialogs

Location:	Message Manager | Receive menu | Manual Receive Now

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MANUALRECEIVE

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MANUALRX

Notes:


Answer? (Manual Receive dialog)
When you are ready to receive the fax, click Yes. To cancel manual reception, click No.


Don't show message? (Manual Receive dialog)
Enable this option to turn off confirmation for manual reception in the future. WinFax will start manual reception immediately when you use the Manual Receive Now command.


Device list (Manual Receive dialog)
Displays a list of available modems. Click the modem you want to use in the modem list and click Receive Now.


Manual Send dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_MANUALTX

Notes:


List (Manual Send dialog)
Displays a list of available modems. Click the modem you want to use in the modem list.


Match On Caller ID dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_LIST_CID

Notes:


List (Match On Caller ID dialog)
Lists all phone numbers that you have set up for Caller ID matching. Each time you receive a call from a phone number in this list, WinFax applies the options you specified for this receive rule and notifies you accordingly.


Include button (Match On Caller ID dialog)
Click this to add a phone number to the Caller ID match list.


Remove button (Match On Caller ID dialog)
Click this to remove the selected phone number from the Caller ID match list.


MDI Phonebook

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MDIPHONEINFO

Notes:	uses common topics


Message Contents dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | Double click a BFT or Email Message

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_BFTVIEW

Notes:


Attachments area (Message Contents dialog)
Displays icons for email or BFT attachments. To view an attachment, double click the icon.


Notes area (Message Contents dialog)
Displays the text portion of the email message or BFT.


Open button (Message Contents dialog)
Displays the selected attachment.


Message File Description dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | click fax | File menu | Properties command | Message Files tab | Set Description button

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LOGFILES_DESCRIPTION

Notes:


File field (Message File Description dialog)
WinFax creates one fax image file (*.FX?) for each page in a fax. This field displays the path and file name of the WinFax image file associated with the selected fax page.


Description field (Message File Description dialog)
Type text to help you identify this fax page. For example, if your fax is a five page sales report, you might use "Sales Report Page 1", "Sales Report Page 2", and so on, as the file descriptions.


Message Information dialog

Location:	appears when you send a fax and you enabled the automatically prompt for keywords and billing codes option

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_EVENTKEYS

Notes:


Keyword field (Message Information dialog)
Type keywords in this field or click previous keywords in the drop-down list.

When you send a fax, WinFax saves the keywords you specify. Up to ten entries are saved in the drop-down list.


Billing Code field (Message Information dialog)
Type billing information in this field or click a previous billing code in the drop-down list.

When you send a fax, WinFax saves the billing code you specify. Up to ten entries are saved in the drop-down list of each field.


Modify Delivery dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Outbox window | click fax | Send menu | Modify Delivery command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_NEWTIME

Notes:	This dialog adds on to the Delivery Properties dialog.


Select button (Modify Delivery dialog)
Click this to select the recipient from a phonebook.


Send Now radio button (Modify Delivery dialog)
Click this to send this fax immediately.


Scheduled radio button (Modify Delivery dialog)
Click this to schedule this fax for delivery at the specified time and date.


Modify Recurring Event dialog

Location:	Send dialog | Options menu | Advanced | Recurring | Setup

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_RECUR

Notes:


Recurring Daily radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver this fax each day.


Recurring Weekly radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax once a week.


Recurring Monthly radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax once a month.


Recurring Yearly radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax once a year.


Recurring Daily - Every Day radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax every day of the week.


Recurring Daily - Every Weekday radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax each weekday, Monday through Friday.


Recurring Weekly - Sun check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option to deliver the fax each Sunday.


Recurring Weekly - Mon check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option to deliver the fax each Monday.


Recurring Weekly - Tues check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option to deliver the fax each Tuesday.


Recurring Weekly - Wed check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option to deliver the fax each Wednesday.


Recurring Weekly - Thur check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option to deliver the fax each Thursday.


Recurring Weekly - Fri check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option to deliver the fax each Friday.


Recurring Weekly - Sat check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option to deliver the fax each Saturday.


Recurring Monthly - The radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax monthly on the first, second, third, fourth, or last occurrence of a specific weekday. For example, use this option if you want to deliver a fax on the third Tuesday of each month.


Recurring Monthly - First/Second/Third/Fourth/Last drop-down list box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Specify the First, Second, Third, Fourth, or Last weekday occurrence in the month to deliver the fax. For example, if you set the weekday to Sunday, click Second in the drop-down list to deliver the fax on the second Sunday of the month.


Recurring Monthly - Day of the Week drop-down list box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Specify the weekday on which you want to deliver the fax each month. For example, if you set the occurrence to Last and you click Thursday in this drop-down list, WinFax delivers this fax on the last Thursday of each month.


Recurring Monthly - Day radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax on a specific date each month (for example, the 10th, the 23rd and so on).


Recurring Monthly - Day field (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Type the date in the month on which you want to deliver the fax. For example, to deliver the fax on the third of each month, type "3" in this field.


Recurring Yearly - On radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax once a year on a specific month and day. For example, use this option to deliver a fax each year on January 1st.


Recurring Yearly - Month drop-down list box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Specify the month in which you want WinFax to deliver the fax.


Recurring Yearly - Date field (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Type the date in the month on which you want to deliver the fax.


Recurring Yearly - The radio button (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click this to deliver the fax yearly on the first, second, third, fourth, or last occurrence of a specific day of a specific month. For example, use this option if you want to deliver a fax on the second Sunday in February each year.


Recurring Yearly - First/Second/Third/Fourth/Last drop-down list (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Click the First, Second, Third, Fourth, or Last weekday occurrence in the month to deliver the fax. For example, if you set the weekday to Tuesday and the month to October, click Second in the drop-down list to deliver the fax yearly on the second Tuesday in October.


Recurring Yearly - Day Of The Week drop-down list (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Specify the weekday on which you want to deliver the fax. For example, if you set the occurrence to Third and the month to July, click Wednesday to deliver the fax yearly on the third Wednesday in July.


Recurring Yearly - Month drop-down list box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Specify the month in which you want to deliver the fax each year. For example, if you set the occurrence to First and the day to Saturday, click April to deliver the fax yearly on the first Saturday in April.


Start Date spin box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Set the starting date for delivery.


End Date check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to only deliver the fax for a specified period of time.


End Date spin box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Set the last day the fax will be delivered.


Start Time check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
 Enable this option if you want WinFax to start trying to deliver the fax at a specific time.


Start Time spin box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Set the time at which fax delivery starts.


End Time check box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to stop trying to deliver the fax at a specific time.


End Time spin box (Modify Recurring Event dialog)
Set the time at which fax delivery stops.


Move dialog (Messages, Logs, and Phonebooks)

Location:	Message Manager | Logs window or Phonebooks window

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGMOVECOPY_R

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGMOVECOPY

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBMOVECOPY_FF

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBMOVECOPY_GU

Notes:


Displays the name of the item to be copied or moved (Copy/Move dialog)
Displays the name of the item to be copied or moved.


Copy/Move To list (Copy/Move dialog)
Lists all folders to which you can copy or move the selected item. Click the destination folder.


Copy Folder and All Subfolders check box (Copy/Move dialog)
Enable this option to copy the specified folder and all its contents including subfolders.


Copy/Move To list (Copy/Move dialog)
Lists all folders to which you can copy or move the selected item. Click the destination folder.


Advanced button (Copy/Move dialog)
Click this to set advanced copy/move options.


New button (Copy/Move dialog)
Click this to create a new folder.


Copy To/Move To Folder dialog

Location:	Message Manager | WinFax Attachments/Cover Pages window | Edit | Copy To/Move To

Resource File:

Dialog ID:

Notes:


Copy/Move list (Copy/Move dialog)
Lists all folders to which you can copy or move the selected item. Click the destination folder.


New Attachment dialog

Location:	Message Manager | WinFax Attachments window | File | New Attachment

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ATTACHMENT_DEFINE

Notes:


Description field (New Attachment dialog)
Type text to help you identify this attachment in the future. Later, you can search for the attachment based on the text in this field.


Keywords field (New Attachment dialog)
Type a word or words to help you identify this attachment in the future. Later, you can search for the attachment based on the text in this field.


File Name field (New Attachment dialog)
Type the path and name of the file you want use. If you enable Create Multiple Page Attachment, the File Name field becomes a list box.


Select button (New Attachment dialog)
Click this to select the files you want to use from your computer drives and folders.


Create Multiple Page Attachment check box (New Attachment dialog)
Enable this option if the new attachment contains multiple files. Enabling this option expands the File Name field to allow for multiple files and activates the Add and Remove buttons.


Remove button (New Attachment dialog)
Removes the selected files.


New Attachment Folder dialog/
New Cover Page Folder dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Attachments or Cover Pages window | File menu | New command | Attachment Folder or Cover Page Folder command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ATTACH_INSERT_FOLDER

Notes:


Folder Name field (New Attachment/Cover Page Folder dialog)
Type the name of the new folder. The name can be any combination of characters and spaces. For example, you could create a folder called "Frequently Used" (for cover pages) or "Sales Sheets" (for attachments).


Top Level radio button (New Attachment/Cover Page Folder dialog)
Click this to create a new folder. Use this option if you want to create the new folder at the highest folder level possible (that is, at the same level as the folders listed in the Subfolder list below).


Subfolder Of radio button (New Attachment/Cover Page Folder dialog)
Click this to create a subfolder in the folder selected in the Subfolder Of list.


Subfolder Of list (New Attachment/Cover Page Folder dialog)
Lists all folders in which you can create the subfolder. Click the appropriate destination folder.


New Cover Page dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_COVER_ADD

Notes:

Location:	Message Manager | Cover Pages window | File menu | New Cover Page command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_NEW_COVER_PAGE

Notes:

Location:	CPD | File menu | New command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_NEWFILE

Notes:

Location:	Message Manager | Cover Pages window | File | New Cover Page

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_NEW_COVER_PAGE

Notes:


Create New Cover Page radio button (New Cover Page dialog)
Click this if you want to create a new cover page using Cover Page Designer.


Use Existing radio button (New Cover Page dialog)
Click this if you want to add a existing cover page file (.CVP) to the Cover Page Library.

Use this option if you previously created a new WinFax cover page or customized one of the Cover Your Fax cover pages and saved it to a new name.


Page Size drop-down list (New Cover Page dialog)
Click the size you want to make the new cover page.


Page Height field (New Cover Page dialog)
Click the height you want to make the new cover page.


Page Height drop-down list (New Cover Page dialog)
Click the measurement unit you want to use for the new cover page.


Using The Cover Page Design Wizard radio button (New Cover Page dialog)
Click this if you want to use the Cover Page Design wizard to create a new cover page. The Cover Page Design wizard guides you step-by-step through the process of creating a cover page.


Using The Cover Page Designer Tools radio button (New Cover Page dialog)
Click this if you want to use the Cover Page Designer tools to create a new cover page from scratch.


Using An Existing Cover Page As A Template radio button (New Cover Page dialog)
Click this if you want to create a cover page based on an existing cover page. If you select this option, Cover Page Designer prompts you to select the existing cover page file you want to use as a template and then opens that file. Make any necessary changes and save the modified cover page under a new name.


Page Size drop-down list (New Cover Page dialog)
Select the size of the new cover page.


Page Height drop-down list (New Cover Page dialog)
If you select Custom in the Size drop-down list, you can specify the height of the cover page. In the Height field, type the height you want to use.


Page Height text (New Cover Page dialog)
If you select Custom in the Size drop-down list, you can specify the height of the cover page. In the Height field, type the height you want to use.


Units drop-down list (New Cover Page dialog)
If you select Custom in the Size drop-down list, you can specify the height of the cover page. In the drop-down list, click the measurement unit you want to use.


Select button (Page Setup dialog)
Click this to select the printer you want to use.


New Log Folder dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Logs window | File menu | New Message Folder command

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGNEW_FF

Notes:


Name field (New Log Folder dialog)
Type the name of the new folder or message store you want to create. The name can be any combination of characters and spaces. For example, you could create a folder or message store named "ABC Company".

The folder or message store name appears in the Logs window folder list.


Description field (New Log Folder dialog)
Type text to help you identify the folder or message store in the future.


Subfolder Of list (New Log Folder dialog)
Lists the folders in which you can create the new folder. Click the appropriate folder.


Folder radio button (New Log Folder dialog)
Folder radio button

not in use this release


Message Store radio button (New Log Folder dialog)
Message Store radio button

not in use this release


MAPI Message Store radio button (New Log Folder dialog)
MAPI Message Store radio button

not in use this release


Setup button (New Log Folder dialog)
Setup button

not in use this release


New Message Store dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Logs window | File menu | New Message Store command

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LGNEW_FF

Notes:	add-on to New Log Folder dialog


Advanced button (New Message Store dialog)
Click this to set advanced message store options including message store location, sharing options, compression, and write-protection.


Type - New WinFax PRO 8.x radio button (New Message Store dialog)
Click this to create a new WinFax message store.


Compress Fax Messages (New Message Store dialog)
Enable this option to compress faxes stored in the new message store.

Depending on your needs, custom message stores can be compressed or uncompressed. As you accumulate messages in the Messages message store, your WinFax data requires more disk space. To minimize the amount of disk space required, you can create archives by enabling compression when you create custom message stores. When you move a fax to an archive folder (that is, a folder in a compressed message store), WinFax automatically compresses it.


Read Only check box (New Message Store dialog)
Click this to share the new message store as a read-only file. This means that only the creator can modify the message store.

In order to share message stores, you must store the message store in a location that is accessible to those you want to share it with (for example, on a network drive). Others can then share this message store by creating a new WinFax message store on their computer that points to shared message store file on the network (use the Use Existing WinFax PRO 7.x/8.x/9.x/10.x option).


Type - Existing WinFax PRO 7.x/8.x/9.x radio button (New Message Store dialog)
Click this to add an existing WinFax message store to the Logs window folder list.

Typically, you can use this option to link to a shared WinFax message store located on your network.


Set Location button (New Message Store dialog)
Click this to select the computer drive and folder where you want to save the new message store.

If you want to create a shared message store, select a network drive that is accessible to those you want to share the message store with.


Select button (New Message Store dialog)
Click this to select the existing message store that you want to use with WinFax.


New Phonebook dialog (really new Phonebook Folder)

Location:	now wizard-based (Welcome wizard)

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBNEW_FF

Notes:


Name field (New Phonebook dialog)
Type a name for the phonebook folder you want to create. The name can any combination of characters and spaces. For example, you could create a phonebook named "Sales Leads" and a folder named "Sales Leads - Eastern Region".

The phonebook folder name appears in the Phonebook window folder list.


Description field (New Phonebook dialog)
Type text to help you identify this phonebook folder in the future.


Advanced button (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to set advanced phonebook options such as phonebook location (useful for phonebook sharing) and to link to other types of phonebooks (WinFax, TalkWorks, ACT!, Dbase, Microsoft Access, Lotus Organizer, Oracle, Outlook Express, SQL Server, and so forth).


Type - New WinFax PRO 9.x radio button (New Phonebook dialog)
Creates a new WinFax PRO 10.x phonebook and adds it to the phonebook list.


Type - Existing WinFax PRO 7.x/8.x/9.x radio button (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to add an existing WinFax PRO 7.x/8.x/9.x/10.x phonebook to the phonebook list. This creates a link to an existing WinFax PRO 7.x/8.x/9.x/10.x phonebook and adds it to the phonebook list in the Phonebooks window.

Typically, you can use this option to link to a shared WinFax phonebook located on your network.


Type - Existing WinFax PRO 4.x (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to use an existing WinFax PRO 4.x phonebook. This creates a link to an existing WinFax PRO 4.x phonebook and adds it to the phonebook list in the Phonebooks window.

Typically, you can use this option to link to a shared WinFax phonebook located on your network.


Type - dBASE (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to use an existing dBASE-format phonebook with WinFax PRO 10.x. This creates a link to the existing phonebook and adds it to the phonebook list in the Phonebooks window.

Typically, you can use this option to link to a shared dBASE-format phonebook located on your network.


Type - CAS (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to use an existing CAS phonebook with WinFax PRO 10.x. This creates a link to the existing phonebook and adds it to the phonebook list in the Phonebooks window.

Typically, you can use this option to link to a shared CAS phonebook located on your network.


Type - MAPI Address Book (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to use an existing MAPI address book with WinFax PRO 10.x. This creates a link to the existing address book and adds it to the phonebook list in the Phonebooks window.

Typically, you can use this option to link to a shared MAPI address book located on your network.


Set Location button (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to select the computer drive and folder in which you want to create the new phonebook.

If you want to create a shared phonebook, select a network drive that is accessible to those you want to share the phonebook with.


Select button (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to select the existing phonebook that you want use with WinFax PRO 10.x.


Map Fields button (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to link the fields in the selected dBASE phonebook to the corresponding WinFax phonebook fields.


External radio button (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this option to use an external phonebook with WinFax. If you select this option, the external phonebook is accessible in the Phonebooks window and in the phonebook list in the Send dialog. TalkWorks telephone?


External drop-down list (New Phonebook dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the external phonebook you want to use with WinFax.


Set Information button (New Phonebook dialog)
Click this to specify the location of the external phonebook.


Folder radio button (New Phonebook dialog)
Folder radio button

not used in this release


Phonebook radio button (New Phonebook dialog)
Phonebook radio button

not used in this release


MAPI Address Book radio button (New Phonebook dialog)
MAPI address book radio button

not used in this release


Setup button (New Phonebook dialog)
Setup button

not used in this release


New Phonebook Folder

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Phonebook Folder command

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_PBNEW_NEW_FOLDER

Notes:


Name field (New Phonebook Folder dialog)
Type the name of the new folder. The name can be any combination of characters and spaces. For example, you could create a folder for "Business Contacts" or "Personal Contacts".


Description field (New Phonebook Folder dialog)
Type text to help you identify the phonebook folder in the future.


Subfolder list (New Phonebook Folder dialog)
Lists all folders in which you can create the subfolder. Click the appropriate destination folder.


New Recipient dialog (Address tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Recipient command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_EDIT_ADDRESS

Notes:


Address field #1 (New Recipient dialog - Address tab)
Type the recipient's street address in the two address fields (maximum 60 characters each).


Address field #2 (New Recipient dialog - Address tab)
Type the recipient's street address in the two address fields (maximum 60 characters each).


City field (New Recipient dialog - Address tab)
Type the recipient's city (maximum 40 characters).


State field (New Recipient dialog - Address tab)
Type the recipient's state, province or county (maximum 20 characters).


Country field (New Recipient dialog - Address tab)
Type the recipient's country (maximum 40 characters).


Zip Code field (New Recipient dialog - Address tab)
Type the recipient's zip code or postal code (maximum 15 characters).


New Recipient dialog (Email tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Recipient command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_EDIT_EMAIL

Notes:


Email Address radio button (New Recipient dialog - Email/LAN tab)
Click this to specify the recipient's network email address.


Search button (New Recipient dialog - Email/LAN tab)
Click this to select the recipient from your email system address book.


Address field (New Recipient dialog - Email/LAN tab)
Type the recipient's email address in the field.


Send By drop-down list (New Recipient dialog - Email/LAN tab)
Send Using drop-down list

not used in this release


New Recipient dialog (Exchange/Outlook tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Recipient command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_EDIT_EXCHMAPI

Notes:


Exchange - Alias field (New Recipient dialog - Exchange/Outlook tab)
Type the alias you created for the recipient in your Exchange/Outlook address book.

Typically, this is the recipient's name. For example, you might have created an alias "Antonio Andrade" for the email address "aandrande@abc.com". If you did this, you can address the message by typing the alias (that is, the recipient's name "Antonio Andrade"). When the message is sent, your email system uses the email address you specified for this alias (for example: aandrade@abc.com).

If the recipient does not have an alias, leave this field blank.


Exchange - Address field (New Recipient dialog - Exchange/Outlook tab)
Type the recipient's email address in this field.


Exchange - Send Using drop-down list (New Recipient dialog - Exchange/Outlook tab)
In the drop-down list, click the recipient's address type. If the recipient's email address is an Internet address, click Internet. Otherwise, click Other and type the email system used by the recipient in the adjacent field (for example: cc:Mail).


Exchange - Type field (New Recipient dialog - Exchange/Outlook tab)
If you clicked Other in the Type drop-down list, type the recipient's email address type in this field (for example: cc:Mail).


Exchange - Search button (New Recipient dialog - Exchange/Outlook tab)
Click here to select the recipient from your Exchange/Outlook address book.


Send By drop-down list (New Recipient dialog - Exchange/Outlook tab)
Send Using drop-down list

not used in this release


New Recipient dialog (General tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Recipient command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_EDIT_NOTES

Notes:


Billing field (New Recipient dialog - General tab)
Type information you may need for billing or tracking purposes (maximum 26 characters).

Consistently enter the same types of information in the Billing field. Later you can accurately search for records based on the contents of this field.


Miscellaneous field (New Recipient dialog - General tab)
Type any additional information about the recipient (maximum 25 characters).

Consistently enter the same types of information in the Miscellaneous field. Later you can accurately search for records based on the contents of this field.


Cover Page Notes field (New Recipient dialog - General tab)
Type any additional information about the recipient.


Notes field (New Recipient dialog - General tab)
Type any additional information about the recipient.


New Recipient dialog (Name and Number tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Recipient command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_EDIT_GENERAL

Notes:


Title drop-down list (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the recipient's title (maximum 7 characters) or click the appropriate title in the drop-down list.


First Name field (New Recipient - Name and Number tab)
Type the recipient's first name (maximum 15 characters).

If you are adding the record from the Send dialog, the First Name field contains the name you specified in the To field.


Last Name field (New Recipient - Name and Number tab)
Type the recipient's last name (maximum 31 characters).

If you are adding the record from the Send dialog, the Last Name field contains the name you specified in the To field. If you used a one word name only, WinFax records it as a last name.


Company field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the recipient's company name (maximum 42 characters).


Type drop-down list (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Specify the default delivery method you want to use when sending messages to this recipient.

To override the delivery at send time, click Delivery in the Send dialog and click the appropriate delivery method in the Send By drop-down list.


Country field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the country code (maximum 4 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the primary fax number. WinFax uses the country code to identify international destinations when you are dialing overseas.

The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If you do not know your country code, check with your phone company.


Area field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the area code (maximum 5 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the primary fax number. For overseas destinations, enter the routing code, if applicable.

The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Local Number field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the local number for the recipient's primary fax device (maximum 46 characters). You can use hyphens, spaces, or no separators.

The local number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Extension field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
For your own records, type the recipient's primary fax extension (maximum 15 characters).

Unless the recipient's fax device is configured for T30 sub-addressing, WinFax does not include extension numbers as part of the dial string when sending.


Country field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the country code (maximum 4 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the alternate fax number. WinFax uses the country code to identify international destinations when you are dialing overseas.

The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If you do not know your country code, check with your phone company.

To send a fax to the alternate fax number, select this recipient from your phonebook at send time, and then click the alternate number in the Number drop-down list.


Area field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the area code (maximum 5 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the alternate fax number. For overseas destinations, enter the routing code, if applicable.

The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

To send a fax to the alternate fax number, select this recipient from your phonebook at send time, and then click the alternate number in the Number drop-down list.


Local Number field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the local number for the recipient's alternate fax device (maximum 46 characters). You can use hyphens, spaces, or no separators.

The local number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

To send a fax to the alternate fax number, select this recipient from your phonebook at send time, and then click the alternate number in the Number drop-down list.


Extension field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
For your own records, type the recipient's alternate fax extension (maximum 15 characters).

Unless the recipient's fax device is configured for T30 sub-addressing, WinFax does not include extension numbers as part of the dial string when sending.


Country field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the country code (maximum 4 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the voice phone number. The country code identifies international destinations when you are dialing overseas.

The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If you do not know your country code, check with your phone company.

Use the voice number fields to set up recipient information for TalkWorks.


Area field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the area code (maximum 5 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the voice phone number. For overseas destinations, enter the routing code, if applicable.

The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

Use the voice number fields to set up recipient information for TalkWorks.


Local Number field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the local number for the recipient's phone (maximum 46 characters). You can use hyphens, spaces, or no separators.

The local number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

Use the voice number fields to set up recipient information for TalkWorks.


Extension field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
For your own records, type the recipient's phone extension (maximum 15 characters).


Country field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the country code (maximum 4 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the cellular phone number. The country code identifies international destinations when you are dialing overseas.

The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If you do not know your country code, check with your phone company.

Use the cellular number fields to set up recipient information for TalkWorks.


Area field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the area code (maximum 5 characters) that you dial when calling the recipient at the cellular phone number. For overseas destinations, enter the routing code, if applicable.

The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

Use the cellular number fields to set up recipient information for TalkWorks.


Local Number field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the local number for the recipient's cellular phone (maximum 46 characters). You can use hyphens, spaces, or no separators.

The local number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

Use the cellular number fields to set up recipient information for TalkWorks.


Extension field (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
For your own records, type the cellular extension (maximum 15 characters).


Primary Fax area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the recipient's primary fax number. You can specify the fax number using hyphens, spaces, or no separators in the number.

For detailed instructions on filling in the Country, Area, and Local Number fields, click the What's This button [image] at the top of the dialog and then click the appropriate field.


Alternate Fax area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type an alternate fax number for the recipient. You can specify the fax number using hyphens, spaces, or no separators in the number.

For detailed instructions on filling in the Country, Area, and Local Number fields, click the What's This button [image] at the top of the dialog and then click the appropriate field.


Voice area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type a voice phone number for the recipient. You can specify the voice number using hyphens, spaces, or no separators in the number.

For detailed instructions on filling in the Country, Area, and Local Number fields, click the What's This button [image] at the top of the dialog and then click the appropriate field.


Cellular area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type a cellular number for the recipient. You can specify the voice number using hyphens, spaces, or no separators in the number.

For detailed instructions on filling in the Country, Area, and Local Number fields, click the What's This button [image] at the top of the dialog and then click the appropriate field.


Country area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the country code you dial when calling the recipient at the primary fax, alternate fax, voice, and cellular numbers. The country code identifies international destinations when you are dialing overseas.

The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If you do not know your country code, check with your phone company.


Area area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the area code you dial when calling the recipient at the primary fax, alternate fax, voice, and cellular numbers. For overseas destinations, enter the routing code, if applicable.

The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Local Number area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Type the local number you dial when calling the recipient at the primary fax, alternate fax, voice, and cellular numbers.

The local number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Extension area (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
For your own records, type the extension you dial when calling the recipient at the primary fax, alternate fax, voice, and cellular numbers.


Countries drop-down list (New Recipient dialog - Name and Number tab)
Click the country in which the recipient lives.


Last Values check box (New Recipient dialog)
Enable this option to create a new phonebook record and copy all of the information you entered for the last recipient you added as a template. Edit the information as necessary.


Add button (New Recipient dialog)
Creates a new phonebook record. If you enabled Last Values, a copy of all the information you entered for the last recipient appears as a template.


New Recipient dialog (Programs tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Recipient command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_EDIT_PROGRAMS

Notes:	tab removed from dialog


Programs On This Computer list (New Recipient dialog - Programs tab)
Lists all programs for which WinFax will send fax images files to this recipient. If you attach a BFT file created in a program in this list, WinFax converts it to fax image format before sending it.


Recipient's Programs list (New Recipient dialog - Programs tab)
Lists all programs for which WinFax will send data (binary) files. If you attach a BFT file created in a program in this list, WinFax will send it as a data file (in its native format). The items in this list should reflect the programs that the recipient has available on their computer.


Add button (New Recipient dialog - Programs tab)
Adds the program selected in the Programs On This Computer list to the Recipient's Programs list.


Remove button (New Recipient dialog - Programs tab)
Removes the program selected in the Recipient's Programs list.


Remove All button (New Recipient dialog - Programs tab)
Removes all programs in the Recipient's Programs list.


New Recipient dialog (Send By tab)

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | File menu | New Recipient command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_EDIT_SENDBY

Notes:


Locations list (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
Lists all defined locations. In the drop-down list, click the location settings which you want to customize for this recipient.

The location settings you specify are generally appropriate for most numbers you call. However, on occasion, you may find that the dialing instructions in your location settings do not work for a specific recipient. Use the settings in the Location Options section to customize the dialing instructions for a specific location on a recipient-by-recipient basis. The options you select in the Location Options section do not change the stored location settings [image] they override them when you address a fax to this phonebook recipient. This feature is useful, for example, if you need to call a long distance number within your area code, or a local number in another area code.


Always Send Using drop-down list (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
In the drop-down list, click the delivery method you want to use to send to this recipient from this location. This feature is useful, for example, if want to send faxes to this recipient when you are at home, but send email to this recipient when you are at work.

The location settings you specify are generally appropriate for most numbers you call. However, on occasion, you may find that the dialing instructions in your location settings do not work for a specific recipient. Use the settings in the Location Options section to customize the dialing instructions for a specific location on a recipient-by-recipient basis. The options you select in the Location Options section do not change the stored location settings [image] they override them when you address a fax to this phonebook recipient. This feature is useful, for example, if you need to call a long distance number within your area code, or a local number in another area code.


Using The Default Settings radio button (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
Click this if you want WinFax to dial the recipient using the default settings for this location. The default settings for the location are defined on the Location tab of the Dialing Properties dialog (start Program Setup and double click Dialing And Location).

The location settings you specify are generally appropriate for most numbers you call. However, on occasion, you may find that the dialing instructions in your location settings do not work for a specific recipient. Use the settings in the Location Options section to customize the dialing instructions for a specific location on a recipient-by-recipient basis. The options you select in the Location Options section do not change the stored location settings [image] they override them when you address a fax to this phonebook recipient. This feature is useful, for example, if you need to call a long distance number within your area code, or a local number in another area code.


As A Local Number And Use The Settings Below radio button (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
Click this if you want to override the default location settings with the Dial Long Distance Access Code or Dial Area Code settings you specify below.

If you do not enable both Long Distance Access Code and Dial Area Code, WinFax dials the number as a local number.


Dial Long Distance Access Code check box (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
Enable this option to dial the long distance access code when calling the recipient from this location.

The location settings you specify are generally appropriate for most numbers you call. However, on occasion, you may find that the dialing instructions in your location settings do not work for a specific recipient. Use the settings in the Location Options section to customize the dialing instructions for a specific location on a recipient-by-recipient basis. The options you select in the Location Options section do not change the stored location settings [image] they override them when you address a fax to this phonebook recipient. This feature is useful, for example, if you need to call a long distance number within your area code, or a local number in another area code.


Dial Area Code check box (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
Enable this option to dial the area code when calling this recipient from this location.

The location settings you specify are generally appropriate for most numbers you call. However, on occasion, you may find that the dialing instructions in your location settings do not work for a specific recipient. Use the settings in the Location Options section to customize the dialing instructions for a specific location on a recipient-by-recipient basis. The options you select in the Location Options section do not change the stored location settings [image] they override them when you address a fax to this phonebook recipient. This feature is useful, for example, if you need to call a long distance number within your area code, or a local number in another area code.


As Soon As Possible radio button (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
Click this option to deliver messages as soon as possible.


During Local Off-Peak Period (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
Click this option to deliver messages to this recipient during off-peak hours. When you click this option, WinFax dials domestic calls during the domestic off-peak period and international calls during the international off-peak period.

To change or view the current off-peak time period, click Dialing And Location in Program Setup, and then click the Off-Peak tab.


Modem To Use drop-down (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
If you have two or more modems available for sending (that is, you have two modems and two phone lines connected to your computer), click the modem you want to use when sending to this recipient.


During International Off-Peak Period (New Recipient dialog - Send By tab)
During International Off-Peak Period radio button

not used in this release


New Stamp dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Insert menu | Stamp command | Modify button

Resource:

Dialog ID:

Notes:	Adds on to the standard Windows "Open" dialog, help hooks looking in WINDOWS.HLP


File Name field (New Stamp dialog)
Type the path and file name of the graphic file you want to use as a stamp.


Select button (New Stamp dialog)
Click this to select the graphic file you want to use as a stamp from your computer drives and folders.


OCR Properties dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Tools menu | Setup OCR command

Resource:	WFXRES - VWOCR

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_OCRSETUP_AFTEROCR (After Recognition tab)

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_OCRSETUP_OPTION (General tab)

Notes:


Automatic Recognition radio button (OCR Properties dialog - General tab)
Click this to convert entire fax pages to text.


Manually Select Areas radio button (OCR Properties dialog - General tab)
Click this to converted selected areas of the fax page to text.


Apply Selected Areas To All Pages check box (OCR Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to convert the same areas on every page of the fax.


Language drop-down list (OCR Properties dialog - General tab)
Specify the language of the text. WinFax recognizes, in addition to the standard characters, unique characters of the selected language.

The Language drop-down list contains a list of  languages that OCR can recognize. You can use these language dictionaries to recognize text in other languages. For more information about additional available OCR dictionaries, check the WinFax installation CD.


Reject Character field (OCR Properties dialog - General tab)
Type the character that you want Viewer to insert when recognition fails to identify or read a character.

The tilde (~) is the default.


Interactive Text Edit (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Click this to divide the Viewer display area horizontally after recognition and display the recognized text in the lower part ready for editing. The upper part displays a view of the original fax page.


Copy Text To Clipboard radio button (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Click this to place the text on the Windows Clipboard after recognition. Text can then be pasted into any Windows program supporting pasting from the Clipboard.


Save Text To File radio button (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Click this to save recognized text to a file.


File Name field (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Type the path and file name of the file to which you want to save the recognized text.


Select button (File Name) (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Click this to select the file you want to save to.


Run Application field (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Type the path and file name of the program you want to use to view the recognized text. After recognition, Viewer runs this program and opens the file containing the recognized text.


Select button (Run Application (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Click this to select the program you want to run.


Format drop-down list (OCR Properties dialog - After Recognition tab)
Specify the format in which you want to save the recognized text.


Upgrade button (OCR Properties dialog)
Click this for more information about upgrading the TextBridge OCR software included in WinFax.


OK, Cancel and Apply Buttons


OK button (all dialogs)
Closes this dialog box, saves and implements any changes you have made and executes the necessary action (if any). Typically this button is named "OK", however in some places the title may be more descriptive.


Cancel button (all dialogs)
Closes this dialog box without saving any changes you have made.


Apply button (all dialogs)
Saves all changes you have made without closing this dialog box.


Open File For Viewing dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Viewer | File menu | Open command

Resource:

Dialog ID:

Notes:	Adds on to the standard Windows "Open" dialog, help hooks looking in WINDOWS.HLP -- dialog not in Viewer resource file


Preview area (Open File For Viewing dialog)
Displays a thumbnail of the selected file.


Preview check box (Open File For Viewing dialog)
Enable this option to view a thumbnail of the selected file.


Pager Message Content dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | double click pager message

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_PAGERMSG

Notes:


Information (Pager Message Content dialog)
Displays the text of a pager notification message.


Pager Prompt dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILI

Dialog ID:	WUIDD_PAGER_PROMPT

Notes:


Pager Prompt label (Pager Prompt dialog)
Type the text you want to use.


Pager Prompt field (Pager Prompt dialog)
Type the text you want to use.


Paging Script Status dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILI

Dialog ID:	WUIDD_PAGING_SCRIPT_STATUS

Notes:


Script Name field (Paging Script Status dialog)
Type the path and file name of the script you want to use.


Action field (Paging Script Status dialog)
Displays the first action that this script performs.


Next Action field (Paging Script Status dialog)
Displays the next action that this script performs.


Left Most button (Paging Script Status dialog)
Click this to continue.


Skip Current Action button (Paging Script Status dialog)
Click this to skip the current action.


Pending Info

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_MDI_PENDINGINFO

Notes:	uses common topics


Phonebook dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_LINKIN

Notes:


Phonebook list (Phonebook dialog)
Lists all phonebooks available in WinFax. Click a phonebook to view the recipient records it contains.


Recipient list (Phonebook dialog)
Lists all recipient records in the selected phonebook.


Add button (Phonebook dialog)
Click this to create a new recipient record in the selected phonebook.


Remove button (Phonebook dialog)
Click this to delete the selected recipient record from the phonebook.


Properties button (Phonebook dialog)
Click this to modify the selected recipient record.


Search button (Phonebook dialog)
Click this to search the selected phonebook for a specific recipient record based on the search criteria you specify.


Display All button (Phonebook dialog)
Click this to redisplay all recipient records in the selected phonebook after a search.


Predefined Messages dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_PGR_PREDEFINED_MSG

Notes:


Current Message field (Predefined Messages dialog)
Displays the current message.


Predefined Message field (Predefined Messages dialog)
Displays the text correspond to the current predefined message.


Predefined Message List (Predefined Messages dialog)
Displays a list of all predefined messages.


Add button (Predefined Messages dialog)
Click this to add a new message to the predefined message list.


Remove button (Predefined Messages dialog)
Removes the selected message from the predefined message list.


Preferences dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Tools menu | Setup command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PREFERENCE_TEXT

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PREFERENCE_MEASURE

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PREFERENCE_PAGE

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PREFERENCE_VIEW_STARTUP

Notes:	Font tab options are under "Properties dialog - Font tab"


Use Last Session Settings check box (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Enable this option to automatically load the settings from your last session when you start this program.


View Size - 100% radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Click this option to display the page at a zoom factor of 100% at startup. Viewing a page at a zoom factor of 100% is useful for detailed work, such as the precise placement of a graphic or logo.


View Size - 50% radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Click this option to display the page at a zoom factor of 50% at startup. Viewing a page at a zoom factor of 50% is useful for detailed work, such as typing text.


View Size - 25% radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Click this option to display the page at a zoom factor of 25% at startup. Viewing a page at a zoom factor of 25% is useful for arranging graphic objects.


View Size - View Page Width radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Click this option to adjust the magnification of the display at startup so the entire width of the page appears in the workspace. The height of the page displayed depends on the page size.


View Size - Whole Page radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Click this option to adjust the magnification of the display at startup so the entire page appears in the workspace.


Annotation - Show Graphics check box (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Enable this option to display graphics at startup.

It is often unnecessary to have graphics visible and hiding graphics can save you time. When working in a workspace with numerous graphics, a few seconds may elapse while images are processed and redrawn.


Annotation - Fast Graphics check box (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Enable the option to enable fast display mode at startup.

When this option is enabled, images display more quickly but less accurately. When working with numerous graphics, a few seconds may elapse while images are processed and redrawn.


Annotation - Show Annotation check box (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Enable this option to display any annotations on the fax page at startup.

This option changes the Viewer menus, commands, and toolbars. If you are viewing a fax with annotation saved as a layer, this option loads the annotation.


View Mode - Standard radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Enable this option to view faxes in standard mode at startup.


View Mode - Enhanced radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Enable this option to improve the display of fax images. Enhance View is most useful for faxed photographs and other pictures that make use of gray scaling. Enhance View is intended for displaying faxes only.

When you enable Enhance View, the fax image gradually appears in the Viewer display area as enhancing takes place. To restore the image to its original black and white display, disable Enhance View on the View menu.


View Mode - Inverted radio button (Preferences dialog - Startup tab)
Enable this option to reverse black and white on the fax image at startup. To restore the image back to its original state, click Invert Display on the View menu.


Measure - Inches radio button (Preferences dialog - Measure tab)
Click this to measure in inches.


Measure - Millimeters (Preferences dialog - Measure tab)
Click this to measure in millimeters.


Measure - Centimeters (Preferences dialog - Measure tab)
Click this to measure in centimeters.


Measure - Pels (Preferences dialog - Measure tab)
Click this to measure in pixels.


Measure - Picas (Preferences dialog - Measure tab)
Click this to measure in picas.


Letter radio (Preferences dialog - Page tab)
Click this to print on standard letter size paper.


A4 radio (Preferences dialog - Page tab)
Click this to print on A4 paper.


Custom radio (Preferences dialog - Page tab)
Click this to specify a page length for printing. Specify the page length in the Length field.


Length field (Preferences dialog - Page tab)
Type the page length you want to use.


Print dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PRINTDLG

Notes:


Print List Options dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive Log | File menu | Print List command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILC

Dialog ID:	WUIDDSS_PRINTOPTIONS

Notes:


Printer area (Print Options dialog)
Displays the active printer.


Options - Draw Border check box (Print Options dialog)
Enable this option to draw borders around columns on the printout for easier reading.


Options - Show Column Headings check box (Print Options dialog)
Enable this option to print column headings.


Options - Print From Column field #1 (Print Options dialog)
Type the column number of the first column you want to print. The column number corresponds to the order of columns displayed in the item list in the WinFax window. WinFax prints all columns in the specified range.


Options - Print From Column field #2 (Print Options dialog)
Type the column number of the last column you want to print. The column number corresponds to the order of columns displayed in the item list in the WinFax window. WinFax prints all columns in the specified range.


Font - Current area (Print Options dialog)
Displays the current font.


Font - Match Current Screen Font check box (Print Options dialog)
Enable this option to print the list of items using the current WinFax screen font.


Setup button (Print Options dialog)
Click this to switch to another printer or to change the active printer's setup.


Select button (Print Options dialog)
Click this to select the font you want to use for printing.


Print Page Setup dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Viewer | File menu | Page Setup command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PAGESETUPDLG

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PAGESETUP_LAYOUT

Notes:


1 Page (Print Page Setup dialog)
Each page in a fax is a separate fax image file. If the fax has more than one page, click this option to print each fax image file on a separate page. For example, if your fax has four pages, the printout will have four pages. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.


2 Page (Print Page Setup dialog)
Each page in a fax is a separate fax image file. If the fax has more than one page, click this option to print two fax image files on each printed page. For example, if your fax has four pages, the printout will have two pages ' each fax image file will be printed on ½ of a page. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.


4 Page (Print Page Setup dialog)
Each page in a fax is a separate fax image file. If the fax has more than one page, click this option to print four fax image files on each page. For example, if your fax has eight pages, the printout will have two pages ' each fax image file will be printed on 1/4 of a page. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.


Other (Print Page Setup dialog)
Click this to select a custom layout. Click the Custom button to specify the layout for printing.


Custom button (Print Page Setup dialog)
Click this to specify a custom layout for printing. Click and drag the mouse to specify the number of fax images you want to print per page, and the layout of the fax images on the page. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.


Borders around Images check box (Print Page Setup dialog)
Enable this option to automatically draw a border around each fax image file on the printed page.


Print Annotations (Print Page Setup dialog)
Enable this option to print annotations on the fax page.


Print Page Number (Print Page Setup dialog)
Click this to print page numbers.


Preview (Print Page Setup dialog)
Shows a sample of the selected layout.


Multiple Pages button (Page Setup dialog - Layout tab)
Click this to display page layout options for multiple page faxes.


Info area (Page Setup dialog - Layout tab)
Displays a summary of the current print orientation, paper size, and layout.


Preview area (Page Setup dialog - Layout tab)
Displays a graphic representation of the current options.


Printing dialog

Location:	appears after printing

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAU

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PRINTING

Notes:

Location:	appears after printing to the WinFax printer driver

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILC

Dialog ID:	WUIDDSS_PRINTING

Notes:

Location:	appears after printing to the WinFax printer driver

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_PRINTINGDLG

Notes:


Printing dialog (Viewer)
Displays information about the current print job, including the item name and the printer on which it is being printed.


Printing Send Confirmation dialog

Location:	appears after printing a send confirmation

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SENDCONFIRMATION_INPROGRESS

Notes:


Printing in progress (Printing Send Confirmation dialog)
WinFax is printing a transmission record for the fax.


Properties dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks/Logs window | click phonebook | File menu | Properties command

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_PBRENAME

Notes:


Name field (Properties dialog)
Displays the name of the selected message store, phonebook, or folder. If this field is active, you can change the name by typing new text.


Description field (Properties dialog)
Displays a description of the selected message store, phonebook, or folder. If this field is active, you can change the description by typing new text in this field.


Path field (Properties dialog)
Displays the path and file name of the selected message store or phonebook.


Select button (Properties dialog)
Click this to select the message store or phonebook source file you want to use.


Map Fields button (Properties dialog)
Click this to link this message store or phonebook to WinFax.


Properties dialog (Graphic tab) (Viewer)

Location:	on the toolbar, click the Graphic button

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_STD_GRPHATTRIB

Notes:


None radio button (Properties dialog - Graphic tab)
Click this to retain the original proportions of the graphic image in the graphic object. The entire graphic may not be visible.


View Whole Page radio button (Properties dialog - Graphic tab)
Click this to expand the graphic image to fill the entire graphic object. The image may appear distorted.


Aspect Fit radio button (Properties dialog - Graphic tab)
Click this to retain the original proportions of the graphic image. The image may not fill the entire graphic object.


File Name field (Properties dialog - Graphic tab)
Type the path and name of the graphic file you want to insert.


Select button (Properties dialog - Graphic tab)
Click this to select the graphic file you want to insert.


Properties dialog (Shade, Border and Effects tab) (Viewer)

Location:	Viewer | Format menu | Properties command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_STD_SHADE

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_STD_BORDER

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_STD_EFFECTS

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_STD_LINE

Notes:


White Transparent radio button (Properties dialog - Shade tab)
Click this to shade the selected object with a clear "see-through" background. The white transparent background shows all objects positioned behind the shaded object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


White Opaque radio button (Properties dialog - Shade tab)
Click this to shade the selected object with a solid white background. The white background hides all objects behind the shaded object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Black radio button (Properties dialog - Shade tab)
Click this to shade the selected object with a black background.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Gray radio button (Properties dialog - Shade tab)
Click this to shade the selected object with a gray background.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Sample area (Properties dialog - Shade tab)
Displays a sample of an object with the selected shading option applied.


None radio button (Properties dialog - Border tab)
Click this if you do not want a border around the selected object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Square radio button (Properties dialog - Border tab)
Click this to add a square-cornered border to the selected object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Round radio button (Properties dialog - Border tab)
Click this to add a round-cornered border to the selected object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Sides check boxes (Properties dialog - Border tab)
Enable this check box to add a border to this side of the object.


Style and Weight drop-down list (Properties dialog - Line tab)
Select the style and weight you want to apply to the selected line.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Arrowhead check box (Properties dialog - Line tab)
Enable this option to add an arrowhead to the selected line.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Arrowhead drop-down list (Properties dialog - Line tab)
Select the arrowhead style you want to apply to the selected line.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Sample area (Properties dialog - Line tab)
Displays a sample line with the selected options applied.


Drop Shadow check box (Properties dialog - Effects tab)
Enable this option to add a 3-D like shadow to the selected object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Thickness drop-down list (Properties dialog - Effects tab)
Specify the thickness of the drop shadow you want to apply to the selected object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Bottom Right drop-down list (Properties dialog - Effects tab)
Specify the position you want to locate the drop shadow on the selected object.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Preview Area (Properties dialog - Effects tab)
Displays a sample of the drop shadow applied to an object.


Font drop-down list (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Select the font you want to use for the selected text.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Point Size drop-down list (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Select the point size of the font you want to use for the selected text.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Attributes - Bold check box (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Enable this option to bold the selected text.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Attributes - Italic check box (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Enable this option to italicize the selected text.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Attributes - Underline check box (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Enable this option to underline the selected text.

When you select this option, a sample appears in the Preview area.


Alignment - Left radio button (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Click this to left align the selected text with the edge of the text box.


Alignment - Center radio button (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Click this to center the selected text in the text box.


Alignment - Right radio button (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Click this to right align the selected text with the edge of the text box.


Sample area (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Displays a sample of the selected font options.


Font Color - Black Text radio button (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Click this to color the selected text black. Use black text for objects with a white or gray background.


Font Color - White Text (Properties dialog - Font tab)
Click this to color the selected text white. Use white text for objects with a black or gray background.


Quick Cover Page Properties dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Cover Pages window | double click Quick Cover Page

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_PREFDEVICECOVER

Notes:


Display Logo check box (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Enable this to display a thumbnail of the logo in your Quick Cover Page.


Logo - File Name field (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Type the path and name of the logo file that you want to use on the quick cover page. You must use a .FXS file.


Logo - Select button (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Click this to select the logo file from your computer drives and folders. You must use a .FXS file.


Logo - Attachments button (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Click this to select your electronic logo from an attachment folder.


Logo - Thumbnail Area (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Displays a thumbnail representation of the logo as it will appear on the quick cover page.


Text - User-Defined radio button (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Click this to add text from a file to the quick cover page.

Use this option if you need to change the text that appears on the quick cover page regularly. To change the cover page text, edit the text file and save it with the same path and file name. The next time you send a fax with the quick cover page, WinFax inserts the contents of the updated text file.

You can override this text at send time by typing in the text area of the Send dialog.


Text - User-Defined field (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Type the path and name of the text file containing the text you want to appear on the quick cover page.


Cover Page Text - Select button (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Click this to select the file you want to use from your computer's drives and folders.


Cover Page Text - Use Text radio button (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Click this to add text you type in the text area or import from a file to the quick cover page.


Cover Page Text - Use Text area (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Type the text that you want to appear on the quick cover page.

You can override this text at send time by typing in the text area of the Send dialog.


Cover Page Text - Import button (Quick Cover Page Properties dialog)
Click this to select the file you want to import from your computer's drives and folders.


Rasterizing (double) dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILC

Dialog ID:	WFUC_IDD_DOUBLERASTERSTATUS

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS only


Rasterizing (single) dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILC

Dialog ID:	WFUC_IDD_RASTERSTATUS

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS only


Recipient Properties dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | click recipient | File menu | Properties command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	see "New Recipient" dialog

Notes:


Recognition Setup dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Receive | After Receive tab | Enable Recognize | Setup

Resource File:	WFXRES - VWOCR

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_OCRSETUP_EXP

Notes:


Store Text In Receive Log (Recognize Setup dialog)
Click this option to save the recognized text with the original fax image in the Receive Log folder. You can view text associated with the selected log record (in the Logs window) by clicking OCR Text on the View menu.


Save Text To File (Recognize Setup dialog)
Click this option to save the recognized text to a file.


File Format drop-down list (Recognition Setup dialog)
Select the format in which you want to save the recognized text.


Path field (Recognition Setup dialog)
Type the path and name of the file to which you want to save the recognized text.


Select button (Recognition Setup dialog)
Click this to select the file to which you want to save the recognized text from your computer drives and folders.


Remote Fax Retrieval dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive menu | Remote Fax Retrieval command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_POLLSEND

Notes:


Name field (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Type the name of the person at the remote fax station. The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Select button (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Click this to select the person at the remote fax station from your phonebooks. The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Fax Number field (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Type the fax number of the remote fax station. The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Country field (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Type the country code for the remote fax station. The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

WinFax uses the country code to determine how to dial long distance numbers.


Area field (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Type the area code (or routing code) for the remote fax station. The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If the number in this field matches the area code identifier on an outgoing call, WinFax does not dial the area code. If the number in this field does not match the area code on the outgoing call, WinFax recognizes it as a long distance call and dials the area code.


Local field (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Type the local phone number for the remote fax station. The local phone number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Password field (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
If remote retrieval is password-protected, type the password in this field.


Now radio button (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Click this to call the remote fax station and retrieve new faxes immediately. (This process is also called "polling".) The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Scheduled radio button (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Click this to call the remote fax station and retrieve new faxes at a specific date and time. (This process is also called "polling".) The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Time spin box (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Set the time at which WinFax calls the remote fax station for new faxes. The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Date spin box (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Set the date at which WinFax calls the remote fax station for new faxes. The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Off Peak radio button (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Click this to call the remote fax station to retrieve new faxes during the domestic off-peak period. (This process is also called "polling".) The remote fax station is the station from which you want to retrieve messages.


Retrieve Only CSID field (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
If you only want to retrieve faxes that originated from a specific fax station, type the CSID of the fax station in this field.


Location drop-down list (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Specify your current location.


Properties button (Remote Fax Retrieval dialog)
Click this to change the dialing instructions for the current location.


Remote Retrieval Properties dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Receive | General tab | Enable Remote Retrieval | Click Setup

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_PREFFAXBANK

Notes:


Check Caller's Password radio button (Receive Properties - General tab - Setup)
Click this option if you want only those individuals you have authorized to remotely retrieve faxes from your computer, and wish to set a password for this purpose.


Check Callers' Password field (Receive Properties - General tab - Setup)
Type the remote fax retrieval password.


No Security radio button (Receive Properties - General tab - Setup)
Click this option if you want there to be no password necessary to retrieve faxes remotely from your computer.


Mark As "Read" After Retrieval check box (Receive Properties - General tab - Setup)
Enable this option if you want faxes you have retrieved remotely to be marked as read in the Receive Log.


Reserved IDs dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_RESERVED

Notes:


Side Bar (Reserved IDs dialog)
Side Bar

Lists icons for all Message Manager windows. Click the icon to open the corresponding window. To view additional icons, use the scroll bars on this list. To hide the display of the side bar, click Side Bar on the View menu.


Window area (Reserved IDs dialog)
MDI button


Side Bar (Reserved IDs dialog)
Side Bar

Lists icons for all Message Manager windows. Click the icon to open the corresponding window. To view additional icons, use the scroll bars on this list. To hide the display of the side bar, click Side Bar on the View menu.


Folder, Log, or Phonebook list (Reserved IDs dialog)
Folder, Log, or Phonebook list

Lists all folders, logs, or phonebooks defined in the active window.

If a folder, log, or phonebook contains subfolders, a plus (+) sign appears to the immediate left of its name in the folder list. To view the subfolders in the folder, log, or phonebook, click the plus sign. The folder expands to display its contents and the plus sign changes to a minus (-) sign to indicate that the folder is expanded. To collapse the folder, click the minus sign.

To hide the folder list display, click Folder List on the View menu.


Item list (Reserved IDs dialog)
Item list

Lists all items in the active folder, log, or phonebook. For each item, Message Manager displays a variety of details as indicated by the column headings at the top of the item list. To change the details displayed, right click on any column heading and select the details you want to display.

To change the display order of columns, drag and drop the column heading into the desired position. To resize the column, drag either edge of the column heading to the desired size.

You can sort the item list alphabetically by clicking one of the column headings. A triangle and the number one appears to the left of the column heading title to indicate that it is the current sort key. To sort the list in reverse alphabetical order, click the appropriate column heading again. In the Logs and Phonebooks windows, you can specify up to three sort criteria by using the Sort command on the View menu.


Information list (Reserved IDs dialog)
Information list

Displays the current view. To view a list of all available views, click the current view label. To switch views, click the appropriate view in the list.


Item Counter (Reserved IDs dialog)
Item Counter

Displays the total number of items in the selected folder.


Display button (Reserved IDs dialog)
Display

Identifies the current display view. To switch views, click the current display view and click the appropriate view from the list. You can choose Display Fax/Cover Page/Message View, Display Information, and Display Thumbnails.

The type of information displayed for the selected item depends on the display view. If Display Information is enabled, the display area contains data fields corresponding to the selected item. The data fields vary depending on the selected item (attachment, cover page, message, or phonebook record). If you enabled Display Thumbnails, the display area contains a thumbnail of each page in the item and an icon for each file attached to the item (for messages only). If you enabled Display Fax View, Display Cover Page, or Display Message, the display area contains the actual item (fax, cover page, or email message) selected in the item list.


Maximize button (Reserved IDs dialog)
Maximize button

Click this to maximize the display area. When you click this button, the folder list and the item list disappear. In the maximized state, Message Manager displays the menu bar, the toolbar, the side bar, and the display area.


Minimize button (Reserved IDs dialog)
Minimize button

Click this to minimize the display area. When you click this button, the display area disappears. In the minimized state, Message Manager displays the menu bar, the toolbar, the side bar, the folder list, and the item list.


Information button (Reserved IDs dialog)
Information button


Retrieve Exchange/Outlook Email dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Receive menu | Retrieve Exchange/Outlook Email

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_FLUSHMSG

Notes:


Delivering and Retrieving Message (Retrieve Exchange/Outlook Email dialog)
Please wait while WinFax retrieves your new Exchange/Outlook messages and copies them into the Logs window.


Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_FAXMAILBOX

Notes:


Location drop-down list (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Select your current location.


Properties button (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Click this to view the dialing instructions for this location.


Password field (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Type your Fax Mailbox passcode.


Mailbox Number field (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Type your Fax Mailbox number.


Country field (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Type your country code.


Area field (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Type your area code.


Local field (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Type your local phone number.


Fax Mailbox status message (Retrieve From Fax Mailbox dialog)
Displays a summary of the fax transmission.


Route Fax Via Email dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ROUTE_FAX_VIA_EMAIL

Notes:


Subject field (Route Fax Via Email dialog)
Type a subject for the email message.


To field (Route Fax Via Email dialog)
Type the recipient's email address.


List (Route Fax Via Email dialog)
Lists the recipients for this fax. To add a recipient to the list, specify the recipient's email address in the To field, then click Add To List.


Add To List button (Route Fax Via Email dialog)
Click this to add the recipient in the To field to the recipient list.


Address button (Route Fax Via Email dialog)
Click this to select an email address from the network email directory.


Remove button (Route Fax Via Email dialog)
Click this to remove the selected recipient from the recipient list.


Notes area (Route Fax Via Email dialog)
Type a short note that you want to include in the email message.


Save As dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Viewer | File menu | Save As command

Resource File:	?

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_CHICAGO_SAVEAS_FILEDIALOG

Notes:	adds on to standard Windows "Save As" dialog -- help hooks into WINDOWS.HLP


File Name field (Save As dialog)
Type a description.


Save Attachment dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Logs window | click BFT | File menu | Save Attachment

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SAVEATTACHFILES

Notes:


Save All radio button (Save Attachment dialog)
Click this to save all attached files.


Save These radio button (Save Attachment dialog)
Click this to save the selected attachment files.


Attachment list (Save Attachment dialog)
Lists all files attached to the email message or BFT. Select the files you want to save.


Save Attachment dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_SAVEATTACH

Notes:


Description field (Save Attachment dialog)
Type text to help you identify this attachment in the future. Later, you can search for the attachment based on the text in this field.


Keywords field (Save Attachment dialog)
Type a word or words to help you identify this attachment in the future. Later, you can search for the attachment based on the text in this field.


Folder drop-down list (Save Attachment dialog)
Select the folder you want to save this attachment in.


Save Attachment dialog (Windows NT/2000)

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SAVEATTACHFILES_NT

Notes:


Attachment Files list (Save Attachment dialog -- Windows NT)
Lists all attachment files.


File Name field (Save Attachment dialog -- Windows NT)
Displays the name of the selected attachment file.


Directories list (Save Attachment dialog -- Windows NT)
Lists all directories on your computer.


Drives list (Save Attachment dialog -- Windows NT)
Lists all drives on your computer.


Save All button (Save Attachment dialog -- Windows NT)
Click this to save all attachments.


Help button (Save Attachment dialog -- Windows NT)
Click this for more information.


Read Only check box (Save Attachment dialog -- Windows NT)
Enable this option to make this attachment read only.


Schedule Automatic Receive dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Receive | General | Schedule button

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_PREFAUTORX

Notes:


Always On radio button (Receive Properties - General tab - Schedule)
Click this to automatically receive calls all the time.


Scheduled radio button (Receive Properties - General tab - Schedule)
Click this to automatically receive calls only during the specified days and times.


From spin box (Receive Properties - General tab - Schedule)
Set the time at which you want WinFax to begin automatically receiving calls.


To spin box (Receive Properties - General tab - Schedule)
Set the time at which you want WinFax to stop automatically receiving calls.


Everyday radio button (Receive Properties - General tab - Schedule)
Click this option to automatically receive calls every day of the week between the specified start and end times.


Weekdays Only radio button (Receive Properties - General tab - Schedule)
Click this option to automatically receive calls on weekdays (that is, Monday to Friday) between the specified start and end times.


Weekend Only radio button (Receive Properties - General tab - Schedule)
Click this option to automatically receive calls on weekends (that is, Saturday and Sunday) between the specified start and end times.


Search Attachments dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Attachments window | View menu | Search command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_ATTACH_SEARCH (window)

Notes:

Location:	Send dialog ?

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_ATTACHSEARCH (at send time)

Notes:

NOTE:  There are two Search Attachments dialogs. Another Search Attachments dialog is used when you search for attachments from the Send dialog. That dialog is defined in WFXDLG.HM.


Restore button (Search Attachments dialog)
Restores the attachment list to display all attachments contained in the selected folder.


Description field (Search Attachments dialog)
Type the description of the attachment you want to find. This is the description you entered when you added the attachment to the Attachment Library.


Keywords field (Search Attachments dialog)
Type the keywords for the attachment you want to find. This is the attachment you entered when you added the attachment to the Attachment Library.


File Name field (Search Attachments dialog)
Type the name of the attachment file you want to find.


Options - Partial Match check box (Search Attachments dialog)
Enable this option to find attachments based on partial entries in a field. For example, if you are looking for an attachment with the entry "My resume" in a field, you can type "res" in the field, and WinFax will locate the item.


Options - Match Case check box (Search Attachments dialog)
Enable this option to find attachments that match the exact combination of uppercase and lowercase letters in a field. For example, if you type "resume" in a field, WinFax will not locate an attachment with the entry "Resume" in that field.


Search Cover Pages dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Cover Pages window | View menu | Search command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_COVER_SEARCH (window)

Notes:

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_CPSEARCH (send time)

Notes:

NOTE:  There are two Search Cover Pages dialog. Another Search Cover Pages dialog is used when you search for cover pages from the Send dialog. That dialog is defined in WFXDLG.HM.


Restore button (Search Cover Pages dialog)
Restores the cover page list to display all cover pages contained in the selected folder.


Description field (Search Cover Pages dialog)
Type the description of the cover page you want to find. This is the description you entered when you added the cover page to the Cover Page Library.


Partial Matches check box (Search Cover Pages dialog)
Enable this option to find cover pages based on a partial entry in a field. For example, if you are looking for a cover page with the description "Congratulations on your big raise", you can type "raise" in the field, and WinFax will locate the cover page.


Match Case check box (Search Cover Pages dialog)
Enable this option to find cover pages that match the exact combination of uppercase and lowercase letters in a field. For example, if you type "congratulations" in a field, WinFax will not locate a cover page with an entry of "Congratulations" in that field.


Restore button (Search Cover Pages dialog)
Restores the cover page list to display all cover pages contained in the selected folder.


Search dialog (Name Search)

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_NAMESEARCH

Notes:


Name field (Name Search dialog)
Type the name you want to search for.


Search Options dialog / Search Options tab (Recipient dialog)

Location:	Message Manager | Logs window | View menu | Search command

Message Manager | Phonebooks menu | View menu | Search command

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_PBSEARCH_OPTIONS

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_LGSEARCH_OPTIONS

Notes:


Match All radio button (Search Options dialog)
Enable this option to find records that match all of the specified search criteria.


Match Any radio button (Search Options dialog)
Enable this option to find records that match at least one of the specified search criterion.


Match Whole Words Only check box (Search Options dialog)
Enable this option to find records that match the whole entry specified in the search criteria fields. For example, if you type "ship" in a field, WinFax will not locate a record with an entry in that field of "shipping guidelines".


Match Case check box (Search Options dialog)
Enable this option to find records that match the exact combination of uppercase and lowercase letters in the search criteria fields. For example, if you type "shipping guidelines" in a field, WinFax will not locate a record with an entry in that field of "Shipping Guidelines".


Enable this option to find records that start with the combination of letters that you specify. For example, if you type "ship" in a field, WinFax will locate records with the words "ship", "shipping", "shipped" or "shipper".


Match Embedded radio button (Search Options)
Enable this option to find records that contain the text that you specify. For example, if you type "tension" in a field, WinFax will locate records with the letters "tension" included in the field entry [image] such as "extension".


Save As Default check box (Search Options dialog)
Enable this option to save these options as the default search options.


Use Native radio button (Search Options dialog)


Search Recipient dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | View menu | Search

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	see "New Recipient" dialog

Notes:


Select Attachments dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_ATTACHSELECT

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_SELECTATTACH

Notes:


Attachment Library folder list (Select Attachments dialog)
Lists all attachment folders in the Attachment Library. To view the contents of a folder, click it.


Attachment Library attachments list (Select Attachments dialog)
Lists all attachments contained in the selected attachment folder. Change the information that appears for the attachments by right clicking the column heading.


View button (Select Attachments dialog)
Click this to view the selected attachment. If the attachment is in fax image format, the Viewer starts and displays the first page of the attachment. If the attachment is not in fax image format, Message Manager launches the attachment's associated program with the appropriate file loaded.


Search button (Select Attachments dialog)
Click this to search the selected attachment folder for an attachment with a specific file name, description, or keyword.


Restore button (Select Attachments dialog)
Restores the selected attachment folder to display all attachments contained within it after a search.


Add To Send List button (Select Attachments dialog)
Adds the selected attachment in the Attachment Library section to the Attachments To Send list.


Attachments To Send thumbnail area (Select Attachments dialog)
Displays a thumbnail of the attachment.


Attachments To Send list (Select Attachments dialog)
Lists all attachments that will be sent with the current fax. Change the information that displays for the attachments by right clicking the column heading.


Attach File button (Select Attachments dialog)
Click this to select a file in a folder other than an attachment folder to send with this fax.


Document button (Select Attachments dialog)
Click this to select a document from the Documents submenu of the Windows Start menu.


Remove button (Select Attachments dialog)
Removes the selected attachment from the Attachments To Send list.


Info button (Select Attachments dialog)
Click this to display information about the selected attachment.


Select Cover Page dialog

Location:	Send dialog

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_CPSELECT

Notes:


Available Cover Page folders (Select Cover Page dialog)
Lists all cover page folders in the Cover Page Library. To view the contents of a folder, click it.


Available Cover Pages section (Select Cover Page dialog)
Displays all existing cover pages. To select a cover page, click the appropriate folder in the folder list, then click the cover page you want to use in the cover page list.


Selected Cover Page section (Select Cover Page dialog)
Displays the selected cover page.


Cover Page File Name (Select Cover Page dialog)
Lists the file name of each cover page in the selected cover page folder.


Cover Page Description (Select Cover Page dialog)
Lists a description for each cover page in the selected cover page folder.


Available Cover Pages list (Select Cover Page dialog)
Lists all cover pages contained in the selected cover page folder. To select a cover page, click it.


Search button (Select Cover Page dialog)
Click this to search the selected cover page folder for a cover page with a specific description.


Restore button (Select Cover Page dialog)
Restores the selected cover page folder to display all cover pages contained within it after a search.


Show All button (Select Cover Page dialog)
Click this to view thumbnails of all cover pages in the selected cover page folder.


Design button (Select Cover Page dialog)
Starts Cover Page Designer and loads the selected WinFax cover page for editing.


Set As Default check box (Select Cover Page dialog)
Enable this option to make the selected cover page the default cover page for all faxes.


Cover Page Thumbnail (Select Cover Page dialog)
Displays a thumbnail image of the selected cover page.


description area (Select Cover Page dialog)
Displays a description of the selected file and the cover page file name.


Select Folder dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAD

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_SELFOLDER

Notes:


Folder list (Select Folder dialog)
Click the folder you want to use.


Select Graphic dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Insert menu | Stamp command | New button

Resource:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_CHICAGO_STAMPS_FILEDIALOG

Notes:


Description field (Select Graphic dialog)
Type text to help you identify this stamp in the future. The description or name is limited to 24 characters.


Preview check box (Select Graphic dialog)
Enable this to view a thumbnail image of the selected file.


Select Pages dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Open fax in Viewer | Tools menu | OCR | Multiple Pages

Resource:	WFXRES - VWOCR

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_OCR_SELECTPAGE

Notes:


Total Pages field (Select Pages dialog)
Displays the total number of pages in the fax.


Current Page field (Select Pages dialog)
Displays the page number of the current fax page.


From field (Select Pages dialog)
Type the number of the first page in the range you want to recognize.


To field (Select Pages dialog)
Type the number of the last page in the range you want to recognize.


Select Recipient dialog

Location:	??

Resource:	WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_PHONEBOOKS

Notes:


Phonebook list (Select Recipient dialog)
Lists all defined phonebooks.


Recipient List (Select Recipient dialog)
Lists all recipients and groups in the selected phonebook.


Demonstrations dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Help menu

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SELECT_TUTORIAL

Notes:


Tutorial list (Select Tutorial dialog)
Displays a list of all available product demonstrations. Click the demonstration you want to view and click Run.


Description field (Select Tutorial dialog)
Displays a description of the contents of the selected demonstration.


Installation Directory field (Select Tutorial dialog)
Displays the directory in which you installed WinFax.


Browse button (Select Tutorial dialog)
Click this to select another directory.


Send Binary File Transfer dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Send menu | New Binary File Transfer command

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SENDBFT

Notes:


Phone Number field (Send Binary File Transfer dialog)
Specify the phone number to which you want to send the binary file. Remember to enter the country code, area code, and local number. Use the examples below to ensure you enter all the required information.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Select button (Send Binary File Transfer dialog)
Click this to select a recipient from a WinFax phonebook.


File Name field (Send Binary File Transfer dialog)
Type the path and the name of the file you want to send. Alternately, click Browse and select the appropriate file.


Browse button (Send Binary File Transfer dialog)
Click this to select the file you want to send.


Message area (Send Binary File Transfer dialog)
If you want to include a Quick Cover Page with a message on it, type the appropriate text in the Message area. Otherwise, WinFax sends the binary file without a cover page.


Compressed BFT check box (Send Binary File Transfer dialog)
Enable this option if you want to compress the file before sending it.

Note: You can only compress files when sending from one WinFax station to another WinFax station.


Send Confirmation Setup dialog
Print Log Event dialog

Location:	Send dialog | Options

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_CONFIRM

Notes:	Last 10 topics are on Print On Receive dialog. First 7 are too.


Location - None radio button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Click this to print a transmission record for this fax.


Available list (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Lists all fields that you can include on the transmission record


Add button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Adds the selected field in the Available list to the Printed list.


Remove button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Removes the selected field in the Printed list.


Move Up button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Moves the selected field in the Printed list up one position in the list.


Move Down button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Moves the selected field in the Printed list down one position in the list.


Printed list (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Lists all fields that will appear on the transmission record, in the order they will appear.


Layout - First Page Only check box (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Enable this option if you only want to print the first page of the fax.


Layout - 1 Per Page radio button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Each page in a fax is a separate fax image file. If the fax has more than one page, click this option to print each fax image file on a separate page. For example, if your fax has four pages, the printout will have four pages. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.


Layout - 2 Per Page radio button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Each page in a fax is a separate fax image file. If the fax has more than one page, click this option to print two fax image files on each printed page. For example, if your fax has four pages, the printout will have two pages [image] each fax image file will be printed on 1/2 of a page. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.


Layout - 4 Per Page radio button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Each page in a fax is a separate fax image file. If the fax has more than one page, click this option to print four fax image files on each page. For example, if your fax has 8 pages, the printout will have two pages [image] each fax image file will be printed on 1/4 of a page. A sample of the layout appears in the Preview section.


Location - Top Of Page radio button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Click this to print transmission information at the top of the page.


Location - Bottom Of page radio button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Click this to print the transmission information at the bottom of the page.


Preview Area (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Displays a sample of the printed page.


Setup button (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Click this to select the printer you want to use.


Selected Printer (Send Confirmation Setup dialog)
Displays the current printer.


Send dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Send menu | New Fax command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_SEND

Notes:


To field (Send dialog)
Type the fax recipient's name using one of the following formats:

"Last Name,<space>First Name"

WinFax recognizes all characters preceding a comma as a last name; the remaining characters form a first name. If you use more than one first name, all characters before the last space become a first name (for example, "Philip Ross Cardigan" is recorded as "Cardigan, Philip Ross").

"First Name<space>Last Name"

WinFax recognizes all characters from the last character in the name up to the last space in the name as a last name; the remaining characters form a first name.

Regardless of which form you use, WinFax records a recipient name as "Last Name,<space>First Name" when you add it to a phonebook. If you enter only a one-word name, WinFax records it as a last name.

Alternately, if you enabled Use Partial Matches on the Phonebook tab of the Send Properties dialog (in Program Setup, double click Send and click the Phonebook tab), you can address the fax by entering a few letters of the recipient name in the To field and pressing the TAB key. WinFax searches the active phonebook for recipient names that match the letters you entered. If a single match is found, WinFax automatically adds the recipient to the Recipient List. If multiple matches are found, a dialog appears from which you can select the appropriate recipient.


Send Toolbar (Send dialog)
Use the buttons on the toolbar for quick access to send-related commands. For more information about a specific button, point to the button, and read the button tooltip.


Sent Status Toolbar (Send dialog)
Displays the number of pages included in the fax.


Number field (Send dialog)
Depending on your setup, the Number field may appear differently.

If a single Number field appears, type the recipient's full phone number as shown below.

North American numbers:	1-987-555-1234
International numbers:	30-1-555-6789
If three Number fields appear, type the recipient's full phone number entering the country code in the first field, the area code (or routing code) in the second field, and the local number in the third field, as shown below.

North American numbers:	1	987	555-1234
International numbers:	30	1	555-6789


Country field (Send dialog)
Type the country code of the recipient's fax number. The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Area field (Send dialog)
Type the area code (or routing code) of the recipient's fax number. The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Local field (Send dialog)
Type the recipient's local fax number. The local number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Number combo (Send dialog)
Click the fax number you want to use for this recipient.


Local combo (Send dialog)
Click the fax number you want to use for this recipient.


Check Names button (Send dialog)
Click this to check the names you typed in the To and Cc fields to make sure they are valid email names.


Company field (Send dialog)
Type the recipient's company name.


Subject field (Send dialog)
Type text to identify this fax for the recipient and your records. Later, you can search for the fax record based on the text in this field.


Recipient List field (Send dialog)
Lists all recipients and groups to whom the fax will be sent.


Add To List button (Send dialog)
Adds the recipient entered in the To and Number fields to the Recipients list.


Phonebook button (Send dialog)
Opens and closes the Phonebook panel of the Send dialog.


Add To Phonebook button (Send dialog)
Adds the recipient entered in the To and Number fields (if any) to the selected phonebook.


Add To Recipient List button (Send dialog)
Adds the selected recipient to the Recipients list.


Remove button (Send dialog)
Removes the selected recipient from the Recipients list.


Mail Users button (Send dialog)
Click this to select a recipient from your email system address book.


Phonebook list (Send dialog)
Lists all phonebooks from which you can select a recipient. Click a phonebook to view records it contains.


Phonebook Recipient list (Send dialog)
Lists all recipients in the selected phonebook. Double click a record to add it to the Recipients list.


Properties button (Send dialog)
Click this to open the current recipient record or group in the selected phonebook for editing.


Search button (Send dialog)
Click this to search the selected phonebook for a specific recipient or group based on the search criteria you specify.


Restore button (Send dialog)
Click this to redisplay all records in the selected phonebook after a search.


Selected Recipient Details (Send dialog)
Displays information about the current recipient record. Drag and drop the information fields to change their position.


Delivery button (Send dialog)
Click this to change the device you use to send, schedule delivery, specify keywords and billing codes, and use CSID security to ensure that the fax is sent to the appropriate recipient.


Remove button (Send dialog)
Removes the selected recipients from the Recipients list.


Make Group button (Send dialog)
Click this to create a new group in the selected phonebook containing the recipients and groups selected in the Recipients list.


Cover Page check box (Send dialog)
Select the cover page you want to include from the drop-down list. If you do not want to include a cover page, click No Cover Page. To include the Quick Cover Page, click Quick Cover Page.


Cover Font drop-down list (Send dialog)
Displays the name of the cover page to be included with this fax. If the text "No Cover Page" appears, no cover page will be sent with this fax. To select a cover page, click the appropriate cover page in the drop-down list.


Cover Font Size drop-down list (Send dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the font and size you want to use for text you type on this cover page.


Preview area toolbar (Send dialog)
Use the buttons on the toolbar to spell check your cover page, format text you type on your cover page, and annotate cover and fax pages.

Bold

Italic

Underline

Annotate

Annotate/Add signature

Check spelling


Bold button (Send dialog)
Bolds the selected text. For example, "B" becomes "B".


Italic button (Send dialog)
Italicizes the selected text. For example, "I" becomes "I".


Underline button (Send dialog)
Underlines the selected text. For example, "U" becomes "U".


Annotate button (Send dialog)
Opens the fax in Viewer with the annotation feature enabled. Use the annotation toolbar buttons to circle important text, highlight selected passages, add your electronic signature, and add additional graphics to the fax before sending it.


Selected Cover Page Text (Send dialog)
Lists the name of the cover page that is included with the fax when the Cover Page check box is enabled.


Text Area For Filling In Cover Page (Send dialog)
Type the text for your cover page in this area, as an alternative to starting up Cover Page Filler with the Fill In button. (This is the only area in which you can fill a quick cover page.) Spell check the text you type from the right click menu.


Fill In button (Send dialog)
Click this to fill in the fields of the cover page you want to include with your fax.


Cover button (Send dialog)
Click this to select the cover page you want to include with your fax.


Attach button (Send dialog)
Click this to attach documents to your fax.


Number Of Attachments (Send dialog)
Displays the current number of attachments that will be sent with this fax.

If you printed to the WinFax printer, the following message appears in this section ...

"Item to print + 0 attachments selected"

... where "Item to print" indicates that the document you printed is ready for faxing.


Options button (Send dialog)
Click this to specify your current location, location-related dialing instructions, fax resolution, preview options and other send options.


Selected Options Area (Send dialog)
Displays a summary of the dial and send options selected in the Send Options dialog.


Make Attachment button (Send dialog)
Click this to save your current document to a permanent fax file for future use as an attachment to other faxes.


Create Event button (Send dialog)
Click this to save the current send information in an .FXJ template file.

To open the Send dialog and display the saved information, double click the file in the folder in which you saved it.


Thumbnails view (Send dialog)
Displays a miniature image for each page in the fax. To view additional thumbnails, use the scroll bars. To view a larger representation of a thumbnail image, click the thumbnail.


Zoom Fax Pages area (Send dialog)
Displays a larger representation of the selected thumbnail. Use the options at the top of the view area to format text you type on the cover page. To change magnification levels or to rotate pages, use the buttons at the bottom of the view area.

View Page Width

View Whole Page

Zoom

Rotate


Send Options dialog

Location:	Send dialog | Options

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_SENDOPTIONS

Notes:	Send options same as Send Properties dialog, except those below


Location drop-down list (Send Options dialog)
Specify your current location.


Properties button (Send Options dialog)
Click this to view and edit the dialing instructions associated with your current location.


Send To All Recipients Using Concord check box (Send Options dialog)
Enable this option to send all faxes using the Concord Fax Broadcast service. This option appears only if you subscribe to the Concord Fax Broadcast service. For more information, double click Concord Fax Services in Program Setup.


Sort dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Phonebooks window | View menu | Sort command

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAU

Dialog ID:	CSDD_IDD_SORT1

Notes:


1st Key drop-down list (Sort dialog)
You can sort your log records and phonebooks by multiple criteria. For example, you might sort a phonebook by company name, then by recipient name and finally by fax number.

Specify the primary key by which you want to sort the selected message store or phonebook.


1st Key - Ascending radio button (Sort dialog)
Click this to sort the 1st Key in ascending order (that is, from A to Z, or from 0 to 10).


1st Key - Descending radio button (Sort dialog)
Click this to sort the 1st Key in descending order (that is, from Z to A, or from 10 to 0).


2nd Key drop-down list (Sort dialog)
You can sort your log records and phonebooks by multiple criteria. For example, you might sort a phonebook by company name, then by recipient name, and finally by fax number.

Specify the secondary key by which you want to sort the selected message store or phonebook.


2nd Key - Ascending radio button (Sort dialog)
Click this to sort the 2nd Key in ascending order (that is, from A to Z, or from 0 to 10).


2nd Key - Descending radio button (Sort dialog)
Click this to sort the 2nd Key in descending order (that is, from Z to A, or from 10 to 0).


3rd Key drop-down list (Sort dialog)
You can sort your log records and phonebooks by multiple criteria. For example, you might sort a phonebook by company name, then by recipient name, and finally by fax number.

Specify the third key by which you want to sort the selected message store or phonebook.


3rd Key - Ascending radio button (Sort dialog)
Click this to sort the 3rd Key in ascending order (that is, from A to Z, or from 0 to 10).


3rd Key - Descending radio button (Sort dialog)
Click this to sort the 3rd Key in descending order (that is, from Z to A, or from 10 to 0).


Sound dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Receive | After Receive tab | Enable Notify | Sound button

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_CHOOSESOUND

Notes:


Wave File radio button (Receive Properties - After Receive tab - Sound button)
Click this if you want WinFax to play the specified Windows wave (.WAV) file when a message is received.


Wave File field (Receive Properties - After Receive tab - Sound button)
Type the path and name of the wave file you want to play to announce incoming messages.


Select button (Receive Properties - After Receive tab - Sound button)
Click this to select the appropriate wave file from your computer drives and folders.


WinFax Generated radio button (Receive Properties - After Receive tab - Sound button)
Click this if you want WinFax to play the default WinFax sound when a message is received.


No Sound radio button (Receive Properties - After Receive tab - Sound button)
Click this if you want to disable sound notification.


Test button (Receive Properties - After Receive tab - Sound button)
Plays the sound you have selected.


Spell Check dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Viewer | Tools menu | Spelling command

Resource:	WFXRES - RTFCTL

Dialog ID:	WFRT_IDD_SPELLCHECKDLG

Notes:

Location:	Viewer | Tools menu | Spelling command

Resource:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_CHECKREPLACE

Notes:


Original Word area (Spell Check dialog)
Displays the word that was not found in the dictionary.


Original Word field (Spell Check dialog)
Displays the suggested spelling of the original word. If there are no suggested spellings, the original word appears in this field.


Original Word list (Spell Check dialog)
Lists additional suggested spellings for the word that was not found in the dictionary. Select the appropriate spelling.


Ignore button (Spell Check dialog)
Ignores the spelling of the original word and continues spell checking.


Ignore All button (Spell Check dialog)
Ignores all occurrences of the original word and continues spell checking.


Change button (Spell Check dialog)
Changes the original word to the suggested word.


Change All button (Spell Check dialog)
Changes all occurrences of the original word to the suggested word.


Add button (Spell Check dialog)
Adds the original word to the dictionary.


Check button (Spell Check dialog)
Checks the spelling of the suggested word.


Suggest button (Spell Check dialog)
Updates the list of suggested spellings.


Option button (Spell Check dialog)
Click this to select spell checking options.


Done button (Spell Check dialog)
Cancels the spell check.


Always Suggest check box (Spell Check dialog)
Enable this option to automatically list suggested spellings for words not found in the dictionaries.


Spelling Options dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Viewer | Tools menu | Spelling command | Options button

Resource:	WFXRES - RTFCTL

Dialog ID:	WFRT_IDD_OCRSPELLDLG

Notes:

Location:	Viewer | Tools menu | Spelling command | Options button

Resource:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_CORRECTION_METHODS

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_DICTIONARIES

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_SPELL_EDIT

Notes:


Dictionary Language area (Spelling Options dialog - Dictionary Selection tab)
Displays the language of the selected dictionary.


Dictionaries list (Spelling Options dialog - Dictionary Selection tab)
WinFax uses two types of spelling dictionaries: a language dictionary and a user dictionary. The first time you try to use the spell checker, the program prompts you to select the appropriate dictionaries.

In the language dictionaries drop-down list, click the dictionary that corresponds to the language in which your text is written. For example, to use the United Kingdom dictionary, click UKENGL.SPL.

In the user dictionary list, click the appropriate custom dictionary. Whenever you add new words during a spell check, WinFax adds those words to your user dictionary.

You can change dictionary files at any time by clicking the Options button in the spell check dialog.


Case Accent check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to suggest words that are similar to the original word but have different capitalization or accents.


Phonetic Alternatives check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to suggest words that sound like the original word.


Type Alternatives check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to suggest words that are similar to the original word but have one different character. For example, if the original word is "fald", the spell checker suggests "fold".


Typo Transpositions check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to suggest words that are similar to the original word but have a series of characters transposed. For example, if the original word is "feild", the spell checker suggests "field".


Run On Words check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to try to detect if the original word can be split into two separate words. For example, if the original word is "theword", the spell checker suggests "the word".


User Alternatives check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to search the user defined dictionary for this word.


OCR Rules check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to try to match the original word by substituting letters that visually resemble the letters in the original word.


Wild Cards check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to try to find words that match a pattern you specify. For example, to find all words beginning with "an", type "an^" in the original word field.


Anagrams check box (Spelling Options dialog - Correction Methods tab)
Enable this option if you want the spell checker to suggest words by rearranging letters in the original word.


Word list (Spelling Options dialog - Edit User Dictionary tab)
Lists all words in the user dictionary.


Entry field (Spelling Options dialog - Edit User Dictionary tab)
Type the word that you want to add to the selected dictionary.


Check button (Spelling Options dialog - Edit User Dictionary tab)
Click this to check the spelling of the new word.


Add button (Spelling Options dialog - Edit User Dictionary tab)
Adds the word in the Word field to the user dictionary.


Remove button (Spelling Options dialog - Edit User Dictionary tab)
Removes the selected word from the dictionary.


Spelling Selection dialog (Viewer)

Location:	Viewer | Tools menu | Spelling command

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXVW32C

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_SPELL_SELECTION

Notes:


This Page radio button (Spelling Selection dialog)
Click this to spell check the current page.


Selected Annotation radio button (Spelling Selection dialog)
Click this to spell check the selected objects.


Selected Text radio button (Spelling Selection dialog)
Click this to spell check the selected text.


Status dialogs

Location:	appear when sending/receiving messages

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_STATUS

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_STATUS1

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_FAXGATESTATUS

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_FAXGATETX

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_FAXGATERX

Notes:	in use?


Operation field (Status dialog)
Identifies the current operation.


Page field (Status dialog)
Displays the total number of pages in the fax.


Current Page field (Status dialog)
Displays the current page number.


Identifier field (Status dialog)
Displays the sender's (or recipient's) called station identifier.


Destination field (Status dialog)
Displays the destination.


Fax Number field (Status dialog)
Displays the fax number.


Speed field (Status dialog)
Displays the transmission speed.


Modem Device field (Status dialog)
Displays the modem or fax device currently in use.


Communication Port status (for each fax board - up to 8)
Displays the status of all shared modems on the fax server.


Percentage Complete (Status dialog)
Displays the percentage of the fax that has been sent.


Abort (Network Status)
Click this to cancel the fax transmission.


Status/Status dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXUTILC

Dialog ID:	WFUC_IDD_STATUSSTATUS

Notes:	uses H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS only


Tip Of The Day dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Help menu

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCUTILC

Dialog ID:	DCUC_IDD_TIPOFTHEDAY

Notes:


Show Tips check box (Tip Of The Day dialog)
Enable this option to show the Tip Of The Day dialog each time you start Message Manager. If you disable this option, you can display the Tip Of The Day dialog by clicking Tip Of the Day on the Help menu.


Next Tip button (Tip Of The Day dialog)
Click this to display the next tip message.


Previous Tip button (Tip Of The Day dialog)
Click this to display the previous tip message.


Text area (Tip Of The Day dialog)
Describes useful WinFax features and hints to help you use WinFax.


Toolbar Properties dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Toolbars

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCUTILC

Dialog ID:	DCUC_IDD_BUTTONEDIT

Notes:


Toolbar Name field (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Displays the name of the selected toolbar. You can edit the name of custom toolbars.


Toolbar list (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Displays the buttons on the selected toolbar, in the order in which they appear on the toolbar.


Available Icons list (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Displays all toolbar buttons that you can add to a toolbar.


Add button (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Adds the selected button in the Available Buttons list to the toolbar list.


Reset button (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Resets a standard WinFax toolbar to its default buttons.


Menu Item drop-down list (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Specify the menu item that you want to execute when you click the selected button.


Caption field (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Displays the caption for this menu item.


ToolTip Text field (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Type the message you want to appear when you hold the mouse pointer over this toolbar button.


Status Bar Text field (Toolbar Properties - Edit)
Type the text you want to appear in the Message Manager status bar when you hold the mouse pointer over the toolbar button.


Toolbar Setup dialog

Location:	Message Manager | Toolbars

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCUTILC

Dialog ID:	DCUC_IDD_TOOLEDIT

Notes:


Toolbars list (Toolbar Properties)
Lists all defined toolbars. Toolbars currently visible in the window appear checked.


Color Buttons check box (Toolbar Properties)
Enable this option to display colored toolbar buttons on the toolbar.


Large Buttons check box (Toolbar Properties)
Enable this option to display large toolbar buttons on the toolbar.


Show Tooltips check box (Toolbar Properties)
Enable this option to display ToolTip messages when you point at a toolbar button with the mouse pointer.


WinFax Classic Buttons check box (Toolbar Properties)
Enable this option to display the classic WinFax PRO 4.x toolbar buttons on the toolbar.

Use this option if you have just upgraded from WinFax PRO 4.x and prefer to use the same toolbar buttons as used in WinFax PRO 4.x.


Edit button (Toolbar Properties)
Click this to edit the selected toolbar.


New button (Toolbar Properties)
Click this to create a new toolbar.


Remove button (Toolbar Properties)
Removes the selected toolbar or toolbar button.


Voice Properties dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_VOICEINFO

Notes:


Name field (Voice Properties dialog)
Displays identification of the caller. If the message is a memo, the word Memo is displayed.


Time field (Voice Properties dialog)
Displays the time when the selected voice message was recorded.


Date field (Voice Properties dialog)
Displays the date when the selected voice message was recorded.


Message Length field (Voice Properties dialog)
Displays the duration of the voice message, in seconds.


Warning box

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDATAU

Dialog ID:	CSDU_IDD_WARNINGBOX

Notes:	uses common topics


Warning Box dialog
WinFax PRO dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_WARNING_BOX

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_WARNINGBOX

Notes:


Warning Box
There is a problem operating your modem.


Windows NT/2000 Considerations Help button

Location:	??

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG


WinFax PRO dialog (notify)

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXCTL32

Dialog ID:	WFCT_IDD_NOTIFY

Notes:


number of messages text (WinFax PRO dialog) (notify)
Text


Don't Notify Again check box (WinFax PRO dialog) (notify)
Don't Notify Again check box


WinFax PRO dialog (user info)

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXCTL32

Dialog ID:	WFCT_IDD_SETUP_USER

Notes:	uses same text as User Information dialog in Setup applet


WinFax PRO OCR

Location:

Resource:	WFXRES - VWOCR

Dialog ID:	WFVW_IDD_OCRABORT

Notes:


OCR progress text (WinFax PRO OCR dialog)
Displays information about the progress of the fax-to-text conversion.


OCR progress bar (WinFax PRO OCR dialog)
Displays information about the progress of the fax-to-text conversion.


WinFax PRO Printer Problem dialog

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXCTL32

Dialog ID:	WFCT_IDD_MESSAGE_LIST

Notes:


Message List (WinFax PRO Printer Problem dialog)
Displays text summarizing the printer problem. Follow the instructions on screen to resolve the problem.


WinFax PRO Send dialog (Waiting)

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - WFXDLG

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_WAITING

Notes:	includes H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS only


New Recurring Fax dialog

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_RECUR

Notes:


Subject field (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Type a subject for this recurring fax.


Schedule description (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Displays a summary of the delivery schedule.


Modify button (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Click this to specify how often you want to delivery this fax.


Send By drop-down list (New Recurring Fax dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the modem or fax device you want to use to send this recurring fax.


Recipients list (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Displays a list of all individuals who will receive the recurring fax.


Add button -- Recipients (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Click this to add a new recipient to the list.


Remove button -- Recipients (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Click this to remove the selected recipient from the list.


Attachments list (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Displays a list of files that will be faxed to the recipients.


Add button -- Attachments (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Click this to add a file to the Attachments list.


Remove button -- Attachments (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Click this to remove the selected file from the Attachments list.


Use Cover Page check box (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Enable this option if you want to include a cover page with each recurring fax.


cover page label (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Displays the name of the cover page.


Select button (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Click this to select the cover page you want to include with each recurring fax.


Fill button (New Recurring Fax dialog)
Click this to fill in the cover page.


TW 3.0 Screen Pop dialog

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_CALLERID

Notes:


Introductory text (Screen Pop dialog)
To enable the Screen Pop feature, click to place a checkmark in the checkbox below.

Note: In order for the Screen Pop feature to work, your modem or related device must support Caller ID, and you must subscribe to your local telephone company’s Caller ID service.


Advanced button (Screen Pop dialog)
Click here to open the Advanced Caller ID Screen Pop settings dialog. There you can specify which of your phonebooks you want included in the Caller ID matching search, and the order in which they should be searched.


Enable screen pop checkbox (Screen Pop dialog)
To enable the Screen Pop feature, click to place a checkmark in this checkbox.

Note: In order for the Screen Pop feature to work, your modem or related device must support Caller ID, and you must subscribe to your local telephone company’s Caller ID service.


TW 3.0 Screen Pop Advanced dialog

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_ADVANCED_CALLERID

Notes:


Introductory text (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
On this dialog, specify which phonebooks you want to have searched for Caller ID matches, and the order in which they should be searched. When you receive a new call, TalkWorks will search all selected phonebooks for Caller ID matches, and will display a Screen Pop of information if a match is found.

The search order can greatly impact the speed of the Caller ID matching and Screen Pop processes. Place PIM-(Personal Information Manager) style phonebooks at the end of the search order. If you are unsure of what order would be best, click Optimize Order, and TalkWorks will automatically arrange the selected phonebooks in the most efficient search order.


"Phonebooks" text (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
This displays a list of your existing active phonebooks. Click on a phonebook and then click Add to add it to the Search Order list. When you receive a new call, TalkWorks will search this phonebook for Caller ID matches, and will display a Screen Pop of information if a match is found.


Phonebooks list box (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
This displays a list of your existing active phonebooks. Click on a phonebook and then click Add to add it to the Search Order list. When you receive a new call, TalkWorks will search this phonebook for Caller ID matches, and will display a Screen Pop of information if a match is found.


Add button (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
Click on a phonebook in the Phonebooks list, and then click here to move the selected phonebook to the Search Order list.


Remove button (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
Click on a phonebook in the Search Order list, and then click here to remove the selected phonebook from the search list.


Move Up button (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
Click on a phonebook in the Search Order list above, and then click here to move the selected phonebook further up (earlier) in the list.


Move Down button (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
Click on a phonebook in the Search Order list above, and then click here to move the selected phonebook further down (later) in the list.


Optimize button (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
Click this button to optimize the phonebook search order. When the phonebook search order is optimized, the Caller ID search works as fast as possible, and the Screen Pop feature appears more quickly when a call arrives.


"Search Order" text (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
This list shows the order in which TalkWorks will search your phonebooks to make Caller ID matches for the Screen Pop feature. Note that you should try and place PIM-type phonebooks (Personal Information Manager) at the end of the list, as these can slow the search process.


Search Order list box (Screen Pop Advanced dialog)
This list shows the order in which TalkWorks will search your phonebooks to make Caller ID matches for the Screen Pop feature. Note that you should try and place PIM-type phonebooks at the end of the list, as these can slow the search process.


TW 3.0 Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog

Location:

Resource File:	WFXSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_PREFFWD

Notes:


Introductory text (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Use this dialog to add new receive rules to a mailbox, remove existing rules, or to enable or disable a rule or set of rules. Rules allow you to configure TalkWorks to notify you when new messages arrive, or to forward new messages to you. To select a mailbox to add a rule to, click on it to highlight it in the folder list box.


Folder list box (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
This list shows all mailboxes and folders in your system. Click on a mailbox to select it. Double click to view the existing rules for that mailbox.


"Receive Rule" text (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
This section displays information about the folder or rule selected in the folder list box.


"Description" text (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Displays the name of the folder, mailbox, or rule selected in the folder list box.


Description information (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Displays the name of the folder, mailbox, or rule selected in the folder list box.


"Received From" text (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Displays the type(s) of new messages (faxes, voice messages, or both) to which this rule applies.


Received From information (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Displays the type(s) of new messages (faxes, voice messages, or both) to which this rule applies.


"Action" text (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Displays the action TalkWorks is to take when new messages are received.


Action information (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Displays the action TalkWorks is to take when new messages are received.


New button (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Click the New button to create a new notification or forwarding rule for the mailbox selected in the folder list box.


Remove button (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Click the Remove button to delete the rule selected in the folder list box.


Modify button (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Click the Modify button to make changes to the rule selected in the folder list box


Delivery button (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Click the Delivery button to schedule the frequency at which TalkWorks will deliver notifications or forwarded messages in conjunction with the rule selected in the folder list box.


tip icon (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Extra information about how to enable or disable rules in the folder list box.


tip text (Notification and Forwarding Properties dialog)
Extra information about how to enable or disable rules in the folder list box.


TW 3.0 Default Interface dialog

Location:

Resource File:	WFXSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_DEFAULTUI

Notes:


Interface icon (Default Interface dialog)
Use this dialog to configure your main TalkWorks interface or message center. The interface you choose here (TalkWorks Telephone or Message Manager) is what will launch when you double click on the TalkWorks desktop icon or systray Controller icon.

Note  When your Controller icon has a red X showing, indicating that a sent fax or message has failed, it will launch Message Manager, so that you can go to your Send Log and see which event has failed.


Introductory text (Default Interface dialog)
Use this dialog to configure your main TalkWorks interface or message center. The interface you choose here (TalkWorks Telephone or Message Manager) is what will launch when you double click on the TalkWorks desktop icon or systray Controller icon.

Note  When your Controller icon has a red X showing, indicating that a sent fax or message has failed, it will launch Message Manager, so that you can go to your Send Log and see which event has failed.


"Default Interface" text (Default Interface dialog)
In this section, click to select the interface you want to set as your main (default) message center. The interface you choose here (TalkWorks Telephone or Message Manager) is what will launch when you double click on the TalkWorks desktop icon or systray Controller icon.

Note  When your Controller icon has a red X showing, indicating that a sent fax or message has failed, it will launch Message Manager, so that you can go to your Send Log and see which event has failed.


Message Manager radio button (Default Interface dialog)
Click here to select Message Manager as your mainTalkWorks interface.


Telephone radio button (Default Interface dialog)
Click here to select the TalkWorks Telephone as your mainTalkWorks interface.


TW 3.0 Send Email dialog

Location:

Resource File:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SYMMAIL_COMPOSE_DIALOG

Notes:


"To" text (Send Email dialog)
Click the To button to select a person from a phonebook or address list to add to the email recipients list. Or type the email address of the person you want to send this email to, and then click Add.


To field (Send Email dialog)
Type the email address of the person you want to send this email to, and then click Add to add this person to the recipients list. Or click the To button to select a person from a phonebook or address list.


To button (Send Email dialog)
Click the To button to select a person from a phonebook or address list to add to the email recipients list. Or type the email address of the person you want to send this email to, and then click Add.


Recipients list box (Send Email dialog)
Displays a list of the persons to whom this email will be sent.


Add recipient button (Send Email dialog)
In the To field, type the email address of the person you want to send this email to, and then click the Add button to add that person to the recipients list.


Remove recipient button (Send Email dialog)
Select a name or email address in the recipients list, and then click the Remove button to delete that person from the list.


"Recipients" text (Send Email dialog)
Displays a list of the persons to whom this email will be sent.


"Subject" text (Send Email dialog)
Type the text you want to have appear in the ‘Subject’ line on this email, (for example, a description of the main topic or contents of this email).


Subject field (Send Email dialog)
Type the text you want to have appear in the ‘Subject’ line on this email, (for example, a description of the main topic or contents of this email).


"Message" text (Send Email dialog)
Type the main message of this email.


Message body field (Send Email dialog)
Type the main message of this email.


"Attachments" text (Send Email dialog)
Click the Add button to add attachments (for example, faxes, documents, or voice message audio files) with this email.


Attachments list box (Send Email dialog)
Displays a list of all the attachments to be sent with this email (for example, faxes, documents, or voice message audio files).


Add attachments button (Send Email dialog)
Click the Add button to add attachments (for example, faxes, documents, or voice message audio files) with this email.


Remove attachments button (Send Email dialog)
Select an attachment in the attachements list box, and then click the Remove button to remove that attachment from the list.


Send button (Send Email dialog)
Click the Send button to send this email message to the specified recipients.


TW 3.0 Email Properties Login tab

Location:

Resource File:	WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SETUP_SYMMAIL_LOGIN

Notes:


Email icon (Email Properties login tab)
Click to check Enable Out-Going Email Options. This allows you to send email messages, and forward faxes and voice message audio files from within TalkWorks/WinFax, using the email program you specify below.

Note  TalkWorks/WinFax does not support incoming email reception. You can only send email using this feature.


Enable Email checkbox (Email Properties login tab)
Click to check Enable Out-Going Email Options. This allows you to send email messages, and forward faxes and voice message audio files from within TalkWorks/WinFax, using the email program you specify below.

Note  TalkWorks/WinFax does not support incoming email reception. You can only send email using this feature.


"Email Program" text (Email Properties login tab)
Click to select the email program you want to use with TalkWorks/WinFax.

Note  If you select Microsoft Outlook or Exchange, TalkWorks/WinFax integrates fully to allow you to view your email folders from within TalkWorks/WinFax, and your TalkWorks/WinFax folders from within your email application.


Email Program field (Email Properties login tab)
Click to select the email program you want to use with TalkWorks/WinFax.

Note  If you select Microsoft Outlook or Exchange, TalkWorks/WinFax integrates fully to allow you to view your email folders from within TalkWorks/WinFax, and your TalkWorks/WinFax folders from within your email application.


"Login" text (Email Properties login tab)
In this section, choose when you want your email login dialog to appear (either whenever you start TalkWorks/WinFax, or only when you choose to send an email from within TalkWorks/WinFax).


On Startup radio button (Email Properties login tab)
Click here if you want your email login dialog to appear whenever you start TalkWorks/WinFax.


Only When Required radio button (Email Properties login tab)
Click here if you want your email login dialog to appear whenever you choose to send an email from within TalkWorks/WinFax).


"User Name and Password" text (Email Properties login tab)
This section displays basic user name, login, and password information about your email connection. Some fields may be automatically populated. Some fields may be empty [image] in this case, type any missing information.


"Password" text (Email Properties login tab)
Type your email login password.


Password field (Email Properties login tab)
Type your email login password.


"SMTP Server" text (Email Properties login tab)
Type your SMTP server information.


SMTP Server field (Email Properties login tab)
Type your SMTP server information.


Browse for SMTP server button (Email Properties login tab)
Click to locate your SMTP server information.


"User Name" text (Email Properties login tab)
Type your email login user name.


User Name field (Email Properties login tab)
Type your email login user name.


"Pop3 Server" text (Email Properties login tab)
Type your Pop3 server information.


Pop3 Server field (Email Properties login tab)
Type your Pop3 server information.


Troubleshooting: Caller ID Screen Pop is not functioning properly
Troubleshooting

Caller ID Screen Pop is not functioning correctly

Situation [image] Your Caller ID Screen Pop feature does not work. An error message stating that your Caller ID feature is not working properly appears when you receive new calls.

Cause [image] You do not subscribe to a Caller ID service (sometimes called Call Display) from your local telephone company.

Cause [image] Your modem or communications device does not support Caller ID.

Solution [image] To use the Caller ID and Screen Pop features, your modem or communications device must support Caller ID, and you must subscribe to a Caller ID service from your local telephone company. For more information, click here 	Using Telephone Company Services	Cause [image] Your Caller ID service from your local telephone company is not working properly, or has been disrupted.

Solution [image] Call your local telephone company for detailed information about your Caller ID service.

Cause [image] Your dialing location has not been configured. Some dialing location settings (for example, “dial as entered”) do not automatically provide TalkWorks/WinFax with complete location information. This information is required for Caller ID to correctly parse incoming call information to populate Caller ID information dialogs and Screen Pop.

Solution [image] Enter full location infromation into your Caller ID Screen Pop settings. To do this, start Program Setup and click on Caller ID Screen Pop. Click the Define button. Enter location information for the location you are running TalkWorks/WinFax from, as instructed. Click OK, and click OK again to close the Caller ID Screen Pop dialog.


TW 3.0 Tutorial button

Location:

Resource File:	DCCUTIL and FAXMNG

Dialog ID:

Notes:	This button appears on several different dialogs; it launches any one of a series of multi-media tutorials.


tutorial launch button
Click here to view a multi-media tutorial containing detailed information and instructions about this task.

Note  To view more TalkWorks/WinFax tutorials, visit our website at www.symantec.com.


WF10.0 Send Fax by Email dialog

Location:

Resource File:	wfxdlg.rc

Dialog ID:	WFDG_IDD_SENDSML

Notes:


delete email recipient button
Click here to remove the selected recipient from the email recipient list.


to email recipient button
Click the To button to choose an email fax recipient from your email address book, or to create a new email address entry.


email recipient address field
Displays the name and/or email address of the email fax recipient.


email fax subject field
Enter a subject for this email.


email fax subject text
Enter a subject for this email.


email fax message text
Type the message you wish to accompany your fax.


email fax message text box
Type the message you wish to accompany your fax.


email fax thumbnail view
Displays small ‘thumbnail’ pictures of the pages of the fax you are sending.


email fax preview
Displays a preview image of the fax you are sending.


email fax recipient list
Email fax recipient list.


email fax statusbar
Displays the status of the email fax message.


email fax toolbar
Toolbar functions for the fax email messaging feature.


WF10.0 Printers dialog

Location:

Resource File:	wfsures.rc

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_PRINTERS

Notes:


WF10_WFSU_IDCST_SETUP_CONTROLLER_ICON
Click to choose whether you want WinFax to create fax documents using the High Speed printer driver or the Photo Quality printer driver.


WF10_WFSU_IDCST_SETUP_PRINTERS_INTRO
Click to choose whether you want WinFax to create fax documents using the High Speed printer driver or the Photo Quality printer driver.


WF10_WFSU_IDCST_SETUP_PRINTERS-OPTIONS
Click to choose whether you want WinFax to create fax documents using the High Speed printer driver or the Photo Quality printer driver.


WF10_WFSU_IDC_RB_SETUP_PRINTERS_HIGH_SPEED
Click here if you want WinFax to create fax documents using the High Speed printer driver. This is recommended for fax documents containing only text (no graphics or photos).


WF10_WFSU_IDCST_SETUP_PRINTERS_HIGH_SPEED
Click here if you want WinFax to create fax documents using the High Speed printer driver. This is recommended for fax documents containing only text (no graphics or photos).


WF10_WFSU_IDC_RB_SETUP_PRINTERS_HIGH_QUALITY
Click here if you want WinFax to create fax documents using the Photo Quality printer driver. This is recommended for fax documents containing graphics or photos.


WF10_WFSU_IDCST_SETUP_PRINTERS_HIGH_QUALITY
Click here if you want WinFax to create fax documents using the Photo Quality printer driver. This is recommended for fax documents containing graphics or photos.


WF10_WFSU_IDC_CH_SETUP_PRINTERS_PROMPT_SEL
Enable this checkbox if you want WinFax to ask which printer driver to use every time you send a fax. If this box is not checked, WinFax will always use the printer driver selected above.


WF10.0 Junk Fax dialog

Location:

Resource File:	wfsures.rc

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_RECEIVE_JUNK

Notes:


WF10_WFFM_IDC_RECEIVE_JUNK_ICON
On this dialog you can enable and configure settings to filter out unwanted Junk Faxes.


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_INTRO
On this dialog you can enable and configure settings to filter out unwanted Junk Faxes.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_CH_RECEIVE_JUNK_ENABLE
Check this box to enable the Junk Fax filtering feature in WinFax.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_CH_RECEIVE_JUNK_NO_CSID
Check this box if you want WinFax to treat all incoming faxes not identified by CSID (calling station identification) as Junk Faxes. Note that this may cause WinFax to filter out some legitimate faxes, as not all fax headers contain this information.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_ST_RECEIVE_JUNK_NO_CSID
Check this box if you want WinFax to treat all incoming faxes not identified by CSID (calling station identification) as Junk Faxes. Note that this may cause WinFax to filter out some legitimate faxes, as not all fax headers contain this information.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_GB_RECEIVE_JUNK_INFO
This box lists all fax senders that you have identified as senders of unwanted Junk Faxes. WinFax will filter out all faxes sent by these persons or companies. To add a fax sender to this list, click Add.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_LC_RECEIVE_JUNK_LIST
This box lists all fax senders that you have identified as senders of unwanted Junk Faxes. WinFax will filter out all faxes sent by these persons or companies. To add a fax sender to this list, click Add.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_BU_RECEIVE_JUNK_ADD
Click the Add button to add a new sender name to the list of identified Junk Fax senders. WinFax will filter out all faxes sent by these persons or companies.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_BU_RECEIVE_JUNK_REMOVE
Click the Remove button to remove the selected fax sender from the list of Junk Fax Senders.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_BU_RECEIVE_JUNK_MODIFY
Click the Modify button to change the information about the selected Junk Fax Sender.


WF10.0 Junk Fax Sender dialog

Location:

Resource File:	wfsures.rc

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER

Notes:


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_CSID
Type the CSID (calling station identification) of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_ED_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_CSID
Type the CSID (calling station identification) of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_LOCAL
Type the local fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_ED_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_LOCAL
Type the local fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_AREA
Type the area code of the fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_ED_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_AREA
Type the area code of the fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_COUNTRY
Type the country code of the fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDC_ED_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_COUNTRY
Type the country code of the fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_CALLERID
Type the complete fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details.


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_RULES
Specify whether you want to filter out Junk Faxes using CSID, Caller ID or both. Note that in order to be able to filter by Caller ID, you must subscribe to the Caller ID service offered by your local telephone company, and your modem must support Caller ID.


title
Specify whether you want to filter out Junk Faxes using CSID, Caller ID or both. Note that in order to be able to filter by Caller ID, you must subscribe to the Caller ID service offered by your local telephone company, and your modem must support Caller ID.


WF10_WFFM_IDCST_RECEIVE_JUNK_SENDER_MATCH
Type the complete fax number of the person or company from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. This information can usually be found in the header of incoming faxes, or in the Receive Log details. Note that not all local telephone company Caller ID services use the country code and area code information.


Send Dialog - Edit menu


Undo command (Edit menu)

Reverses the last editing change.


Bold command (Edit menu)

Bolds the selected text. For example, "B" becomes "B".


Italic command (Edit menu)

Italicizes the selected text. For example, "I" becomes "I".


Underline command (Edit menu)

Underlines the selected text. For example, "U" becomes "U".


Font command (Edit menu)

Sets font, font style, and font size options.


Spelling command (Edit menu)
Spelling command

Checks the spelling of the cover page text.


Cut command (Edit menu)

Deletes the selected fax page or cover page text and places it on the Windows Clipboard.


Copy command (Edit menu)

Copies the selected fax page or cover page text and places it on the Windows Clipboard.


Paste command (Edit menu)

Pastes the contents of the Windows Clipboard on to the page at the insertion point.


Delete command (Edit menu)

Deletes the selected fax page or cover page text. Deleted objects are removed entirely and cannot be restored.


Select All command (Edit menu)

Selects all fax pages if the insertion point is in the thumbnail section. Selects all text if the insertion point in on the cover page..


Send Dialog - File menu


Send command (File menu)

Sends the fax.


Preview And Send command (File menu)

Opens the fax in Fax Viewer before sending. In Viewer, you can preview and annotate the fax, then click Send to send it.


Save As File command (File menu)

Saves the fax or individual fax pages in .FXJ or .FXM format.


Save As Attachment command (File menu)

Saves the fax as a WinFax attachment in your Cover Page Library.


Cancel command (File menu)

Cancels the fax.


Send Dialog - Help menu


What's This? command (Help menu)

Changes the cursor to the What's This? pointer. Click a setting for help on it.


What's New command (Help menu)

Displays a help topic describing what's new in the Send dialog in this version of WinFax.


Send Dialog - Insert menu


Files command (Insert menu)

Converts a file to fax image format and attaches it to the fax.


WinFax Attachments command (Insert menu)

Attaches a WinFax attachment to the fax.


From Logs command (Insert menu)

Attaches a message stored in your Logs to the fax.


From Scanner command (Insert menu)

Starts your scanner software so you can scan documents and attach them to the fax.


Send Dialog - Options menu


Resolution - Fine command (Options menu)

Sets the resolution to fine (200 x 200 dpi) when sending the fax.


Resolution - Standard command (Options menu)

Sets the resolution to standard (200 x 100 dpi) when sending the fax.


Cover Page - None command (Options menu)

Does not include a cover page with the fax.


Cover Page - Quick Cover command (Options menu)

Includes the Quick Cover page with the fax.


Cover Page - Other command (Options menu)

Includes a cover page that you select from the Cover Page Library with the fax.


Location - <name> command (Options menu)

Sets your current location. Your location defines the dial settings to use.


Location - Setup (Options menu)
Location - Setup command (Options menu)

Allows you to change location settings.


Send Options command (Options menu)

Opens the Send Options dialog in which you can set options defining how to send the fax and what to do after the fax is sent.


Send Dialog - Recipient menu


Add To Phonebook command (Recipient menu)

Adds the recipient information in the To, Number, and Company fields to the selected phonebook.


Make Group command (Recipient menu)

Makes a phonebook group comprising of the recipients selected in the Recipients list and adds it to the selected phonebook.


Remove command (Recipient menu)

Removes the selected recipient(s) from the Recipients list.


Send Now command (Recipient menu)

Processes and sends the fax immediately, even if the scheduled times and dates have not passed.


Send Off-Peak command (Recipient menu)

Schedules the fax to be sent at the off-peak time defined in the Dialing Properties dialog in Program Setup.


Hold command (Recipient menu)

Suspends delivery of the fax in the Outbox window. A held message is not sent [image] even if the scheduled time and date pass [image] until you release it with the Release, Release All, or Send Now command.


Advanced command (Recipient menu)

Opens the Delivery Options command where you can define how the fax is delivered to the recipients.


High Priority command (Recipient menu)

Sets the priority of the fax to high. If multiple faxes are scheduled for delivery at the same time, WinFax sends the faxes according to their priorities.


Normal Priority command (Recipient menu)

Sets the priority of the fax to normal. If multiple faxes are scheduled for delivery at the same time, WinFax sends the faxes according to their priorities.


Low Priority command (Recipient menu)

Sets the priority of the fax to low. If multiple faxes are scheduled for delivery at the same time, WinFax sends the faxes according to their priorities.


Send By command (Recipient menu)

Allow you to select the modem or fax device you want to use to send the fax.


Properties command (Recipient menu)

Displays the Recipient Properties dialog for the selected phonebook recipient.


Send Dialog - View menu


Show Phonebook Folders command (View menu)

Displays a list of available phonebooks and phonebook folders.


Sort Phonebook command (View menu)

Sorts the selected phonebook.


Search Phonebook command (View menu)

Searches for a recipient record or group in the selected phonebook


Reset Phonebook command (View menu)

Displays all items in the selected phonebook after a search.


Zoom - 100% command (View menu)

Displays the page at actual size for full detail.


Zoom - 50% command (View menu)

Displays the page at half size for a wider view.


Zoom - 25% command (View menu)

Displays the page at one quarter of the actual size.


Zoom - Page Width command (View menu)

Fits the sides of the page within the display area.


Zoom - Whole Page command (View menu)

Fits the entire page within the display area.


Rotation -  None command (View menu)

Restores rotated pages to their original position.


Rotation - 90 command (View menu)

Rotates all pages clockwise by 90 degrees. The cover page is not rotated.


Rotation - 180 command (View menu)

Rotates all pages clockwise by 180 degrees. The cover page is not rotated.


Rotation - 270 command (View menu)

Rotates all pages clockwise by 270 degrees. The cover page is not rotated.


WinFax Viewer command (View menu)

Starts WinFax Viewer and displays the selected fax page.


Filler command (View menu)
WinFax Filler command (View menu)

Starts WinFax Filler and displays the select cover page.


TalkWorks - AudioBar buttons

moved to contextw.rtf


Filler, CPD, & Viewer - Edit menu


Undo command (Edit menu)

Reverses the last editing change.


Cut/Delete Region command (Edit menu)

Deletes the selected text or object from the page and places it on the Windows Clipboard.


Copy command (Edit menu)

Copies the selected text or object from the page and places it on the Windows Clipboard.


Duplicate command (Edit menu)

Creates a duplicate copy of the selected object and places it directly on top of the original. Move the duplicate to the desired position.


Paste command (Edit menu)

Pastes the contents of the Windows Clipboard on to the page at the insertion point.


Delete command (Edit menu)

Deletes the selected text or object from the page. Deleted objects are removed entirely and cannot be restored.


Select All command (Edit menu)

Selects all objects on the page.


Invert command (Edit menu)

Reverses the background color of the selected area. If the selected area is white, the background changes to black. If the selected area is black, the selected background changes to white.


Create Stamp command (Edit menu)

Creates a stamp from the selected area on the page.


Select Region command (Recognize - Edit menu)
Select Region command (Edit menu)

Selects a region on the fax page of text you want to recognize.


Delete Region command (Recognize - Edit menu)
Delete Region command (Edit menu)

Deletes the selected region on the fax page.


Filler, CPD, Viewer - File menu


New command (File menu)

Opens a blank workspace. If another cover page is open when you select this command, Cover Page Designer prompts you to save it before closing it.


Open command (File menu)

Opens a file for viewing and editing.


Revert command (File menu)

Cancels all changes made since you last saved the fax image and restores the last saved version. Any changes you have made since are lost.


Save command (File menu)

Saves the open file.


Save As command (File menu)

Saves a new file or an existing file with a new name.


Merge Annotation command (File menu)

Merges all annotations on the fax page with the fax image. This makes the annotations part of the actual fax.


Print command (File menu)

Displays printing options and prints the open file.


Print Preview command (File menu)

Displays a preview image of the file as it will appear when it is printed.


Print Setup command (File menu)

Displays printer options and specifies the default printer.


Page Setup command (File menu)

Displays page setup options.


Send command (File menu)

Sends the fax.


Export command (File menu)

Converts all or the selected pages of a fax image file to a graphic file format for use in other programs.


Recent Files command (File menu)
Recent Files (File menu)

Displays a list of the most recent files you have used.


Exit command (File menu)

Exits the program.


Return To Viewer command (Recognize - File menu)
Return To <Program Name> command (File menu)

Exits and returns to the specified program.


Cancel command (Recognize - File menu)
Cancel command (File menu)

Return command (File menu)

Cancels the fax and returns to WinFax.


Send Fax command (Recognize - File menu)
Send Fax command (File menu)

Send command (File menu)

Sends the fax.


Save Text command (File menu)

Saves the open recognized text file.


Save Text As command (File menu)

Saves the loaded recognized text in a new file or under a new name.


Filler, CPD, Viewer - Format menu


Properties command (Format menu)

Displays all properties you can modify for the selected object.


Line command (Format menu)

Displays line width and style options you can apply to the selected object. The style applied to the selected object appears checked.


Eraser command (Format menu)

Displays a selection of erasers of different sizes you can use to cleanup your fax image.


Shade command (Format menu)

Displays shading options for objects.


Shade - White Transparent command (Format menu)

Shades the selected object with a clear "see-through" background. The white transparent background shows all objects positioned behind the shaded object.


Shade - White Opaque command (Format menu)

Shades the selected object with a solid white background. The white background hides all objects behind the shaded object.


Shade - Black command (Format menu)

Shades the selected object with a black background.


Shade - Gray command (Format menu)

Shades the selected object with a gray background.


Border command (Format menu)

Displays border options for objects.


Border - None command (Format menu)

Removes all borders from the selected object.


Border - Square command (Format menu)

Adds a square border to the selected object.


Border - Round command (Format menu)

Adds a round border to the selected object.


Scaling - None command (Format menu)

Retains the original proportions of the graphic image in the graphic object. The entire graphic may not be visible.


Scaling - Fit In Window command (Format menu)

Expands the graphic image to fill the entire graphic object. The image may appear distorted.


Scaling - Aspect Fit command (Format menu)

Retains the original proportions of the graphic image. The image may not fill the entire graphic object.


Effects command (Format menu)

Displays shadowing options you can apply to the selected object. Use this command to give objects a 3D look.


Font command (Format menu)

Displays options you can use to apply different typefaces, attributes, alignment, and color to the selected text.


Bold command (Text menu)
Bold command (Format menu)

Bolds the selected text. For example, "B" becomes "B".


Italic command (Text menu)
Italic command (Format menu)

Italicizes the selected text. For example, "I" becomes "I".


Underline command (Text menu)
Underline command (Format menu)

Underlines the selected text. For example, "U" becomes "U".


Normal command (Text menu)
Normal command (Format menu)

Removes all formatting from the selected text. For example, "N" becomes "N".


Font command (Text menu)
Font command (Format menu)

Sets font, font size, and text alignment options.


Left Justify command (Text menu)
Left Justify command (Format menu)

Left justifies the selected text.


Right Justify command (Text menu)
Right Justify command (Format menu)

Right justifies the selected text.


Center Justify command (Text menu)
Center Justify command (Format menu)

Centers the selected text.


Eraser command (Format menu)

Displays a selection of erasers of different sizes you can use to cleanup your fax image.


Filler, CPD, Viewer - Insert menu


Text File command (Insert menu)

Inserts the contents of a text file on to the page.


Picture command (Insert menu)

Inserts a graphic image on to the page.


Stamp command (Insert menu)

Inserts frequently used graphics that have been converted into WinFax stamps on to the page.


Recipient Name command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's first and last names. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the first and last name you typed in the To field of the Send dialog.


Recipient First Name command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's first name. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the first name you typed in the To field of the Send dialog.


Recipient Last Name command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's last name. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the last name you typed in the To field of the Send dialog.


Recipient Title command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's title. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the recipient's title as it appears in their phonebook record.


Recipient Fax Number command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's fax number. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the fax number you typed in the Number field of the Send dialog.


Recipient Company Name command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's company name. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the recipient's company name as it appears in their phonebook record.


Recipient Address 1 command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's address. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the recipient's address as it appears on the first address line in their phonebook record.


Recipient Address 2 command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's address. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the recipient's address as it appears on the second address line in their phonebook record.


Recipient City command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's city. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the recipient's city as it appears in their phonebook record.


Recipient State command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's state. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the recipient's state as it appears in their phonebook record.


Recipient Zip Code command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax recipient's zip code. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the recipient's zip code as it appears in their phonebook record.


Sender Name command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the sender's name. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display your name as it appears in the WinFax Program Properties dialog.


Sender Company command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the sender's company. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display your company name as it appears in the WinFax Program Properties dialog.


Sender Fax Number command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the sender's fax number. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display your fax number as it appears in the WinFax Program Properties dialog.


Sender Voice Number command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the sender's voice number. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display your voice number as it appears in the WinFax Program Properties dialog.


Date command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the current date. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the current date on your computer.


Time command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the current time. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the current time on your computer.


Total Number Of Pages command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the total number of pages in a fax. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the actual number of pages in the fax.


Subject command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the fax subject. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the text you typed in the Subject field of the Send dialog.


Notes Field command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for cover pages notes for the recipient. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the text you typed in the notes field in their phonebook record.


Misc Field command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the miscellaneous notes for the recipient. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the text you typed in the Miscellaneous field in their phonebook record.


Billing Code command (Insert menu)

Inserts the WinFax send variable for the billing code for the recipient. When you send this fax, the variable expands to display the text you typed in the Billing Code field in their phonebook record.


Filler, CPD, Viewer - Layout menu


Align - Left command (Layout menu)

Aligns the left side of all selected objects to the left side of the last object you selected.


Align - Right command (Layout menu)

Aligns the right side of all selected objects to the right side of the last object you selected.


Align - Top command (Layout menu)

Aligns the top of all selected objects to the top of the last object you selected.


Align - Bottom command (Layout menu)

Aligns the bottom of all selected objects to the bottom of the last object you selected.


Align - Center command (Layout menu)

Aligns the center of all selected objects to the center of the last object you selected.


Make Same Size - Width command (Layout menu)

Sizes all selected objects to the same width as the last object you selected.


Make Same Size - Height command (Layout menu)

Sizes all selected objects to the same height as the last object you selected.


Make Same Size - Both command (Layout menu)

Sizes all selected objects to the same size as the last object you selected.


Space Evenly - Across command (Layout menu)

Positions the selected objects horizontally across the page so that there is an even amount of space between each of the objects.


Space Evenly - Down command (Layout menu)

Positions the selected objects vertically down the page so that there is an even amount of space between each of the objects.


Group command (Layout menu)
Make Group command (Layout menu)

Makes all selected objects into one object.


Ungroup command (Layout menu)

Breaks a grouped object into its individual objects.


Bring To Front command (Layout menu)

Moves the selected object in front of all other objects on the page. If an object is transparent, you can see another object behind it. If an object is opaque, it can hide objects behind it.


Send To Back command (Layout menu)

Moves the selected object behind all other objects on the page. If an object is transparent, you can see another object behind it. If an object is opaque, it can hide objects behind it.


Snap To Grid command (Layout menu)

Positions all objects you move or resize to the nearest grid point. With grid snap on, you can position and size objects more precisely. When grid snap is off, objects are sized and positioned only according to your mouse movements.


Tabbing Order command (Layout menu)

Displays the current order in which a cover page with fillable fields is filled in for you to view and modify. If you cover page has no fillable fields, Tabbing Order is grayed.

Each fillable text object is given a number [image] 1, 2, 3, and so on [image] when you create it in Cover Page Designer. When you select this command, the number appears at the top left corner of the field.


Viewer - Recognize menu


Go command (Recognize menu)

Starts the recognition process.


Cancel command (Recognize menu)

Cancels recognition and returns to Fax Viewer.


Help Topics command (WinFax Help menu)
Help Topics command (Help menu)

Displays the main Help Topics window.


About WinFax command (WinFax Help menu)
About <Program Name> command (Help menu)

Displays the product copyright notice, software version number, and the release date. You will be asked to check this information if you contact Symantec Technical Support for assistance.


Filler, CPD, Viewer - Toolbar buttons


Drag command (toolbar)
Drag command

Displays an area of the fax page you select.


Select Area command (toolbar)
Select Area command

Selects an area of the fax page.


Pencil command (toolbar)
Pencil command

Draws lines directly on the fax image.


Erase command (toolbar)
Erase command

Removes areas of the fax image as you drag the mouse over them.


Select command (toolbar)
Select command

Selects an object or area.


Text command (toolbar)
Text command

Inserts new text or selects existing text.


Text Box command (toolbar)
Text Box command

Creates a text object.


Fillbox command (toolbar)
Fillbox command

Creates a fillable field on the cover page.


Freehand command (toolbar)
Freehand command

Draws freehand lines and shapes.


Rectangle command (toolbar)
Rectangle command

Draws a rectangle.


Oval command (toolbar)
Oval command

Draws an oval.


Line command (toolbar)
Line command

Draws a straight line.


Arrow command (toolbar)
Arrow command

Draws an arrowed line.


Polygon command (toolbar)
Polygon command

Draws a multi-sided object.


Bezier command (toolbar)
Bezier command

Draws a Bezier curve.


Picture command (toolbar)
Picture command

Inserts a graphic file.


Stamp command (toolbar)
Stamp command

Inserts a stamp.


Align Text Left command (toolbar)
Align Text Left command

Left aligns the selected text.


Center Text command (toolbar)
Center Text command

Centers the selected text.


Align Text Right command (toolbar)
Align Text Right command

Right aligns the selected text.


Bold command (toolbar)
Bold command

Bolds the selected text.


Italic command (toolbar)
Italic command

Italicizes the selected text.


Underline command (toolbar)
Underline command

Underlines the selected text.


Zoom In command (toolbar)
Zoom In command

Enlarges the page view one level at a time [image] for example, from 25% to 50%.


Zoom Out command (toolbar)
Zoom Out command

Reduces the page view one level at a time [image] for example, from 50% to 25%.


What's This button (toolbar)
What's This? button

Displays brief context-sensitive help information for the screen area or menu command you click on next.

When you click this toolbar button, the mouse pointer changes to a What's This? (?) pointer. Click the area of the screen or the menu command for which you want more information. A brief help message appears describing the function of the selection.


Font drop-down list (toolbar)
Font drop-down list

Changes the font of the selected text and numbers. In the list, click the font you want to use.


Font Size drop-down list (toolbar)
Font Size drop-down list

Changes the size of the selected text and numbers. In the list, click the font size you want to use.


Status Bar

The bar at the bottom of the window that displays information about a command or toolbar button or an operation in progress. To display or hide the status bar, use the Status Bar command on the View menu.


Filler, CPD, Viewer - Tools menu


Spelling command (Tools menu)

Checks the spelling of the text in the file.


OCR - Current Page command (Tools menu)

Converts the current page of the fax image to editable text.


OCR - Select Pages command (Tools menu)

Converts selected pages of the fax image to editable text.


Cleanup command (Tools menu)

Cleans up the fax image by removing transmission specks and other imperfections.


Deskew Page command (Tools menu)

Straightens the fax image on the page. Use this command if the fax image on the current page appears angled.


Deskew All Pages command (Tools menu)

Straightens the fax images on all pages. Use this command if the fax images on all pages of the fax appear angled.


Cancel command (Tools menu)

Cancels text recognition.


Customize Toolbars command (Tools menu)

Customizes the program toolbars.


Setup OCR command (Tools  menu)

Sets up Optical Character Recognition and specifies the recognition type and output options.


Setup command (Tools menu)

Sets program preferences for startup view mode, view size, and display options, as well as the default font and measurement settings.


Filler, CPD, Viewer - View menu


Annotations command (View menu)
Annotation command (View menu)

Toggles annotation mode on and off. If annotation is enabled, any markups you have added to the fax image file are visible.


Zoom - 100% command (View menu)

Displays the page at actual size for full detail.


Zoom - 25% command (View menu)

Displays the page at one quarter of the actual size.


Zoom - 50% command (View menu)

Displays the page at half size for a wider view.


Zoom - Page Width command (View menu)

Fits the sides of the page within the display area.


Zoom - Whole Page command (View menu)

Fits the entire page within the display area.


Zoom - Zoom In command (View menu)

Zooms in and magnifies the display of the page.


Toolbars command (View menu)

Toggles the display of the toolbars on and off.


Status Bar command (View menu)

Toggles the display of the status bar on and off.


Enhance View command (View menu)

Improves the display of fax images. Enhance View is most useful for faxed photographs and other pictures that make use of gray scaling. Enhance View is intended for displaying faxes only. When you enable Enhance View, the fax image gradually appears in the viewer display area as the enhancing takes place.


Grid command (View menu)

Displays a grid on the screen.


Show Miniature command (View menu)

Displays the Miniature View window.


Page - Next command (View menu)

Displays the next page of the fax.


Page - Previous command (View menu)

Displays the previous page of the fax.


Page - First command (View menu)

Displays the first page of the fax.


Page - Last command (View menu)

Displays the last page of the fax.


Page - Go To command (View menu)

Moves to a specific page in the fax.


Rotate Page - Right 90 command (View menu)
Rotate Page - Rotate Right 90 command (View menu)

Rotates the current page clockwise by 90 degrees.


Rotate Page - Flip 180 command (View menu)

Flips the current page by 180 degrees.


Rotate Page - Left 90 command (View menu)
Rotate Page - Rotate Left 90 command (View menu)

Rotates the current page counter clockwise by 90 degrees.


Rotate All Pages - Right 90 command (View menu)
Rotate All Pages - Rotate Right 90 command (View menu)

Rotates all pages clockwise by 90 degrees.


Rotate All Pages - Flip 180 command (View menu)

Flips all pages by 180 degrees.


Rotate All Pages - Left 90 command (View menu)
Rotate All Pages - Rotate Left 90 command (View menu)

Rotates all pages counter clockwise by 90 degrees.


Thumbnails command (View menu)

Displays all or as many pages as possible of a displayed fax at one time. Each page appears as a thumbnail in the thumbnail panel to the left of the Viewer window.


Invert Display command (View menu)

Reverses black and white on the fax image.


Show Graphics command (View menu)

Displays annotation graphics in your workspace.


Fast Display command (View menu)

Decreases the time it takes Fax Viewer to display graphic images you have added as annotations.


First Field command (View menu)

Moves to the first fillable field on the cover page.


Next Field command (View menu)

Moves to the next fillable field on the cover page.


Previous Field command (View menu)

Moves to the previous fillable field on the cover page.


Last Field command (View menu)

Moves to the last fillable field on the cover page.


Margin command (View menu)

Displays the page margins.


Message Manager - Edit menu


Copy To command (Edit menu)

Copies the selected item to another location.

In the Attachments or Cover Pages window, this command copies the selected attachment, cover page, or folder to another folder. In the Phonebooks window, this command copies the selected recipient record, group, or folder to another phonebook. In the Logs window, this command copies the selected message or log to another log or folder.


Move To command (Edit menu)

Moves the selected item to another location.

In the Attachments or Cover Pages window, this command moves the selected attachment, cover page, or folder to another folder. In the Phonebooks window, this command moves the selected recipient record, group, or folder to another phonebook. In the Logs window, this command moves the selected message or folder to another log or folder.


Paste command (Edit menu)

Inserts a copy of the Clipboard contents at the insertion point or replaces selected text with text on the Clipboard. This command is not available if the Clipboard is empty or if the selected text cannot be replaced.


Remove command (Edit menu)
Delete command (Edit menu)

Deletes the selected item.

In the Attachments or Cover Pages window, this command deletes the selected attachment, cover page, or folder from the active folder. In the Phonebooks window, this command deletes the selected recipient record, group, or folder from the active phonebook. In the Logs window, this command deletes the selected message or folder from the active log or folder.


Mark As Read command (Edit menu)

Marks the selected message as read by unbolding the log record.


Mark As Unread command (Edit menu)

Marks the selected message as read by bolding the log record.


Message Manager - File menu


New command (File menu)

Creates a new attachment, cover page, phonebook recipient, phonebook recipient group, or folder.


New - Attachment command (File menu)

Creates a WinFax attachment from an existing file and adds it to the selected attachment folder.


New - Cover Page command (File menu)

Creates a cover page from an existing file and adds it to the selected cover page folder.


New - Folder command (File menu)
New - Phonebook Folder command (File menu)
New - Message Folder command (File menu)
New - Attachment Folder command (File menu)
New - Cover Folder command (File menu)

Creates a new attachment, message, cover page, or phonebook folder.


New - Group command (File menu)

Creates a new phonebook recipient group in the active phonebook.


New - Message Store command (File menu)

Creates a new message store.


New - Phonebook command (File menu)

Creates a new phonebook.


New - Recipient command (File menu)

Creates a new phonebook recipient record in the active WinFax phonebook.


New - Recipient From Exchange command (File menu)
New - Recipient From Exchange/Outlook command (File menu)

Adds a Microsoft Exchange (or Microsoft Outlook) recipient to the active WinFax phonebook.


New - Recipient From Email command (File menu)

Adds an email address book recipient to the active WinFax phonebook.


Open command (File menu)

Opens the selected attachment, cover page, message, or phonebook record for viewing.


Save As command (File menu)
Save Attachment command (File menu)

Saves the attachments of the selected receive message to a file.


Link To command (File menu)
Link to - Phonebook command (File menu)

Links the selected log to an external phonebook record contact and displays a linked icon beside the record in the Logs window.


Link To - Remove command (File menu)

Removes the link between the selected log record and the external phonebook record.


Add To Phonebook command (File menu)

Adds the sender of the selected email message to the active WinFax phonebook.


Properties command (File menu)

Displays properties for the selected attachment, cover page, message, phonebook, phonebook group, phonebook recipient, log, or folder.


Create Shortcut command (File menu)

Creates a shortcut to the open WinFax window and places it on your desktop.


Print Setup command (File menu)

Displays printer options and specifies the default printer.


Print Item command (File menu)
Print <Item> command (File menu)

Displays printing options and prints the selected attachment, cover page, message, or recipient record.


Print List command (File menu)

Prints a list of items in the active folder (attachment, cover page, or log) or phonebook.


Set As Default command (File menu)

Makes the selected cover page the default cover page for all messages you send.


Import - Phonebook command (File menu)

Imports phonebook records into the active phonebook.


Import - Log command (File menu)

Imports message log records into the active log.


Import - Cover Page command (File menu)

Imports a cover page into the Cover Page library.


Import - Greeting command (File menu)

Imports a greeting into TalkWorks.


Export command (File menu)

Exports the records in the selected message log or phonebook into other file formats for use with other programs.


Restore command (File menu)

Restores data from a backup file.


Backup command (File menu)

Backs up selected data.


Exit command (File menu)

Exits WinFax and returns to your Windows desktop.


Exit All command (File menu)

Exits Message Manager and the Controller.


Message Manager - Go menu


Outbox command (Go menu)

Opens the Logs window and displays records of all scheduled and pending messages in the Outbox folder.


Receive Log command (Go menu)

Opens the Logs window and displays records of all received messages in the Receive Log folder.


Send Log command (Go menu)

Opens the Logs window and displays records of all sent messages in the Send Log folder.


Exchange/Outlook Inbox command (Go menu)

Opens the Logs window and displays your Microsoft Exchange (or Microsoft Outlook) message store and all email messages contained within it.


Cover Pages command (Go menu)

Opens the Cover Pages window and displays all cover page folders and cover pages.


WinFax Attachments command (Go menu)

Opens the Attachments window and displays all attachment folders and attachments.


Phonebooks command (Go menu)

Opens the Phonebooks window and displays all phonebooks, phonebook groups and phonebook records.


Message Manager - Help menu


WinFax Help Topics command (Help menu)

Displays the main WinFax help window.


TalkWorks Help Topics command (Help menu)

Displays the main TalkWorks help window.


Symantec Support Genie command (Help menu)

Displays information about connecting to the Symantec Support Genie. The Symantec Support Genie is an automated Web-based question and answer service. Use the Genie to ask questions about WinFax/TalkWorks and get the latest information from the WinFax/TalkWorks Technical Support teams.


Tip Of The Day command (Help menu)

Opens the Tip Of The Day dialog for you to view tips.


Register command (Help menu)

Registers your copy of WinFax/TalkWorks electronically.


LiveUpdate command (Help menu)

Checks with Symantec for an update to this version of WinFax.


About Message Manager command (Help menu)

Displays the product copyright notice, software version number, and the release date. You will be asked to check this information if you contact Symantec Technical Support for assistance.


Message Manager - Receive menu


Manual Receive Now command (Receive menu)

Enables manual reception. If you do not set up WinFax for automatic reception, use the Manual Receive Now command to receive incoming fax calls.

When WinFax is minimized, access this command from the Control menu.


Automatic Receive command (Receive menu)

Toggles automatic reception on and off. If you enable this command, WinFax answer incoming calls automatically, based on the number of rings in the Receive Properties dialog. If you disable Automatic Receive, you must use the Manual Receive Now command to answer an incoming fax call.

When WinFax is minimized, access this command from the Control menu.


Remote Fax Retrieval command (Receive menu)

Retrieves faxes from a remote fax station.


Retrieve Exchange/Outlook Email command (Receive menu)

Checks Microsoft Exchange (or Microsoft Outlook) for unread messages and updates the Exchange/Outlook Inbox in WinFax.

If you are not logged on to Microsoft Exchange (or Microsoft Outlook) when you click this command, a login dialog appears for you to log on.


Message Manager - Send menu


Send New Fax command (Send menu)

Creates and sends a new fax.


Send New Binary File Transfer command (Send menu)

Sends a data file using binary file transfer.


Send New Program Email command (Send menu)
Send New <Program Name> Email command (Send menu)

Composes and sends a new email message.


Send New Exchange Email (Send menu)
Send New Exchange/Outlook Email (Send menu)

Composes and sends a new Microsoft Exchange (or Microsoft Outlook) email message.


Send New Recurring Fax (Send menu)

Creates and sends a new recurring fax.


Resubmit command (Send menu)
Forward command (Send menu)

Resends or forwards the selected message.


Reply command (Send menu)

Creates and sends a response to the selected email message.


Reply All command (Send menu)

Creates a response to the selected email message and sends the response to the sender and all recipients of the original message.


Reply To CSID command (Send menu)

Opens the Send dialog, addressed to the sender of the selected fax.


Hold command (Send menu)

Suspends delivery of the selected messages in the Outbox window. A held message is not sent [image] even if the scheduled time and date pass [image] until you release it with the Release, Release All, or Send Now command.


Release command (Send menu)

Releases the selected messages you have held with the Hold or Hold All command. If the send time and date for a scheduled message have passed, WinFax processes and sends the message immediately.


Hold All command (Send menu)

Suspends delivery of all messages in the Outbox window. A held message is not sent [image] even if the scheduled time and date pass [image] until you release it with the Release, Release All, or Send Now command.


Release All command (Send menu)

Releases all messages you have held with the Hold or Hold All command. If the send time and date for a scheduled message have passed, WinFax processes and sends the message immediately.


Send Now command (Send menu)

Processes and sends the selected scheduled or held messages immediately, even if the scheduled times and dates have not passed.


Modify Delivery command (Send menu)

Changes the recipient or scheduled delivery date for the selected message.


Message Manager - Services Menu


Fax Broadcast Report command (Services menu)

Produces reports on fax broadcast usage.


Host List Manager command (Services menu)

Adds, uploads, replaces, downloads, or deletes host lists on the fax broadcast host.


Terminate Broadcast command (Services menu)

Terminates a specific fax broadcast.


Cancel Broadcast command (Services menu)

Cancels a specific fax broadcast.


Change Broadcast Password command (Services menu)

Changes the fax broadcast password.


Retrieve From Mailbox command (Services menu)

Retrieves faxes sent to your through the Fax MailBox service.


Message Manager - Tools menu


Fax Viewer command (Tools menu)

Starts Fax Viewer.


Cover Page Designer command (Tools menu)

Starts Cover Page Designer.


Macro Installer command (Tools menu)

Installs WinFax Macros that add a fax command to other programs.


Telephone command (Tools  menu)

Starts the TalkWorks Telephone.


AudioEditor command (Tools menu)

Starts the TalkWorks AudioEditor.


Setup command (Tools menu)

Sets up call answering profiles and mailboxes using the TalkWorks Mailbox wizard.


Toolbar command (Setup menu)
Customize Toolbars command (Tools menu)

Customizes the Message Manager toolbars.


Setup - Program Setup command (Tools menu)
Program Setup command (Tools menu)

Starts Program Setup.


Exchange Address Book command (Tools menu)
Exchange/Outlook Address Book (Tools menu)

Displays the Microsoft Exchange (or Outlook) address book.


Exchange Remote Email command (Tools menu)
Remote Email Address Book (Tools menu)

Displays your email system address book.


Exchange Logon command (Tools menu)
Exchange/Outlook Logon command (Tools menu)

Runs the login prompt for Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook.


Exchange Logout command (Tools menu)
Exchange/Outlook Logout command (Tools menu)

Logs out of Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook.


Email Program Logon command (Tools menu)
Email <Program Name> Logon/Logoff command (Tools menu)

Logs in or out of your email system.


Email Program Logout command (Tools menu)
Email <Program Name> Logout command (Tools menu)

Logs out of your email system.


Scan - Scan and File command (Tools menu)

Scans an image into WinFax and saves it as a fax attachment.


Scan - Scan and Send command (Tools menu)
Scan - Scan and Send command (Send menu)

Scans an image into WinFax and sends it.


Message Manager - View menu


Toolbar command (View menu)

Toggles the display of the toolbars in the main Message Manager window on and off.


AudioBar command (View menu)

Toggles the display of the TalkWorks AudioBar in the main Message Manager window on and off.


Status Bar command (View menu)

Toggles the display of the status bar in Message Manager on and off.


Side Bar command (View menu)

Toggles the display of the Message Manager side bar on and off.


Folder List command (View menu)

Toggles the display of the folder list on and off.


Sort command (View menu)

Sorts items in the active log or phonebook by the sort criteria you specify.


Search command (View menu)

Searches for items based on the search criteria you specify.

In the Attachments or Cover Pages window, this command searches for attachments or cover pages in the active folder. In the Phonebooks window, this command searches for a recipient record or group in the active phonebook. In the Logs window, this command searches for an message in the active folder.


Display All command (View menu)

Displays all items in the active folder, log, or phonebook after a search.


Filter command (View menu)

Limits the types of messages displayed in the active folder within the Logs window.


Display Information command (View menu)

Displays information about the selected attachment, cover page, message, or recipient record in the display area at the bottom of Message Manager.


Display Thumbnails command (View menu)

Displays miniature (thumbnail) images of the selected item in the display area at the bottom of Message Manager

In the Attachments window, this command displays a thumbnail image for each page in the selected attachment. In the Logs window, this command displays a thumbnail image of each page and attached document included in the message.


Display Fax View command (View menu)
Display Fax View command

Display Cover Page command

Display Message command (View menu)

Displays the selected item in the display area at the bottom of the WinFax window.

In the Attachments window, this command displays the selected attachment in the display area. In the Cover Pages window, this command displays the selected cover page in the display area. In the Logs window, this command displays the selected fax, BFT, or email message in the display area.


Zoom - 100% command (View menu)

Displays the page in the display area at actual size when Display Fax View or Display Cover Page is enabled.


Zoom - 50% command (View menu)

Displays the page in the display area at half size for a wider view when Display Fax View or Display Cover Page is enabled.


Zoom - 25% command (View menu)

Displays the page in the display area at one quarter of the actual size when Display Fax View or Display Cover Page is enabled.


Zoom - Page Width command (View menu)

Fits the sides of the page within the display area when Display Fax View or Display Cover Page is enabled.


Zoom - Whole Page command (View menu)

Fits the entire page within the display area when Display Fax View or Display Cover Page is enabled.


Previous Page command (View menu)

Displays the previous page of a fax in the display area when Display Fax View is enabled.


Next Page command (View menu)

Displays the next page of a fax in the display area when Display Fax View is enabled.


Info command (View menu)

Displays a list of all recipients to whom the fax broadcast was sent.

This command is only applicable if you enabled the Fax Broadcast service.


OCR Text command (View menu)

Opens Fax Viewer and displays the selected fax in interactive text edit mode. If you have WinFax set up to recognize received faxes automatically and save the text output files to the Receive Log, you can use this command to view and edit the files.


Pages/All Thumbnails command (View menu)
Pages command (View menu)

All Thumbnails command (View menu)

Displays thumbnail images.

In the Cover Pages window, this command displays thumbnail images of all cover pages in the active cover page folder. In the Logs window, this command displays a thumbnail of each page in the selected message.


Powerful new WinFax faxing capabilities!

Powerful new WinFax faxing features make managing your business communications easier than ever before:

Send and forward faxes by email [image] Want to send a document in secure, high-quality fax format, but your recipient does not have a fax machine or faxing software? Now you can send or forward a fax in self-viewing format to any email address. The recipient simply double clicks the attached file to launch the fax document in its own viewer. Your message arrives looking exactly the way you want it to, and your recipients do not need any special software or equipment.

Drag and Drop documents for instant faxing [image] Do you have Windows Explorer open and know exactly which document you want to fax? Simply drag the desired document to the WinFax Drag and Drop Depot desktop icon. The WinFax Send dialog opens automatically, with your document all ready for faxing. You need only address your fax and click Send.

Add a personal touch by adding your signature to outgoing faxes [image] Small details are often what make a business seem more professional. With WinFax you can easily import or capture your signature and then use the handy new Signature button to add it to outgoing faxes.

Send photo-quality faxes [image] Do you often send faxes which include photographs or other graphic images? With new WinFax Photo Quality faxing, you can ensure that your customers see exactly what you want them to see. Choose the Photo Quality option when printing your documents to WinFax, and you can include high-quality graphics and photos in your faxes to show your customers your best side.

Filter out unwanted faxes [image] Unsolicited ‘junk mail’ faxes cost you time and money. Use the new Junk Fax management feature to filter out unwanted incoming faxes, such as advertisements and flyers. Receive only the faxes you want – and need – to receive. Junk fax filtering works by screening outincoming fax calls from sources you specify. You can specify an unwanted source either by Caller ID (their fax/phone number), or by CSID (the calling station identification of their fax machine or computer). To filter using Caller ID, you must subscribe to the Caller ID feature offered by your local telephone company.


Faxing one or more documents

More information needed ...

Do you have one of the documents you want to fax open?

Yes

No


Opening the Send dialog

WinFax supports a wide variety of send methods. All of these methods open the Send dialog in one of the following ways:

One of the documents you want to fax is open [image] In the application, open the document you want to fax and print the document to a WinFax printer.

None of the documents you want to fax are open [image] There are six ways to open the Send dialog:

Start Message Manager and click Send New Fax on the Send menu.

Start Message Manager and click Send New Fax By Email on the Send menu  (to send a fax as a self-viewing email attachment).

Right click the Controller icon on your Windows taskbar and click Send New Fax on the menu.

Right click the Controller icon on your Windows taskbar and click Send New Fax By Email on the menu (to send a fax as a self-viewing email attachment).

Click the Windows Start menu, point to Programs, then Symantec WinFax, and then click Send New Fax.

Start Windows Explorer. Click on the document you want to fax, and use your mouse to drag it over the WinFax Drag and Drop Depot desktop icon. Release the mouse.


Faxing one or more documents (starting from a Windows program)
Faxing one or more documents

1	Start the appropriate program and open the first document you want to appear in the fax.

2	Do one of the following:

On the program's File menu, click the fax command. A WinFax fax command appears if you installed the appropriate WinFax macro for this program. A print dialog appears.

On the program's File menu, click Print (or the equivalent command). A print dialog appears.

3	Select the desired WinFax printer and print the document. The WinFax Send dialog appears with the document you printed displayed in the fax preview area.

4	OPTIONAL [image] If you want to send the fax as a self-viewing email attachment, on the File menu, click Send Via Email. The Send dialog (email attachment version) appears. Send the fax using the available email options.

 Go to …

5	Attach additional documents to your fax (optional). Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears.

b	Select the appropriate file and click OK.

c	If you have not specified a default WinFax Printer Driver, the Print Preferences dialog appears. Choose the desired print option, and click OK.

d	The Send dialog reappears with the selected file displayed in the fax preview area.

e	Repeat steps a through d until all documents have been attached.

6	Address the fax. Do one of the following:

In the To and Number fields, type the recipient's name and fax number and then click Add To List.

Click the phonebook containing the recipient and then click the appropriate recipient or group and click Add To List.

7	Add a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	In the cover page drop-down list, click the cover page you want to use.

b	In the thumbnails area, click the cover page thumbnail.

c	In the preview area, type a note.

8	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

9	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For detailed instructions on how to type the recipient's fax number in the Number field, click What's This? on the Help menu and then click the Number field.

Some formatting changes may occur in your document when you select a WinFax printer. Selecting a WinFax printer before creating documents minimizes formatting changes, however, it may also limit your selection of available fonts.

 Related Topics


Faxing one or more documents (starting from WinFax)
Faxing one or more documents

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Send menu, click Send New Fax. The Send dialog appears.

3	OPTIONAL [image] If you want to send the fax as a self-viewing email attachment, on the File menu, click Send Via Email. The Send dialog (email attachment version) appears. Send the fax using the available email options.

 Go to …

4	Attach the documents to your fax. Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears.

b	Select the appropriate file and click OK.

c	If you have not specified a default WinFax Printer Driver, the Print Preferences dialog appears. Choose the desired print option, and click OK.

d	The Send dialog reappears with the selected file displayed in the fax preview area.

e	Repeat steps a through d until all documents have been attached.

5	Address the fax. Do one of the following:

In the To and Number fields, type the recipient's name and fax number and then click  Add To List.

Click the phonebook containing the recipient and then click the appropriate recipient or group and then click Add To List.

6	Add a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	In the cover page drop-down list, click the cover page you want to use.

b	In the thumbnails area, click the cover page thumbnail.

c	In the preview area, type a note.

7	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

8	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For detailed instructions on how to type the recipient's fax number in the Number field, click What's This? on the Help menu and then click the Number field.

 Related Topics


Faxing one or more documents as email (starting from WinFax)
Faxing one or more documents as a self-viewing email attachment

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Send menu, click Send New Fax by Email. The Send dialog appears.

3	Click the down arrow beside the To button and select one of the following options:

Add From Your Email Phonebook [image] In the Show Names From drop-down list, click the phonebook containing the desired recipient. Next click the appropriate recipient or group, and click Add. When you have added all the desired recipients for this fax, click OK. Note that this option is not available if you are using an ACT! or WinFax phonebook.

Add Internet Address [image] In the field provided, type a recipient’s Internet email address. To add multiple recipients, separate addresses with semi-colons. When you have added all the desired recipients for this fax, click OK.

4	In the Subject field, type a descriptive subject for this email.

5	In the Message field, type the main body text of the message you want to appear in this email.

6	Attach the documents to your fax. Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears.

b	Select the appropriate file and click OK.

c	If you have not specified a default WinFax Printer Driver, the Print Preferences dialog appears. Choose the desired print option, and click OK.

d	The Send dialog reappears with the selected file displayed in the fax preview area.

e	Repeat steps a through d until all documents have been attached.

7	Select any other desired options in the Send dialog.

8	Click Send. WinFax sends the email with the fax attached.

Notes

The Send Fax By Email option is not available to AOL (America Online) email users.

WinFax sends email messages from its outbox to the outbox of your email program, from which point they are sent to your recipients. If your email program is active, WinFax sends the email to your email program’s Outbox immediately. If your email program is not active, WinFax holds the email in its Outbox until you log in to your email program, and then forwards it. After the email has gone to your email program, WinFax marks the email message as Sent Successfully. This means only that the email has successfully been sent to your email program Outbox. To determine whether or not the email has been successfully sent from your email program to your recipients, you must check the outgoing mail folder of your email program.

 Related Topics


Faxing a cover page with a note on it

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Send menu, click Send New Fax. The Send dialog appears.

3	Address the fax. Do one of the following:

In the To and Number fields, type the recipient's name and fax number and click Add To List.

Click the phonebook containing the recipient and then click the appropriate recipient or group and click Add To List.

4	Add a cover page. Do the following:

a	In the cover page drop-down list, click Quick Cover Page.

b	In the thumbnails area, click the cover page thumbnail.

c	In the preview area, type a note.

5	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

6	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For detailed instructions on how to type the recipient's fax number in the Number field, click What's This? on the Help menu and then click the Number field.

 Related Topics


Faxing a document with letterhead

1	Create a letterhead attachment.

 How to …

2	Start the appropriate program and open the document you want to fax.

3	On the program's File menu, click Print (or the equivalent command). The print dialog appears.

4	Select the WinFax printer.

5	Click Properties. The WinFax printer driver properties dialog appears.

6	Click the Paper tab and do one of the following:

To include the letterhead attachment with the description "Paper1" [image] In the Paper Source drop-down list, click the Paper1 option that corresponds to the pages of the fax you want to add the letterhead to.

To include the letterhead attachment with the description "Paper2" [image] In the Paper Source drop-down list, click the Paper2 option that corresponds to the pages of the fax you want to add the letterhead to.

To include a different letterhead attachment on the first and subsequent pages of the fax [image] In the Paper Source drop-down list, click Paper1 1st, Then Paper2

7	Click OK. The print dialog reappears.

8	Select any other appropriate options in the print dialog and click OK. The WinFax Send dialog appears.

9	Address the fax.

10	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

11	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

12	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

13	Click Send. WinFax searches for the letterhead attachments, merges them with the fax, and begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

Preview the fax before sending to ensure your letterhead does not overlap text in the fax.

If you want your letterhead to appear in a different position on the first and subsequent pages of a fax, create two letterhead attachments [image] one letterhead positioned as you want it to appear on the first page and one letterhead positioned as you want it to appear on subsequent pages. Perform the procedure shown above using the Paper1 1st, Then Paper2 option in the Paper Source drop-down list. This applies the Paper1 letterhead to the first page of the fax and the Paper2 letterhead to all subsequent pages of the fax.

 Related Topics


Faxing a scanned document (Twain scanner)

1	Prepare the document you want to scan. Do one of the following:

Flatbed scanner [image] Place the page you want to scan on the copy glass and close the cover.

Document feeder [image] Place the pages you want to scan in the feeder.

Hand scanner [image] Select the appropriate hardware settings and position the scanner above the image.

2	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

3	On the Send menu, click Scan And Send. The scanning software starts.

4	Select the recommended WinFax settings in your software.

Flatbed scanner [image] Select Preview or an equivalent setting. (Your software may do a preview scan automatically.) Status messages may be displayed while your scanner previews the image.

Hand scanner [image] Select Scan or the equivalent command. Drag the scanner over the image.

5	Improve the preview image by adjusting brightness, contrast, size, and any other settings.

6	When you are satisfied with the image, click Rescan, Final Scan, or the equivalent button in your scanning software.

7	Repeat this step for each additional page you scan. When you complete the final scan and answer No to the "Scan Another Page?" prompt, the WinFax Send dialog appears with the scanned pages displayed in the preview area.

8	Address the fax.

9	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

10	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

11	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

12	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

For instructions on enhancing the appearance of scanned images, see your scanning software manual.

The WinFax scanner is not supported under Windows NT/2000.

 Related Topics


Sending a fax from the Controller

1	Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar. A menu appears.

2	Click Send New Fax. The Send dialog appears.

3	Address the fax.

4	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

5	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

7	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Sending an email fax from the Controller
Sending a fax as a self-viewing email attachment from the Controller

1	Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar. A menu appears.

2	Click Send New Fax By Email. The Send dialog appears.

3	Address the email.

4	Type the desired text into the Subject and Message fields.

5	Select files to attach as fax documents.

6	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

7	Click Send. WinFax sends the email with the fax document attached.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Sending a fax from the Windows desktop

1	On the Windows desktop, click the file you want to fax.

2	Right click on the file. A menu appears.

3	On the right click menu, point to Send To and click WinFax. The WinFax Send dialog appears.

4	Address the fax.

5	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

7	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

8	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Creating a send template

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax.

3	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

4	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

5	On the File menu, click Save As File. The Save As dialog appears.

6	In the File Name field, type the path and name for the file using the default extension .FXJ.

7	In the Save As Type drop-down list, click Saved Events (*.FXJ).

8	Click Save. WinFax creates the template and the Send dialog reappears.

9	Click Cancel.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

If you use a template frequently, save it on your desktop. Double click the icon to use the template.

 Related Topics


Sending a fax from a send template

1	Create a send template.

 How to …

2	Start Windows Explorer or Windows File Manager.

3	Locate the appropriate .FXJ file and double click it. The WinFax Send dialog appears containing the information specified when the template was created.

4	Do one of the following:

If the Send dialog is complete, click Send.

Select the appropriate options and click Send.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Sending a binary file (BFT)

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Send menu, click New Binary File Transfer. The Send Binary File Transfer dialog appears.

3	In the Phone Number field, type the recipient's phone number, or click Select and select the recipient from a phonebook.

4	Click Browse. The Select File To Send dialog appears.

5	Select the file you want to send and click Open.

6	In the Messages field, type a message to accompany the file. WinFax creates a Quick Cover Page with the message text you type.

7	Click OK. WinFax sends the file.

Notes

For help on a setting, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

You may want to contact the recipient before attaching executable files. Certain recipients may place restrictions on running attached executable files and software received from outside sources because of the risk of such files corrupting or modifying the recipients' documents, data, or other materials.

WinFax turns off modem ECM (Error Correction Mode) settings by default. Modems receiving BFT, however, must have ECM enabled. Ensure that your BFT recipients have ECM enabled on their modems before sending BFTs.

If the attachment contains WinFax format fax image files only, WinFax sends the message as a fax.

 Related Topics


Addressing a fax to one or more recipients

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax to the first recipient to whom you want to send the fax. Do one of the following:

Type the information in the fields [image] In the To and Number fields, type the recipient's name and fax number.

Select a recipient from a phonebook [image] In the phonebook list, click the appropriate phonebook, and then click the appropriate recipient.

Select a predefined group from a phonebook [image] In the phonebook list, click the appropriate phonebook and then click the appropriate group. (Group records appear bolded.)

3	Address the fax to additional recipients (optional). Click Add To List and repeat step 2 until all recipients appear in the Recipient List.

Notes

For detailed instructions on how to enter the recipient's name and fax number, click What's This? on the Help menu and then click the appropriate field.

If the person to whom you are sending the fax has T30 sub-addressing configured on their fax server, you can route the fax directly to them by adding the recipient's fax extension to the dial sequence. To specify a fax extension, create a phonebook entry for the recipient and type their extension in the Extension field. Address the fax using the phonebook entry.


Scheduling delivery

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax.

3	If you are sending this fax to multiple recipients or groups, select the entries in the Recipients list you want to schedule for the same date and time. (If required, you can schedule the fax differently for each recipient.)

4	On the Recipient menu, click Advanced. The Delivery Options dialog appears.

5	In the Deliver drop-down list, do one of the following:

Schedule a specific time for delivery [image] Click At A Date And Time I Specify. Change the time and date settings.

Schedule an off-peak delivery [image] Click During Off-Peak Hours.

Hold the fax in the Outbox until you are ready to send it [image] Click Hold In My Outbox.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

WinFax stores scheduled faxes in the Outbox until the specified delivery time. All scheduled faxes are identified in the Outbox by an hourglass icon.

If you are running under Windows NT/2000, you can schedule faxes to be sent when you are logged out of Windows NT/2000 using the NT/2000 service. For more information about the NT/2000 service, click here [image].

If you want to send a fax on a recurring basis, use the Send New Recurring Fax command on the Send menu.

 Related Topics


Scheduling recurring delivery

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Send menu, click Send New Recurring Fax. The New Recurring Fax dialog appears.

3	In the Subject field, type a subject for this fax.

4	If you are sending this fax to multiple recipients or groups, select the entries in the Recipient List that you want to schedule in the same manner. If required, you can schedule the fax differently for each recipient.

5	Schedule the recurring delivery. Do the following:

a	Click Modify. The Modify Recurring Event dialog appears.

b	In the Recurring section, click the time period corresponding to how often you want to deliver this fax. The adjacent section title and settings adjust to reflect the selection in the Recurring section.

For example, to deliver this fax once a month, click Monthly; once a year, click Yearly.

c	In the adjacent section, select the appropriate delivery day.

For example, if you clicked Weekly in the Recurring section, click Thu to deliver this fax every Thursday.

d	In the Duration section, click the appropriate Start Date and End Date for recurring delivery. If you want to attempt delivery during a specific time period (for example, during office hours), click the appropriate Start Time and End Time.

e	Click OK. The New Recurring Fax dialog appears.

6	Address the fax. Click Add, select the appropriate recipients, and click OK.

7	Select the files you want to attach to the fax. Click Add, select the appropriate files, and click OK.

8	Include a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	Enable I Want To Use A Cover Page.

b	Click Select, select the cover page you want to use, and click OK.

c	Click Fill and fill in the cover page.

Note

If you are running under Windows NT/2000, you can schedule faxes to be sent when you are logged out of Windows NT/2000 using the NT/2000 service. For more information about the NT/2000 service, click here [image].

 Related Topics


Specifying priority

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax.

3	If you are sending this fax to multiple recipients, select the entries in the Recipient List that you want to set to the same priority. If required, you can prioritize the fax differently for each recipient.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Advanced. The Delivery Options dialog appears.

5	In the Priority drop-down list, click High, Normal, or Low.

6	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

Notes

You cannot prioritize delivery to groups.

WinFax sends faxes scheduled for the same time according to their priority level.

 Related Topics


Specifying a billing code and keywords

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax.

3	If you are sending this fax to multiple recipients or groups, select the entries in the Recipient List for which you want to specify the same billing code and keywords. If required, you can specify a different billing code or keyword for each recipient.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Advanced. The Delivery Options dialog appears.

5	In the Billing Code field, type the appropriate billing information or click a previous billing code in the Billing Code drop-down list.

6	In the Keywords field, type the appropriate keywords or click a previous keyword in the Keywords drop-down list.

7	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

Note

WinFax can automatically prompt you for a billing code when you send a fax. To do this, enable Prompt For Keywords And Billing Code in the Send Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab).

 Related Topics


Specifying security

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax.

3	If you are sending this fax to multiple recipients or groups, select the entry in the Recipient List that you want to send secured.

4	On the Recipient menu, click Advanced. The Delivery Options dialog appears.

5	Enable Send Secure.

6	In the Send Secure field, type the calling station identifier (CSID) of the recipient to whom you are sending this fax.

7	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

Note

If the CSID displayed by recipient's fax device does not match the CSID you entered in the Delivery Options dialog, WinFax does not deliver the fax.


Changing your location

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	Double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, click your current location.

Note

If the CSID displayed by recipient's fax device does not match the CSID you entered in the Delivery Options dialog, WinFax does not deliver the fax.

 Related Topics


Changing your location at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	On the Options menu, point to Location and click the appropriate location.

 Related Topics


Changing dialing instructions at send time

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	On the Options menu, point to Location and click Setup. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	Select the appropriate options.

5	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

Notes

You can also display the Dialing Properties dialog by starting Program Setup and double clicking Dialing And Location.

The appearance of the Dialing Properties dialog varies depending whether you set up WinFax to dial using the Windows (TAPI) dialing method or the WinFax dialing method.

 Related Topics


Specifying fax image resolution

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	On the Options menu, point to Resolution and click the appropriate option.

Click Fine (200 x 200 dpi) for the highest quality faxes. Click Standard (200 x 100 dpi) only if transmission time and cost are more important than the print quality of the fax at the receiving end.

Note

To specify the default resolution for all faxes you send, start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab.


Previewing faxes before sending

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Attach documents to your fax (optional).

3	Preview your documents in the fax preview area at the bottom of the Send dialog. Click a thumbnail to display the page in the fax preview area. Use the buttons at the bottom of the preview area to magnify the image.


Sending failed pages only

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Send Log. The Logs window opens to display the Send Log folder.

3	In the record list, click the fax you want to resubmit.

4	On the Send menu, click Resubmit. The Send dialog appears.

5	On the Options menu, click Send Options. The Send Options dialog appears.

6	In the When Sending section, enable If Resubmitting A Fax, Send Failed Pages Only.

7	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

8	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the failed fax pages.

Notes

This option is available only when you resubmit a failed fax.

To set up WinFax to always resubmit only those fax pages that failed, start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab.


Deleting pages after sending

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	On the Options menu, click Send Options. The Send Options dialog appears.

3	In the After Sending section, enable Delete Fax Pages, But Keep A Log Record Of The Message.

4	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

Notes

The log record remains in the Send Log folder, but it cannot be viewed or resubmitted.

To set up WinFax to always delete fax pages after they are sent, start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the After Sending tab.


Printing a transmission record

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	On the Options menu, click Send Options. The Send Options dialog appears.

3	In the After Sending section, enable Print A Send Confirmation Page.

4	Click Setup. The Send Confirmation Setup dialog appears.

5	Enable Print These Confirmation Details.

6	By default, WinFax prints all details listed in the Printed list. Select the details you want to print by doing the following:

To remove a detail, click it in the Printed list and click Remove.

To add a detail, click it in the Available list and click Add.

7	Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reposition the selected field in the Printed list.

8	In the Printer section, click Setup. The Print Setup dialog appears. In the Printers list, click the appropriate printer and click OK. The Send Confirmation Setup dialog reappears.

9	Click OK. The Send Options dialog reappears.

10	Click OK. The Send dialog reappears.

Note

To set up WinFax to print transmission records for all faxes you send, start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the After Sending tab.

 Related Topics


Canceling a fax

Do one of the following:

In the Send dialog [image] On the File menu, click Cancel.

In the Line Status dialog [image] Click Cancel.

On the Message Manager status bar [image] Click Cancel.


Forwarding a fax while viewing it

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Receive Log. The Logs window opens to display the Receive Log folder.

3	In the record list, double click the fax you want to send to someone else. Viewer starts and opens the fax.

4	Annotate and mark up the fax (optional). (For more information about using the annotation tools, click here [image].)

5	On the File menu in Viewer, click Send. The Send dialog appears. Thumbnails of the fax pages appear in the fax preview area.

6	Address the fax.

7	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

8	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

9	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

10	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Receiving a fax manually

1	If you answer a fax call on a shared voice/fax line, do not hang up the handset right away.

2	Do either of the following:

From Message Manager [image] On the Receive menu, point to Manual Receive Now and click the modem you want to use.

From the Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar, point to Manual Receive Now and click the modem you want to use.

3	Do not hang up the handset. The Manual Receive dialog appears.

4	Click Yes.

5	When you hear your modem pick up the line and the message "Answering ..." appears on the Line Status dialog, hang up the handset. WinFax prepares your modem and begins receiving the fax.

Note

If you have only one modem and one phone line connected to your computer, click the Manual Receive Now command [image] you do not have to select a modem.

 Related Topics


Receiving a fax automatically

Do either of the following:

From Message Manager [image] On the Receive menu, point to Automatic Receive and click the modem you want to use.

From the Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar, point to Automatic Receive and click the modem you want to use.

Notes

With automatic reception enabled, WinFax will receive incoming messages automatically as long as either Message Manager or the Controller is running.

You can change the default automatic reception options (for example, the number of rings before WinFax answers and the time periods during which automatic reception is enabled) in the Receive Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Receive, and then click the General tab). If you have two phone lines and two modems connected to WinFax, you can set automatic reception options for each line.

If you are running under Windows NT/2000, you can receive faxes when you are logged out of Windows NT/2000 using the NT/2000 service. For more information about the NT/2000 service, click here [image].

 Related Topics


Retrieving a fax from a remote fax station

1	Ensure that remote fax retrieval is enabled on the remote fax station before attempting to retrieve faxes.

 How to …

2	On the Receive menu, click Remote Fax Retrieval. The Remote Fax Retrieval dialog appears.

3	Identify the remote fax station from which you want to retrieve faxes. Do one of the following:

In the Name and Fax Number fields, type the name and fax number field for the remote fax station you want to poll.

Click Select, select the remote fax station from your phonebooks, and click OK. The Remote Fax Retrieval dialog reappears.

4	If remote retrieval from the remote fax station is secured, type the password in the Password field.

5	If you only want to retrieve faxes from a specific sender, type the sender's CSID in the Only From CSID field.

6	In the Retrieve section, specify when you want to retrieve faxes remotely. Do one of the following:

Click Now.

Click Scheduled and click the Time and Date that you want WinFax to poll the remote fax station for fax messages.

Click Off-Peak. WinFax polls the fax station during off-peak hours only.

7	In the Location drop-down list, click your current location. If you need to change the properties associated with this location, click Properties. The Dialing Properties dialog appears. Change the properties as necessary and click OK. The Remote Fax Retrieval dialog reappears.

8	Click OK. WinFax polls the remote fax station for messages and delivers them to the Receive Log. The Line Status dialog displays ongoing information so you can monitor the remote retrieval. To stop the retrieval, click Cancel.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Remote Retrieval dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.

Some fax machines may use a non-standard method for password protection. If you have problems connecting, try polling the device without specifying a password.

 Related Topics


Monitoring fax status

By default, WinFax displays the Line Status dialog while sending and receiving faxes so you can monitor faxing progress.

The Line Status dialog displays information about the current faxing activity including a description of the current operation (for example, connecting, sending, receiving, and so on), sender or recipient information (including name, number, and CSID), the transmission speed, and progress details (the current page being processed and the estimated transmission duration).

If the Line Status dialog does not appear when you send and receive faxes, check that Display Status Dialog is enabled in the Call Status And Controller Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Call Status And Controller, and then click the General tab).

Notes

If you have two modems and two phone lines connected to your computer, each active modem is listed in the list box at the top of the Line Status dialog. The details displayed at the bottom of the dialog apply to the modem selected in the list box. To view details for another modem, click the modem in the list box.

Additional status information appears in the display area at the bottom of the Logs window. To view status information for a particular fax, select it in the Logs window, enable Display Information on the View menu, and check the information in the display area at the bottom of the Logs window.

 Related Topics


Viewing faxes (help wizard)
Viewing faxes

More information needed ...

Do you have the fax open in Fax Viewer?

Yes

No


Verifying fax status

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Go menu, click Send Log. The Logs window opens and displays the contents of the Send Log folder.

3	In the record list, click the appropriate fax.

4	Check the status icon.

Status	Icon
Successful transmission
Unsuccessful transmission
In progress
Scheduled
5	Check the status information that appears in the display area below the log record list.


Using the Controller

1	Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar. A menu appears.

2	Do any of the following:

To start to send a fax, click Send A Fax. The WinFax Send dialog appears.

To view a new fax, point to New Messages and click the appropriate message.

To enable automatic reception, enable or disable Automatic Receive.

To change your current location, point to Locations and then click your current location.

To start other WinFax programs, click the appropriate program.

 Related Topics


Closing the Controller

1	Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar. A menu appears.

2	Click Exit.

Note

To set default options for exiting the Controller when you exit Message Manager, start Program Setup, double click Call Status And Controller, and then click the appropriate option in the Controller section.


Starting the Controller

By default, the Setup program adds the Controller to your StartUp group so that it starts each time you start Windows. If you removed the Controller from your StartUp group, you can start the Controller using any of the following methods:

From the Windows Start button [image] Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, then Symantec WinFax, and then click Controller.

From the WinFax folder/program group [image] Double click the Controller icon or executable file (WFXCTL32.EXE).

From Windows Explorer or File Manager [image] Double click the Controller icon or executable file (WFXCTL32.EXE).


Receiving a fax automatically using the Controller

1	Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar. A menu appears.

2	Point to Automatic Receive and click the modem you want to use.

Notes

If you have only one modem and one phone line connected to your computer, click the Automatic Receive command [image] you do not have to select a modem.

With automatic reception enabled, WinFax will receive incoming messages automatically as long as either Message Manager or the Controller is running.

If you are running under Windows NT/2000, you can receive faxes when you are logged out of Windows NT/2000 using the NT/2000 service. For more information about the NT/2000 service, click here [image].

 Related Topics


Receiving a fax manually using the Controller

1	If you answer a fax call on a shared voice/fax line, do not hang up the handset right away.

2	Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar. A menu appears.

3	Click Manual Receive Now and click the modem you want to use.

4	Do not hang up the handset. The Manual Receive dialog appears.

5	Click Yes.

6	When you hear your modem pick up the line and the message "Answering ..." appears on the Message Status dialog, hang up the handset. WinFax prepares your modem and begins receiving the fax.

Note

If you have only one modem and one phone line connected to your computer, click the Manual Receive Now command [image] you do not have to select a modem.

 Related Topics


Changing your location using the Controller

1	Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar. A menu appears.

2	Point to Locations and click the appropriate location.


Viewing new messages using the Controller

1	Right click the Controller icon in the Windows systems tray. A menu appears.

2	Point to New Messages and click the message you want to view or play.

 Related Topics


Sending a fax from another program

1	Start the appropriate program and open or create the document you want to fax.

2	On the program's File menu, click Print (or the equivalent command). A print dialog appears.

3	Select the WinFax printer you want to use and print the document. The WinFax Send dialog appears with the document you printed displayed in the fax preview area.

4	Address the fax.

5	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

7	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

8	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Sending a fax from another program using a WinFax macro

1	Start the appropriate program and open or create the document you want to fax.

2	On the program's File menu, click the fax command. A WinFax fax command appears if you installed the appropriate WinFax macro for this program. A print dialog appears.

3	Select the WinFax printer and print the document. The WinFax Send dialog appears with the document you printed displayed in the fax preview area.

4	Address the fax.

5	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

7	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

8	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Sending a fax from WinFax

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Send menu, click Send New Fax. The Send dialog appears.

3	Address the fax.

4	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

5	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

7	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Checking for new faxes

Do either of the following:

From Message Manager [image] On the Go menu, click Receive Logs. The Logs window opens to display the contents of the Receive Log folder. All new messages appear bolded.

From the Controller [image] Look for a "flashing" new message icon.


Creating a mail merge database in Microsoft Word

1	Start Word.

2	On the Tools menu, click Mail Merge. The Mail Merge Helper dialog appears.

3	In the Main Document section, click Create.

4	In the list, click Form Letters. A dialog appears.

5	Click Active Window. The Mail Merge Helper dialog reappears.

6	In the Data Source section, point to Get Data and click Create Data Source.

7	All fields you can include in the mail merge database appear in the Field Names In Header Row list. Specify the fields you want to appear in the mail merge database. Do the following:

Remove fields [image] To remove a field, click it in the list, and click Remove Field Name.

Add fields [image] To add a field, type the name of the field in the Field Name field and click Add Field Name.

8	Use the Move arrows to re-position the fields in the appropriate order and then click OK. The Save As dialog appears.

9	Specify the path and file name to which you want to save the mail merge database and then click OK. A Microsoft Word dialog appears.

10	Click Edit Data Source. A Data Form dialog appears and displays the fields you created.

11	Fill in the appropriate recipient information. Click Add New to add additional recipients.

12	Once you have finished entering recipients, click OK. A merge field toolbar appears above the Word document.

 Related Topics


Setting up the Merge Document in Microsoft Word

1	Open the Microsoft Word document you want to use.

2	Position the cursor at the location where you want to insert database information.

3	On the toolbar, click Insert Merge Field.

4	In the list, click the field you want to insert. (The fax number must be the first field.)

5	In the Style drop-down list, click the appropriate WFX style. Use the table below to help you decide which style to use.

Style	Description
<<wfxFaxNum>>	fax number (maximum 47 characters)
<<wfxRecipient>>	recipient name (maximum 31 characters)
<<wfxTime>>	transmit time (HH:MM:SS time format)
<<wfxDate>>	transmit date (MM/DD/YY date format)
<<wfxCompany>>	company name (maximum 42 characters)
<<wfxSubject>>	subject (maximum 79 characters)
<<wfxKeyword>>	keywords (maximum 33 characters)
<<wfxBillCode>>	billing code (maximum 26 characters)
6	Repeat steps 2 to 5 for each mail merge field you want to add to your document.

7	On the Tools menu, click Mail Merge. The Mail Merge Helper dialog appears.

8	In the Merge The Data With The Document section, click Merge.

9	In the list, click Merge To New Document. Microsoft Word creates the merged document.

Notes

You can insert a merge field in a document as many times as required. However, you can use a WFX style only once in a document.

When you apply WFX styles in Microsoft Word, this marks the entire line for processing by WinFax. To prevent processing problems, make sure that you put each merge field on a separate line, so that WinFax processes only to the necessary information. Otherwise, WinFax may not be able to interpret the data properly. For example, if you apply the <<wfxFaxNum>style to the line "Fax Number: 1-555-555-5555", then WinFax will try to process the entire line as a fax number and as a result dialing will fail.

Do not place WFX styles in tables. WinFax cannot process styles in tables.

When you execute a macro, it scans the document from top to bottom looking for WFX style markers. Therefore, styles must appear in the document in the order in which they are listed in the preceding table, or the information will be placed in the wrong fields.

 Related Topics


Using the Microsoft Word Mail Merge feature with WinFax (Word 6.0 and 7.0)
Using the Microsoft Word 6/7 Mail Merge feature with WinFax

1	Install the WinFax macros for Microsoft Word.

 How to …

2	Create a mail merge database in Microsoft Word.

 How to …

3	Set up the merge document in Microsoft Word.

 How to …

4	On the Tools menu in Word, click Macro. The Macro dialog appears.

5	In the Macro Name list, click DDEFaxMerge.

6	Click Run. A DDEFaxMerge Macro dialog appears.

7	Click OK. Word begins merging the documents. When the merge is complete, a WinFax icon appears in the lower left corner of your screen to indicate that your faxes have been sent.

 Related Topics


Using the Microsoft Word Mail Merge feature with WinFax (Word 97)
Using the Microsoft Word 97/2000 Mail Merge feature with WinFax

1	Install the WinFax macros for Microsoft Word.

 How to …

2	Create a mail merge database in Microsoft Word.

 How to …

3	Set up the merge document in Microsoft Word.

 How to …

4	On the Tools menu in Word, click WinFax Mail Merge. A DDEFaxMerge Macro dialog appears.

5	Click OK. Word begins merging the documents. When the merge is complete, a WinFax icon appears in the lower left corner of your screen to indicate that your faxes have been sent.

 Related Topics


Sending faxes to groups (help wizard)
Faxing one or more documents to groups

More information needed ...

What do you want to do?

I want to send faxes to this group regularly.

I just want to address a fax to multiple recipients. I do not need to create a group record for future use.


Sending a fax to a group (group records)
Sending a fax to a group

1	Create a group record.

 How to ….

2	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

3	Address the fax. Do the following:

a	Click the phonebook containing the group you want to fax to.

b	In the recipient list, click the appropriate group. (Group records appear bold in the list.)

4	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

5	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

6	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Sending a fax to a group (multiple recipient records)
Sending a fax to a group

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	Address the fax. Do one of the following:

Type the recipient information [image] In the To and Number fields, type the recipient's name and fax number.

Select a recipient from a phonebook [image] Click the phonebook containing the recipient and then click the appropriate recipient.

Select a predefined group from a phonebook [image] Click the phonebook containing the group and then click the appropriate group. (Group records appear bolded.)

3	Click Add To List. The recipient appears in the Recipient List.

4	Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you have all selected all the recipients you want to sent this fax to.

5	Select a cover page to include with the fax (optional).

6	Select files to include with the fax (optional).

7	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Faxing using the Drag and Drop Depot

1	Open Windows Explorer or File Manager. Locate the document or document you want to fax.

2	On the document, click and hold down the left mouse button, and move the mouse to drag the document over the WinFax Drag And Drop Depot desktop icon. Release the mouse button. The WinFax Send dialog appears.

3	OPTIONAL [image] If you have not specified a default WinFax Printer Driver, the Print Preferences dialog appears. Choose the desired print option, and click OK.

4	Address the fax.

5	OPTIONAL [image] Specify any other appropriate options in the Send dialog.

 For more information, go to …

6	Click Send.

 Related Topics


Using WinFax with ISDN

WinFax sends and receives voice calls and faxes using a communications device. Depending on your hardware, you can use WinFax with either a modem (most common device) or an ISDN card.

To use WinFax with an ISDN card, you need the following:

an ISDN-enabled version of WinFax

a supported ISDN card with a CAPI 2.0 driver (must support G3 faxing and DTMF detection)

an ISDN telephone line

analog modem emulation capability or digital X.75 protocol recommended

For faxing with an ISDN card, WinFax can communicate with standard Group 3 fax devices on traditional analog phone lines as well as digital ISDN lines at speeds of up to 14,400 bps. For WinFax ISDN to WinFax ISDN connections, the Speed Fax option supports transmission speeds of up to 64,000 bps.

Note

 	Speed Fax is not available in North America.


What's different when using ISDN with WinFax?

Using ISDN with WinFax works much the same as using a modem or other communications device. However, the following features are not supported in ISDN mode:

Calling Card Dialing [image] You cannot charge calls to calling cards in ISDN mode. The analog dial sequences necessary to connect to the calling card services are not supported.

Binary File Transfer (BFT)

Remote Fax Retrieval

Manual Fax Send and Receive

Secure Fax Send

Incomplete Fax Call Logging [image] Does not support call logging for incomplete incoming fax calls.

Concord Fax Services [image] You cannot use Concord Universal Mailbox, Concord Fax Broadcast, or Concord Fax Mailbox.

Notes

Analog Paging and SMS Text Messaging [image] Supported only if your ISDN card has analog modem emulation capabilities. See your ISDN card documentation for information.

Digital Paging and SMS Text Messaging [image] Supported only if your ISDN card is equipped with X.75 data protocol. See your ISDN card documentation for information.

 	Speed Fax [image] Speed Fax is not available in North America.


Setting up an ISDN card

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Click Add. The Install New Device Type wizard starts.

5	Click Other.

6	In the Connection Device list, click ISDN Device (CAPI 2.0) and click Next. The Supported Manufacturer List appears.

7	In the Manufacturers drop-down list, click the manufacturer of the ISDN card you want to set up. (If the manufacturer of your ISDN card does not appear in the list, select “generic”.)

8	In the Models drop-down list, click the model name of the ISDN card you want to set up.

9	Click Next. The ISDN Properties dialog appears.

10	Click the General tab. Do the following:

a	In the MSN (Multiple Subscriber Number) field, enter an MSN you will use with this ISDN card.

b	In the Name field, type a descriptive name for this MSN, so that you will be able to distinguish it from others (for example, “Fax number”, or “Office number”).

c	In the Call Type drop-down list, click on the type of calls you want to make and receive using this MSN (for example, fax).

d	Click Add to add this MSN and its information to the list box.

e	Repeat steps a to d for each MSN you wish to configure.

f	In the For Incoming Calls With No Destination MSN Use drop-down list, click on the MSN you wish to have answer calls that are not tagged with an MSN destination by the ISDN card upon arrival.

11	Click the Fax tab. Review the Packet Data field entry. We recommend that you use the default setting shown. Change this entry only as directed by your ISDN card documentation.

In the Fax CLID field, enter your fax number (field does not apply in North America).

OPTIONAL [image]  Enable Use Speed Fax if you wish to use the Speed Fax feature for quick faxing between WinFax ISDN installations (feature not available in North America).

12	Click the CAPI Capabilities tab. Review the summary information listed here to assess which features this ISDN card supports.

13	Click Apply to save your settings, and then click OK. The ISDN Setup Complete dialog appears.

14	Click Finish. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog reappears. The new ISDN card appears in the devices list.

Notes

Generally, you need to specify only the last two digits of the MSN (Multiple Subscriber Number). If you have a mapped phone number (a number that is different from your other ISDN numbers), enter the whole number. To have ISDN answer incoming calls on all lines, leave the MSN field blank.


Activating an ISDN card

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the Active check box beside the ISDN device you want to activate for the selected location.


Changing ISDN settings

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate ISDN device.

5	Click Properties. The ISDN Properties dialog appears.

6	Click each tab and make any changes, as necessary.

7	Click Apply to save your changes, and then click OK.

 Related Topics


Specifying the ISDN calling line identity

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the ISDN device.

5	Click Properties. The ISDN Properties dialog appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	In the Fax CLID field, type the fax number you want WinFax to show on the receiving station.

8	Click Apply to save your settings, and then click OK.


Increasing fax transmission rates to other WinFax ISDN stations

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the devices list, click the ISDN device.

5	Click Properties. The ISDN Properties dialog appears.

6	Click the Fax tab.

7	Enable Use Speed Fax.

Notes

 	Speed Fax is not available in North America.

This option applies to WinFax ISDN to WinFax ISDN transmissions only.

If WinFax is unable to transmit the fax using this option, WinFax automatically reverts to regular G3 fax transmissions.


WinFax ISDN problems

WinFax ISDN relies on your ISDN card. As a result, many problems you experience may be related to your ISDN card. If you are having trouble with your ISDN card, check the troubleshooting information below.

Click the topic that best describes your situation.

Some WinFax features are not accessible after you switch to ISDN

You cannot send or receive faxes with ISDN

Your ISDN card does not respond

WinFax ISDN dials the specified number but does not connect

WinFax ISDN does not respond to incoming calls

Speed Fax connection is not established with other WinFax ISDN systems

WinFax does not support your ISDN card


Some WinFax features are not accessible after you switch to ISDN mode
Troubleshooting

Some WinFax features not accessible after you switch to ISDN mode

Situation [image] After switching from using WinFax with a modem to using WinFax with an ISDN card, you can no longer access certain dialogs or use certain product features.

Solution [image] The interaction between WinFax and the ISDN driver changes some aspects of WinFax operation. The following WinFax features that are supported by your modem are not supported when you use ISDN:

Calling Card Dialing

Binary File Transfer (BFT)

Remote Fax Retrieval

Manual Fax Receive

Manual Fax Send

Secure Fax Send

Concord Fax Services (Universal Mailbox, Fax Broadcast, Fax Mailbox)

Call Discrimination

Multiple Device Activation

Call Waiting

Redial on Busy

Distinctive Ring

Silence Detection

Eavesdropping Feature

Notes

Analog Paging and SMS Text Messaging [image] Supported only if your ISDN card has analog modem emulation capabilities. See your ISDN card documentation for information.

Digital Paging and SMS Text Messaging [image] Supported only if your ISDN card is equipped with X.75 data protocol. See your ISDN card documentation for information.

 	Speed Fax [image] Speed Fax is not available in North America.


You cannot send or receive faxes (ISDN)
Troubleshooting

You cannot send or receive faxes (ISDN)

Situation [image] You cannot send or receive faxes, even though you have checked every aspect of your WinFax ISDN setup.

Solution [image] Check that your ISDN card supports Group 3 fax transmissions. Some ISDN cards may not be capable of Group 3 fax transmissions, yet they do not report this condition to WinFax ISDN.

Solution [image] Check that the ISDN card is configured to use the Group 3 fax transmission option. With some ISDN cards, you may need to run a special program to activate the card's fax capabilities.

Solution [image] Check that the ISDN card is installed properly (see the documentation for your ISDN card). If you are not sure, try uninstalling and then re-installing the ISDN card.

Solution [image] WinFax communicates with the ISDN card using the CAPI2032.DLL file saved in your Windows folder (or the SYSTEM subfolder). If this file is in another folder, move it to your Windows folder. Otherwise, contact your hardware manufacturer.

Solution [image] Check the documentation for your ISDN card or contact the card's manufacturer for additional troubleshooting tips.


WinFax does not answer incoming calls properly (ISDN)
Troubleshooting

WinFax does not answer incoming calls properly (ISDN)

Solution [image] Check that your ISDN card supports Group 3 fax transmissions and is configured properly for this feature. Otherwise, WinFax may answer the call but will not initiate a fax tone.

Solution [image] Enable Automatic Receive on the Receive menu in Message Manager.

Solution [image] Check that your Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN) is set up properly. The MSN should correspond to the last unique digits in your ISDN phone number. For example, if you have the following ISDN phone numbers: 991715, 991716, and 991717, your MSN number would be either 15, 16, or 17. To specify the number you want WinFax to answer, enter the MSN number in the ISDN properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click the appropriate ISDN card in the list, and then click Properties). If you have a mapped phone number (a number that is different from your other ISDN numbers), enter the whole number.

Solution [image] If you are connected to a PBX, MSN support may not work. In that case, leave the MSN field blank. If you have set up another application to answer on the same line (MSN), WinFax may not be able to get the call.


WinFax does not dial the recipient's number (ISDN)
Troubleshooting

WinFax does not dial the recipient's number (ISDN)

Situation [image] WinFax does not dial the recipient's number.

Solution [image] Verify that your ISDN card is connected to your ISDN line and that the required CAPI drivers are loaded.

Solution [image] If you are connected to a PBX, make sure you have included the prefix to get an outside line in your dial string.


ISDN card does not respond
Troubleshooting

ISDN card does not respond

Situation [image] Your ISDN card does not respond.

Solution [image] Contact your manufacturer for the most recent version of the CAPI 2.0 driver.

Solution [image] If the card is set up without using the Windows 95/98 CAPI subsystem, check that the file CAP2032.DLL is located in the SYSTEM subfolder of your Windows installation folder. If not, re-install the ISDN card. See the documentation for your ISDN card for more information on setting up your ISDN card.


WinFax ISDN device dials the specified number but does not connect
Troubleshooting

WinFax ISDN device dials the specified number but does not connect

Situation [image] WinFax ISDN dials the specified number, but a Group 3 connection is not established.

Solution [image] Make sure that both your ISDN card and your CAPI driver support Group 3 transmission. Check the CAPI Capabilities tab of the ISDN Properties dialog for more information. Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your ISDN device in the devices list, and then click Properties. Click the CAPI Capabilities tab.


WinFax ISDN device does not respond to incoming calls
Troubleshooting

WinFax ISDN device does not respond to incoming calls

Situation [image] Your ISDN device does not respond to incoming calls.

Solution [image] Check the Multiple Subscriber Number setting in the ISDN Properties dialog. Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your ISDN device in the devices list, and then click Properties. Click the General tab.


Speed Fax connection is not established with other ISDN systems
Troubleshooting

Speed Fax connection is not established with other WinFax ISDN systems

Situation [image] Speed Fax connection is not established with other WinFax ISDN systems.

Solution [image] Check that both systems are running WinFax ISDN with Use Speed Fax (not available in North America) enabled in the ISDN/CAPI Properties dialog. Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your ISDN device in the devices list, and then click Properties. Click the Fax tab.


WinFax does not support your ISDN card
Troubleshooting

WinFax does not support your ISDN card

Situation [image] WinFax displays a message indicating that it does not support your ISDN card.

Solution [image] Contact your ISDN card manufacturer for a more recent version of your CAPI 2.0 driver.


MSN field
Type the Multiple Subscriber Number (MSN) for the phone number you want WinFax ISDN to answer. Generally, you need to specify only the last two digits of the MSN phone number.

If you want WinFax ISDN to answer incoming calls on all lines, leave this field blank.


Speed Fax radio button (not available in North America)
If you are sending to another WinFax ISDN system, enable this option to transmit the fax at 64,000 bps. If the remote fax station rejects the call, WinFax ISDN will then attempt a regular Group 3 fax transmission.

Speed Fax is available only when you are faxing between two WinFax ISDN systems. Speed Fax is not available in North America.


CLID field
Type the phone number (CLID) you want WinFax ISDN to display on the receiving station.


About WinFax

WinFax turns your computer into a fax machine that sends and receives faxes. Using WinFax, you can fax documents from your computer to any fax number in the world, anytime. In addition to being able to send and receive faxes using your computer, WinFax also provides a wide variety of features for personalizing and automating your faxes.

Easier [image] Assemble your faxes just like you would traditional faxes, and preview and modify them while you are creating them. Check for new faxes in one place. Conveniently access fax numbers directly from your WinFax phonebook, or other contact manager.

Better [image] Fax right from your computer to one or more people. Faxes transmit faster with improved fax compression. WinFax detects and corrects conditions that could otherwise cause faxes to fail. Send laser-quality text and photo-quality graphics.

Cheaper [image] Using WinFax you can save on long distance charges by scheduling faxes to be sent at off-peak times. WinFax also supports your calling card so that sending faxes from a hotel room when you are on the road does not get too expensive.

 Related Topics


Easier, better, and cheaper faxing

You can choose from a wide variety of powerful features in WinFax to customize your faxing needs. The table below highlights some of the most popular features in WinFax.

When you ...	Did you know you can do this?
Send faxes	Send faxes from any Windows program with one click.
	Send faxes as self-viewing email attachments.
	Drag and Drop to fax any document instantly.
	Combine multiple documents from various programs into one fax.
	Set up faxes you send regularly so that they are ready to fax.
	Scan a paper document into your computer and fax it.
	Send the same fax to more than one person.
	Include cover pages with faxes. Choose from cover pages in the WinFax Cover Your Fax collection or create your own.
	Preview faxes before sending them.
	Schedule faxes so they are sent during off-peak hours.
	Add your signature to faxes and cover pages.
Receive and view faxes	Receive faxes automatically without interrupting your work.
	Forward faxes automatically to your next destination, or use remote fax retrieval when you get there.
	Have WinFax call your cellular phone or pager to notify you that you have received new faxes.
	View faxes and print them, or print them automatically upon receipt.
	Rotate fax pages received sideways or upside down.
	Remove transmission specks on received faxes.
	Edit faxes you receive by circling text and adding review comments, or by converting them to text you can edit.
	Organize faxes by creating folders.
Use two phone lines with WinFax	Double your faxing capabilities by using two modems and two phone lines to send faxes; or, set up one line for sending faxes and the other for receiving.
Use phonebooks	Create phonebooks for storing addresses and numbers. Organize phonebooks using folders.
	Specify special dialing instructions for individual recipients.
	Use phonebooks from contact managers such as ACT!.
Integrate your email package with WinFax	If you use a supported email program, including Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook, you can send faxes as self-viewing email attachments directly from WinFax.


About annotation

When you receive a fax, you may want to write notes on it, add a graphic, or draw attention to certain portions of it before passing it on. Using annotate mode in Viewer, you can do all of this on-screen. For example, you can:

add notes in the margins

draw lines through text you want to remove

draw arrowed lines to point to specific areas of the fax (for example, the place you want to insert more information)

circle or highlight important text

stamp your fax with one of the many stamp designs provided with WinFax (for example, "Draft" or "Confidential")

add your signature electronically

add your logo electronically

insert objects (text or graphics)

Depending on your needs, you can save your on-screen annotations as a separate layer for your own personal reference, or you can combine (merge) it with the original fax image so that when you forward the fax, the recipient receives both the original fax and your annotations.

Note

Some forms of annotation appear only in the Fax Viewer edit mode, and seem to “disappear” when you return to the Send Fax dialog. These annotation forms include signatures added using a PalmPal utility, arrows and arrow heads, and freehand drawing items. These annotations will appear in the final faxed document.


About attachments

Attachments are files that you "attach" to a fax and send with it. For example, you can type a cover letter in a Windows program, print it to WinFax, then include your price list or resume as an attachment file. Or, you can send a fax consisting entirely of different attached files, such as a follow-up letter, a standard price list, and a map to your office.

You can attach any document on your computer to a fax. When you attach a document to a fax, WinFax converts it to fax image format for sending. You can convert your documents to fax image format at send time or ahead of time:

At send time [image] Convert files to fax image format at send time to ensure WinFax sends the most recent version of the file. You can do this by using the File command on the Insert menu in the Send dialog.

Ahead of time [image] Convert files that do not change frequently to fax image format ahead of time and store them in the Attachment Library. This eliminates conversion time at send time. To do this, print the source files to the WinFax printer and on the Send dialog, click Save As Attachment on the File menu. Then attach the file to a fax using the WinFax Attachments command on the Insert menu in the Send dialog.

If you frequently fax the same documents, you may want to add these documents to the Attachments Library. This makes it easy to find the documents you want to fax at send time.

Note You can also send the actual source files so that the recipient can open and edit the files. To do this, use the Send New Binary File Transfer command on the Send menu in Message Manager. (For more information, click here [image].)

 Related Topics


About Binary File Transfers (BFT)

When you send a fax, WinFax must first convert the pages of your documents to WinFax-format fax image files (.FXS files). WinFax then sends the image files to the recipient using standard faxing technology. If your modem supports binary file transfer, you can use WinFax to send the actual data files directly to the recipient, without converting the files to fax images. This allows the recipient to open and edit the file in its native program (that is, the program in which it was created). This type of fax communication is known as Binary File Transfer (BFT).

With BFT, WinFax processes and sends messages faster to save you time and, in some cases, connection charges. In order to transfer files successfully, both the sender and the recipient's system must meet specific system requirements for BFT.

 Related Topics


About email system integration

The email system integration feature allows you to send faxes as self-viewing email attachments from within Message Manager. When you enable email integration, additional email-related commands appear on Message Manager menus.

If you are using Microsoft Outlook or Microsoft Exchange, greater integration is available. You may be able to view WinFax logs and messages from within your email program, or be able to view email logs from within WinFax if you are using one of these programs.

The email integration feature works with the email packages listed below. For more information about how the integration works, click the appropriate email package in the list.

Microsoft Exchange

Microsoft Outlook

Outlook Express

Internet mail

Netscape mail

Eudora

Lotus Notes 4.x (or higher)

SMTP/POP3


BFT system requirements (sender)

To use the BFT feature, your modem must support binary file transfer. In general, Class 1 modems support binary file transfer; Class 2 modems do not support binary file transfer. If you are not sure what type of modem you have, check the appearance of the Send New Binary File Transfer command on the Send menu in Message Manager. If it is grayed out, your modem does not support this feature.

 Related Topics


BFT system requirements (recipient)

When you send a fax, the recipient can always rely on receiving the information in a usable format. However, when you transfer a file, the recipient's computer may not be equipped to work with the file once it arrives. To receive and view binary file transfers, the recipient must have:

Appropriate application software [image] If the recipient does not have the associated software program for a file you attach, they will not be able to open or view that file. For example, if you send a Word document, the recipient must have Word installed in order to open and view the Word document.

Same type of modem [image] The sender's modem must be the same type as the recipient's (both Class 1).

Appropriate fax software [image] The recipient's fax software must be capable of receiving binary files.

 Related Topics


About log records

Message Manager keeps track of each message you send and receive by creating a log record in the Logs window. A log record contains the message as well as information about the message. The information available for each log record includes: identification of the recipient/sender, delivery date and time, message type (regular fax, Binary File Transfer, email, or pager/SMS notification), transmission status, and various other details depending on the message type. You can view information about a log record in the display area at the bottom of the Logs window.

Message Status

New unread messages appear bolded in the record list. Once you have read a message, the bolding is removed.

Message Types

Message Manager uses icons to indicate the type of message associated with each log record. The table below identifies these icons. Some message types may not be available, depending on your system setup.

Icon	Message Type
	Fax
	Fax with attachment or Binary File Transfer (BFT)
	Email
	Pager or SMS-capable cellphone notification
Message Priority

When you send faxes, you can assign a priority of high, normal, or low. If more than one fax is scheduled for delivery at the same time, WinFax sends them in order, according to their priority. The table below identifies the icons associated with each priority level. These icons appear in the record list of the Logs window.

Icon	Priority
	High
no icon	Normal
	Low
Transmission Status

Message Manager tracks the status of all messages you send and receive. Based on the status, you can resend, modify or reschedule a message. The different status types are described in the table below.

Icon	Status	Description
	Successful	Entire message was sent or received and can be viewed.
	Unsuccessful	Message was not sent or received or cannot be viewed.
	In progress	Message is being sent.
	Scheduled or pending	Message is scheduled to be sent at a specific time, or is waiting to be retried.
	Recurring	Message is scheduled to be sent at regular intervals.
	Held	Message is stopped from being sent, until a later time.


Logging messages

Message Manager stores log records in the Messages message store. A message store works like a filing cabinet with drawers that hold different types of files. For easy access, the Messages message store organizes your messages by placing them in one of four folders:

Send Log [image] Stores sent messages.

Receive Log [image] Stores received messages.

Outbox [image] Stores scheduled, held, and pending messages.

Wastebasket [image] Stores deleted messages until you remove them manually or automatically.

Messages in the Messages message store are uncompressed; the Messages message store is therefore more suitable for short-term message storage or for storing a smaller number of messages. If you want to keep your messages for long-term use or you receive large numbers of messages, you can set up your own message filing system with custom message stores and subfolders. For example, you might want to organize correspondence by customer and your sales reports by quarter.

 Related Topics


Methods of printing faxes

You can print faxes from Viewer, Quick Fax Viewer, or directly from the Logs window. The following list describes the various methods for printing faxes.

Printing faxes you are currently viewing

Printing faxes directly from the Logs window, without opening the fax first

Printing transmission records

Printing a list of all faxes in the selected log folder

Printing faxes automatically when they are received


Methods of viewing faxes

WinFax stores each page of a fax in a separate fax image file. When you want to view a fax you can view the entire fax, open an individual fax image file or view a thumbnail representation of all pages in the fax. To view a list of the fax image files that are included in a fax, click the fax in the Message Manager Logs window. On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Message Files tab.

The following list describes the different methods for viewing faxes.

Open a fax from the Logs window and then clean up, modify, or annotate the fax

Open specific fax pages in Viewer (you must know the name of the corresponding fax image files)

View a fax from the Controller

View a fax directly from Windows Explorer or your desktop

View each fax as soon as it is received in Message Manager

View a fax in the display area at the bottom of the Logs window

View information about a fax selected in the Logs window

View thumbnail images of each page of a fax selected in the Logs window


About phonebooks

Using phonebooks, addressing a fax is quick and easy. Instead of typing the information every time you send a fax, you can select recipients from a phonebook.

You can use three types of phonebooks in WinFax.

WinFax phonebooks [image] Create and manage personal phonebooks directly in WinFax. You can also create shared phonebooks on a network. If desired, shared phonebooks can be read-only so that others cannot modify them. When you create WinFax phonebooks, you can enter the records by manually typing the information into the New Recipient dialog, or you can import records from other types of phonebooks.

ACT! contact databases [image] You can use your ACT! contact databases with WinFax.

Linked phonebooks [image] You can use dBase phonebooks, phonebooks created in Microsoft Access (via ODBC), and other Personal Information Manager programs (PIMs), such as Lotus Organizer, GoldMine, and ECCO.

 Related Topics


Creating phonebooks (help wizard)
Creating phonebooks

More information needed ...

Which type of phonebook do you want to use?

I want to create a new WinFax phonebook

I want to import recipient records from another format

I want to use my ACT! phonebooks

I want to use my PIM phonebook


Setting up WinFax phonebooks (help wizard)
Setting up WinFax phonebooks

More information needed ...

What do you want to do?

I want to create a WinFax phonebook

I want to create a recipient record

I want to create a group record

I want to import recipient records from another format


Setting up PIM phonebooks in WinFax

In WinFax, you can access information from phonebooks in Personal Information Managers (PIMs) such as Lotus Organizer, GoldMine, and ECCO.

Basic Support

If the Setup program detects a PIM installed on your computer, it automatically creates a read-only link to its phonebook and displays the phonebook in the Phonebooks list in Message Manager.

You can address faxes to recipients using these phonebooks as you would using regular WinFax phonebooks. However, you cannot modify the PIM phonebook or its records within WinFax. You must make changes using the source program.

WinFax provides two levels of basic support for PIM programs.

Level 1 [image] WinFax displays only the recipient's name, fax number, and miscellaneous details in the phonebook. Recipient records are sorted by last name only, and you cannot change the sort order.

Level 2 [image] WinFax displays all applicable recipient fields in the phonebook. Access to recipient records is faster, and you can sort records by last name or company.

Advanced Support

WinFax supports advanced PIM integration using the Phonebook Development Kit (PDK). If your PIM has been designed to integrate with WinFax via the PDK, you can take advantage of the following advanced features (in addition to the basic features listed above):

increased speed accessing PIM phonebooks from within WinFax

improved sorting capabilities

ability to modify PIM phonebook records from within WinFax

To use these advanced integration features, set up your PIM phonebook as an "external" phonebook in WinFax (for more information, click here [image]). WinFax can integrate with most third-party phonebook applications using the Phonebook Development Kit (PDK). All third-party applications that support this advanced phonebook integration appear in the Other field in the New Phonebook wizard. If your external phonebook does not appear in the list, contact your PIM manufacturer to request this integration.


Methods of receiving faxes

Before you can receive faxes, you must have:

an active modem or related communications device, capable of sending and receiving faxes (if you use a send-only modem, receive features are disabled)

Windows running (unless you are using a memory modem)

Message Manager or the Controller running

In addition, if you want to answer and handle fax and data calls automatically, you must also enable the call discrimination feature. For more information about call discrimination, click here [image].

The following list describes the different ways you can receive faxes.

Receive faxes automatically

Receive faxes manually

Retrieve faxes from remote fax stations

Receiving faxes in Fax Sharing mode


About recipient records

Recipient records contain information that you would normally expect to find in a standard phone directory. This basic recipient information is used to address faxes. At minimum, a recipient record must include the recipient's name and fax number. In addition, you can also specify the following information:

first and last names

title

company

address

voice, fax, and cellular phone numbers

special dialing instructions for this recipient

email address

You can add recipient records to phonebooks at any time from the Phonebooks window in Message Manager, and at send time from the Send dialog.


About remote fax retrieval

If you use WinFax with a Class 1 modem, you can take advantage of the built-in polling features to retrieve faxes from remote fax stations.

WinFax supports two-way polling under the following conditions.

Poll other computers [image] With WinFax running on your computer, you can dial any other fax station that supports polling and retrieve faxes. For example, you might connect to a fax information service to obtain up-to-the-minute international weather forecasts.

Poll your at-home computer [image] While away from your computer or office, you can dial your computer from any other fax station that supports polling and retrieve the unread faxes in your Message Manager Receive Log. For example, while away on business you might leave Message Manager or Controller running on your home computer, then retrieve your received faxes each day using a laptop computer.


About scanning

Using your Twain-compatible scanner, you can fax scanned documents or you can save the scanned document as a WinFax attachment for future use. If WinFax detects a Twain-compatible scanner attached to your computer and the appropriate scanning software installed, scanning commands appear in Message Manager and the Controller.

If you are not using a non-Twain device, you can still fax your document with WinFax. However, you must first scan the document into another Windows program and then print it to the WinFax printer.

Note

The WinFax scanner is not supported under Windows NT/2000.


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Integration

WinFax is compliant with extended MAPI 1.0 to provide complete access to Microsoft Exchange and Microsoft Outlook features. How this integration works depends on the version of the Microsoft Exchange / Outlook software you are using.

Note

Outlook Express supports a lesser degree of integration with WinFax than is available if you use Microsoft Outlook. There is no log integration between WinFax and Outlook Express. To enable email support for Outlook Express in WinFax, follow the directions pertaining to all Other email programs.

All Versions Except Microsoft Outlook 98/2000

With this integration, you can choose to manage all your messages from within Microsoft Exchange/Microsoft Outlook or from within WinFax.

Working in Message Manager [image] From Message Manager, you can send faxes as self-viewing email attachments, use your Exchange Personal Address Book or Outlook Contacts, and work with your Exchange/Outlook message store folders. To use Exchange/Outlook in WinFax, you must enable Email and Outlook Integration in Program Setup.

Working in Microsoft Exchange / Outlook [image]  From Exchange/Outlook, you can view your WinFax logs and messages, send faxes from the WinFax PRO Send dialog and open the Attachments, Cover Pages, and Phonebooks windows. To use WinFax in Exchange/Outlook, you must add WinFax to your Exchange/Outlook profile.

Microsoft Outlook 98/2000

If you are using Microsoft Outlook 98/2000, the integration works somewhat differently. Microsoft Outlook 98/2000 has two modes of operation, which you select when you first install Outlook on your system. (To determine the mode after installing Outlook, click About on the Help menu). The level of integration you get depends on this mode:

Messaging Application Programming Interface (MAPI) Mode [image] Also known as Corporate or Workgroup mode, this is the ONLY mode for Exchange/Outlook 97. You cannot install WinFax Starter Edition in this mode. Email integration in this mode allows both Outlook and WinFax to access logs and folders from both programs.

Internet Mail Only (IMO) Mode [image] This is the default installation mode for Outlook 98/2000. You can install WinFax Starter Edition in this mode. It does not support using a corporate mail service. Email integration in this mode allows you to access Outlook logs and folders in WinFax, but you cannot access WinFax logs in Outlook. If you are upgrading from WinFax Starter Edition, Exchange/Outlook integration is enabled in WinFax automatically during installation. If you are not upgrading from WinFax Starter Edition, you will not be able to copy your logs and folders into Outlook.

 Related Topics


About TextBridge OCR by Xerox

A fax image is like a picture [image] you can view it, export it as a graphic image file, and alter its appearance with the viewing and annotation tools in Viewer. However, you cannot alter text as you would in a word processor [image] changing fonts, adding, or deleting text, and so on.

If you want to edit a fax as if it were an original document or text file, convert it with the TextBridge Optical Character Recognition (OCR) capabilities in WinFax. OCR scans the text electronically and converts it to a file that you can open, edit, and use with other programs.

To run OCR, your computer must have at least 8 MB of available memory (for example, 4 MB of RAM and a 4 MB Windows swap file) and the SHARE.EXE program running.

Special Offer for WinFax Users [image] Xerox is now offering special pricing for WinFax users who upgrade to the latest version of Xerox TextBridge Pro. For more information, click Setup OCR on the Tools menu in Viewer, and click About Upgrade.

 Related Topics


Methods of fax-to-text conversion

You can use TextBridge OCR to convert entire fax pages (called "automatic recognition") or to convert selected areas on fax pages (called "manual recognition"). Use manual recognition when you want to convert only certain portions of the fax image to editable text, save recognized text in an order different from that on the fax, or recognize text from complex page layouts with graphics, columns (for example, a magazine article).

Use the following table to determine the OCR method best suited for recognizing a particular type of fax document.

If the page is ...	Use this OCR method ...	And specify this region type ...
Simple [image] regular, evenly spaced columns, no graphics	automatic	n/a
Spreadsheet/Table [image] regularly spaced columns, no graphics	automatic	n/a
Article [image] multi-column, multi-page, graphics, ads, sidecards	manual	General
Simple Forms [image] similar text repeated in same areas over multiple pages	manual	General
Complex Forms [image] randomly placed numeric fields, text, and graphics	manual	Select for each region [image] Date, Time, General, Number ...
 Related Topics


Improving conversion accuracy

In order to recognize text with the highest accuracy rate possible, ask people who are sending you faxes to follow these guidelines:

Send faxes at fine resolution (200 x 200 dpi).

Send faxes in portrait orientation rather than landscape orientation. (If you receive a fax in landscape orientation, rotate it before using OCR.)

Make sure the print is clean and crisp, and without any freehand notes or drawings. If possible, send originals instead of copies.

Avoid underlining text.

Use plain, sans serif fonts (for example, Arial or Univers).

Use a font size of 10 points or larger.

 Related Topics


What's new in this version (WinFax)
What's new in this version of WinFax

If you are upgrading from a previous version of WinFax, read this section to learn about the new features in this version.

Send and forward faxes by email [image] Now you can send or forward a fax in self-viewing format to any email address. Your message arrives looking exactly the way you want it to, and your recipient does not need to own a fax machine.

Send photo-quality faxes [image] With WinFax Photo Quality faxing, ensure that your customers see exactly what you want them to see. Simply choose the Photo Quality option when printing your documents to WinFax, and you can include high-quality graphics and photos in your faxes to show your customers your best side.

Add a personal touch by adding your signature to outgoing faxes [image] Small details are often what make a business seem more professional. With WinFax you can easily import or capture your signature and then use the fast new Signature button to add it to outgoing faxes.

Automatically configure phonebooks and contact managers [image] Winfax now automatically checks for and configures all compatible phonebooks and Personal Information Managers in your system to ensure that they work perfectly right from the start.

Use your Outlook Express Address Book in Winfax [image] Now use your Outlook Express contact list from the Winfax Send dialog to address outgoing faxes and emails.

Drag and Drop faxing [image] Drag files from any folder to the new Winfax Drag and Drop Depot desktop icon to instantly fax any document.

Enhanced dialing configuration [image] Improved dialing rules allow you to easily manage split, overlaid, and multiple local area codes.

Store faxes outside of Winfax [image] Now you can store Winfax fax documents outside of Winfax in any Windows folder.

Filter out unwanted faxes [image] Unsolicited ‘junk mail’ faxes cost you time and money. With the new Junk Fax management feature, you can enter a fax source’s Caller ID or CSID to filter out unwanted incoming faxes, such as advertisements and flyers. Receive only the faxes you want – and need – to receive.

Create detailed reports [image] Track your business communications quickly and easily. Generate detailed, printable reports about sent and received faxes based on criteria you define.

Updated Message Manager look and feel [image] The Message Manager interface has been given a new look to make using Winfax easier and more enjoyable than ever!


System requirements (WinFax)
System requirements

The following table outlines the minimum and recommended system requirements for installing and running WinFax.

Note about Operating Systems

It is anticipated that WinFax will support new versions of popular operating systems as they become available. For more information, visit the Symantec Web site at http://www.symantec.com.

Equipment	Minimum	Recommended
Operating system	Windows 95/98 Windows NT/2000 workstation* *Your NT/2000 account must have administrative privileges. For more information about using WinFax under Windows NT/2000, click here	Windows 95/98 Windows NT/2000 workstation* *Your NT/2000 account must have administrative privileges. For more information about using WinFax under Windows NT/2000, click here
Computer	Pentium 166 processor, a mouse, a CD-ROM drive, and an SVGA graphics display (800x600 resolution, 256 colors)	Pentium 200 processor, a mouse, a CD-ROM drive, and an SVGA graphics display (800x600 resolution, 256 colors)
Computer memory	Windows 95/98 32 MB (64 MB for 2-modem support)	Windows 95/98 32 MB or more
	Windows NT/2000 32 MB	Windows NT/2000 64 MB or more
Hard disk space**	Minimum Install 80 MB for WinFax 5 MB for temporary installation files  Additional free space for message files	Typical Install 100 MB for WinFax 5 MB for temporary installation files  Additional free space for message files
Modems or devices use one or two modems ISDN use one	Fax-capable modem [image] Class 1, Class 2/2.0, CAS-compatible. Caller ID capability recommended. Any ISDN card using CAPI 2.0 drivers. Both the card and crivers must support G3 faxing and DTMF detection.	Fax-capable modem Class 1 to use features such as binary file transfer (BFT), polling and error correction. Caller ID capability required for some features. Any ISDN card using CAPI 2.0 drivers. Both the card and crivers must support G3 faxing and DTMF detection.
Phone Line use one or two	One phone line connected to each modem or device you use (maximum 2 modems or devices and 2 phone lines)	One phone line connected to each modem or device you use (maximum 2 modems or devices and 2 phone lines)
Email system	Microsoft Exchange Microsoft Outlook Outlook Express Lotus Notes 4.x (or higher) Internet Mail STMP/POP3 Mail Eudora Netscape Mail	Microsoft Exchange Microsoft Outlook
** Hard disk space [image] Disk compression increases the capacity of your hard disk drive, and may give the appearance of more space available than is actually the case. For example, the typical installation for WinFax requires 80 MB of true hard disk space. If you have 90 MB of free hard disk space, and use a compression ratio of 2:1, you actually have 45 MB available, which would not be enough for the typical installation.

Certain files, such as executables (*.EXE), cannot be compressed substantially no matter what compression ratio you use. Therefore, you should allow for several megabytes of hard disk space above what the installation requires to ensure a successful installation.

Finally, you will require an additional 5 MB of hard disk space to be available, in addition to that required for the installation. This additional space is required during the installation for temporary files, which are removed when the installation is complete.


WinFax PRO program group
The WinFax PRO program group

When you install WinFax, the Setup program creates the WinFax PRO program group and adds the items described in the following table.

Icon	Details
	WinFax PRO Message Manager [image] Message Manager is the main program you use for all your faxing activities [image] sending and receiving faxes, using phonebooks, and so on. From Message Manager, you can access Fax Viewer, the tool you use to view and print faxes you receive, and Cover Page Designer, the tool you use to modify cover pages or to create your own cover pages from scratch. You can also install macros from Message Manager that add faxing commands to the following programs: Microsoft Excel (versions 2000, 97, 7.0, and 5.0) and Microsoft Word (versions 2000, 97, 7.0, and 6.0). For more information about macros, see the WFXMACRO.TXT file in the \WinFax\Macros folder.
	Controller [image] The Controller loads automatically when you start Windows and appears as an icon on the Windows taskbar. The Controller provides quick and easy access to many WinFax features and allows you to send and receive faxes when Message Manager is not running. The Controller also provides a quick and easy way to check for new faxes and view new faxes. To use the Controller, right click the Controller icon on the taskbar.
	Program Setup [image] Program Setup is the program you use to set up WinFax. You can configure your modems or fax devices, define how you want to send and receive faxes, set up WinFax to notify you when you receive new faxes, and more.
	Send New Fax [image] Use this to open the Send dialog to send a fax without opening Message Manager.
	Install Directory [image] This is a shortcut to the WinFax installation directory.


WinFax files

WinFax includes the program files described in the table below.

Program / File	File Name	Location
Controller	WFXCTL32.EXE	WinFax installation folder
Cover Page Designer	WFCVR32.EXE	WinFax installation folder
Fax Viewer	WFVW32.EXE	WinFax installation folder
Message Manager	FAXMNGR32.EXE	WinFax installation folder
Send New Fax	CMPOSFAX.EXE	WinFax installation folder
README.TXT	A text file containing up-to-date information about WinFax that was not available when the WinFax PRO User's Guide was printed.	WinFax installation folder
RegAccess	REGACCES.EXE	WinFax installation folder
WFXINST.LOG	A text file generated by the Setup program that documents the changes made to your computer system by the Setup program.	Windows folder
WFXMACRO.TXT	A text file containing information about WinFax macros.	WinFax\Macro folder
WinFax Backup utility	WFXBKUP.EXE	Windows installation folder
Program Setup	SETUPDCC.EXE	WinFax installation folder
WINFAX.DRV	WinFax printer driver.	Windows folder or SYSTEM subfolder
WINFAX.INI	Initialization file containing working WinFax preferences.	Windows folder


File extensions (WinFax)
File extensions

WinFax files use the file extensions described in the table below.

File Name	Description	Location
*.CVP	WinFax cover page	COVER subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.CVR	Filled cover page text	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.DAT	Configuration files
*.DB	Database of folder contents for logs, phonebooks, cover pages, and attachments	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.DBF	Phonebook database, in dBASE	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.DLL	Dynamic-Link library files, program modules loaded into memory as required	WinFax installation folder
*.DOC	Microsoft Word macros	MACROS subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.EXE	Executable program files	WinFax installation folder
*.FTM	List of records in a custom folder	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.FXD	Sent fax	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.FXJ	Saved send information (template) or WinFax shortcut file.	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.FXM	Fax file format for multiple page faxes and faxes saved to a folder outside of WinFax	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder or “saved to” folder
*.FXR	Received fax	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.FXS	File format for fax image files or attachments you convert to fax image format.	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.INF	Modem configuration file
MSG*.*	Message files created after failed group sends	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.NDX	Phonebook database index in dBASE format	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.SCH	Scheduled files	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.SMM	Lotus AmiPro macros	MACROS subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.TMP	temporary files	temporary subfolder of Windows folder
*.TIF	TIFF graphics used on cover pages	COVER subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.WAV	Sound file	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.WF*.*	Phonebook files	DATA subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.WFA	WinFax backup files
*.WMF	Windows Metafile graphic used on cover page	COVER subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.WPT	WordPerfect macros	MACROS subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.XLM	Microsoft Excel 4.0 macros	MACROS subfolder of WinFax installation folder
*.XLS	Microsoft Excel 5.0 macro	MACROS subfolder of WinFax installation folder


What's on the WinFax installation CD?

The WinFax installation CD includes the following:

the WinFax programs

the Setup program

the WinFax User's Guide in Adobe Acrobat format (WFPUG.PDF)

the Fax Sharing User's Guide in Adobe Acrobat format (FAXSHARE.PDF) (for Fax Sharing users)

the WinFax Software Development Kit (SDK) documentation in Adobe Acrobat format (APP_SDK.PDF, HAL.PDF, and PDK.PDF)

the Multiple Computer Install Guide in Adobe Acrobat format (WFSCRIPT.PDF) (for network users)

useful files and utilities


Starting WinFax programs

You can start WinFax programs using the same methods you use to start any other Windows program running under your operating system. For more information about starting a WinFax program, click the appropriate program below.

Starting Message Manager

Starting the Controller

Starting WinFax Program Setup

Starting Viewer

Starting Cover Page Designer

Starting Cover Page Filler


Exiting WinFax programs

You can exit WinFax programs using the same methods you use to exit any other Windows program running under your operating system. Typically, you can exit programs in the following ways:

Use the program's exit or close command [image] Typically, the exit command appears on the program's File menu.

Use the Close (X) button [image] Click the Close (X) button in the top left corner of the program's title bar.

 Related Topics


Starting Message Manager

You can start Message Manager using the same methods you use to start any other program running on your operating system. To start Message Manager, do one of the following:

From the Windows Start button [image] Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, then Symantec WinFax, and then click WinFax Message Manager.

From the Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon in the Windows systems tray and click Start Message Manager on the menu that appears.

From the WinFax folder/program group [image] Double click the Message Manager icon or executable file (FAXMNG32.EXE).

From Windows Explorer or File Manager [image] Double click the Message Manager icon or executable file (FAXMNG32.EXE).


Starting WinFax PRO Program Setup
Starting Program Setup

To start Program Setup, do one of the following:

From the Windows Start button [image] Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, then Symantec WinFax, and then click Program Setup.

From the Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon in the Windows systems tray and click Program Setup on the menu that appears.

From the WinFax folder/program group [image] Double click the Program Setup icon or executable file (SETUPDCC.EXE).

From the Window Explorer or File Manager [image] Double click the Program Setup icon or executable file (SETUPDCC.EXE).

From Message Manager [image] On the Tools menu, click Program Setup.


About cover pages

All cover pages appear in the Cover Page Library. You can view the Cover Page Library from the Message Manager Cover Pages window or when you select a cover page at send time. The Cover Page Library includes the following types of cover pages:

Quick Cover Page [image] Includes the recipient's name and number, the date, and an area for your message. By default, the Quick Cover Page does not contain any text or graphics [image] only selected variables. You can modify the existing Quick Cover Page by adding elements to it, such as a logo or your signature.

Cover Your Fax collection [image] Contains more than 200 designs for personal and business use. If you did not install Cover Your Fax or you have deleted it, you can run the Setup program at any time to reinstall the collection. You can edit the text and graphics on any cover page in the Cover Your Fax collection. You can also save your changes as a new cover page and add it to the collection.

Custom Cover Pages [image] You can create cover pages and add them to the Cover Page Library. When you create cover pages, you can use the text and drawing tools in Cover Page Designer or import graphics. For step-by-step instructions, use the Cover Page Design wizard.

 Related Topics


About modems and communications devices

A modem is a peripheral device attached to your computer that connects your computer to a phone line. Modem software (such as WinFax) converts data stored on your computer (for example, fax image files) into sound so that your modem can transfer the data via the phone line to another computer, or accept data from another computer.

For most users, WinFax works with a modem or similar communications device attached directly to your computer. However, if you are running WinFax in Fax Sharing mode, the modem you use to send and receive faxes may be attached to another computer on your network.

You can configure and activate modems and communications devices (including ISDN, and networked devices such as Fax Sharing) in the Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog (start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices). If you have two phone lines and two modems/devices attached to your computer, you can specify a different modem or device for each line.

For your convenience, you can also associate specific modems or devices with dialing locations you have set up. When sending faxes, if you want to switch modems or devices at send time, you can do so by switching dialing locations from the Options menu on the Send dialog. If you want to select a specific modem or communications device at send time, you can select it in the Send By field in the Delivery Options dialog (in the Send dialog, click Advanced on the Recipient menu).

 Related Topics


Using WinFax with communications devices

In most cases, you use WinFax with a modem that is attached to your computer. However, WinFax also works with a variety of other modem-like devices. WinFax works with these devices in a manner similar to how it works with a local modem. If you want to use WinFax with one of these communications devices, you must set up and activate that device in WinFax.

For more information about setting up a communications device, click the appropriate device.

ISDN [image] An ISDN card installed on your computer.

Fax Sharing [image] A modem attached to a Fax Sharing Host station on your network.


May vary depending on manufacturer.


Recipient must also be using a BFT-capable fax device with the appropriate fax software, and must have ECM enabled. Some fax machines can also receive binary file transfer.


Recipient must also be using a Class 1 modem and WinFax.


Only with another CAS modem and software that supports SatisFAXtion file transfer.


Use the modem's data capabilities. Will not work with a modem that has no data capabilities. Data capability of SatisFAXtion modem must be enabled.


About dual line/modem support (WinFax)
About dual line/modem support

If you have two phone lines connected to your computer and you have two modems or communications devices, you can set up WinFax to use both lines. Using two lines allows you to double your faxing capacity. For maximum flexibility, set up WinFax to send on one line and receive on the other.

To activate two modems or devices on two phone lines, first configure and activate the modem or device you want to use on line two. Then configure and activate the modem or device you want to use on line one.


Modem-dependent features (WinFax)
Modem-dependent features

WinFax works with a wide variety of internal, external, PC card (PCMCIA), memory, and cellular modems. How WinFax works with your modem depends on the features supported by your modem and the number of phone lines and modems attached to your computer. The table below describes the features supported by different types of fax modems.

WinFax feature	Class 1	Class 2/2.0	CAS
Sending faxes (Group 3)
Receiving faxes (Group 3)
Error Correction Mode
Transmission Compression:
Modified Huffman (MH)
Modified Read (MR)
Modified Modified Read (MMR)
Binary File Transfer (BFT):
BFT (CCITT T.434)
Concord Fax Services:
Fax Broadcast
Fax Mailbox
Remote Fax Retrieval:
Poll another fax device
Can be polled by another fax device
 Related Topics


Methods of sending faxes

There are many ways to send faxes with WinFax. Which method you use depends on your preferences and on the number and type of documents you want to fax. For example, your fax might consist of a fax cover page, a letter, a progress report, and a spreadsheet. The following table lists common methods you can use when preparing and sending faxes, and indicates where you can find more information.

Send a fax containing one or more documents. You can add a cover page if you want.

Fax a note or short memo using a cover page as the entire fax.

Send a fax to a group of recipients.

Send a fax using the Drag and Drop feature.

Send a fax as a self-viewing email attachment.

Send a fax on letterhead.

Scan a paper document and then fax it.

Send a fax quickly without starting WinFax, using the Controller.

Send a fax from your desktop.

Send a fax using WinFax program macros.

Send a fax from Microsoft Word using the mail merge feature.

Fax the document you are working on without exiting the program (for example, Word or Excel).

Send a fax that incorporates one or more documents saved on your hard drive, without opening any of the files.

Send a file in its native file format so that recipients can edit it. (Files attached to a fax as binary files are BFT attachments).

Send a fax in Fax Sharing mode.

Send a fax to ACT! contacts.

Resubmit a fax.

Forward a fax.

Save information about a fax (such as a cover page, address, and so on), or save work in progress (for example, you are interrupted and want to save your fax).

Send a recurring fax.


Status codes used in the Line Status dialog

The following table explains the status codes that may appear in the Line Status dialog.

Status code ...	Description ...
Dialing	Your modem is dialing the recipient's phone number. If you are sending the fax via the Internet, the "Dialing" status code appears when the Internet fax server is dialing the fax recipient.
Connecting	Your modem is connecting to the remote fax device.
Negotiating	Your modem is communicating with the remote fax device.
Training	Your modem is dynamically adjusting to the communication requirements of the remote fax device.
Sending	WinFax is sending your fax.
Receiving	WinFax is receiving a fax.
Acknowledging	The remote fax device has received the fax.
Page sent	The current page was successfully sent to the recipient.
Done	The fax job was successfully sent.


Monitoring fax reception

You can monitor fax reception in many ways.

Display the Line Status dialog while a fax is being received.

Notify you with a sound, a flashing light, and a message box.

Print faxes automatically when a fax is received (like a fax machine).

Notify you by sending a message to your pager or cellular phone (SMS text messaging).

Notify you by automatically forwarding the fax to another fax station.

Start Viewer and display the new fax for you to view immediately.

Convert the new fax into a text format that can be edited with a word processing program.


About receive rules

When you are away from your computer, WinFax can monitor your Receive Log for new messages. When you receive a new message, WinFax can notify you by forwarding the message or, if you are unsure of where you will be at a given time, WinFax can also notify your pager or cellular phone (using SMS text messaging). You can then use remote retrieval to review your messages.

You can configure automatic forwarding and pager/cellular phone notification by setting up receive rules. Receive rules describe what you want WinFax to do when new faxes arrive. You can set up receive rules to monitor for faxes sent at certain times or from specific senders. For example, you can set up a receive rule to notify you only about faxes received in the evening from a particular CSID. In addition, you can schedule forwarding and pager/cellular phone notification to avoid work disruptions. Once you create a receive rule, you enable it for the log folder you want to monitor.

 Related Topics


Program and toolbar buttons

More information needed ...

Where are the buttons you want to view?

Message Manager

Send dialog

Viewer

Cover Page Designer


Saving time with the Controller

The Controller is a tool that starts automatically with Windows (if you specified this option during install), and appears as an icon in the Windows systems tray. Using the Controller, you can:

Receive faxes at all times [image] You can receive faxes even when Message Manager is not running. When the Controller detects an incoming fax, it receives the fax in the background, letting you continue with your work. (To receive faxes, you must enable automatic reception.)

Quickly check status [image] The Controller icon changes to represent current activities and fax status. For more information about interpreting the meaning of the Controller icon, click here [image].

Send faxes or fax by email [image] Start preparing a new fax without starting Message Manager. When you start a new fax or email fax, the Controller starts only the Send dialog, not all of Message Manager.

Turn automatic reception on and off [image] Using the Controller, you can enable or disable automatic reception without starting Message Manager.

Quickly scan and send or file [image] If you use a scanner, you can quickly fax a scanned image or save it as a fax file from the Controller.

Check for new faxes [image] Recently received faxes appear on the Controller menu. To view a fax, simply click that item on the menu.

Quickly start Message Manager [image] With one click, you can start Message Manager.

If you choose to always run the Controller, it can provide you with quick short-cut access to the most commonly used WinFax features. To use the Controller, right click the icon on the Windows taskbar to display the Controller menu.

Because components started from the Controller do not start the full WinFax program, using Controller may reduce the amount of system memory you use.


About WinFax macros

WinFax macros add faxing commands to the menus in other programs. These commands make it easier and quicker to send faxes directly from other programs.

WinFax includes macros that add faxing commands to the following programs:

Microsoft Excel (versions 5.0, 7.0, 97, and 2000)

Microsoft Word (versions 6.0, 7.0, 97, and 2000)

Lotus Ami Pro 3.1

You can install the WinFax macro for any of these programs at any time. To install a macro, click Macro Installer on the Tools menu in Message Manager, select the macro you want to install and click Install. For more information about using these macros, see the WFXMACRO.TXT file in the Macros subfolder in the WinFax installation folder.

After you install the appropriate macro, you can quickly and easily fax any document you have open in the program (for example, a letter in Microsoft Word), by clicking the fax command on the program's file menu.

 Related Topics


Using the Viewer toolbar

The toolbar buttons in Viewer provide quick access to common commands. You can add and remove buttons to suit your requirements. The table below identifies the buttons on default Viewer toolbar.

Button	Description	Related Topics
	Open	Opening a fax image file
	Save	Saving changes or annotations
	Print	Printing a fax
	Print Preview	Previewing documents
	Spell Checker	Checking text spelling
	Cut	Cutting text, objects, or areas
	Copy	Copying text, objects, or areas
	Paste	Pasting text, objects, or areas
	Undo	Canceling the last change
	Help	Using the What's This help button/pointer
	Drag	Dragging objects and images
	Select Area	Selecting an area
	Pencil	Touching up a fax manually
	Eraser	Touching up a fax manually
	Rotate Left 90	Rotating a fax page
	Rotate 180	Rotating a fax page
	Rotate Right 90	Rotating a fax page
	View Multiple Pages	Browsing through a multiple page fax
	Select	Selecting an object
	Text	Editing text
	Freehand	Drawing freehand lines and shapes
	Text Box	Adding text manually
	Rectangle	Drawing a rectangle
	Oval	Drawing an oval
	Line	Drawing a line
	Arrowed line	Drawing an arrow
	Polygon	Drawing a polygon
	Bezier	Drawing a Bezier curve
	Picture	Inserting a graphic
	Stamp	Stamping a page
	Align Text Left	Formatting text
	Center Text	Formatting text
	Align Text Right	Formatting text
	Bold	Formatting text
	Italic	Formatting text
	Underline	Formatting text
	Font Name	Formatting text
	Font Size	Formatting text
	Annotation (Enabled)	Enabling annotation
	Annotation (Disabled)	Enabling annotation
	Zoom In	Zooming in and out
	Zoom Out	Zooming in and out
	Zoom	Zooming in and out
	Magnification	Zooming in and out
	View Whole Page	Zooming in and out
	View Page Width	Zooming in and out
	Page Scroll	Zooming in and out
	Page Number	Browsing through a multiple page fax


Using the Cover Page Designer toolbar

The toolbar buttons in Cover Page Designer provide quick access to common commands. You can add and remove buttons to suit your requirements. The table below identifies the buttons on the default Cover Page Designer toolbars.

Button	Description	Related Topics
	New Page
	Open	Opening a cover page
	Save	Saving a cover page
	Print	Printing a cover page
	Print Preview	Previewing documents
	Spell Checker	Checking text spelling
	Cut	Cutting text, objects, or areas
	Copy	Copying text, objects, or areas
	Paste	Pasting text, objects, or areas
	Undo	Canceling the last change
	Help	Using the What's This help button/pointer
	Align Left	Aligning the sides of objects
	Align Right	Aligning the sides of objects
	Align Top	Aligning the sides of objects
	Align Bottom	Aligning the sides of objects
	Align Center	Aligning the sides of objects
	Same Width	Sizing objects the same
	Same Height	Sizing objects the same
	Same Size	Sizing objects the same
	Space Horizontally	Spacing objects evenly
	Space Vertically	Spacing objects evenly
	Show/Hide Grid Lines	Viewing and hiding the grid
	Select	Selecting an object
	Text	Editing text
	Freehand	Drawing freehand lines and shapes
	Text Box	Adding text manually
	Fill Box	Creating a fillable field
	Rectangle	Drawing a rectangle
	Oval	Drawing an oval
	Line	Drawing a line
	Arrowed Line	Drawing an arrow
	Polygon	Drawing a polygon
	Bezier	Drawing a Bezier curve
	Picture	Inserting a graphic
	Stamp	Stamping a page
	Align Text Left	Formatting text
	Center Text	Formatting text
	Align Text Right	Formatting text
	Bold	Formatting text
	Italic	Formatting text
	Underline	Formatting text
	Font Name	Formatting text
	Font Size	Formatting text
	Zoom In	Zooming in and out
	Zoom Out	Zooming in and out
	Zoom	Zooming in and out
	Magnification	Zooming in and out
	View Whole Page	Zooming in and out
	View Page Width	Zooming in and out


Using the Message Manager toolbar and side bar

The toolbar buttons in Message Manager provide quick access to common commands. You can add and remove buttons to suit your requirements. The table below identifies the buttons on the default Message Manager toolbar.

Side Bar Button	Toolbar Button	Description	Related Topics
		Send Fax	Methods of sending faxes
		New
		Open
		Print
		Remove
		Outbox folder	Opening the Logs window
		Receive Log folder	Opening the Logs window
		Send Log folder	Opening the Logs window
		Cover Pages window	Opening the Cover Pages window
		Attachments window	Opening the Attachments window
		Phonebooks window	Opening the Phonebooks window
		Help	Using the What's This help button/pointer
*


Using Send dialog buttons

The buttons in the Send dialog provide quick access to common commands. The table below identifies the buttons on the Send dialog.

Button	Description	Related Topics
	Send Fax	Methods of sending faxes
	Preview And Send	Previewing faxes before sending
	Cancel Send	Canceling a fax
	Insert	Including an attachment
	Help	Using the What's This help button/pointer
	Delivery Options	Setting delivery options
	Remove from Recipients List
	Make Group	Creating a group record at send time
	Add to List	Addressing a fax to one or more recipients
	Add to Phonebook	Creating a recipient record at send time
	Add to List from Phonebook	Addressing a fax to one or more recipients
	Bold	Formatting text
	Italic	Formatting text
	Underline	Formatting text
	Viewer	About annotation
	Cover Page Filler	Filling in a cover page
	View Page Width
	View Whole Page
	Zoom
	Rotate
*


About the WinFax PRO NT/2000 service

The WinFax PRO NT/2000 service allows you to receive incoming faxes and schedule faxes to be sent when you are logged out of Windows NT/2000. You do not need this service to use WinFax when you are logged onto Windows NT/2000.

By default, the Setup program installs the Windows NT/2000 service when it detects you are using Windows NT/2000 4.0. This service loads automatically whenever you start Windows NT/2000. If you have power-user or administrative privileges, you can start or stop the NT/2000 service from the Windows Control Panel if necessary.

To use the Windows NT/2000 service, you must:

load the Windows NT/2000 service (loads automatically when you start Windows NT/2000)

enable automatic reception in Message Manager or in the Controller

enable Send And Receive Faxes When Logged Off (start Program Setup and double click Call Status And Controller)

If you are using the Windows NT/2000 service and you want to be notified of new faxes you receive when you are logged out, enable Notify in the Receive Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Receive, and then click the After Receive tab).


About the WinFax PRO Software Development Kit (SDK)
About the WinFax Software Development Kit (SDK)

A Software Development Kit (SDK) is available on your WinFax installation CD. The SDK is a set of three tools that software developers can use to extend the functionality of these products. The SDK uses application programming interfaces (APIs) which employ Microsoft's Component Object Model (COM) technology.

The SDK includes three components:

Hardware Abstraction Layer Software Development Kit (HAL SDK) [image] Allows you to set up a hardware device driver to work with WinFax.

Phonebook Development Kit (PDK) [image] Allows you to provide access to external phonebook data from within WinFax.

Application Software Development Kit (Application SDK) [image] Allows you to extend the functionality of WinFax.

To register for updates to the SDK, go to the Symantec Web site. Connect to http://www.symantec.com/winfax (click here [image]) and then click Software Development Kit.

Note

Although every attempt will be made to minimize the impact to your programs, if you do not register and receive updates, your application may not work with future versions of WinFax.


Using phone company services

WinFax supports Call Waiting, Busy Call Return (sometimes called "Call Messenger" or "Call Disturb"), Caller ID (sometimes called “Call Display”), and Distinctive Ring services offered by most phone companies.

Before you begin setting up or using telephone company services with WinFax, consider the following:

Do you subscribe to the service from your telephone company?  Contact your telephone company for information. These services are typically reasonably priced.

Does your modem or communications device support the feature?  See your modem documentation.

Do you have the proper .INF configuration file for your modem?  Contact your modem manufacturer for updated .INF files.

Do you want to use your modem in Com Port mode or TAPI mode?  We recommend you run WinFax in TAPI mode (the default), as it supports more features and allows you to run two or more modem-dependent programs at the same time. For more information about specifying the mode you want to use, click here [image].

If you want to use WinFax in TAPI mode, you must have the correct TAPI files installed on your computer. Depending on your operating system and the software release date, you may or may not already have these files. To check that you have the appropriate TAPI files, click here [image].

The following table summarizes the options available to you under the various versions of Windows.

Service	Windows 95	Windows 98	Windows NT/2000
Call Waiting	TAPI mode 1 Com Port mode	TAPI mode Com Port mode	TAPI mode Com Port mode
Busy Call Return	TAPI mode Com Port mode	TAPI mode Com Port mode	Com Port mode
Caller ID	TAPI mode 2	TAPI mode	Not available
Distinctive Ring	TAPI mode 1	TAPI mode	TAPI mode

1 Does not requires Unimodem V TAPI components.

2 Requires Unimodem V TAPI components..

Note: All versions of Windows 98, Windows NT, and Windows 2000 ship with  the appropriate TAPI components. Do not install Unimodem V under these operating systems.


Checking for TAPI files on your computer

WinFax can communicate with your modem(s) in two ways, or modes. Com Port mode connects WinFax directly to the communications port the modem is attached to. TAPI mode connects WinFax to the TAPI communications software in Windows, which in turn connects to the communication port the modem is attached to. Which mode you use depends on whether you want to have more than one modem-dependent programs running at the same time (for example, WinFax and pcANYWHERE); if you want to run two or more programs that share the modem, you should use TAPI mode.

If you want to use WinFax in TAPI mode, you need the correct version of the TAPI files for your operating system installed on your computer. Depending on your operating system (Windows 95/98 or Windows NT/2000) and the software release date, you may or may not already have these files.

Which operating system are you using?

Windows 95

Windows 98 or Windows NT/2000


Checking for TAPI files under Windows 95

If you want to use WinFax in TAPI mode under Windows 95, you may need to obtain updated TAPI files to use telephone company services, as Windows 95 shipped with different sets of files on different dates. Unimodem is the earlier Windows 95 TAPI standard for modem communication. Unimodem V is a more recent Windows 95/98 TAPI standard with enhanced voice capabilities. To use WinFax in TAPI mode, you need the Unimodem V TAPI files.

Windows version	TAPI files shipped
Earlier versions of Windows 95	Unimodem [image] Shipped with earlier versions of Windows 95. Unimodem is the earlier Windows 95 version of the Microsoft TAPI method for modem communication. It does not include the enhanced voice features of Unimodem V.
Later versions of Windows 95	Unimodem V [image] Shipped with later versions of Windows 95. Unimodem V is the Windows 95 enhanced voice version of the Microsoft TAPI method for modem communication. Check to see if you have the appropriate files (see procedure below).

To determine which version of the TAPI files you have:

1	Click the Windows Start button, point to Find, and then click Files Or Folders. The Find All Files dialog appears.

2	Click the Name & Location tab.

3	Type the following in the Named field …

UNIMDM.TSP

… this file is in the WINDOWS\SYSTEM folder. When Windows finds the file, the file appears in the lower portion of the dialog. (If you have more than one hard drive on your computer, be sure to check all drives for this file.)

4	Right click the file and then click Properties from the menu that appears. A Properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Version tab.

6	In the Item Name list, click Product Version. The version number appears in the Value list.

7	Check the version against the following values to determine if Unimodem V is installed

Windows version	Value	Unimodem V status
Windows 95	4.00.950	Not installed (only Unimodem installed)
Windows 95	4.10.431	Installed
Windows 95 OSR2	4.10.431	Installed by default
8	If Unimodem V is not installed, you can obtain the appropriate files from the WinFax installation CD. (In the UNIMD-V folder, copy the UNIMDM.TSP file to your WINDOWS\SYSTEM folder, then restart your computer.)


Checking for TAPI files under Windows Windows 98 and Windows NT/2000
Checking for TAPI files under Windows 98 and Windows NT/2000

All versions of Microsoft Windows NT/2000 shipped with TAPI32. TAPI32 is the Microsoft TAPI standard for modem communications under Windows NT/2000.

If you are running WinFax under Windows NT/2000, the appropriate TAPI files are already installed on your computer and you do not have to do anything.

Do not install any other TAPI files (for example, Unimodem V for Windows 95/98) on your computer. If you install Unimodem V files under Windows NT/2000, it will overwrite the TAPI32 files.

To check for TAPI32 files on your computer:

1	Click the Windows Start button, point to Find, and then click Files Or Folders. The Find All Files dialog appears.

2	Click the Name & Location tab.

3	In the Named field, type the following ...

unimdm.tsp

When the file is found, it appears in the lower portion of the Find All Files dialog. This file is in the SYSTEM subfolder of your Windows installation folder.

4	Right click the file. A menu appears.

5	Click Properties. A Properties dialog appears.

6	Click the Version tab.

7	In the Item Name list, click Product Version. The version number appears in the Value list.

8	Use the table below to determine whether or not TAPI32 is installed on your computer.

Value ...	TAPI files installed ...
4.00	TAPI32
4.00 service pack 2	TAPI32
4.10.431	Unimodem V
9	If you have Unimodem V files installed on your computer, contact Microsoft Technical Support for assistance in restoring the TAPI32 files.


Windows NT/2000 Considerations

If you are running WinFax under Windows NT or Windows 2000, consider the following:

Easier to install for multiple users [image] After you install WinFax once under Windows NT/2000, all users with Windows NT/2000 accounts on that computer can use WinFax. To install WinFax, you must have an account with administrative privileges.

Fax header personalized for each user [image] After WinFax is installed, the program prompts each user to customize their personal fax header the next time they log on to their Windows NT/2000 account.

Users share common program and modem settings [image] Most program and modem settings are shared by all users and cannot be modified by users that do not have administrative rights. If desired, an administrator can set up WinFax so that specific users and groups can change the shared WinFax settings. For more information about granting special rights to user accounts, click here [image].

WinFax PRO NT/2000 service [image] WinFax includes a Windows NT/2000 service that allows you to send and receive faxes and when no one is logged on to a Windows NT/2000 account. The Windows NT/2000 service logs on as a system account, as opposed to a user account. For more information, click here [image].


Enabling users to modify shared WinFax settings (Windows NT/2000 only)

If an option cannot be changed by a Windows NT/2000 user, it is disabled (for example, a menu command or an option in a dialog box is "grayed out"). To enable users to modify shared program and modem settings, an administrative user must grant special access rights to individual user or group accounts using the RegAccess utility installed with WinFax.

Granting special rights to users enables them to edit all the shared settings, but it does not enable them to use LiveUpdate, Uninstall, or Reinstall. If you want users to be able use all features, you must grant administrative privileges to the appropriate group or user accounts (see your Windows NT/2000 documentation).

1	Click the Windows Start button and then click Run. The Run dialog appears.

2	In the Open field, type C:\PROGRAM FILES\SYMANTEC\WINFAX\REGACCES.EXE and click OK. The RegAccess utility starts and the WinFax Shared Settings Permissions dialog appears.

3	Click Add. The Add Users And Groups dialogs appears.

4	In the Names list, click the users or groups you want to add to the Authorized list, and then click Add.

5	Click OK. The Shared Settings Permissions dialog reappears, displaying the users and groups in the list.

Note

If you want to grant full control rights to all users, click the Everyone group.


Using call discrimination to handle fax and data (WinFax)
Using call discrimination to handle fax and data

If you are using a data communications program (such as pcANYWHERE) on your computer, your modem answers data calls as well as fax calls. In order for WinFax to handle data calls, both WinFax and your modem must listen to the incoming call. If your modem does not listen to incoming calls, WinFax assumes the call is a fax.

Using the call discrimination feature, WinFax can handle fax and data calls [image] all on one phone line. The call discrimination feature enables WinFax to classify incoming calls (fax or data) and handle them appropriately. If the call is a data call, then the call is passed to your data communications program. Otherwise, WinFax handles the fax calls.

To use the call discrimination feature, the following conditions must be met:

Your modem must support call discrimination. Your modem documentation should provide this information, if it does not click here [image] for instructions on how to test your modem for this feature.

You must enable the call discrimination feature. For more information, click here [image].

You must be running WinFax or the Controller in TAPI mode (for more information, click here [image])

Enable the Automatic Receive feature. For information on enabling automatic reception, click here [image].

Your data communications program (such as pcANYWHERE32) must be running in host mode using TAPI. To check that you have the appropriate TAPI files, click here [image].


Checking if your modem supports call discrimination
Determining whether your modem supports call discrimination

1	Check your modem documentation. If you cannot determine reliably whether your modem supports call discrimination, proceed to Step 2.

2	Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, then to Accessories, and then click HyperTerminal. The HyperTerminal folder opens.

3	Double click the Hypertrm.exe icon. HyperTerminal starts and displays the Connection Description dialog.

4	In the Name field, type …

Test

… and click OK. The Phone Number dialog appears.

5	In the Phone Number field, type …

9999

… and then click OK. The Connect dialog appears.

6	Click Cancel. The HyperTerminal window appears.

7	In the blank HyperTerminal window, type …

ATZ

… and then press Enter. (You may not see what you typed.) The modem should respond with "OK".

8	In the blank HyperTerminal window, type …

AT+FAE=1

… and then press Enter. One of the following responses appears in the HyperTerminal window:

Response is "OK" - Your modem supports call discrimination in Class 1 fax mode.

Response is "error" - Proceed to step 9.

9	If the response is "error", type the following in the blank HyperTerminal window …

AT+FAA=1

… and then press Enter. One of the following responses appears in the HyperTerminal window:

Response is "OK" – Your modem supports call discrimination in Class 2 fax mode.

Response is "error" – Your modem does not support call discrimination in Class 1 or Class 2 fax mode.


Methods of adding graphics to faxes

You can annotate or "mark up" any fax you receive in WinFax. This feature is useful if you want to modify a received fax before forwarding it on to someone else.

The following list describes the different methods you can use to add graphics to a received fax.

Draw graphics on the fax using the buttons on the Viewer toolbar.

Insert a graphic file onto the fax.

Insert one of the provided WinFax stamps onto your fax.

Create a stamp for a graphic file you use frequently and then insert the stamp onto the fax.


Methods of adding text to faxes

You can annotate or "mark up" any fax you receive in WinFax. This feature is useful if you want to modify a received fax before forwarding it on to someone else.

The following list describes the different methods you can use to add text to a received fax.

Adding text manually

Adding text from a file


How WinFax dials numbers

When you install WinFax, the Setup program prompts you to enter the basic dialing information that is normally required to dial a phone number. This information includes your voice and fax numbers, your area code, and perhaps a prefix (such as "9" to obtain an outside line, "*70" to disable call waiting, and so on). This information becomes the default "location".

When you send a fax, WinFax uses some or all of your current location information depending on how you specified the phone number:

Did you type in the phone number?  If you type the phone number yourself, WinFax dials the number exactly as it appears on your computer screen. It applies the prefix, suffix, calling card, and pulse dial settings if they are specified in your current location. You must type the complete phone number, including the necessary long distance or international access code.

Did you select a name from a WinFax phonebook?  Phonebook records can contain additional location information for specific recipients. If you select a recipient name from a phonebook, WinFax compares the settings in the selected location to the location information of the recipient to determine if the call is local, domestic long distance, or overseas long distance. For example, if the country code and area code in the phonebook record differ from those in your location, the call is likely a long distance or overseas call. WinFax automatically adds the appropriate location information including the necessary long distance access code or international access code.

 Related Topics


Storing faxes and voice messages
Storing faxes

Message Manager stores faxes in a collection of folders (Send Log, Receive Log, and Outbox) in the Logs window. These folders are part of the Messages message store. A message store works like a filing cabinet with drawers that hold different types of files.

Faxes in the Messages message store are uncompressed; the Messages message store is therefore more suitable for short-term message storage or for storing a smaller number of messages. If you want to keep your messages for long-term use or you receive large numbers of messages, you can set up your own message filing system with custom message stores and subfolders. For example, you might want to organize correspondence by customer and your sales reports by quarter.

Message Manager also supports sharing of message stores. To share a message store, simply locate it on a network drive that is accessible to those you want to share it with. Other WinFax users can access it by creating a new message store in their Logs window that points to the existing message store you placed on the network. If desired, you can make the message store read-only so that it cannot be modified by other users.

 Related Topics


Only if you installed TalkWorks PRO.


About dial sequences

When you dial a phone number, you are specifying a dialing sequence. The components of the dialing sequence vary depending on the type of call you are making [image] local, domestic long distance (North America), or overseas long distance (International). The following examples illustrate the required sequences for local calls, domestic long distance calls, and overseas long distance calls.

Local calls [image] WinFax assumes that all calls within your area code are local calls. If you are trying to call a local number in your area code, enter your dial sequence as follows:

dial prefix  +  area code  +  local number

dial prefix  +  416  +  555-1212

If you are trying to call a local number in another area code, you must set up WinFax to correctly dial numbers in split, multiple, or overlaid area codes. Click here [image] for more information.

Domestic long distance calls [image] WinFax assumes that all calls within your area code are local calls. If you are dialing a long distance number in another area code, enter your dial sequence as follows:

dial prefix  +  long distance access code  +  area code  +  local number

dial prefix  +  1  +  416  +  555-1212

If you are trying to call a long distance number in your area code, you must set up WinFax to correctly dial numbers in split area codes. Click here [image] for more information.

Overseas long distance calls [image] Use this format:

dial prefix  +  international access code  +  country code  +  routing code  +  local number

dial prefix  +  011  +  30  +  1  +  555-1212

If you need assistance in determining the components you need to include in a dial sequence, see your local phonebook or contact a telephone operator.

 Related Topics


About dialing methods

WinFax offers two methods of specifying dialing information [image] WinFax dialing and Windows (TAPI) dialing. By default, WinFax uses the WinFax dialing method. However, you can select either method, depending on how you want to set up your dialing locations.

Benefits of WinFax dialing [image] WinFax dialing provides more features for storing dialing instructions in locations, handling special dialing requirements (for example, split, multiple, or overlaid area codes) and for storing, using, and configuring multiple calling cards.

Benefits of Windows (TAPI) dialing [image] If you want the convenience of setting up most of your dialing preferences for use with all communications programs, Windows dialing provides a single dialing setup that TAPI-compatible programs (such as WinFax) can use. With Windows dialing enabled, some WinFax dialogs appear differently. For example, the Number field in the Send dialog becomes three fields and the Dialing and Calling Cards tabs do not appear on the Dialing Properties dialog (start Program Setup and double click Dialing and Location).


Dialing numbers within split area codes
Dialing numbers within split, multiple, or overlaid area codes

WinFax assumes that all calls within your area code are local calls. However, in some metropolitain regions, telephone companies have created split, multiple, or overlaid area codes to accommodate the requirements of large populations. If you live in a location that has split, multiple, or overlaid area codes, the following conditions apply:

some calls within your area code are long distance

some calls to another area code are local

As a result, the dialing instructions specified in your location settings may be inappropriate for some recipients. In this case, you need to override your default dialing instructions. You can do this in one of three ways:

Set up an Area Code Rule to define how WinFax dials within a particular area code

Instruct WinFax to dial the number exactly as you type it

Add the recipient to your phonebook and specify the appropriate dialing instructions on the Send By tab of the New Recipient dialog

 Related Topics


Creating Area Code Rules

Area Code Rules allow you to specify how WinFax will dial within a particular area code.

WinFax assumes that all calls within your area code are local calls. However, in some metropolitain regions, telephone companies have created split, multiple, or overlaid area codes to accommodate the requirements of large populations. If you live in a location that has split, multiple, or overlaid area codes, the following conditions apply:

some calls within your area code are long distance

some calls to another area code are local

As a result, the dialing instructions specified in your location settings may be inappropriate for some recipients. In this case, you need to override your default dialing instructions. One of the best ways you can do this is to set up an Area Code Rule.

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Dialing and Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Location tab.

4	In the Location drop-down list, select the location for which you want to create an Area Code Rule, or click New to create a new location.

 How to …

5	Click the Area Code Rule button. The Area Code Rule dialog appears.

6	Click Add. The Add Area Code dialog appears.

7	In the Area Code field, type an area code for which you want to specify how WinFax dials from this location. Then click OK. The Calling Area Code [XXX] From [YYY]dialog appears, where [XXX] is the area code specified in the rule, and [YYY] is the area code of the dialing location.

8	On the Calling Area Code [XXX] From [YYY]dialog, click to choose one of the following options:

All Calls Are Local [image] Select this option if all calls to this area code from this dialing location are local calls. Proceed to step 13.

Some Calls Are Local, But Others Are Long Distance [image] Select this option if some calls to this area code from this dialing location are local calls, and some calls to this area code from this dialing location are long distance calls.

9	Click Add. The Add Exchange dialog appears.

10	In the Exchange field, type a telephone exchange in this area code for which you want to specify how WinFax dials from this location. Click OK.

11	Check to indicate whether calls to this exchange and area code from this location are local or long distance calls.

12	Repeat steps 9 to 11 for all relevant exchanges.

13	OPTIONAL [image] Enable Always Dial The [XXX} Area Code, if you want WinFax to always dial the area code from this location, even when it is the same area code.

14	Click OK. The Area Code Rule dialog reappears.

15	Repeat steps 6 to 14 for all relevant area codes.

16	OPTIONAL [image] Enable the Ask Me Whether Calls To Exchanges... checkbox if you want WinFax to ask how a new exchange is to be dialed whenever a new exchange within one of the specified area codes is detected as a fax recipient. This prompt can help you to create new area code/exchange rules as necessary.

17	Click OK. Then, on the Dialing Properties dialog, click Apply, and then click OK.

Note

The Area Code Rule feature is available only in North America, in countries having a Country Code of “1”.

 Related Topics


About dialing locations

A dialing location is a collection of dialing-related settings that apply to all calls placed from a particular location. During installation, the Setup program prompted you to specify dialing information. This information is stored as the dialing instructions for the "Default" location.

You can set up as many dialing locations as required. If you use WinFax from different locations, you can set up different dialing instructions accordingly. For example, the area code where you work might be different from that where you live. You can specify locations for home, office, as well as travel destinations. The way a number is dialed is determined by the location that is selected at the time and the number you are dialing.

You can save the following information in a dialing location:

modem or communications device to use (if two modems are attached to your computer)

modem phone number

long distance access code

international access code

dial prefix

dial suffix

tone dialing (default) or pulse dialing

area code

area code rules for split, multiple, or overlaid area codes

calling card billing

 Related Topics


About calling card dialing sequences
About calling card dial sequences

A calling card dial sequence includes all of the components required to place a call using your calling card service. It may include a special access number, pauses, or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical calling card dial sequence.

<Dial prefix><Service access number><Dial tone><Calling card number><Dial tone><Phone number>

<9,><1-800-674-7000><Wait><123-456-7890-1234><Wait><415-555-1212>

WinFax includes default settings for most popular calling cards. However, if you experience problems charging calls to your calling card, check the dial sequence required by your calling card. Charge a regular phone call to your calling card and write down each step in the sequence. Then compare the steps with the steps used by WinFax in the Dial Sequence Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, click the Calling Cards tab, and then click Dial Sequence). In the Dial Sequence Properties dialog, your calling card dial sequence begins with the dial prefix (if enabled), followed by a series of sequential dialing actions you specify (maximum of ten), and ending with a dial suffix (if enabled). To change your dial sequence, click the appropriate step in each of the drop-down lists, in the order in which they must be dialed. The table below describes all of the options available in the "1" through "10" drop-down lists.

Component	Description
Service access number	A number you dial to access your long distance service provider.
Phone number	The phone number you want to call.
Calling card number	The account number that appears on your calling card.
Wait for second dial tone	Instructs WinFax to wait for two dial tones before proceeding with the next action in the dial sequence.
Switch to pulse dial	Instructs WinFax to switch from tone dialing to pulse dialing.
Switch to tone dial	Instructs WinFax to switch from pulse dialing to tone dialing.
Hookflash	Instructs WinFax to quickly perform a hookflash. On basic phone sets, a hookflash is equivalent to quickly clicking the release button in the handset cradle. Typically, you use a hookflash with your call waiting service to pick up a second incoming call. Newer phone sets may include a Flash button that performs the hookflash for you.
Wait for bong	Instructs WinFax to wait for the long distance service provider's tone before proceeding. If you experience problems with this option, try using Wait instead.
Wait	Instructs WinFax to wait the number of seconds selected in the adjacent field before proceeding.
Dial "#"	Instructs WinFax to dial the number sign.
PIN number	Instructs WinFax to dial the PIN number for the calling card.
Calling card & Pin number	Instructs WinFax to dial the account number that appears on your calling card, followed by your PIN number for the calling card.
Dial keypad digit	Instructs WinFax to dial the number selected in the adjacent field.
[Unused]	Use this option when no further steps are required.
 Related Topics


About pager notification
About pager and cellphone notification

WinFax can notify your pager or cellular phone (using SMS text messaging) whenever new faxes arrive. WinFax works with Alphanumeric, Numeric, Tone Only, and SMS Text Messaging pagers and cellular telephones. To use the pager notification feature, you must know:

the capabilities of your pager/cellular phone

the telephone numbers WinFax must dial to connect to your service provider

your personal identification number (if your pager supports this feature)

Note

If you are using an ISDN device, WinFax supports only Alphanumeric pagers and SMS Text Messaging devices.


Shortcuts

Procedures in this online help system describe the menu method only. However, in many cases you can also use a variety of common Windows shortcuts to perform these same tasks. The table below describes the available shortcuts.

Shortcut	Description	Example
Quick keys	A combination of keys you press on your keyboard at the same time to display a menu or execute a command. In WinFax, quick keys are a combination of the ALT key plus one other key. The additional key is underlined on the appropriate menu or dialog.	To send a fax, press ALT+S and then press F.
Toolbar buttons	A button on the toolbar that you can click to open a dialog or perform a task. For more information about the default toolbars, click here [image].	To send a fax, click the Send Fax toolbar button.
Right click menus	A menu containing context-sensitive menu commands for the active area of the window or dialog. This menu is displayed when you click the right mouse button.	To create a recipient record in the Phonebooks window, click in the record list and then right click to display the context-sensitive menu.
Double click	In many places you can quickly perform a task by double clicking the left mouse button.	To view a fax in the Logs window, double click it.
Drag and drop	You can use drag and drop as a shortcut to many menu commands.	To copy and move items between folders, drag it from one folder to another.
Shortcut commands	Bolded commands that appear at the top of the folder and item lists in each Message Manager window. You can use these commands to quickly perform a task.	To create a new folder in the Attachments window, double click New Folder at the top of the folder list.


About the Controller icon

The Controller icon changes to represent the action that WinFax is currently performing and the current message status. For example, when Auto Receive is on, a blue circle appears behind the Controller icon. The icons that represent the Controller are shown below.

Icon	Description
	Idle, automatic receive on [image] WinFax is ready to receive faxes at any time.
	Idle, automatic receive off [image] To receive messages, click Receive Now on the Controller menu when WinFax detects an incoming fax.
	Busy outgoing [image] You are sending a fax.
	Busy incoming [image] You are receiving a fax.
	Busy outgoing and incoming [image] You are sending and receiving a fax at the same time (dual line/modem setup).
	Failed send [image] WinFax was unable to send an outgoing fax successfully. This icon appears until you close the Controller or you view the Send Log.
	New fax [image] You have new faxes.


About Fax Viewer

Use Viewer to view received faxes and preview outgoing faxes and attachments.

When you receive a fax, you may want to write notes on it, add a graphic, or draw attention to certain portions of the fax before passing it on. Using annotate mode in Viewer, you can do all of this on-screen. For example, you can:

add notes in the margins

draw lines through text you want to remove

draw arrowed lines to point to specific areas of the fax (for example, the place you want to insert more information)

circle or highlight important text

stamp your fax with one of the many provided stamp designs (for example, "Draft" or "Confidential")

add your signature electronically

add your logo electronically

insert objects (text or graphics)

Depending on your needs, you can save your on-screen annotations as a separate layer for your own personal reference, or you can combine (merge) it with the original fax image so that when you forward the fax, the recipient receives both the original fax and your annotations.


About Quick Fax Viewer

Use Quick Fax Viewer to view and print faxes and attachments (that is all files with .FX* extensions) from Windows Explorer. To view a file in Quick Fax Viewer, right click on it in Explorer and then click Quick View on the menu.

Once you open a fax in Quick Fax Viewer you can easily switch to Fax Viewer with the Open Using WinFax Viewer command on the File menu. In addition to basic viewing and printing functionality, Fax Viewer includes advanced features you can use to make notes on faxes (annotations), circle or highlight important text, add graphics (such as your signature), clean up fax images, and convert faxes to text you can edit in your word processor (using Optical Character Recognition).


About Cover Page Designer and Filler

When you send a fax, you may want to include a cover page. A cover page can contain the recipient's name and company, your name and company logo, a brief note about the pages that follow and so on.

WinFax provides more than 200 cover pages for you to choose from. At send time, you can select the cover page you want and fill it in Cover Page Filler. Use the Cover Page Filler menus and toolbar buttons to change the font, size and attributes of the text you type.

Add to the cover page selection by modifying and customizing the WinFax cover pages in Cover Page Designer. Use the Cover Page Designer tools to draw objects, add text, stamps and graphics. Alternately, design your own cover page in Cover Page Designer.


About Backup and Restore

WinFax includes a utility for backing up and restoring your program data. You can schedule automatic backups or perform them manually at any time. Back up only the data you select. You can backup:

message stores, log folders, log records and message files

phonebooks, recipient records, and group records

Cover Page Library

WinFax Attachments

configuration files and Windows registry

By default, WinFax backs up to a file called MyWinFaxData.WFA in the DATA subdirectory of your WinFax installation folder.

When you restore a backup file, WinFax restores only the data you request.

Important! When you restore data, any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.


Using Call Waiting

Call Waiting enables you to detect incoming calls when you are already on the line. When a second calls comes in, you will hear a call-waiting beep. If you choose not to answer the call, the beep will discontinue after a period of time. What the second caller hears on the other end depends on the features offered by your telephone company. For example, if you have call answering, the call is directed to your telephone company voice mail.

To use call waiting with WinFax, you must:

Subscribe to a call waiting service from your telephone company.

Ensure your modem or communications device supports call waiting (see your modem documentation).

Run WinFax in TAPI mode or in Com Port mode. For more information about specifying the mode you want to use, click here [image].

This feature is useful for monitoring incoming calls. However, the call-waiting beep may disrupt fax transmissions. To prevent this interference, you can disable call waiting for incoming and outgoing calls (includes faxes).

Do one of the following:

Disable Call Waiting for incoming calls.

Disable Call Waiting for outgoing calls. For information, click here.


Disabling Call Waiting for incoming calls

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list, double click Receive. The Receive Properties dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	Enable the This Line Has Call Waiting option.


Disabling Call Waiting for outgoing calls

1	Contact your phone company and ask for the appropriate prefix for disabling call waiting (in North America, the sequence commonly used is "*70,")

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Location tab.

5	In the How I Dial On This Phone Line section, enable Dial Prefix.

6	In the prefix drop-down list, click the option for disabling call waiting (*70,).


Using Busy Call Return

Busy Call Return monitors busy phone numbers and notifies you when they are no longer busy. (Depending on your phone company, this service may be called "Call Disturb", "Busy Notification", or "Call Messenger".) When this service is active, WinFax does not properly detect busy signals. To prevent this interference, you can disable call return for incoming and outgoing faxes (for information, click here [image]).


Disabling Busy Call Return for outgoing calls

1	Contact your phone company and ask for the appropriate prefix for disabling Busy Call Return (in North America, the sequence commonly used is "*03,")

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Dialing And Location. The Dialing Properties dialog appears.

4	Click the Location tab.

5	In the How I Dial On This Phone Line section, enable Dial Prefix.

6	In the prefix drop-down list, click the option for disabling Busy Call Return (*03,).


Using Caller ID

Caller ID displays the name or fax number of the person faxing you, enabling you to know who is sending the fax. This information can be used to filter unwanted faxes with the WinFax Junk Fax management feature. This information appears in the Line Status dialog that appears when a fax comes in. The amount of information displayed (for example, name or number) depends on which services you subscribe to from your telephone company and where the call originates from.

Depending on which mode you are using for WinFax (that is, either Com Port mode or TAPI mode), WinFax may report different information for Caller ID. For example, if you are using WinFax in Com Port mode, WinFax may display the both caller’s name and number, whereas in TAPI mode, WinFax may display only the caller’s name. For more information on Com Port and TAPI modes, click here [image].

To use Caller ID services with WinFax, you must do the following:

Subscribe to Caller ID services from your telephone company.

Ensure your modem supports Caller ID [image].

Ensure you have the proper .INF configuration file for your modem, and that the Caller ID feature is enabled in that .INF file. Contact your modem manufacturer for updated .INF files.

Run WinFax in Com Port mode or in TAPI mode under Windows 95/98, ensure you have the appropriate TAPI files installed on your computer. For more information about specifying the mode you want to use, click here [image].


Determining whether your modem supports Caller ID

1	Check your modem documentation. If you cannot determine reliably whether your modem supports Caller ID, proceed to Step 2.

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices dialog appears.

4	In the devices list, click the appropriate modem and click Properties. The modem properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Voice tab. This tab displays details about your modem’s capabilities.

6	Click Advanced. The Advanced dialog appears and displays additional details about your modem’s capabilities, including whether your modem supports Caller ID.

If Caller ID Support is set to "Yes", your modem supports Caller ID; if it is set to "No", your modem does not support Caller ID.

7	Ask someone to call or fax you to test that Caller ID works properly.

Important: Modems may report that features are supported when, in fact, they are not. If caller ID does not work properly, proceed to Step 8 to test your modem using HyperTerminal. This will indicate more reliably whether your modem supports caller ID.

8	Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, point to Accessories, and then click HyperTerminal. The HyperTerminal folder opens.

9	Double click the Hypertrm.exe icon. HyperTerminal starts and displays the Connection Description dialog.

10	In the Name field, type …

Test

… and click OK. The Phone Number dialog appears.

11	In the Phone Number field, type …

9999

… and then click OK. The Connect dialog appears.

12	Click Cancel. The HyperTerminal window appears.

13	In the blank HyperTerminal window, type …

ATZ

… and then press Enter. (You may not see what you typed.) The modem should respond with "OK".

14	In the blank HyperTerminal window type …

AT#CID=?

… and then press Enter. One of the following responses appears in the HyperTerminal window:

Response is "error" or "0" [image] Your modem does not support Caller ID.

Response is "0,1,2" [image] Proceed to step 15.

15	In the HyperTerminal window type …

AT#CID=2

... and then press Enter. The modem should respond with "OK".

16	In the HyperTerminal window type …

AT#CID=1

… and then press Enter. The modem should respond with "OK".

17	Keeping the HyperTerminal window open, ask someone to call you (make sure your modem is turned on). "RING" should appear on the screen, followed by caller ID information that might look like the following:

DATE = 0904

TIME = 1345

NAME = JOHN DOE

NMBR = 555-1212


Using Distinctive Ring

Distinctive Ring is a service available from your phone company. This service allows you to set up your phone to ring differently for fax, data, and voice calls. This allows you to identify the type of call before you answer the phone. In order to use the Distinctive Ring feature with WinFax, check the following:

Are you subscribed to a Distinctive Ring service? To use Distinctive Ring, you must subscribe to the service through your phone company. Click here [image] to review the "Using Phone Company Services" topic.

Does your hardware support Distinctive Ring? You must have a modem that supports Distinctive Ring. For more information, click here [image].

Do you have the proper .INF configuration file for your modem? You must have the proper .INF file for your modem and the Distinctive Ring feature must be enabled in that .INF file. In addition, your .INF file must support the proper responses to the various ring patterns. The standard responses for Distinctive Ring are single ring (RING1 or RING A), double ring (RING2 or RING B), and triple ring (RING3 or RING C). Contact your modem manufacturer for updated .INF files.

Is Distinctive Ring set up in Windows? For information on enabling Distinctive Ring, click here [image].

Are you running WinFax under Windows 95/98? The Distinctive Ring feature is not supported under Windows NT/2000.

Are you running WinFax in TAPI mode? For more information, click here [image].

Do you have the appropriate TAPI files installed on your computer? For more information, click here [image].


Determining whether your modem supports Distinctive Ring

1	Check your modem documentation. If you cannot determine reliably whether your modem supports Caller ID, proceed to Step 2.

2	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

3	In the list, double click Modems And Communications Devices. The Modems And Communications Devices dialog appears.

4	Click the appropriate modem and click Properties. The modem properties dialog appears.

5	Click the Voice tab. This tab displays details about your modem's capabilities.

6	Click Advanced. The Advanced dialog appears and displays additional details about your modem’s capabilities, including whether your modem supports distinctive ring (see illustration below).

If Distinctive Ring is set to "Yes", your modem supports distinctive ring; if it is set to "No", your modem does not support distinctive ring.

7	If your modem supports distinctive ring, record the AT command that appears after "Yes". Do not record "<cr>", which appears after the AT command. You will need this command if distinctive ring does not work properly in Step 8, and you need to proceed further to test your modem using HyperTerminal.

8	Ask someone to call you on the first and second phone lines to determine whether distinctive ring works properly.

Important: Modems may report that features are supported when, in fact, they are not. If distinctive ring does not work properly, proceed to Step 9 to test your modem using HyperTerminal. This will indicate more reliably whether your modem supports distinctive ring.

9	Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, point to Accessories, and then click HyperTerminal. The HyperTerminal folder opens.

10	Double click the Hypertrm.exe icon. HyperTerminal starts and displays the Connection Description dialog.

11	In the Name field, type …

Test

… and click OK. The Phone Number dialog appears.

12	In the Phone Number field, type …

9999

… and then click OK. The Connect dialog appears.

13	Click Cancel. The HyperTerminal window appears.

14	In the blank HyperTerminal window, type the AT command you copied in Step 7 above, and then press Enter. (You may not see what you typed.) The modem should respond with "OK".

15	Ask someone to call you on the first phone number on the phone line. The modem should respond with "RING1" or "RING A", depending on the brand and model of the modem.

16	Ask someone to call you on the second phone number on the phone line. The modem should respond with "RING2" or "RING B", depending on the brand and model of the modem.


Enabling Distinctive Ring

1	Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. The Control Panel folder appears.

2	Double click Modems. The Modems Properties dialog appears.

3	In the modem list, click your modem, and then click Properties.

4	Click the Distinctive Ring tab.

5	Enable This Phone Line Has Distinctive Ring Services.

6	Specify ring patterns (for example, single, double, or triple) to each call type (that is, fax, voice, and data).


About OCR language dictionaries

The OCR feature in WinFax uses a language-specific dictionary file to validate and verify words. By default, WinFax uses the U.S. English dictionary.

Additional language dictionaries are available in the INT_DICT folder on the WinFax installation CD. This folder includes dictionaries for the following languages:

Danish	(DANISH.LC)
Dutch	(DUTCH.LC)
Finnish	(FINNISH.LC)
French	(FRENCH.LC)
German	(GERMAN.LC)
Italian	(ITALIAN.LC)
Norwegian	(NORSK.LC)
Portuguese	(PORT.LC)
Russian	(RUSSIAN.LC)
Spanish	(SPANISH.LC)
Swedish	(SWEDISH.LC)
If you want to use any or all of these dictionaries, copy the appropriate files (file names are shown above) to your WinFax installation folder. WinFax automatically detects all dictionary files installed in the WinFax installation folder and displays them in the appropriate lists in the OCR program.

Note You can use only ONE language dictionary at a time. For example, if you receive a fax that contains some text in Spanish and some text in English, the OCR feature can only recognize the Spanish text OR the English text (depending on the current dictionary selected). To handle this situation, you will need to convert the fax into text twice, once for Spanish and once for English. You can then copy the translated text into a single document.

To select a different dictionary for OCR:

1	On the Tools menu in Viewer, click Setup OCR. The OCR Setup dialog appears.

2	Click the General tab.

3	In the Language drop-down list, click the dictionary you want to use.


About spell checking language dictionaries

The cover page spell checking  feature in WinFax uses a language-specific dictionary file to validate and verify words. By default, WinFax uses the U.S. English dictionary.

Additional language dictionaries are available in the INT_DICT folder on the WinFax installation CD. This folder includes dictionaries for the following languages:

Brazilian Portugese	(BRAZPORT.SPL)
Danish	(DANISH.SPL)
Dutch	(DUTCH.SPL)
French	(FRENCH.SPL)
French Canadian	(FRENCAN.SPL)
German	(GERMAN.SPL)
Italian	(ITALIAN.SPL)
Latin American Spanish	(LASPAN.SPL)
Norwegian	(NORWEGIA.SPL)
Portuguese	(LISBPORT.SPL)
Spanish	(SPANISH.SPL)
Swedish	(SWEDISH.SPL)
Swiss German	(SWISSGER.SPL)
If you want to use any or all of these dictionaries, copy the appropriate files (file names are shown above) to your WinFax installation folder. WinFax automatically detects all dictionary files installed in the WinFax installation folder and displays them in the appropriate lists in the spell checking program.

Note You can use only ONE language dictionary at a time. For example, if you receive a fax that contains some text in Spanish and some text in English, the spell checking feature can only recognize the Spanish text OR the English text (depending on the current dictionary selected). To handle this situation, you will need to convert the fax into text twice, once for Spanish and once for English. You can then copy the translated text into a single document.

To select a different dictionary for spell checking:

(Use this method the first time you use WinFax)

1	In the Send Dialog preview window, on the Edit menu, click Spelling. The Spelling Options dialog appears.

2	Click the Dictionary Selection tab.

3	In the Language Dictionary drop-down list, click the dictionary you want to use.

4	Click OK.

To select a different dictionary for spell checking:

(Use this method during spell checking)

1	In the Send Dialog preview window, attach a cover page, type your message text, and start spell checking (on the Edit menu, click Spelling).

2	When the spell checker finds a problem (for example, a word in a language not supported by the current dictionary) a dialog appears. Click Options.

3	In the Language Dictionary drop-down list, click the dictionary you want to use.

4	Click OK, and resume spell checking.


About WinFax PRO for Networks

WinFax PRO for Networks is no longer supported by Symantec. For fax networking features, look up “Fax Sharing” in the online help index.


About Memory Modems

Memory modems are data/fax modems that can receive faxes when:

your computer is turned off

the Controller is not running

Before a memory modem can receive messages, you must:

configure WinFax to use this feature

enable the Automatic Receive feature

Typically, this feature works best when you use it with one program. If you try to set up more than one program to work with your memory modem, the results may be unreliable.

After your memory modem receives a fax, it stores the data in the modem’s memory until the next time you either turn on your computer or start the Controller. At that time (for example, when you turn on your computer), your modem automatically transfers the faxes to the appropriate program.

For example, if you have set up WinFax to use memory modem receiving, your modem transfers your faxes to WinFax.

Note

The features described are general to memory modems. Therefore, some memory modems may not support specific features. For more information, see your modem documentation.


Generating Detailed Reports

The reporting feature allows you to generate and print out detailed reports, so that you can closely track the usage of your WinFax system. Choose from two different types of report to track Incoming and Outgoing Faxes. Each report is generated using criteria you specify, so that you decide which folders, dates, and types of message are included in the report, as well as the order in which the event records are sorted.

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Create Report and then click the type of report you want to create. The Folder Selection dialog appears.

3	Check the folders for which you want to generate the report. Click Next. The Report Data dialog appears.

4	Look at the Report Title field. You can either use the default title as it appears, or type in a different descriptive title for the report.

5	In the Date Range section, specify the Date Range you want the report to encompass. You can either click All, or type two dates between which all records will be included in the report.

6	In the Message Type section, specify the type(s) of event records you want to have included in the report. Click the checkboxes to select Fax Events, Fax Email Events, or both.

Note  This step applies to certain Outgoing Call reports only.

7	Click Next. The Report Sorting dialog appears.

8	In the Group By field select the primary criteria by which you would like the event records in the report to be sorted (for example, you may want the events to be sorted by Date or by the Folder with which they are associated).

9	In the Sort fields that follow, select additional criteria by which you would like events to be sorted within the primary grouping. For example, you may want the records sorted first by Date, then, within each date grouping, by Recipient.

10	Click Finish. WinFax generates the report and displays it in a separate report window. In this window you can view and print the report.

Notes

Reports cannot be saved.

If your generated report appears blank, or appears to be incomplete, click the Lightening button on the report toolbar to refresh the report information.


Junk Fax Management

Unsolicited ‘junk mail’ faxes cost you time and money. Use the new Junk Fax Management feature to filter out unwanted incoming faxes, such as advertisements and flyers. Receive only the faxes you want – and need – to receive. Junk fax filtering works by screening out incoming fax calls from sources you specify. You can specify an unwanted source either by Caller ID (their fax/phone number), or by CSID (the calling station identification code of their computer or fax device).

Note: To filter unwanted faxes by Caller ID, your modem or communications device must support Caller ID, and you must subscribe to the Caller ID feature offered by your local telephone company.

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	In the list of settings, click Receive, and then click Properties. The Receive properties dialog appears.

3	Click the Junk Fax tab.

4	Click to check the Enable Junk Fax Management checkbox.

5	OPTIONAL [image] Enable the Handle All Faxes With No CSID As Junk Faxes checkbox, if you want to screen out all faxes sent with unspecified CSIDs.

6	To add a sender whose faxes you wish to screen out, click Add. The Add/Modify Junk Sender dialog appears.

7	Enter sender identification information into one or both of the following:

In the CSID field, enter the CSID (calling station identifier) of the sender from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. You can find this information listed in the Details view of received faxes, in the incoming fax status dialog, and on the header of received faxes. Note, however, that this information is not appended to every fax.

In the Caller ID fields, enter the Country Code (optional), area code (optional), and local telephone/fax number (required) of the sender from whom you do not wish to receive faxes. Note that not all Caller ID systems use the country code or area code as identifiers.

8	In the Rules drop-down list, select the filter or filters you want to use to screen out unwanted faxes. Choose CSID, Caller ID, or both.

9	Click Add/Save, and then click OK.


About Fax Sharing

WinFax sends and receives faxes using a modem or communications device. For most users, the modem or device is installed locally on their computer. With the Fax Sharing feature, you do not need to have a modem or device directly attached to your computer to send and receive faxes [image] you can install the Fax Sharing Client and use the modems or communications devices attached to a Fax Sharing Host station on your network.

The Fax Sharing Host station acts as the complete fax messaging center for all Fax Sharing Clients on your network. Using Fax Sharing Client, you can select the documents you want to fax on your computer and then transfer them over the network to the Fax Sharing Host to be faxed [image] all with a single click. Similarly, the Fax Sharing Host receives faxes for all users on your Fax Sharing network.

To retrieve faxes, you can simply connect to the Fax Sharing Host Receive Log and select the faxes that belong to you.

For more information about how Fax Sharing works, see the Fax Sharing Guide (FAXHARE.PDF) included on the WinFax installation CD in Adobe Acrobat format.

 Related Topics


Operating requirements (Fax Sharing feature)

The Fax Sharing feature enables Fax Sharing Client stations to receive voice messages and send and receive faxes across the network to and from the Fax Sharing Host station. The table below describes the system requirements for the Fax Sharing feature.

Component	Requirement
WinFax Stations	Your network must have at least one Fax Sharing Host station and one Fax Sharing Client station. Each Fax Sharing Host station can support multiple connected Fax Sharing Client stations (maximum 15 under Windows 95/98, maximum 25 under Windows NT/2000). You can set up more than that number, but can have no more than specified logged on at any one time. Note that Fax Sharing can only function between WinFax installations of the same version. The Fax Sharing Host station is any WinFax station with an attached modem or communications device that has enabled the Fax Sharing Host feature. The Fax Sharing Client station is a WinFax station that does not have an attached modem or device and is set up for Fax Sharing with the Fax Sharing Host. You can install WinFax on each machine or you can run a scripted install to automate the process. For more information about scripted installs, see your WinFax administrator.
Run-time requirements	To use the Fax Sharing feature the following conditions must be met on both the Fax Sharing Host station and Fax Sharing Client station: Windows must be running and the station must be logged onto (we recommend that you start the Fax Sharing Host before you start the Fax Sharing Client stations) Controller must be running automatic reception must be enabled
Security on Fax Sharing Host	The Fax Sharing Host station must be running and logged onto at all times. To maximize security, you can lock the Fax Sharing Host workstation if you are running under Windows NT/2000. You can do this by holding down the CTRL + ALT + DELETE keys and clicking the Lock Workstation button. To unlock the machine, simply re-enter your Windows password when prompted.


Setting up a Fax Sharing Host station (Administrators Only)

Your Fax Sharing network must have at least one Fax Sharing Host station. If you have a modem or communications device attached to your WinFax station, you can share your modem or device with other WinFax users on your network when you enable the Fax Sharing Host feature.

1	Start Windows and log on.

2	Install WinFax to work with your modem or communications device.

3	If you are setting up the Fax Sharing Host station on a Windows NT/2000 computer, create an account on the Fax Sharing Host for each workstation you plan to install the Fax Sharing Client software on (see your Windows documentation). Use the same user name and password that the client station uses on their on workstation.

4	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

5	Double click Fax Sharing Host. The WinFax Fax Sharing Host Properties dialog appears.

6	Click the General tab.

7	Enable Use This WinFax PRO Station As A Fax Sharing Host.

8	If you want to protect the Fax Sharing Host station with a password, enable Use Password then type a password in the Password field.

Note: The password feature is case sensitive, and must be entered on each Client computer as it is entered here on the Host machine.

9	In the Host Computer Information section, type the appropriate information.

10	In the After Sending Client Events section, click the option that best describes what you want WinFax to do with messages that Fax Sharing Client users send and receive through your computer.

11	Enable automatic reception.

From Message Manager [image] On the Receive menu, enable Automatic Receive.

From the Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar and enable Automatic Receive on the menu that appears.

Notes

For Fax Sharing Clients to send and receive faxes, the Fax Sharing Host station must be running and logged into. In addition, the Controller must be running and automatic reception must be enabled on both the Fax Sharing Host and the Fax Sharing Client stations.

In order to update DCOM settings, you should reboot your system and restart WinFax after setting up the Fax Sharing feature.


Setting up a Fax Sharing Client station

If you do not have a modem or communications device attached to your WinFax station, but another WinFax station on your network has an attached modem or device and is configured as a Fax Sharing Host, you can use that modem or device as if it were attached to your WinFax station. To do so, you must set up WinFax on your computer as a Client station.

You can set up your WinFax station as a Fax Sharing Client station during installation or at any time after installation. To set up your WinFax station as a Fax Sharing Client, do the following:

1	Start Program Setup.

 How to …

2	Double click Fax Sharing Client. The Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog appears.

3	In the devices list, enable the Active check box beside WinFax Fax Sharing.

4	When prompted to configure the Fax Sharing device, click Yes. The Fax Sharing Client Properties dialog appears.

5	In the Host Name section, click Browse, select the Fax Sharing Host station you want to use to send and receive faxes, and then click Open.

6	In the Password field, type the password required to access the specified Fax Sharing Host (if one exists [image] see your WinFax administrator for details).

7	If you want WinFax to automatically check for new faxes on the Fax Sharing Host each time you start WinFax, enable Check For New Events On Startup.

8	Click Next. WinFax pings the selected Host station to confirm connectivity, and connects your Client station to that Host. This may take a few minutes.

Notes

For Fax Sharing Clients to send and receive faxes, the Fax Sharing Host station must be running and logged into. In addition, the Controller must be running and automatic reception must be enabled on both the Fax Sharing Host and the Fax Sharing Client stations.

In order to update DCOM settings, you should reboot your system and restart WinFax after setting up the Fax Sharing feature.


Sending faxes (Fax Sharing) (help wizard)
Sending faxes (Fax Sharing)

More information needed ...

Is your computer set up as a Fax Sharing Host station?

Yes, I have a modem or communications device attached to my computer and the Fax Sharing Host feature is enabled.

No, I do not have a modem or communications device attached to my computer. I want to send and receive faxes using the Fax Sharing Host station on my network.


Sending faxes (Fax Sharing Client)

WinFax sends faxes using a modem or communications device. Which modem or device WinFax uses depends on what is set up in the Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog (start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices). With Fax Sharing, the Fax Sharing Client uses the Fax Sharing communications device. This communications device allows you to transfer your faxes over the network to the Fax Sharing Host to be sent using the modem or device attached to the Fax Sharing Host.

Once you have set up Fax Sharing and you have selected the Fax Sharing Host you want to use, you can prepare your fax documents, assemble them in the Send dialog, and send them with a single click. For more information, click the appropriate topic:

Setting up a Fax Sharing Client station (includes enabling Fax Sharing and selecting a Fax Sharing Host)

Faxing one or more documents (basic method)

Methods of sending faxes (list)

After you prepare your fax and click Send, WinFax processes your fax as follows:

a	Creates a log record in your Fax Sharing Client Outbox.

b	Connects to the Fax Sharing Host using the Fax Sharing communications device.

c	Transfers the fax image files to the Fax Sharing Host's Outbox for delivery.

d	Updates the Fax Sharing Client fax status that appears in the display area of the Message Manager Logs window to read "waiting at server".

e	Sends the fax from the Fax Sharing Host.

f	Updates the Fax Sharing Client fax status.

g	Moves the log record from the Fax Sharing Client Outbox to the Fax Sharing Client Send Log (if the fax was successfully sent).

Note

After the fax is delivered to the Fax Sharing Host, you can exit from WinFax.

If WinFax is not running when your fax is finally delivered, the status is updated the next time you start WinFax.


Sending faxes (Fax Sharing Host)

WinFax sends faxes using a modem or communications device. Which modem or device WinFax uses depends on what is set up in the Modem Properties dialog (start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices). Fax Sharing Host stations use their local modem or device.

You can prepare your fax documents, assemble them in the Send dialog, and send them with a single click. For more information, click the appropriate topic:

Activating a modem or communications device

Faxing one or more documents (basic method)

Methods of sending faxes (list)

After you prepare your fax and click Send, WinFax delivers the fax to the modem or communications device, displays the Line Status dialog, dials the recipient's fax number, and instructs the modem or device to send your fax. When the transmission is complete, the Line Status dialog closes and WinFax updates the fax status in the display area of the Logs window.


Monitoring fax status (Fax Sharing) (help wizard)
Monitoring fax status (Fax Sharing)

More information needed ...

Is your computer set up as a Fax Sharing Host station?

Yes, I have a modem or communications device attached to my computer and the Fax Sharing Host feature is enabled.

No, I do not have a modem or communications device attached to my computer. I want to send and receive faxes using the Fax Sharing Host station on my network.


Monitoring fax status (Fax Sharing Host)

By default, the Fax Sharing Host displays the Line Status dialog while sending and receiving faxes so you can monitor faxing progress.

The Line Status dialog displays information about the current faxing activity including a description of the current operation (for example, connecting, sending, receiving, and so on), sender or recipient information (including name, number, and CSID), the transmission speed, and progress details (the current page being processed and the estimated transmission duration).

If the Line Status dialog does not appear when you send and receive faxes, check that Display Status Dialog is enabled in the Call Status and Controller Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Call Status And Controller, and then click the General tab).

Note

If you have two modems or communications devices and two phone lines connected to your computer, each active modem is listed in the list box at the top of the Line Status dialog. The details displayed at the bottom of the dialog apply to the modem or device selected in the list box. To view details for another modem or device, click it in the list box.

Additional status information appears in the display area at the bottom of the Logs window in Message Manager. To view status information for a particular fax, select it in the Logs window, enable Display Information on the View menu, and check the information in the display area at the bottom of the Logs window.

If the faxing traffic on the Fax Sharing Host computer is heavy, you can disable the Line Status dialog so that it does not appear each time a fax is sent or received. Start Program Setup, double click Call Status And Controller, click the General tab, and then disable Display Status Dialog.


Monitoring fax status (Fax Sharing Client)

During fax transmission, status information appears in the Line Status dialog on the Fax Sharing Host. The Line Status dialog is not visible to the Fax Sharing Client station. After transmission is complete, the Fax Sharing Host connects to the Fax Sharing Client and updates the status information in the Message Manager Logs window.

To view status information in the Logs window, enable Display Information on the View menu, select the fax in the record list, and check the information in the display area at the bottom of the Logs window.


Receiving faxes (Fax Sharing) (help wizard)
Receiving faxes (Fax Sharing)

More information needed ...

Is your computer set up as a Fax Sharing Host station?

Yes, I have a modem or communications device attached to my computer and the Fax Sharing Host feature is enabled.

No, I do not have a modem or communications device attached to my computer. I want to send and receive faxes using the Fax Sharing Host station on my network.


Receiving faxes from the Fax Sharing Host using Message Manager (Fax Sharing Client)

1	Check that the Fax Sharing Host station is ready to receive faxes. To receive faxes, the WinFax administrator must be logged onto the Fax Sharing Host station, the Controller must be running, and automatic reception must be enabled.

2	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

3	Do one of the following, depending on when you want to receive faxes:

Receive faxes automatically [image] On the Receive menu in Message Manager, enable Automatic Receive. When new faxes arrive at the Fax Sharing Host, the Receive dialog appears listing all unread faxes in the Fax Sharing Host's Receive Log.

Receive faxes manually [image] On the Receive menu in Message Manager, click Manual Receive Now. In the dialog that appears, click Yes. The Receive dialog appears and lists all the unread faxes in the Fax Sharing Host's Receive Log.

4	To identify the faxes that belong to you, click a fax in the list and then read the first page information in the display area.

5	In the list, enable the check boxes beside the faxes you want to download.

6	If you want the faxes you download to be available for other Fax Sharing Client stations to download, enable Leave As Unread At The Host For Others To Read.

7	Click Receive. The Fax Sharing Host transfers them across the network into your Receive Log.

Note

To display the Receive dialog each time you start WinFax, enable Check For New Events On Startup in the Fax Sharing Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click WinFax Fax Sharing Client in the device list, and click Properties).

You can also enable automatic and manual reception from the Controller menu.


Receiving faxes using Message Manager (Fax Sharing Host)

To receive faxes with Fax Sharing Host, you must have:

an active modem or communications device attached to your computer that is capable of sending and receiving faxes (if you use a send-only modem or device, receive features are disabled)

Windows running (you must be logged on)

one of Message Manager or the Controller running

There are two basic methods of receiving faxes: automatically and manually. You can set up WinFax to receive faxes automatically, or you can receive faxes on a fax-by-fax basis. For more information, click the appropriate topic below.

Receive faxes automatically

Receive faxes manually


Logging and storing faxes (Fax Sharing)

By default, WinFax stores all sent and received faxes in the Message Manager message store (that is, the Send Log and the Receive Log in the Logs window). Because the Fax Sharing Host handles all faxing activity for all Fax Sharing Client stations on the network, all sent and received faxes are stored both on the Fax Sharing Client station and the Fax Sharing Host station. Depending on your requirements, this may cause unnecessary duplication of messages and it may use up a lot of disk space. To use your disk space most effectively, the Fax Sharing Host can specify which faxes (and components of faxes) are stored permanently on the Fax Sharing Host. If you are set up as a Fax Sharing Host, you can set your default logging and storage options in the Fax Sharing Host Properties dialog (Start Program Setup and double click Fax Sharing Host).

To make it easier to store and track faxes on your computer, you may want to create folders for individual recipients (as required), and copy the sent and received faxes from the Send Log and Receive Log.

For more information, click the topics below:

Copying log records to a new folder


What's different from WinFax? (Fax Sharing feature)
What's different from WinFax?

If you are familiar with WinFax, you will find that using the Fax Sharing feature works much the same, except for the differences outlined in the following table.

Task	Description
Setting up Fax Sharing	Your Fax Sharing network must have at least one Fax Sharing Host station, and that Host must have an active modem or device. In order to use WinFax with an existing Fax Sharing Host, you must set up and activate Fax Sharing Client as a Client of the Fax Sharing Host station.
Sending faxes	Fax Sharing Host stations use their local modem or communications device, while Fax Sharing Client stations use the Fax Sharing device to connect to the Fax Sharing Host station and access its modem.
Receiving faxes (Message Manager)	In Fax Sharing mode, all incoming faxes are received on the Fax Sharing Host station and appear in the Receive Log on that computer. After faxes are received by the Fax Sharing Host, each Fax Sharing Client can connect and download their faxes.
Monitoring message activity	During message transmission, status information appears in the Line Status dialog on the Fax Sharing Host. The Line Status dialog is not visible to the Fax Sharing Client station.
Unsupported features (Fax Sharing Client)	The Fax Sharing Client does not support the following WinFax standalone features: remote fax retrieval If you have a modem or communications device attached to your computer, you can use any of these WinFax features by switching to standalone mode. All features are available in Fax Sharing Host mode.


Setting up a TCP/IP Network for Fax Sharing (Administrators Only)

This section describes how to modify your existing network to use the TCP/IP protocol with WinFax Fax Sharing.

Installing the TCP/IP Protocol:

1	Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. The Control Panel window appears.

2	Double click Network. The Network Properties dialog box appears.

3	In the list of installed network components, look for a line starting with "TCP/IP ->...." followed by the name of your network card. For example:

TCP/IP -> NE 2000 Compatible

If this lineis present, skip to step 8. If this line is missing from the list of installed network components, you must install the TCP/IP protocol [image] proceed to the next step.

4	Click Add. The Select Network Component Type dialog box appears.

5	In the list, click Protocol, and then click Add. The Select Network Protocol dialog box appears.

6	In the Manufacturers list, click Microsoft.

7	In the Network protocols list, click TCP/IP, and then click OK.

8	Configure the TCP/IP Protocol.

 How to …

Notes

This section is intended as a basic aid in modifying a modest network involving only a small number of computers. It describes how to set up workstations having static IP addresses. If you are running a DHCP server on your network, please consult your MIS department for assistance.

If the workstations you are setting up are part of a larger network, you must consult your MIS department before making any of these changes. If you make these changes without consulting your MIS department, you may cause an IP addressing conflict on your network. An IP addressing conflict will occur if one of the IP addresses you enter is in use by another computer or network device on your company’s network. IP address conflicts have the potential to cause network problems that will affect other users on your network.

 Related Topics


Configure the TCP/IP Protocol (Administrators Only)

1	Double click the "TCP/IP ->..." line for your network card. The TCP/IP Properties dialog box appears.

2	Click the IP Address tab and enter your IP address and subnet mask.

There are ranges of IP addresses intended for Private Networks. The table below draws from the range of 192.168.0.0 - 192.168.255.255. The subnet mask is a method by which a TCP/IP determines whether two computers it is communicating with are on the same network or not. In order for two machines on the same network to communicate with each other, they must have the same subnet mask set.

Computer Number	IP address to enter	Subnet mask to enter
Computer #1	192.168.23.10	255.255.255.0
Computer #2	192.168.23.11	255.255.255.0
Computer #3	192.168.23.12	255.255.255.0
Computer #4	192.168.23.13	255.255.255.0
Computer #5	192.168.23.14	255.255.255.0
Computer #6	192.168.23.15	255.255.255.0
Computer #7	192.168.23.16	255.255.255.0
Computer #8	192.168.23.17	255.255.255.0
Computer #9	192.168.23.18	255.255.255.0
Computer #10	192.168.23.19	255.255.255.0

3	After you have entered your IP address, your system will prompt you to restart your computer. Do so.

4	Verify the assigned IP address.

 How to …


Verifying the Assigned IP Address (Administrators Only)

Windows 95/98 [image] Run WINIPCFG.EXE as follows:

1	Click the Windows Start button, and click Run. The Run dialog appears.

2	In the Open field, type:

winipcfg

and then click OK. The IP Configuration dialog appears.

3	In the drop-down list, click your Network Adapter.

4	Review the values in the IP Adress and Subnet Mask fields. These values should match the values you entered previously.

5	Verify TCP/IP connectivity.

 How to …

Windows NT/2000 [image] Run IPCONFIG.EXE as follows:

1	Open a command prompt window.

2	At the prompt, type:

ipconfig

and then press Enter.

3	Review the values in the IP Adress and Subnet Mask fields. These values should match the values you entered previously.

4	Verify TCP/IP connectivity.

 How to …


Verifying TCP/IP Connectivity (Administrators Only)

To verify that all necessary computers can communicate with each other through TCP/IP, ping each computer on which you intend to install WinFax.

1	Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, and then click MS-DOS Prompt or Command Prompt.

2	At the prompt, type:

ping <ipaddress>

where <ipaddress> is the IP address of a computer for which you wish to verify connectivity (for example, “ping 192.168.23.10). Then press Enter.

3	Review the response text. It should correspond to the data shown below (although the “Time=” settings may differ):

Pinging 192.168.23.10 with 32 bytes of data:

Reply from 192.168.23.10: bytes=32 time=62ms TTL=237

Reply from 192.168.23.10: bytes=32 time=47ms TTL=237

Reply from 192.168.23.10: bytes=32 time=47ms TTL=237

Reply from 192.168.23.10: bytes=32 time=31ms TTL=237

4	Install your WinFax Fax Sharing Host and Client stations.

Note

If one of the computers is unable to reach an IP address on your network, you may be experiencing a network configuration issue on that computer. Recheck the subnet mask and IP address. If the problem persists, consult your Windows or network card documentation for further assistance.


Troubleshooting your situation (WinFax)
Troubleshooting your situation

When you encounter problems, there are a number of things you can do before calling technical support. Taking the time to troubleshoot your situation may help you identify the problem and fix it. In many cases, this can save you time and money.

Make note of any changes you have made to your computer and to your Windows setup. Determine when you started experiencing the problem. If you can reproduce the problem, make note of the steps required to do so. Also, record any messages that appear on the screen when the problem occurs. When you have done this, check the appropriate topic below.

System requirements

System performance

Basic system check

Modem setup

ISDN

Dialing setup

Faxing problems

Phonebook and log problems

Other problems

This section of the online help is one source of troubleshooting information. For additional troubleshooting-related information, click here [image].


Checking System Performance


Troubleshooting: Checking system performance
Checking system performance

The Setup program installs with default settings that work best on most computers, however many optional program settings and advanced features may improve your overall system performance. To optimize the performance of your system, follow the suggestions provided below.

Click the topic that best describes your situation.

You want to give your computer a complete checkup

You want to improve speed when using Message Manager

You want to improve database performance

You are running out of disk space	You want to move your DATA subfolder to another ,location


Troubleshooting: Improving speed when using WinFax
Troubleshooting

Improving speed when using WinFax

Solution [image] Run the Controller instead of Message Manager. To access the most common WinFax features, right click the Controller icon in your Windows taskbar.

Solution [image] When sending faxes, personalize your WinFax setup ahead of time. For example, you can prepare attachments (convert documents to fax image format), set up phonebooks, create an electronic version of your signature, set up your letterhead, and customize a cover page [image] all ahead of time.


Troubleshooting: Moving your DATA subfolder to a new location
Troubleshooting

Moving your DATA subfolder to a new location

All of your WinFax data is stored in the \DATA subfolder of your WinFax installation folder. To free up disk space, move your \DATA subfolder to another location:

Solution [image] Use the Maintenance Utility. On the Message Manager Tools menu, click Maintenance Utility. Message Manager and the Controller close, and the SymDiag Maintenance Utility dialog appears. Click Move Data Directory Location and follow the instructions that appear onscreen.


Troubleshooting: Improving database performance when using WinFax
Troubleshooting

Improving database performance when using WinFax

To improve the performance of WinFax, reduce network traffic, and reduce SQL server load, we recommend that you take the following actions:

Solution [image] WinFax can use any one of a Database, Table, or View to link to an SQL server. We recommend that you create a View to screen out any database entries lacking a fax number, and set WinFax to use that View.

Solution [image] If using a Table to link WinFax to an SQL server, create an Index for that table.


Troubleshooting: Freeing up disk space (WinFax)
Troubleshooting

Freeing up disk space when using WinFax

Solution [image] Delete some or all of the Cover Your Fax collection of cover pages. You can delete cover pages from the Cover Pages window.

Solution [image] Empty the Wastebasket in each folder. To empty Wastebaskets automatically when you exit the Controller, enable Empty Wastebaskets On Exit on the Call Status And Controller Properties dialog (start Program Setup, double click Call Status And Controller, and then click the General tab).

Solution [image] Delete all temporary files and run the ScanDisk program. For more information, click here [image].

Solution [image] Regularly delete unneeded faxes, and attachments from the Logs folders. Remember to empty the Wastebasket folder after you delete them or set up the program to automatically empty Wastebaskets on exit (start Program Setup, double click Call Status And Controller, and then click the General tab).

Solution [image] Keep only the log record and delete associated attachments and fax image files (for more information, click here [image]). When your log record list becomes lengthy, print it out and file it.

Solution [image] Back up your files to another location. For more information, click here

Solution [image] Uninstall WinFax, and then re-install using the Minimum installation type.

Solution [image] Uninstall WinFax, and then re-install using the Custom installation type (select only the components you need).


Checking the Basics


Troubleshooting: Checking the basics
Checking the basics

If you experience intermittent communication failures, program failures, or system lockups while using WinFax, check the following:

Temporary files

File system errors on your hard drive


Troubleshooting: Checking for temporary files
Troubleshooting

Checking for temporary files

Situation [image] WinFax and many other Windows programs create temporary files (.TMP files). Sometimes these files can become damaged or are not deleted when they should be. This can occur when you turn off or restart your computer without properly exiting Windows first.

Solution [image] Delete temporary files as part of your regular system maintenance. To do this, close all programs, exit Windows and restart your computer in MS-DOS mode (do not use a DOS window). At the DOS prompt, type SET and press Enter. The environment variables for your computer system appear. Change to the folder in the TEMP= line. To delete all temporary files in the TEMP folder, type DEL *.TMP and press Enter. To delete all WinFax temporary files, change to the \DATA subfolder in your WinFax installation folder and type the same command. Note that you can also delete temporary files from Windows.


Troubleshooting: Checking your hard drive for file system errors
Troubleshooting

Checking your hard drive for file system errors

Solution [image] Run the ScanDisk utility to locate and repair file system errors on your hard disk. This procedure should be part of your regular system maintenance. (If you use a disk-compression program, check the program's documentation to ensure running ScanDisk is recommended.)

Close all open programs. On your Windows desktop, double click My Computer and then select the disk drive you want to scan (typically, this is your C: drive). On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Tools tab in the properties dialog. In the Error-Checking Status section, click Check Now. In the ScanDisk dialog, select the disk drive you want to check, click Thorough, enable Automatically Fix Errors, and then click Start. ScanDisk checks the disk and repairs any errors.

For more information about ScanDisk, see your Windows documentation.


Troubleshooting: Editing system configuration files with the System Configuration Editor
Editing system configuration files with the System Configuration Editor

1	Click the Windows Start button and then click Run. The Run dialog appears.

2	In the field, type SYSEDIT and click Open. The System Configuration Editor opens and displays a window for each system configuration file (typically, this includes the AUTOEXEC.BAT, WIN.INI, and CONFIG.SYS files).

3	Click the title bar of window containing the file you want to modify.

4	Make the appropriate changes.

5	On the File menu, click Save. Depending on the changes you make, you may need to restart Windows for your changes to take effect.


Other Problems


Troubleshooting: Other problems
Other problems

Click the topic that best describes your situation.

Menu commands or options appear "grayed out"

Backing up your WinFax data

Restoring your WinFax data

Using Microsoft RAS with WinFax under Windows NT/2000

Using 16-bit communication programs when you are running WinFax

Missing AVI DLLs error message


Troubleshooting: Menu commands or options appear "grayed out"
Troubleshooting

Menu commands or options appear "grayed out"

Situation [image] You are trying to use a WinFax feature but you cannot find the appropriate options or menu commands or they appear grayed out.

Solution [image] Check that you have installed and set up the feature you want to use.

Solution [image] You may be using a special version of WinFax (for example, the trial version or a version bundled with another product) that does not include that feature. Check the documentation that came with your WinFax package for a list of supported features.


Troubleshooting: Backing up your WinFax data
Troubleshooting

Backing up your WinFax data

Situation [image] All personal WinFax data (sent and received faxes, customized cover pages, and so on) is stored in the DATA subfolder of your WinFax installation folder. You want to back up your WinFax data.

Solution [image] To back up these files, start Program Setup, double click Backup And Restore, and click the Backup tab. In the Backup File field, type the name of the file where you want to back up your data. In the Include These Items section, select the data you want to back up and click Backup Now. Note that when you restore data backed up using this method, your current data will be overwritten entirely with the contents of the backup file.

Solution [image] To back up these files, copy the DATA subfolder to another location on your hard drive, on a network drive, or on a floppy diskette.

Situation [image] Your automatic backup program is not backing up your WinFax log records (the folders and messages in the Messages message store called STATUS*.WF?).

Solution [image] Exit the Controller and then re-run your backup program. To exit the Controller, right click the Controller icon on the taskbar and then click Exit.


Troubleshooting: Restoring your WinFax data
Troubleshooting

Restoring your data

Situation [image] You backed up your WinFax data and now you want to restore it.

Solution [image] If you used the the Backup And Restore feature, to restore your data, start Program Setup, double click Backup And Restore, and click the Restore tab. In the Restore File field, type the name of the backup file you want to restore. In the Restore These Items section, select the data you want to restore and click Restore Now. Note that your current data will be overwritten entirely with the contents of the backup file.

Solution [image] If you backed up files by copying them to a DATA folder in another location, to restore your data, first ensure that all programs are closed, including the Controller and the NT/2000 Service. Then copy all files from your backup "DATA" folder to the DATA subfolder of your WinFax installation folder.


Troubleshooting: Using WinFax and Microsoft RAS under Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting

Using WinFax and Microsoft RAS under Windows NT/2000

Situation [image] You upgraded from Windows NT 3.51 to Windows NT/2000 and you are using Microsoft RAS. After you installed WinFax, RAS no longer works properly. For example:

You start RAS and then start WinFax. WinFax cannot switch to Automatic Receive mode.

You start WinFax, then try to start RAS. RAS will not start.

Cause [image] RAS runs under Windows NT 3.51 in COM port mode. When you upgrade to Windows NT/2000, RAS continues to run in COM port mode instead of TAPI mode. Because many WinFax features (including Automatic Receive and Call Discrimination) rely on TAPI mode, this causes problems in WinFax and RAS.

Solution [image] To correct this problem, switch RAS to TAPI mode. In Windows NT/2000, click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. Double click Network. Click the Services tab. In the list, click Remote Access Service and then click Properties. In the list of modems, click the appropriate modem and then click Remove. Click Add, click Install Modem and follow the instructions provided by the modem installation wizard. Click Next to continue.

After the modem is re-installed, it should run in TAPI mode.


Troubleshooting: Missing AVI DLLs error message
Troubleshooting

Missing AVI DLLs error message

Situation [image] WinFax displays an animated fax machine in the Line Status dialog when you send and receive faxes. If you do not have the Windows Media Player installed on your computer, you will not see the animations and a message appears explaining that you are missing the AVI DLLs. This does not affect the sending or receiving process; it affects the status animation display only.

Solution [image] Check that you have AVIFILE.DLL and AVIFIL32.DLL in the SYSTEM subfolder of your Windows installation folder. If these files are not installed, you will not be able to view the status animations. To install these files, do one of the following:

Windows 95/98 Installation CD [image] Use a cabinet extractor utility (available on many shareware Web sites) to extract these files from the cabinet files (.CAB files) on the installation CD into your WINDOWS\SYSTEM subfolder.

Windows NT/2000 Installation CD [image] Use the Expand utility to extract these files from the main installation folder. Extract AVIFILE.DLL to both your WINDOWS\SYSTEM subfolder and your WINDOWS\SYSTEM32 subfolder. Extract AVIFIL32.DLL to your WINDOWS\SYSTEM32 subfolder.

For help on using the Expand utility, type EXPAND/? at a command prompt.

Solution [image] If AVIFILE.DLL and AVIFIL32.DLL are installed, check that you have Video Compression Codecs and Media Player installed. Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, and click Control Panel. Double click Add/Remove Programs. Click the Windows Setup tab. In the Components list, click Multimedia and then click Details. Check for "Video Compression" and "Media Player" in the list. If they are not present, install them.

Solution [image] If the previous two solutions do not solve the problem, the Video MCI device may be corrupted or incorrectly associated. Symptoms of this include:

a "no MCI devices installed" error when you run the Media Player, or an MMSYSTEM error

double clicking an AVI file (such as FAX.AVI in the WinFax installation folder) returns an MMSYSTEM error or brings up the Open With dialog

To fix this problem, re-install the Media Player.

Solution [image] If none of these solutions work, contact Microsoft Technical Support.


Troubleshooting: Using 16-bit communication programs when you are running WinFax
Troubleshooting

Using 16-bit communication programs when you are running WinFax

Situation [image] You have problems using a 16-bit communication program such as America Online (AOL) and CompuServe with WinFax.

Solution [image] Disable automatic reception before using these programs. To disable automatic reception, right click the Controller icon on the taskbar and disable Automatic Receive for all modems and communications devices.


Troubleshooting: Finding hardware/application-specific information
Troubleshooting

Finding hardware/application-specific information

In most cases, the User's Guide and Online Help provide general troubleshooting information. If you are experiencing problems with a specific modem, piece of hardware (such as a scanner), or application (such as Word or an external phonebook), you may be able to find additional information in the following locations:

Symantec Knowledge Base [image] To access the Symantec Knowledge Base, connect to the Symantec Service & Support Web site at http://www.symantec.com/techsupp (click here [image] to try to connect automatically), click Knowledge Base, click the appropriate product in the product drop-down list, and then type the appropriate keywords in the search field. For example, for more information about using WinFax with U.S. Robotics modems, use the keyword "Robotics".

WinFax Read Me File [image] Click here [image] to view the Read Me file now.


Checking your Modem


Troubleshooting: Checking your modem
Checking your modem

Many problems you experience may be related to your modem. This section contains a list of generic problems that can apply to all modems, as well as a list of known problems with specific types of modems. If you are having trouble with your modem, check the troubleshooting information below.

Click the topic that best describes your situation.

Modem is not responding

Modem is not connected properly

Modem is not installed properly

Modem does not work after modem upgrade

Modem is not set up for use with WinFax

Modem settings need to be customized

Modem is not active

Modem is in use by another program

Modem is not accessible

Modem does not detect a dial tone or incorrectly detects a dial tone

Some WinFax features are unavailable

Problems with your battery-operated modem or pocket modem

Problems communicating with your cellular modem

Problems communicating with PCMCIA modem

Faxing problems with your CAS modem

If you are having problems with a specific modem, click here [image] for information on how to find modem-specific troubleshooting information.

 Related Topics


Troubleshooting: Modem is not responding
Troubleshooting

Modem is not responding

Solution [image] If you have an external modem, turn it off and on again to reset it. To reset an internal modem, exit Windows and turn off your computer. Wait ten seconds, then turn the computer on again.

Solution [image] If you upgraded from Windows NT 3.51 to NT/2000, your modem may not be set up correctly. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Modem does not work after modem upgrade
Troubleshooting

Modem does not work after modem upgrade

Situation [image] You changed or upgraded your modem and it no longer works with WinFax.

Solution [image] Before you upgrade your modem, remove the original modem from WinFax and then install the upgraded modem. To remove the modem, start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click the modem in the devices list, and then click Remove. To install the new modem, start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, and click Add to start the modem installation wizard. Follow the instructions provided by the modem installation wizard, clicking Next to proceed. On the final wizard panel, click Finish to install the modem.


Troubleshooting: Modem is not connected properly
Troubleshooting

Modem is not connected properly

Solution (external modems) [image] Do the following:

a	Connect the modem to the computer. Using a modem cable, connect the modem to the computer.

b	Connect the modem to the phone line.

If you are using an analog phone line, unplug the phone cable from the wall jack. Using the modem's phone cable, connect the wall jack to the jack on the back of the modem labeled "line", "telco", or "wall". Connect the phone cable to the jack on the modem labeled "phone".

If you are using a digital phone line, unplug the phone handset from the spiral cord that connects it to the phone. Connect the modem to the handset adapter. Connect the adapter to the spiral cord.

c	Connect the modem to the electrical outlet . Plug the modem's power adapter into an electrical outlet.

d	Ensure all cables and components are connected properly and securely.

Solution (internal modems) [image] Do the following:

a	Connect the modem to the phone line.

If you are using an analog phone line, unplug the phone cable from the wall jack. Using the modem's phone cable, connect the wall jack to the modem jack on the back of your computer labeled "line", "telco", or "wall". If your modem also has a jack labeled "phone", connect the phone's cable to that jack.

If you are using a digital phone line, unplug the phone handset from the spiral cord that connects it to the phone. Connect the modem jack on the back of your computer labeled "line", "telco", or "wall" to the handset adapter. Connect the adapter to the spiral cord.

b	Ensure all cables and components are connected properly and securely.

Solution (PC card/PCMCIA modems) [image] Do the following:

a	Connect the modem to the computer. With the PC card modem right-side up, completely insert the modem card into the computer's modem slot. You may hear a beep when the modem is properly connected.

b	Connect the modem to the phone line.

If you are using an analog phone line, unplug the phone from the phone cable from the wall jack. Using the modem's phone cable, connect the wall jack to your PC card modem.

If you are using a digital phone line, unplug the phone handset from the spiral cord that connects it to the phone. Connect the modem to the handset adapter. Connect the adapter to the spiral cord jack on the phone. (If your handset adapter has a jack for the spiral hand cord, plug the adapter into that jack, and connect the spiral cord to the phone.)

c	Ensure all cables and components are connected properly and securely.

When the PC card modem is connected properly, a small PCMCIA icon appears on the Windows taskbar.

Solution (Cellular modems) [image] Do the following:

a	Contact your modem manufacturer to obtain the correct cellphone-to-modem cable for your cellular phone and your cellular modem.

b	Connect the modem to the cellular phone. Using the correct cellphone-to-modem cable, connect your modem to your cellular phone.

c	Ensure all cables and components are connected properly and securely.


Troubleshooting: Modem is not installed properly
Troubleshooting

Modem is not installed properly

Solution [image] Check that your modem is set up correctly in Windows. Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. In the Control Panel folder, double click Modems, click your modem in the list, and then click Properties to check your modem settings.

Solution [image] Uninstall your modem driver, restart Windows, and then re-install your modem driver. You can do this from the Control Panel (click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, click Control Panel, and then double click Modems). If you are using a PCMCIA modem or a plug-and-play modem, contact your modem manufacturer for assistance.

Solution [image] Check for hardware conflicts. For more information, check your modem documentation.


Troubleshooting: Modem is not set up for use with WinFax
Troubleshooting

Modem is not set up for use with WinFax

Cause [image] You installed a new modem after you installed WinFax, and now WinFax does not detect the new modem.

Solution [image] Add the modem in WinFax. To do this, start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, and then click Add. Follow the instructions on the screen. When you are finished, the modem appears in the devices list in the Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog. To use this modem, activate it by enabling the Active check box beside it.


Troubleshooting: Modem settings need to be customized
Troubleshooting

Modem settings need to be customized

Solution [image] Customize the modem settings in WinFax. To do this, start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click the modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog for your modem, make the appropriate changes. Contact your modem manufacturer to determine the optimal settings for your modem.

For best results with cellular modems, switch the telephone line type from regular to cellular on the Fax tab.


Troubleshooting: Modem is not active
Troubleshooting

Modem is not active

Solution [image] To communicate with your modem, the modem must be set as "active" in WinFax. To check this, start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices. In the devices list, enable the Active check box beside the modem you want to activate.


Troubleshooting: Modem is in use by another program
Troubleshooting

Modem is in use by another program

Cause [image] If you are running another communications program, it may "hold onto" the modem, even after it has finished using the it. As a result, WinFax cannot access the modem.

Solution [image] Wait until the other program releases the modem, or close the other program. If you are running a DOS-based communications program, close the DOS session as well. If the problem persists, you may need to restart your computer to access the modem.

Solution [image] Close all programs. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to display the Windows task list and then shut down all unnecessary programs.


Troubleshooting: Modem is not accessible
Troubleshooting

Modem is not accessible

Situation [image] WinFax displays a transmission error message such as: "TAPI modem is not accessible".

Cause [image] This message may appear when you send a fax or start WinFax with automatic reception enabled. The problem occurs because the TAPI modem controls in Windows cannot access the modem. If TAPI cannot access the modem, neither can WinFax. (If a program using a modem port under Windows 95/98 crashes or has to be terminated manually, restart Windows to reset the port.)

Solution [image] Check that your external modem is turned on and connected (for more information, click here [image]).

Solution [image] Check that the modem is connected properly (for more information, click here [image]).

Solution [image] Check that the modem is installed properly (for more information, click here [image]).

Solution [image] Check that modem is active (for more information, click here [image]).

Solution [image] Check to see if the modem is in use by another program (for more information, click here [image]).

Solution [image] Uninstall your modem driver, restart Windows, and then re-install your modem driver. Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, click Control Panel, and then double click Modems.

Solution [image] If this is a recurring problem and none of the preceding solutions in this topic apply, consider switching the modem from "TAPI" to "COM Port". Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog, click the General tab, and then click the appropriate COM port in the Communications Port drop-down list.

Solution [image] Verify the modem settings in WinFax with your modem manufacturer.

Solution [image] If the problem persists, you may need to restart your computer to reset the port so you can access the modem. If this does not solve the problem, contact the modem manufacturer.


Troubleshooting: Some WinFax features are unavailable
Troubleshooting

Some WinFax features are unavailable

Solution [image] Some WinFax features are dependent on your modem capabilities. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Problems communicating with your battery-operated or pocket modem
Troubleshooting

Problems communicating with your battery-operated modem or pocket modem

Situation [image] You have successfully used WinFax in the past, and since then you have not made any changes to the setup or configuration of WinFax, or your modem.

Cause [image] Your modem may be deactivated or in deep sleep mode. This is common among battery-operated pocket modems. The modem automatically shuts itself down after a certain period of inactivity.

Solution [image] When a modem is deactivated, the first command it receives is used to reactivate it, but the command itself is lost. When you are ready to send or receive a fax, activate your modem first by sending it one command (for example, click Manual Receive Now on the Receive menu in Message Manager). Cancel the command if necessary.


Troubleshooting: Problems communicating with your cellular modem
Troubleshooting

Problems communicating with your cellular modem

Situation [image] You are having problems communicating with your cellular modem.

Solution [image] Check that your cellular modem is connected properly. For more information, click here [image].

Solution (North America) [image] Check that WinFax is set up to use a cellular modem. Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your cellular modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog, click the Fax tab, and click Cellular (Analog/AMPS) in the first drop-down list. In the Options section, enable ECM For Sending, enable ECM For Receiving, enable High Speed Compression (2D), and click OK.

Solution (Europe) [image] Check that WinFax is set up to use a cellular modem. Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your cellular modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog, click the Fax tab, and click LAN Line in the first drop-down list. In the Options section, enable ECM For Sending, enable ECM For Receiving, enable High Speed Compression (2D), and click OK. If this does not solve your problem, switch from LAN Line to Cellular.

Solution [image] Check your cellular phone documentation. Be sure to look for information related to faxing, not data communications.

Situation [image] WinFax sends and receives faxes with your cellular modem at slower speeds than a normal modem.

Cause [image] Using a cellular modem, the maximum send speed is 9600 baud and the maximum receive speed is 4800 baud.


Troubleshooting: Problems communicating with your PCMCIA modem
Troubleshooting

Problems communicating with your PCMCIA modem

Cause [image] All PCMCIA modems use software drivers to control how the notebook computer connects to and operates with the modem. Most of the problems that arise with PCMCIA drivers and WinFax relate to either the driver software itself or how it is set up and working with the notebook.

Solution [image] Ensure that your PCMCIA modem card is inserted into your notebook before you turn on the computer. If you insert the card after you have started Windows, the notebook cannot detect that the PCMCIA modem is available.

Solution [image] Ensure that you have the latest PCMCIA driver software for your operating system from the notebook manufacturer. Typically, you can find the version number on the PCMCIA disks you received with the modem or notebook. Or, call the notebook manufacturer and ask for the date and version of the latest PCMCIA modem driver software.

Solution [image] Notebook manufacturers often know the best way to configure PCMCIA cards for their notebooks. Check with the notebook manufacturer to ensure that your PCMCIA modem settings are correct.


Troubleshooting: Problems faxing with your CAS modem (Windows 95/98 only)
Troubleshooting

Problems faxing with your CAS modem (Windows 95/98 only)

Situation [image] Faxes fail with your CAS modem when your logs are full.

Cause [image] The CAS fax software that comes with your modem maintains its own log of sent and received faxes. If the number of entries in the CAS log exceeds the allowable maximum, error messages such as "CAS DOS Error: Invalid data" appear, and faxes fail.

Solution [image] Run the Setup program for your CAS fax software and increase the allowable number of CAS log entries. To help stay within this limit, delete all unnecessary log records from WinFax. This also removes the duplicate entries from the CAS log.

Situation [image] When you send faxes with your CAS fax software in DOS mode, faxes are not logged in the Message Manager Send Log.

Cause [image] The CAS fax software records all faxes sent from DOS in its event log only. However, all faxes received while running only the CAS fax software are logged in both CAS and Message Manager.

Situation [image] You send a fax and the CAS CSID is sent instead of the CSID you entered in WinFax.

Solution [image] The CAS CSID will always be sent. Use the CAS fax software to change the CAS CSID to match the CSID you entered in WinFax.


Troubleshooting: Supported modems (WinFax)
Troubleshooting

Supported modems

WinFax is compatible with a wide variety of external, internal, PC card (PCMCIA), and cellular modems. Symantec publishes a list of modems that have been tested with WinFax. You can access this list from our Web site.

To use WinFax to send and receive faxes, you generally need a fax-capable modem that supports both sending and receiving. WinFax works with Class 1, Class 2, Class 2.0, and CAS-compatible (supported under Windows 95/98 only) type fax-capable modems. To use all WinFax features, Class 1 modems work best. Some WinFax features are available only if your modem supports the feature. Click here [image] for a summary of modem-dependent features.

To view the list of supported WinFax modems, connect to http://www.symantec.com (click here [image]).

 Related Topics


Troubleshooting: Checking your dialing setup (WinFax)
Checking your dialing setup

Sometimes you may experience problems using WinFax because the phone number is being dialed incorrectly. Before you start troubleshooting dialing problems, make sure that you can dial the number correctly from a regular phone. You may find it helpful to write down the exact sequence of numbers you dial (called the dial sequence) so you can compare it with your dialing setup. If you are sure that the number you are trying to dial is correct, the next step is to verify the number WinFax is dialing. You can do this by watching the dialing process in the Line Status dialog.

Check the following list for common dialing situations and solutions.

Missing Location and Calling Cards tabs in the Dialing Properties dialog

Modem does not dial the phone number at all

Modem does not detect a dial tone or incorrectly detects a dial tone

Filling in the country code, area code, and local number fields

You do not know your country code

Setting your current location

Setting up dialing for other TAPI programs

Dialing for special calling requirements

Dialing in areas using split, overlaid, or multiple area codes

Dialing the number exactly as entered

Combining touch tone and pulse dialing

Dialing manually

Charging calls to a calling card

During calling card dialing WinFax does not wait for the "bong" or "dial tone"

Problems dialing ACT! phone numbers


Troubleshooting: Missing Location and Calling Cards tabs in the Dialing Properties dialog
Troubleshooting

Missing Location and Calling Cards tabs in the Dialing Properties dialog

Situation [image] You open the Dialing Properties dialog (start Program Setup and double click Dialing And Location) and the Location and Calling Cards tabs mentioned in the online help and the user's guide are missing.

Cause [image] These tabs are only available if you are using the WinFax dialing method. If you do not see these tabs, then you are using the Windows dialing method.

Solution [image] If you require advanced dialing setup (including multiple calling card configurations), switch to the WinFax dialing method. Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, click the General tab, and then click Advanced. In the dialog, click WinFax and click OK. Restart Message Manager.

Solution [image] Set up your dialing options using the Modems control panel. Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, and click Control Panel. Double click Modems, click the modem you want to use, and click Dialing Properties. Specify the appropriate dialing properties.


Troubleshooting: Modem does not dial the phone number at all
Troubleshooting

Modem does not dial the phone number at all

Cause [image] WinFax is unable to communicate with your modem.

Solution [image] Check your modem (click here [image]).

Solution [image] Check that you have set up WinFax to dial properly for your phone line type (that is, touch tone or pulse). By default, WinFax uses touch tone dialing. You can enable pulse dialing in your location settings (start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, and then click the Location tab) or you can switch between touch tone and pulse dialing by inserting a "T" or "P" (as appropriate) at the beginning of your dial sequence.

Solution [image] If you are running another 16-bit communications program at the same time you are running WinFax, you may not be able to dial out. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Modem does not detect a dial tone or incorrectly detects a dial tone
Troubleshooting

Modem does not detect a dial tone or incorrectly detects a dial tone

Solution [image] Check your modem connections (for more information, [image]).

Solution [image] Disable dial tone detection. Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, click the General tab and then disable Detect Dial Tone.

Cause [image] If you subscribe to a messaging service through your phone company, the dial tone may sound different when you have new messages waiting. As a result, WinFaxTalkWorks cannot detect the dial tone and does not start dialing phone numbers.

Solution [image] Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, click the General tab and then disable Detect Dial Tone.

Cause [image] You may have a bad phone cable or modem.

Solution [image] Try using a different phone cable. If you still have problems, try using a different modem. Test your modem and phone cable with another communications program, such as Terminal or HyperTerminal, to see if the problem is specific to WinFax.


Troubleshooting: Filling in the country code, area code, and local number fields
Troubleshooting

Filling in the country code, area code, and local number fields

Cause [image] In WinFax, you may need to enter the phone number you want to dial in three parts: the country code, the area code, and the local number.

Solution [image] Use the following examples to assist you in identifying the components of a phone number.

Domestic Long Distance

Format:	1 + area code + local number
Example:	1-416-555-1212, where
	1	Long distance access code/country code. In North America, the long distance access code is also the North American country code.
	416	Area code
	555-1212	Local number

International Long Distance

Format:	011 + country code + routing code + local number
Example:	011-30-1-555-1212
	011	International access code
	30	Country code
	1	Routing code (sometimes referred to as "city code")
	555-1212	Local number


Troubleshooting: You do not know your country code
Troubleshooting

You do not know your country code

Solution [image] Check your local phone company directory or check the World Wide Web for an online country code directory.


Troubleshooting: Setting up your current location
Troubleshooting

Setting your current location

Cause [image] WinFax dials phone numbers using the dialing instructions for the current location. If you have recently changed locations, you may need to change your current location in WinFax (for example, you are using a laptop and you frequently travel to different cities or countries).

Solution [image] Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, and click the Location tab. In the Location drop-down list, click your current location. The current dialing instructions for the selected location display. To set your current location at send time, point to Location on the Options menu of the Send dialog and click the location.


Troubleshooting: Setting up dialing for other TAPI programs (Windows 95 and Windows NT/2000 only)
Troubleshooting

Setting up dialing for other TAPI programs

Situation [image] You use several TAPI-compliant communication programs and you want to set up your dialing information in one place for all programs.

Solution [image] Switch to the Windows dialing method. Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, click the General tab, and then click Advanced. In the Dialing Method dialog, click Windows. To modify Windows dialing instructions, click Properties.


Troubleshooting: Dialing for special calling requirements
Troubleshooting

Dialing for special calling requirements

Cause [image] The recipient you are calling has special calling requirements that you cannot define in your location settings. For example, you are calling a local number in another area code, or a long distance number within your own area code.

Solution [image] If you call this recipient frequently, add the recipient to a WinFax phonebook and specify the special calling requirements on the Send By tab of the Recipient Properties dialog.

Solution [image] If you call this recipient frequently, add the recipient to a WinFax phonebook and specify the special calling requirements on the Send By tab of the Recipient Properties dialog.

Solution [image] Disable the location settings so WinFax dials the number exactly as you enter it. To do this, set your current location to "Dial As Entered". Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, and then click the Location tab. In the Location drop-down list, click Dial As Entered. To change your location at send time, point to Location on the Options menu of the Send dialog and then click the location.


Troubleshooting: Dialing in areas using split, overlaid, or multiple area codes
Troubleshooting

Dialing in areas using split, overlaid, or multiple area codes

Cause [image] WinFax assumes that all calls within your area code are local calls. However, in some metropolitain areas, telephone companies have “split” area codes to accommodate the requirements of large populations. If you live in a location that has split, multiple, or overlaid area codes, the following conditions apply.

some calls within your area code are long distance

some calls to another area code are local

As a result, the dialing instructions specified in your location settings may be inappropriate for some recipients. In this case, you need to override your default dialing instructions. You can do this in one of three ways:

Solution [image] Configure a set of Area Code Rules for any locations containing split, overlaid, or multiple area codes.

 How to …

Solution [image] Add the recipient to a WinFax phonebook and specify the special calling requirements on the Send By tab of the Recipient Properties dialog.

Solution [image] Set up WinFax to dial the number exactly as you type it.

 How to …


Troubleshooting: Dialing the number exactly as entered
Troubleshooting

Dialing the number exactly as entered

Solution [image] Disable the location settings so WinFax dials the number exactly as you enter it. To do this, set your current location to "Dial As Entered". Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, and then click the Location tab. In the Location drop-down list, click Dial As Entered. To change your location at send time point to Location on the Options menu of the Send dialog and then click the location.


Troubleshooting: Combining touch tone and pulse dialing
Troubleshooting

Combining touch tone and pulse dialing

Cause [image] By default, WinFax dials fax numbers using touch tone dialing, unless you enable Pulse Dial in your location settings.

Solution [image] If required, you can override the default dialing type to combine touch tone and pulse dialing in a single fax number. For example, when sending on a pulse dial line, you may need to switch to touch tone dialing to specify your calling card number for charging long distance faxes.

If you are set up to send using pulse dialing, insert the letter "T" in the fax number to switch to touch tone dialing. For example, dialing ...

9,444T0333

... causes WinFax to dial the last four digits of the fax number (0333) using touch tone dialing.

If you are set up to send using touch tone dialing, insert the letter "P" to switch to pulse dialing.


Troubleshooting: Dialing manually
Troubleshooting

Dialing manually

Cause [image] You are experiencing problems dialing.

Solution [image] Try dialing the number manually to determine if the dial sequence is incorrect or if there is some other error in WinFax. To send a fax manually, set up your fax in advance and dial the number using your phone. This allows you to release the fax and send it when your modem connects to the recipient's fax station.

To dial manually, open the Send dialog and prepare your fax as you normally would, but leave the Number field blank. When you are ready to send the fax, click Send. A confirmation dialog appears, click Yes and WinFax begins processing the fax. When you are prompted, pick up the phone handset and dial the recipient's fax number using the keys on your phone. As soon as you are finished dialing, click OK. When you hear your modem pick up the line (go "off hook") and the message "Connecting ..." appears on the Line Status dialog, hang up the phone handset immediately.

If this procedure is unsuccessful, disable Detect Dial Tone and Detect Busy Tone in the Dialing Properties dialog, then try again. To display the Dialing Properties dialog, start Program Setup and double click Dialing And Location.


Troubleshooting: Charging calls to a calling card
Troubleshooting

Charging calls to a calling card

Solution [image] Do the following:

1	Set up your calling card for use with WinFax. For more information, click here [image].

2	Create a location for this calling card. For more information, click here [image].

3	Switch to that location whenever you want to charge calls to your calling card. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: During calling card dialing WinFax does not wait for the "bong" or "dial tone"
Troubleshooting

During calling card dialing WinFax does not wait for the "bong" or "dial tone"

Situation [image] You have set up a calling card dial sequence that includes "Wait for bong" or "Wait for second dial tone" but WinFax does not pause.

Cause [image] Not all modems support the "Wait for bong" or "Wait for second dial tone" functionality.

Solution [image] To work around this, modify your dial sequence to use the "Wait" option instead of "Wait for bong" or "Wait for second dial tone" and adjust the wait time as required (try 4 or 6 seconds). Start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, click the Calling Cards tab, click the calling card you want to modify, and then click Dial Sequence.


Faxing Problems


Troubleshooting: Faxing problems
Faxing problems

This section describes common faxing problems you may experience when trying to send, receive, view, and print faxes.

Your faxing problem may be a symptom of a more basic problem. Before you start troubleshooting your faxing problem, check the following troubleshooting topics.

System performance

Basic system check

Modem setup

Dialing setup

If you still have faxing problems, check the troubleshooting information below.

Sending problems

Cover page problems

Receiving problems

Viewing and printing problems

Scanning problems


Sending Problems


Troubleshooting: Sending problems
Sending problems

Your sending problem may be a symptom of a more basic problem. Before you start troubleshooting your sending problem, check the following troubleshooting topics.

System performance

Basic system check

Modem setup

Dialing setup

If you are still experiencing problems, try the troubleshooting techniques below.

Send dialog does not appear, or cannot print to WinFax printer driver

Fax image quality problems

Phone line problems

Problems faxing to specific fax machines

Fax sits in the Outbox and will not send

Scheduled faxes are not being sent at the scheduled time

Line Status dialog does not appear

Page margins and fonts change when printing to WinFax printer driver

Problems printing Word 97 tables to WinFax printer driver

Color graphics are not displayed, printed, or faxed properly

Grayscale images cause faxes to fail

Information in the fax header is incorrect

WinFax sends the fax without previewing it first

You want to include the same cover page with every fax

You want to add your logo to a cover page or document

Truncated variable text appears on cover pages

Binary file transfer delivery method is unavailable

You cannot send files in their native format as BFTs


Troubleshooting: Problems with the WinFax printer driver
Troubleshooting

Problems with the WinFax printer drivers

Situation [image] You cannot send a fax because the Send dialog does not appear or nothing happens when you try to print to a WinFax printer driver from another program.

Cause [image] The WinFax printer drivers may be missing or may be corrupt.

Solution [image] Back up your data (click here [image] for more information) and then re-install the WinFax printer drivers. You can do this by re-installing WinFax using the Custom installation type. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Improving fax image quality
Troubleshooting

Improving fax image quality

Solution [image] Select a WinFax printer driver before you create the document. Document formatting can change when you switch printer drivers.

Solution [image] Use the Photo Quality WinFax printer driver option when sending faxes containing graphic images.

Solution [image] Consider fax image quality when creating graphics. For best results, convert color graphics to black and white or grayscale before faxing.

Solution [image] Send faxes at high resolution. To send all faxes at high resolution, start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click Fine in the Fax Resolution drop-down list. To specify the resolution for individual faxes, set the resolution in the Send Options dialog at send time (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Troubleshooting: Phone line problems
Troubleshooting

Phone line problems

Solution [image] If you encounter a transmission error resulting from a phone line problem, it is probably related to a bad line (that is, the line is noisy or busy). The problem may be temporary. Wait for a few minutes, then try again. If the line problem persists, contact your local phone company.

Solution [image] If you are sending over a compressed phone line, contact your phone company to determine the fastest possible connection speed and then set WinFax to that speed. If you still experience problems, try setting WinFax to connect at a slightly lower speed.

To do this, start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog, click the General tab, and then click the appropriate speed in the Initialize At drop-down list. Then click the Fax tab and adjust the setting in the Transmission Speed section.


Troubleshooting: Problems faxing to specific fax machines
Troubleshooting

Problems faxing to specific fax machines

Solution [image] Contact the recipient or sender to determine whether their fax machine is functioning.

Solution [image] Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. On the Fax tab, disable all check boxes in the Options section, set the Maximum Transmit Speed to 9600, and check that the hardware or software flow control setting is correct. Most Class 1 modems use hardware flow control. The most common settings for flow control (and the matching portion of the initialization string) are listed below.

Modem type	Hardware	Software
Rockwell	&K3	&K4
U.S. Robotics	&H1	&H2
AT&T / Cirrus Logic	\Q3	\Q1
Solution [image] If the fax machine of the sender or recipient is an older model, it may be incompatible with WinFax. If this is the case, you cannot transmit faxes between WinFax and that particular fax machine.


Troubleshooting: Fax sits in the Outbox and will not send
Troubleshooting

Fax sits in the Outbox and will not send

Solution [image] To communicate with your modem, the modem must be set as "active" in WinFax. To check this, start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices. Enable the Active check box beside the modem you want to activate.

Solution [image] Delete all temporary files on your computer. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Line Status dialog does not appear
Troubleshooting

Line Status dialog does not appear

Solution [image] Start Program Setup, double Call Status And Controller, click the General tab, and then enable Display Status Dialog. To prevent the Line Status dialog from appearing under other open windows, enable Bring Status Dialog To Front as well.

Solution [image] If Display Status Dialog is enabled and the Line Status dialog is still not visible, right click the Controller icon in the Windows taskbar and click Display Status on the menu.


Troubleshooting: Page margins and fonts change when printing to the WinFax printer driver
Troubleshooting

Page margins and fonts change when printing to the WinFax printer drivers

Solution [image] Select WinFax as your printer before you create the document.


Troubleshooting: Color graphics are not displayed, printed, or faxed properly
Troubleshooting

Color graphics are not displayed, printed, or faxed properly

Cause [image] WinFax must convert color graphics to black and white, which can reduce the image quality.

Solution [image] Convert color graphics to black and white or grayscale format before using them.


Troubleshooting: Grayscale images cause faxes to fail
Troubleshooting

Grayscale images cause faxes to fail

Situation [image] When sending a fax containing grayscale images, the fax fails, often between pages or in the middle of the transmission.

Cause [image] In some cases, sending at 14,400 bps or using 2D compression can cause fax images with lighter shades of gray to fail.

Solution [image] Limit the transmission speed of your modem. Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog, click the Fax tab and click 9600 in the Maximum drop-down list. Try resending the fax.

Solution [image] Disable High Speed (2D) compression. start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click your modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog, click the Fax tab and disable High Speed (2D) compression. Try resending the fax.

Solution [image] Limit the transmission speed of your modem and disable High Speed (2D) compression.


Troubleshooting: Information in the fax header is incorrect
Troubleshooting

Information in the fax header is incorrect

Solution [image] Update your user information in WinFax. Start Program Setup and double click User.

Solution [image] Customize the fax header. Start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the Header tab.


Troubleshooting: WinFax sends the fax without previewing it first
Troubleshooting

WinFax sends the fax without previewing it first

Solution [image] To preview a fax at send time, click Preview And Send on the File menu in the Send dialog.


Troubleshooting: Scheduled faxes are not being sent at the scheduled time
Troubleshooting

Scheduled faxes are not being sent at the scheduled time

Solution [image] Is your hard disk set to power down? If you set up your hard disk to power down when inactive, set it to wait at least two minutes before powering down to ensure WinFax is not interrupted while sending faxes.

Solution [image] Is ScanDisk set to run automatically? The Windows ScanDisk utility may interrupt fax transmission. Make sure it is not scheduled for the same time as your fax.

Solution [image] Is Message Manager or the Controller running at the scheduled time? At the time and date that the scheduled fax is to be sent, either Message Manager or the Controller must be running. If not, WinFax will send the fax immediately the next time you start the program.

Solution [image] Are you running WinFax on a laptop? If you run WinFax on a laptop or battery operated computer, disable the power down feature when scheduled faxes are pending. Make sure you use the AC power pack instead of the computer's battery.


Troubleshooting: You want to send files in their native format as BFT
Troubleshooting

You want to send files in their native format as BFT

Solution [image] To send binary files with WinFax, your modem must be a Class 1 modem. If your modem supports BFT, click Send New Binary File Transfer on the Send menu in Message Manager. In order to receive binary file transmissions, the recipient's modem must also support BFT.


Receiving Problems


Troubleshooting: Receiving problems (WinFax)
Receiving problems

Your receiving problem may be a symptom of a more basic problem. Before you start troubleshooting your receiving problem, check the following troubleshooting topics.

System performance

Basic system check

Modem setup

If you are still experiencing problems, try the troubleshooting techniques below:

Line Status dialog does not appear

You cannot receive faxes automatically

You cannot retrieve faxes using the remote retrieval feature

You cannot receive faxes with binary file attachments (BFTs)

You have insufficient disk space for receiving faxes


Troubleshooting: You cannot receive faxes automatically
Troubleshooting

You cannot receive faxes automatically

Solution [image] Start Message Manager or the Controller and then enable Automatic Receive.

Solution [image] Test your modem for a ring signal in the HyperTerminal program.

Solution [image] Check for a fax tone from the modem. Call your modem phone number from another phone and listen for a fax tone. If you do not hear a fax tone, check your modem setup (for more information, click here [image].)

Solution [image] To receive faxes under Windows NT/2000 when you are not logged on, WinFax installs an NT/2000 service during Setup. If you are unable to receive faxes or send scheduled faxes when your are logged out, start Program Setup, double click Call Status And Controller, click the General tab, and then check that Allow Sending And Receiving When Logged Off is enabled.

Situation [image] You configured your modem to use a high initialization speed and you receive an error message when you try to receive faxes.

Solution [image] Lower the initialization speed. Start Program Setup and double click Modems And Communications Devices. In the devices list, click the appropriate modem, and then click Properties. Click the General tab and click a lower initialization speed in the Initialize At drop-down list.


Troubleshooting: You cannot retrieve faxes using the remote fax retrieval feature
Troubleshooting

You cannot retrieve faxes using the remote fax retrieval feature

Solution [image] If there are no unread faxes in the Receive Log of the fax station you are retrieving from, nothing is retrieved.

Solution [image] Some fax machines may use a non-standard method for password protection. Try retrieving faxes without a password. For more information, click here [image].

Solution [image] You can only retrieve faxes from a remote fax station, if the remote fax station is set up for remote retrieval. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: You cannot receive faxes with binary file attachments (BFTs)
Troubleshooting

You cannot receive faxes with binary file attachments (BFTs)

Solution [image] To receive binary file transmissions (BFT), you must be using a Class 1 modem. If you are using a multi-class modem, configure it to be a Class 1 modem (start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click the modem in the devices list, click Properties and then click the General tab. In the Fax Modem drop-down list, click Class 1.

Solution [image] Check to see that Error Correction Mode (ECM) is enabled for receiving. Start Program Setup, double click Modems And Communications Devices, click the modem in the devices list, and then click Properties. In the Properties dialog, click the Fax tab, and then enable ECM For Receiving.


Troubleshooting: You have insufficient disk space for receiving faxes
Troubleshooting

You have insufficient disk space for receiving faxes

Solution [image] WinFax requires a minimum of 1 MB of disk space to receive faxes (30 MB is recommended). If your computer does not meet this requirement, WinFax displays the following error message: "Disk is full. Unable to receive faxes.".

Free up at least 1 MB of disk space, close any other Windows programs and ask the sender to resend the fax. To free up disk space, delete program and data files which are no longer required, empty the Recycle Bin, and delete any temporary files on your computer. For more information on deleting temporary files, click here [image].


Cover Page Problems


Troubleshooting: Cover page problems
Cover page problems

If your problems are related to using cover pages, try the troubleshooting techniques below:

You want to include the same cover page with every fax

You want to add your logo to a cover page or document

Truncated variable text appears on cover pages


Troubleshooting: You want to include the same cover page with every fax
Troubleshooting

You want to include the same cover page with every fax

Solution [image] Start Program Setup and double click Send. In the Send Properties dialog, click the General tab, enable Use A Cover Page, and then click OK. Start Message Manager, and on the Go menu click Cover Pages. In the Cover Pages list, click the cover page you want to use, and then click Set As Default on the File menu.


Troubleshooting: You want to add your logo to a cover page or document
Troubleshooting

You want to add your logo to a cover page or document

Solution [image] Customize the Quick Cover Page to include an electronic version of your logo or create a custom cover page using Cover Page Designer/Cover Page Design wizard. For more information about customizing cover pages, click here [image].

Solution [image] Create a letterhead attachment that you can merge with your faxes. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Your cover page truncates text that replaces variables
Troubleshooting

Your cover page truncates text that replaces variables

Cause [image] The length of your recipient data is too long to display in the field. You cannot know how long the recipient data is going to be for a particular fax until you send the fax. Therefore, whenever you design a field, you risk the truncation of the expanded text.

Solution [image] To avoid the problem, open the cover page in Cover Page Designer, omit unnecessary text from fields with variables, resize the fields to be as long as possible, and then reduce the font point size for the field.


Viewing and Printing Problems


Troubleshooting: Viewing and printing problems
Viewing and printing problems

If your problems are related to viewing or printing faxes, try the troubleshooting techniques below.

Missing toolbars or commands in Viewer

Fax is spotted with transmission specks

Fax pages are sideways or upside down

Black and white colors on fax pages are inverted

Cannot view faxes in Quick Fax Viewer

OCR did not convert the fax to text accurately

Received faxes print on half the page when you print them on a dot matrix printer

Graphics display incorrectly in Cover Page Designer

Problems printing to a HP LaserJet 5/6 printer

You want to print faxes automatically (like your fax machine does)

You want to print transmission records (like your fax machine does)


Troubleshooting: Missing toolbars or commands in Viewer
Troubleshooting

Missing toolbars or commands in Viewer

Solution [image] The toolbars and functionality available in Viewer depends on whether you have annotation enabled or disabled. You can enable or disable annotation using the Annotation command on the View menu.


Troubleshooting: Fax is spotted with transmission specks
Troubleshooting

Fax is spotted with transmission specks

Solution [image] In Viewer, disable Annotation and use the Cleanup command on the Tools menu to automatically remove specks. You can also clean up transmission specks manually using the Eraser tool on the toolbar.


Troubleshooting: Fax pages are sideways or upside down
Troubleshooting

Fax pages are sideways or upside down

Solution [image] Use the Rotate Page or Rotate All Pages command on the View menu in Viewer to adjust the page orientation.

Solution [image] Use the Deskew commands on the View menu in Viewer to rotate fax pages by a specified number of degrees.


Troubleshooting: Black and white colors on fax pages are inverted
Troubleshooting

Black and white colors on fax pages are inverted

Solution [image] Use the Invert Display command on the View menu in Viewer.


Troubleshooting: Cannot view faxes in Quick Fax Viewer
Troubleshooting

Cannot view faxes in Quick Fax Viewer

Solution [image] You may not have the Quick View feature enabled. To enable Quick View, click the Windows Start button, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. In the Control Panel folder, double click Add/Remove Programs, click the Windows Setup tab, and install the Quick View accessory.


Troubleshooting: OCR did not convert the fax to text accurately
Troubleshooting

OCR did not convert the fax to text accurately

Solution [image] To recognize text with the highest accuracy rate possible, ask people who are sending you faxes to follow these guidelines:

Send faxes at fine resolution (200 x 200 dpi).

Create faxes in portrait rather than in landscape orientation. (If you receive a fax in landscape orientation, rotate it before using OCR.)

Use font sizes of 10 points or larger.

Avoid underlining text.

Solution [image] Check that you are using the correct language dictionary. On the Tools menu in Viewer, click Setup OCR and then click the General tab. For more information, click here [image].

Solution [image] Use the "Manually Select Areas" option. This option requires you to identify the zones of the fax you want to recognize and to classify those zones by type to assist the OCR engine in identifying the contents. For more information, click here [image].

Solution [image] Search for the reject character you specified when you set up recognition and replace it with the appropriate character. On the Tools menu in Viewer, click Setup OCR, and then click the General tab to identify the reject character.


Troubleshooting: Received faxes print on half the page when you print them on a dot matrix printer
Troubleshooting

Received faxes print on half the page when you print them on a dot matrix printer

Cause [image] Received faxes sent using high or fine resolution are 200 x 200 dpi graphic images. If they are printed on a printer not set for a square aspect ratio, the image is squeezed onto half of the page. This problem occurs most frequently on dot matrix printers because they can print at a higher resolution horizontally than they can vertically.

Solution [image] To avoid this problem, set your printer driver for a resolution that is as square as possible. Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings and click Control Panel. Double click Printers and adjust the resolution as required.

Solution [image] Ask the sender to resend you the fax at standard or low resolution (200 x 100 dpi).


Troubleshooting: Graphics display incorrectly in Cover Page Designer
Troubleshooting

Graphics display incorrectly in Cover Page Designer

Cause [image] You can use two different display options in Cover Page Designer to decrease the screen redrawing time when working with complex graphics. When you enable the Fast Display option, graphics redraw more quickly but are displayed with less detail. When you disable the Show Graphics option, the actual graphic is replaced with a crosshatched box positioned and sized the same as the graphic.

Solution [image] On the View menu, disable Fast Display and enable Show Graphics.


Troubleshooting: You want to print faxes automatically (like your fax machine does)
Troubleshooting

You want to print faxes automatically (like your fax machine does)

Solution [image] Set up WinFax to print all faxes upon receipt. Start Program Setup and double click Receive. Click the After Receive tab, enable Print, and then click Setup to select the printer you want to use.


Troubleshooting: You want to print transmission records (like your fax machine does)
Troubleshooting

You want to print transmission records (like your fax machine does)

Solution [image] Set up WinFax to print transmission records for all faxes you send. Start Program Setu and double click Send. Click the After Sending tab, enable Print A Send Confirmation Page, and then click Setup to specify the details you want to print.


Troubleshooting: Problems printing from Viewer to a HP LaserJet 5/6 printer
Troubleshooting

Problems printing to a HP LaserJet 5/6 printer

Situation [image] When you print a fax to a HP LaserJet 5/6 printer, the printout contains garbled and overwritten text.

Solution [image] Adjust your HP LaserJet 5/6 printer driver settings. Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings and then click Printers. Right click your HP LaserJet 5/6 printer and click Properties on the menu. In the Properties dialog, click the Print Quality tab and click Raster in the Graphic Mode section.


Troubleshooting: Problems printing Word 97 tables to the WinFax printer driver
Troubleshooting

Problems printing Word 97 tables to the WinFax printer driver

Situation [image] When you print a Word 97 table to the WinFax printer driver, the contents of the table appear skewed.

Solution [image] To fix this, change your metric options in Word 97 and then print the table to the WinFax printer driver again. On the Tools menu in Word 97, click Options, click Compatibility, and then enable Use Printer Metric To Lay Out Document.


Scanning Problems


Troubleshooting: Scanning problems
Scanning problems

If you are experiencing scanning problems, try the troubleshooting techniques below:

Unable to see the scanning commands on Controller menu

WinFax is unable to find the files required to scan

WinFax Scanner does not work

Scanning under Windows NT/2000

WinFax does not detect your Logitech PageScan Color scanner

If you are having problems with a specific scanner, click here [image] for information on how to find scanner-specific troubleshooting information.


Troubleshooting: Unable to see the scanner setup options in Program Setup
Troubleshooting

Unable to see the scanner setup options in Program Setup

Situation [image] You have a Twain-compatible scanner installed but you still cannot see the Scanner Setup option in Program Setup.

Cause [image] WinFax did not detect a Twain-compatible scanner installed on your computer.

Solution [image] Check that your scanner is on.

Solution [image] Ensure that the software for your Twain-compatible scanner is installed on your computer. If WinFax does not detect that Twain-compatible scanner software on your computer it will not display the Scanner Setup option in Program Setup.

Solution [image] If you still cannot see the Scanner Setup option, make sure that there is a folder named TWAIN in your Windows folder. If there is not a TWAIN subfolder, create one.

Solution [image] If you still cannot see the Scanner Setup command, make sure that there is a folder named TWAIN_32 in your Windows folder. If there is not a TWAIN_32 subfolder, create one.


Troubleshooting: WinFax is unable to find the files required to scan
Troubleshooting

WinFax is unable to find the files required to scan

Cause [image] WinFax is unable to find one or all of the following files required to scan: TWAIN.DLL (included with your scanner), TWAIN_32.DLL (included with your scanner), WFXTWN16.DLL (included with WinFax PRO 9.x), or WFXTWN32DLL (included with WinFax PRO 9.x).

Solution [image] Ensure that you have software for your Twain-compatible scanner installed on your computer and that the .DLL files are in the required directories.

Solution [image] Search for these files on your computer using the Find command on the Windows Start menu. Ensure that TWAIN.DLL and TWAIN_32.DLL are in your Windows folder. Ensure that WFXTWN16.DLL and WFXTWN32.DLL are in your WinFax folder.

Solution [image] Put the TWAIN subfolder of your Windows folder in the PATH statement of your AUTOEXEC.BAT.

Solution [image] You may also need to copy files associated with your scanning software with the extension .EXE or .DS into your TWAIN subfolder.


Troubleshooting: WinFax Scanner does not work
Troubleshooting

WinFax Scanner does not work

Situation [image] The WinFax Scanner is not supported under Windows NT/2000.

Solution [image] Use a scanner that is supported under Windows NT/2000.

Situation [image] When attempting to install the WinFax Scanner software under Windows 95/98, the message "Setup has detected that you do not have the required version of WinFax PRO installed on your system" appears.

Solution [image] In order to use the WinFax Scanner software with WinFax PRO 9.x, you must be running the February 5, 1997 version or later of the WinFax Scanner software. To check the date of your existing WinFax Scanner software, click About WinFax Scanner on the Help menu. If the software is not installed, check the date of the SETUP.EXE file on the installation disks. The latest release of the WinFax Scanner software is available on the WinFax installation CD. To install the software, insert the WinFax installation CD into your CD ROM drive, click the Windows Start button and then click Run. Click Browse, locate the drive containing the CD ROM, select SCNR1192.EXE, click Open, and then click OK.

Situation [image] You cannot scan and send faxes from the WinFax Scanner software.

Solution [image] Scan and send faxes from WinFax.


Troubleshooting: Scanning under Windows NT/2000
Troubleshooting

Scanning under Windows NT/2000

Situation [image] Many scanner manufacturers do not support their hardware under Windows NT/2000. WinFax can work with some scanners that use 32-bit Twain drivers under Windows NT/2000. Check with your scanner manufacturer for the availability of 32-bit Twain drivers that work under Windows NT/2000.

Situation [image] The WinFax Scanner is not supported under Windows NT/2000.


Troubleshooting: WinFax does not detect your Logitech PageScan Color scanner
Troubleshooting

WinFax does not detect your Logitech PageScan Color scanner

Solution [image] Update your Logitech PageScan Color scanner software using the TWUNK.EXE file available on the Logitech web site. Before installing this patch, check with your hardware manufacturer to ensure it will not cause problems with other scanning devices you have.

Solution [image] Set WinFax to use a 32-bit Twain driver. To do this, exit both Message Manager and the Controller. In Windows Explorer, locate your Windows installation folder and create a subfolder called TWAIN_32, if you do not have one already. Restart WinFax. Start Program Setup, double click Scanner Setup, and then click Select Twain. In the dialog, click the 32-bit file option and click OK.


Phonebook and Log Problems


Troubleshooting: Phonebook and log problems
Phonebook and log problems

If your experience problems working with WinFax phonebooks, with imported or linked phonebooks, or with logs and log records, try the troubleshooting techniques below.

Imported log records cannot be viewed

Some log records are ignored during importing

Problems using Outlook/Outlook Express phonebooks

Problems using Lotus Organizer phonebooks

Problems using ECCO phonebooks

Problems using CardScan phonebooks

Improving speed when searching PIM and Contact Manager databases

If you are having problems with a specific external phonebook, click here [image] for information on how to find phonebook-specific troubleshooting information.


Troubleshooting: Imported log records cannot be viewed
Troubleshooting

Imported log records cannot be viewed

Situation [image] You created a custom message store and imported log records into it. You can now see the log records in the Logs record list but you cannot view the fax images associated with the imported records.

Cause [image] When you create a new message store, the Compress Fax Messages option is enabled by default. This can cause problems when you import records.

Solution [image] To solve this problem, create a new message store with the Compress Fax Messages option disabled (for more information, click here [image]). Then re-import your records (for more information, click here [image]).


Troubleshooting: Some records are ignored during importing
Troubleshooting

Some phonebook records are ignored during importing

Cause [image] To create valid records from an existing database, you must link at least one field for the recipient name and one field for the fax number or email address.

Solution [image] Import the phonebook again, linking at least one of the database fields to the "FirstName", "LastName" or "Company" field and another to the "FaxLocalNumber" or "MailAddr" field. Link additional fields to import other information in your database file, as appropriate. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting Microsoft Outlook/Outlook Express

More information needed ...

Click the option that best describes your problem.

Cannot add an Outlook phonebook

Problems scrolling or searching Outlook and Outlook Express databases


Troubleshooting ACT!

More information needed ...

Click the option that best describes your problem.

Cannot open an ACT! phonebook

Problems searching an ACT! database

Problems dialing ACT! phone numbers


Troubleshooting: Problems dialing ACT! phone numbers
Troubleshooting

Problems dialing ACT! phone numbers

Solution [image] Check that you are using the Apply This Format For Country Code option in ACT! and that your phone number in the "My Record" information (in ACT!) is entered in the following format:

<area code>-<local number>

For example,

416-555-5555

###-###-####

Solution [image] Check that the appropriate country code ("1" in North America) and area code are specified in your WinFax location settings. To view your current location settings, start Program Setup, double click Dialing And Location, and then click the Location tab.

Solution [image] For ACT! 2, 3, and 4, respectively, check that you are using ACT! 2.08 or greater, ACT! 3.04 or greater, or ACT! 4.02.

Situation [image] You are having problems dialing a long distance number within the same area code.

Solution [image] Check that you are using the Free Form Phone Format option in ACT! and that the contact number in ACT! is entered in the following format:

<area code>-<long distance access code>-<area code>-<local number>

For example,

416-1-416-555-5555

Situation [image] You are having problems dialing a local number in another area code.

Solution [image] Check that you are using the Free Form Phone Format option in ACT! and that the contact number in ACT! is entered in the following format:

<local area code>-<calling area code>-<local number>

For example,

416-905-555-5555


Troubleshooting: Cannot open an ACT! phonebook
Troubleshooting

Cannot open an ACT! phonebook

Cause [image] ACT! is not listed in the [WfxPbLinks] section of your WIN.INI file.

Solution [image] Check for available ACT! updates. If your version of ACT! includes the LiveUpdate feature (located on the Help menu), you can download the latest patch automatically.

Otherwise, check the ACT! pages on the Symantec Web site for patches. To locate the ACT! pages, connect to http://www.symantec.com/techsupp (click here to try to connect automatically [image]), click ACT! in the product drop-down list, and then click the Files And Updates icon.

To determine the version of ACT! you are using, click About ACT! on the Help menu in ACT! and check the version number in the dialog.

Solution (ACT! 2.x) [image] Start the System Configuration Editor (for more information, click here [image]) and add the following line to the [WfxPbLinks] section of your WIN.INI file (the line below must be entered as a single continuous line).

ACT!PhoneBook=1,C:\ACTWIN2\ACTWIN2.EXE,ACTWIN2,ACTWINPB,ActFrameClass

Where, C:\ACTWIN2\ACTWIN2.EXE is the executable file name and path corresponding to the version of ACT! you have installed on your computer.

Solution (ACT! 3.0, 3.01, 3.02, and 3.03) [image] Use the LiveUpdate feature on the ACT! Help menu to upgrade your installation to the latest version and then see the ACT! 3.04 (or later) solution below.

Solution (ACT! 3.04 or later) [image] Start the System Configuration Editor (for more information, click here [image]) and add the appropriate entries to the WIN.INI file.

[WfxPbLinks] section [image] Add the following to the [WfxPbLinks] section of your WIN.INI file (the line below must be entered as a single continuous line).

ACT! 3.0 Phone Book=2,C:\ACT\ACT.EXE,ActWin3,ActWinPb,Act3PhoneBookClass

Where, C:\ACT\ACT.EXE is the executable file name and path corresponding to the version of ACT! you have installed on your computer.

[WfxPbSrv-ACT! 3.0 Phone Book] section [image] In your WIN.INI file, create a section called [WfxPbSrv-ACT! 3.0 Phone Book] and then add the following lines to the new section:

EntireRecord=2

SearchOn=1,1,1,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1

SortOn=1,1


Troubleshooting: Problems scrolling through or searching an Outlook/Outlook Express database
Troubleshooting

Problems scrolling through or searching an Outlook/Outlook Express database

Situation [image] You want to improve the speed at which WinFax scrolls through and searches Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express databases.

Solution [image] In Outlook and Outlook Express, any names entered must not exceed 70 characters (35 DBCS characters), or the WinFax phonebook scrolling and searching capabilities may be impacted.


Troubleshooting: Problems adding an Outlook phonebook
Troubleshooting

Problems adding an Outlook phonebook

Situation [image] You experience difficulties adding an Outlook 98 or Outlook 2000 phonebook to WinFax, when running in MAPI mode.

Solution [image] Open Outlook. On the Tools menu, click Services, and then click Add OAB service. On the File menu, click Exit And Logoff. Reboot your system. Restart Outlook, and in the Contacts folder list, right-click the Contacts folder. The Contacts Properties dialog appears. Click the OAB tab. Enable Show This Folder. Repeat as required for any other contacts folders you want to make available in WinFax. Restart WinFax.


Troubleshooting: Problems searching an ACT! database
Troubleshooting

Problems searching an ACT! database

Situation [image] You want to improve the speed at which WinFax searches ACT! 3.0 databases.

Solution [image] Check that you are using ACT! 3.04 or later. You can view the version number in the About dialog (on the Help menu in ACT!, click About ACT!). If you are not using ACT! 3.04 or later, use the LiveUpdate feature on the Help menu in ACT! to upgrade your installation.

Once you are using ACT! 3.04 (or later), use the native search option when searching ACT! databases in Message Manager. In the Phonebooks window, click the ACT! database you want to search and then click Search on the View menu. In the Search dialog, click the Search Options tab and click Use Native Phonebook Search. (You can also display the Search dialog by clicking Search in the Send dialog.)


Troubleshooting: Improving speed when searching PIMs and Contact Manager databases
Troubleshooting

Improving speed when searching PIMs and Contact Manager databases

Situation [image] You want to improve the speed at which WinFax searches PIM and Contact Manager databases.

Solution [image] Use the native search option when searching PIM and Contact Manager databases in Message Manager. In the Phonebooks window, click the database you want to search and then click Search on the View menu. In the Search dialog, click the Search Options tab and click Use Native Phonebook Search. (You can also display the Search dialog by clicking Search in the Send dialog.)


Troubleshooting: Problems using Lotus Organizer phonebooks
Troubleshooting

Problems using Lotus Organizer phonebooks

Solution [image] Export the phonebook in Lotus Organizer as an ASCII file using the default field information. Save the exported file with the .CSV extension. Then import the ASCII file into WinFax using the Lotus Organizer import option (for more information, click here [image]).

Situation [image] You attempt to integrate your Lotus Organizer 97 GS phonebooks into WinFax and you get a message saying that you do not have the propert DLL.

Solution [image] In your Lotus Organizer folder, rename the file ORGAPI32.DLL to ORGAPI32.OLD. Copy ORGAPI32.GS from your WinFax folder to your Lotus Organizer folder and rename it to ORGAPI32.DLL.


Troubleshooting ECCO

More information needed ...

Click the option that best describes your problem.

Cannot search for ECCO recipients in Message Manager

Some ECCO recipient records do not appear in WinFax

Your ECCO phonebook is unavailable


Troubleshooting: Cannot search for ECCO recipients in Message Manager
Troubleshooting

Cannot search for ECCO recipients in Message Manager

Cause [image] Searching in an ECCO phonebook is case-sensitive.

Solution [image] Make sure you type the correct combination of uppercase and lowercase letters when you search for recipients. For example, if you are looking for recipients with the last name "Smith", you must type the name with a capital "S".


Troubleshooting: Some ECCO recipient records do not appear in WinFax
Troubleshooting

Some ECCO recipient records do not appear in WinFax

Cause [image] There may be a space before the last name of the missing recipients in your ECCO phonebook.

Solution [image] Check for and remove spaces before last names in your ECCO phonebook records.


Troubleshooting: Your ECCO phonebook is unavailable
Troubleshooting

Your ECCO phonebook is unavailable

Situation [image] When you double click the ECCO phonebook in WinFax, nothing happens, or a message appears indicating that the phonebook is not responding.

Solution [image] Start the System Configuration Editor (for more information, click here [image]). In the WIN.INI file, edit the following line in the [WfxPbLinks] section by adding a space between the word "NetManage" and the word "ECCO", as shown below.

Net Manage ECCO=2,C:\ECCO\ECCO3.EXE,WinFAX,MauiFrame

Solution [image] Your data file may not be open in ECCO. In ECCO, open your .ECO data file and enter the password, if required.


Troubleshooting: Problems using CardScan phonebooks
Troubleshooting

Problems using CardScan phonebooks

Situation [image] Your CardScan CE 2.0 phonebook appears in the Message Manager Logs window and in the Send dialog, but when you try to access it, CardScan starts and displays an "unconfigured" error message.

Solution [image] CardScan CE 2.0 does not support phonebook linking with WinFax. For more information about how you can get your CardScan phonebooks to work with WinFax, click Upgrade on the Help menu in CardScan.


Installing and Uninstalling


Troubleshooting: Installation problems
Installation problems

Installing WinFax is as simple as following the instructions in the Setup program. However, if you encounter difficulties with the installation, check for the troubleshooting information below.

Installing WinFax

Installing WinFax macros

Uninstalling WinFax

Check for sufficient disk space

Close all WinFax programs

Copying the CD image to your hard drive

Optimizing the hard drive

Using 16-bit drivers


Troubleshooting: Installing WinFax macros
Installing WinFax macros

WinFax macros add faxing commands to the menus in other programs. These commands make it easier and quicker to send faxes directly from other programs. You can install the WinFax macro for any of these programs at any time.

To install a macro:

1	Start Message Manager.

 How to …

2	On the Tools menu, click Macro Installer. The Macro Installer starts.

3	In the list of available macros, click the macros you want to install and then click OK. WinFax installs the macros.

Notes

The list of available macros varies depending on the programs installed on your computer.

For more information about macros, see the WFXMACRO.TXT file in the WinFax folder.

 Related Topics


Troubleshooting: Check for sufficient disk space
Troubleshooting

Check for sufficient disk space

Situation [image] The Setup program checks for sufficient disk space before proceeding with the actual installation. If you do not have enough disk space a warning message appears.

Solution [image] Delete program and data files which are no longer required.

Solution [image] Empty the Windows Recycle Bin on the desktop.

Solution [image] Delete temporary files. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Close all WinFax programs
Troubleshooting

Close all WinFax programs

Cause [image] If any of the WinFax files are in use, you can not install or uninstall.

Solution [image] Make sure all WinFax programs are closed, including Program Setup, and the Controller. To close the Controller, right click the Controller icon on the taskbar, and then click Exit.


Troubleshooting: Copying the CD image to your hard drive
Troubleshooting

Copying the CD image to your hard drive

Situation [image] You are having difficulty installing from a CD-ROM.

Solution [image] Copy the CD image to a folder on your hard drive and install WinFax from that folder.


Troubleshooting: Optimizing the hard drive
Troubleshooting

Optimizing the hard drive

Situation [image] Files are stored in one location on the hard drive, if possible. However, as files are added and deleted, the availability of sufficient space in one location decreases, and files must be broken up and stored in fragments throughout the drive. File fragmentation slows down disk access, which can in turn slow down your installation and program performance.

Solution [image] If necessary, defragment the hard drive to rearrange files before beginning the installation. Close all open programs. On your Windows desktop, double click My Computer and then select the disk drive you want to scan (typically, this is your C: drive). On the File menu, click Properties and then click the Tools tab in the properties dialog. In the Error-Checking Status section, click Check Now. In the ScanDisk dialog, select the disk drive you want to check, click Thorough, enable Automatically Fix Errors, and then click Start. ScanDisk checks the disk and repairs any errors.


Troubleshooting: Using 16-bit drivers
Troubleshooting

Using 16-bit drivers

Situation [image] Windows 95/98 and Windows NT/2000 are 32-bit operating systems designed to work with 32-bit software. However, many devices such as modems, hard drives and CD ROM drives may still use 16-bit software drivers.

This can cause conflicts in your operating system, resulting in faulty operation when using or installing WinFax. Whenever possible, use 32-bit device drivers.

Solution [image] If you experience problems with system devices that worked properly under Windows 3.1, contact your hardware vendor or manufacturer for software updates for their device drivers.


Troubleshooting: Uninstalling WinFax
Uninstalling WinFax

1	Click the Windows Start button, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2	Double click Add/Remove Programs. The Add/Remove Programs Properties dialog appears.

3	In the program list, click Symantec WinFax.

4	Click the Add/Remove button. The Uninstall program starts.

5	Follow the instructions to uninstall WinFax.

Notes

To remove WinFax from a Windows NT/2000 machine, you must have an account with administrative privileges.


Troubleshooting: Installing WinFax
Installing WinFax

1	Start Windows.

2	Insert the WinFax installation CD into your CD ROM drive. The multimedia demo starts.

3	Click Install WinFax. The Setup program starts.

4	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

Notes

If you want to install WinFax without running the multimedia demo, restart your computer, hold down the Shift key and re-insert the WinFax installation into your CD ROM drive (hold down the Shift key until the light on the CD ROM drive goes out). Click the Windows Start button and click Run. The Run dialog appears. In the Open field, type D:\WINFAX\SETUP.EXE, where "D" is the letter of the CD ROM.

In order to install WinFax under Windows NT/2000, your NT/2000 account must have administrative privileges. If your account does not have administrative privileges, you can temporarily receive full control rights to install WinFax. For more information, click here [image].

You may need to re-run the Setup program to install additional components, or to perform a clean install after you have uninstalled.

The Setup program supports several advanced installation options designed for installing WinFax on multiple computers. For more information, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Updating WinFax using LiveUpdate
Updating WinFax using LiveUpdate

1	If you have an Internet connection, connect to the Internet.

2	Start the Message Manager.

 How to …

3	On the Help menu, click LiveUpdate. The LiveUpdate wizard starts.

4	In the drop-down list, click the method you want to use to download the files. If you have an Internet connection and it is open, click Internet otherwise click Modem.

5	Follow the instructions on the screen. Click Next to proceed.

 Related Topics


Troubleshooting: Problems using LiveUpdate
Troubleshooting

Problems using LiveUpdate

Situation [image] You are unable to run LiveUpdate.

Solution [image] Download the patch from any of the following locations:

World Wide Web site

CompuServe

FTP site

For more information on these services, click here [image].


Troubleshooting: Obtaining product patches
Troubleshooting

Obtaining product patches

All product patches are available using LiveUpdate.

LiveUpdate feature

You can also dowload the patch from any of the following locations. For more information on these services, click here [image].

World Wide Web site

CompuServe

FTP site


Troubleshooting: Installing WinFax on multiple computers
Installing WinFax on multiple computers

If more than one person in your organization is installing WinFax, your administrator can automate the process using a scripted installation. For more information, see the following documents on your WinFax installation CD.

For Scripted Install, WFSCRIPT.PDF

For Fax Sharing, FAXSHARE.PDF


Troubleshooting: Viewing the Install Log
Viewing the Install Log

Open the file WFXINST.LOG in your Windows folder.

Note

The Install Log contains details about your hardware and software, the choices you made during installation, and the tasks performed by the WinFax Setup program.


Troubleshooting: Viewing the Read Me file
Viewing the Read Me file

Open the file README.TXT in your WinFax folder.

Note

The Read Me file contains hardware-specific information and information not available when the user's guide went to was printed.


Troubleshooting: Checking your WinFax settings
Checking your WinFax settings

WinFax installs with default options that meet the needs of most users. However, you can customize options to suit your unique needs and preferences by using the Program Setup program.

Depending on your installation, the following options may appear in Program Setup:

For descriptions of the settings available via these options, click the What's This help button [image] in the top right corner of the dialog and then click the appropriate setting. For additional information, look in the online help index.

Option ...	Use this option to ...
Backup and Restore	Use this option to back up WinFax data and to set up automatic WinFax data backups.
Call Status And Controller	Use this option to set options for call status and for the Controller.
Concord Fax Services	Use this option to subscribe to and set up any of the Concord Fax Services companion products (Fax Mailbox, Universal Mailbox, Fax Broadcast).
Dialing And Location	Use this option to specify the number of retries for busy numbers and no answers, the dialing method you want to use, dialing instructions for specific locations, calling card setup, and off-peak time periods.
Email and Outlook Integration	Use this option to integrate your email system with WinFax.
Message Management	Use this option to specify how you want to manage and delete events.
Modems And Communications Devices	Use this option to activate a modem or communications device, add a modem or communications device, or change modem or communications device settings.
Pager and SMS Text Messaging	Use this option to set up your pager or SMS-capable cellular telephone to work with WinFax.
Receive	Use this option to specify the number of rings before WinFax answers, enable automatic reception, set up remote fax retrieval, set WinFax up to notify you of received faxes, or print, view, or convert faxes to text on receipt. Use this option to set up WinFax to automatically forward faxes to another location or to page you when you receive new faxes.
Scanner Setup	This option appears if you have one or more Twain-compatible scanners installed on your computer. Use this option to select the scanner you want to use for the next time you scan.
Send	Use this option to set default send options for all faxes you send. You can also enable or disable these options for individual faxes at send time.
User	Use this option to specify the information you want to use to identify yourself on outgoing faxes.
Fax Sharing Client	This option allows you to install and configure WinFax as a Fax Sharing Client on your system. Use this option to set up your system to use modems attached to a Host station on your network.
Fax Sharing Host	This option allows you to install and configure WinFax as a Fax Sharing Host on your system. Use this option to set up your system to share your modems with other systems on your network.


Symantec Support Genie

The Symantec Support Genie is an automated question and answer service available on the Symantec Web site. Use the Genie to ask questions electronically and access the most up-to-date answers from the Symantec Technical Support teams.

To try to connect automatically to Symantec Support Genie web site, click the button below. If you are unable to connect automatically, start your Web Browser, enter the URL shown below, and click Support Genie.

 http://www.symantec.com/techsupp

This online help file contains a checklist you can use to assist you in troubleshooting problems with this product. This checklist includes solutions to common problems experienced by WinFax users. Click here [image] to view the troubleshooting checklist now .

Symantec provides a number of other forums for accessing technical information electronically. For more information, click here


Automatic Backup dialog

Location:	appears automatically when backing up

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_AUTOARCHIVE

Notes:


Backup File field (Automatic Backup dialog)
Specify the path and the file name you want to back up your data to. You can type the path and file name in this field or click Browse to select the appropriate file.


Browse button (Automatic Backup dialog)
Click this to select the path and file name to which you want to back up your data.


Backup Message Stores dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_OPTIONS_FILES

Notes:


Back Up check box (Backup Message Stores dialog)
Enable this option to back up the message stores you select.


Message Store list (Backup Message Stores dialog)
Lists all message stores set up in WinFax.


Select All button (Backup Message Stores dialog)
Click this to back up all existing message stores.


Clear All button (Backup Message Stores dialog)
Click this to de-select all selected message stores.


Backup Phonebooks dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_PBS

Notes:


Back Up check box (Backup Phonebooks dialog)
Enable this option to back up the WinFax phonebooks you select.


Message Store list (Backup Phonebooks dialog)
Lists all phonebooks set up in WinFax.


Select All button (Backup Phonebooks dialog)
Click this to back up all existing WinFax phonebooks.


Clear All button (Backup Phonebooks dialog)
Click this to de-select all selected WinFax phonebooks.


Backup Status dialog

Location:	appears during backup

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_ARCHIVE

Notes:	uses standard H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS


Backup and Restore Properties dialog (Backup tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Backup and Restore

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_AUTOARCHIVE_SCHEDULE

Notes:


Backup File field (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Specify the path and the file name you want to back up your data to. You can type the path and file name in this field or click Browse to select the appropriate file.

By default, WinFax backs up to a file called MyWinFaxData.WFA in the DATA subdirectory of your WinFax installation folder.


Browse button (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Click this to select the path and file name you want to back up your data to.

By default, WinFax backups up all information to a file called MyWinFaxData.WFA in the DATA subdirectory of your WinFax installation folder.


Log Folders check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option to back up all message stores, log folders, and log records that appear in the Message Manager Logs window. To back up only selected message stores, click Select.


Select button (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Click this to select the message stores you want to back up from a list.


Include Message Files check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option to back up all message files associated with log records in the Message Manager Logs window.

By default, the backup feature only backs up records of your messages. If you will need to view the original messages after restoring a backup file, enable this option. If you only want to restore a record of sending or receiving the message, disable this option.


Phonebooks check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option to backup all phonebooks, recipient records, and group records in the Message Manager Phonebooks window. To back up only selected phonebooks, click Select.


Select button (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Click this to select the phonebooks you want to back up from a list.


Cover Page Library check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option to back up all cover pages included in the Cover Page Library.

Note: This option does not back up cover pages that are not set up in the Cover Pages window.


Attachment Library check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option to back up all attachments included in the Attachment Library.

Note: This option does not back up attachments that are not set up in the Attachments window.


Voice Scripts check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option to back up all voice-related files stored in your TalkWorks installation folder.


Configuration check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option to back up your program configuration files and the Windows registry.


Back Up Every (days) check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
WinFax can automatically back up your data for you according to the options you specify in this dialog.

Enable this option to back up your data after a certain number of days have elapsed. For example, to back up your data every three days, enable this check box, type 3 in the field next to this check box, and then specify the appropriate start date and time.

To back up your file only when you need to, disable all check boxes in this section and use the Backup Now button.


Back Up Every (days) field (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Type the number of days between backups in this field.


Starting On field (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Specify the date on which you want WinFax to begin automatically backing up your files.


At, Or After field (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Specify the time at which you want WinFax to begin automatic backups. For example, you may want WinFax to back up your files at the end of the day.


Back Up Every (times) check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
WinFax can automatically back up your data for you according to the options you specify in this dialog.

Enable this option to back up your data after you have started WinFax a certain number of times. For example, to back up your data after starting WinFax 5 times, enable this check box and then type 5 in the field beside this check box.

To back up your file only when you need to, disable all check boxes in this section and use the Backup Now button.


Back Up Every (times) field (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Type the number of startups between backups in this field.


Prompt For Confirmation check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to display a dialog prompting you to confirm an automatic backup before proceeding to back up your data.


Backup Now button (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Backup tab)
Click this to create a backup file now using the options currently specified in this dialog.


Backup and Restore Properties dialog (Restore tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Backup and Restore

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_DEARCHIVEDATA

Notes:


Restore File field (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
Specify the name of the backup file (*.WFA) you want to restore. You can type the path and file name in the field or click Browse to select the appropriate file.

By default, WinFax backups up all information to a file called MyWinFaxData.WFA in the DATA subdirectory of your WinFax installation folder.


Browse button (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
Click this to select the backup file (*.WFA) you want to restore from your computer's drives and directories.

By default, WinFax backups up all information to a file called MyWinFaxData.WFA in the DATA subdirectory of your WinFax installation folder.


Logs check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
When you restore a backup file, WinFax restores only those items you request. Enable this option to restore all message stores, log folders, and log records contained in this backup file. If you backed up the message files associated with the log records, this option also restores those files.

Important! This overwrites your current message stores, log folders, log records, and message files. Any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.


Phonebooks check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
When you restore a backup file, WinFax restores only those items you request. Enable this option to restore all phonebooks, recipient records, and group records contained in this backup file.

Important! This overwrites your current phonebooks, recipient records, and group records. Any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.


Cover Pages check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
When you restore a backup file, WinFax restores only those items you request. Enable this option to restore all cover pages contained in this backup file.

Important! This overwrites all cover pages included in the Cover Pages Library. Any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.


Attachments check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
When you restore a backup file, WinFax restores only those items you request. Enable this option to restore all attachments contained in this backup file.

Important! This overwrites all attachments included in the Attachments Library. Any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.


Voice check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
When you restore a backup file, TalkWorks restores only those items you request. Enable this option to restore all voice-related files contained in this backup file.

Important! This overwrites all voice-related files in your current TalkWorks installation folder. Any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.


Configuration check box (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
When you restore a backup file, WinFax restores only those items you request. Enable this option to restore all configuration files and registry files in this backup file.

Important! This overwrites all configuration files in your current program installation directory as well as the Windows registry. Any changes made since the backup file was created will be lost.


Restore Now button (Backup and Restore Properties dialog - Restore tab)
Restores all selected items.


Call Logging Properties dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup |

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_LOGGING

Notes:	This dialog displays for TalkWorks only.


When Using This Device drop-down list (Call Logging Properties - General tab)
Lists all modems and communications devices configured for use with TalkWorks. In the drop-down list, click the device you want to log calls for. Based on your selection, TalkWorks logs all calls handled by that device according to the instructions specified in this dialog.


Log Abandoned check box (Call Logging Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to log all abandoned calls or hang ups.


Log Abandoned To drop-down list (Call Logging Properties - General tab)
In the drop-down list, click the folder (mailbox) in which you want to log abandoned calls.


Log Calls Without Messages check box (Call Logging Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to log all calls in which the caller hangs up without leaving a message.


Log Calls Without Messages To drop-down list (Call Logging Properties - General tab)
In the drop-down list, click the folder (mailbox) in which you want to log calls without messages.


Log Telephone Calls check box (Call Logging Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to log all telephone calls.


Log Telephone Calls To drop-down list (Call Logging Properties - General tab)
In the drop-down list, click the folder (mailbox) in which you want to log telephone calls. This feature may be useful for reconciling your phone bill.


Call Status and Controller dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_CONTROLLER

Notes:


Display Status Dialog check box (Call Status And Controller Properties - General tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to display the Status dialog with status messages on the screen when sending or receiving faxes or calls.


Bring Status Dialog To Front check box (Call Status And Controller Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to bring the Status dialog to the front of other open windows and dialogs on your desktop. If you do not enable this option, the Status dialog may appear hidden.


Allow Sending And Receiving When Logged Off check box (Call Status And Controller Properties - General tab)
Enable this option if you are running WinFax under Windows NT/2000 and you want to be able to send and receive faxes when you are logged out (the computer must be running).

This option works with the WinFax NT/2000 service. For more information about the WinFax NT/2000 service, look up "NT/2000 service" in the online help index (on the Help menu in Message Manager, click WinFax Help Topics and then click the Index tab.


Empty Wastebaskets On Exit check box (Call Status And Controller Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to automatically empty the Message Manager wastebaskets when you exit.


Controller Options (Call Status And Controller Properties - General tab)
In the drop-down list, click the appropriate exit option for the Controller.


WinFax Printer Driver button (Program Properties - General tab)
Click this to change your WinFax printer driver setup.


Sort By Last Name check box (Program Properties - General tab)
Enable this option if you want to sort phonebooks by last name when you click the Name column in the Phonebooks window, or in the phonebook panel on the Send dialog. If you do not enable this check box, WinFax sorts phonebooks by first name when you click the Name column.


Change Access Code dialog

Location:	Program setup | Dialing & Locations | Locations | Change button

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_INTLACCESS

Notes:


Long Distance Access field (Change Access Code dialog)
Displays the dial prefix required for long distance calls from this location. For example, in North America, "1" is the code. To change your long distance access code, click Change.

Note: Do not click Change and enter the long distance access code for your calling card in this field. Enter the calling card information on the Calling Cards tab.


International Access field (Change Access Code dialog)
Displays the dial prefix for international calls from this location. For example, in North America the code is "011". To change your international access code, click Change.

Note: Do not click Change and enter the international distance access code for your calling card in this field. Enter the calling card information on the Calling Cards tab.


Concord Fax Services dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Concord Fax Services

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SELECT_CONCORD_SETUP

Notes:


Fax Broadcast button (Concord Fax Services dialog)
Click this to start the Fax Broadcast Setup wizard. Use the Fax Broadcast Setup wizard to subscribe to the Concord Fax Broadcast service and to configure your installation to use this service.

For more information about this service, look up "Concord Fax Broadcast" in the online help index (on the Help menu in Message Manager, click Help Topics and then click the Index tab).


Fax Mailbox button (Concord Fax Services dialog)
Click this to start the Fax Mailbox Setup wizard. Use the Fax Mailbox Setup wizard to subscribe to the Concord Fax Mailbox service and to configure your installation to use this service.

For more information about this service, look up "Concord Fax Mailbox" in the online help index (on the Help menu in Message Manager, click Help Topics and then click the Index tab).


Universal Mailbox button (Concord Fax Services dialog)
Click this to start the Universal Mailbox Setup wizard. Use the Universal Mailbox Setup wizard to subscribe to the Concord Universal Mailbox service and to configure your installation to use this service.

For more information about this service, look up "Concord Universal Mailbox" in the online help index (on the Help menu in Message Manager, click Help Topics and then click the Index tab).


Conditions dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Notification And Forwarding | Conditions button

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_FWD_RX_CONDITION

Notes:


The Dates check box (Conditions dialog)
Enable this option to use this rule for messages received between specific dates.


date #1 spin box (Conditions dialog)
Set the date when you want WinFax to start monitoring for new messages.


date #2 spin box (Conditions dialog)
Set the date when you want WinFax to stop monitoring for new messages.


The Hours Of check box (Conditions dialog)
Enable this option to use this rule for messages received during a specific time period.


time #1 spin box (Conditions dialog)
Set the time at which you want WinFax to start monitoring for new messages.


time #2 spin box (Conditions dialog)
Set the time at which you want WinFax to stop monitoring for new messages.


Only From CSID field (Conditions dialog)
Use this option to monitor messages from a particular person. Type the appropriate CSID in this field.


Email Address field (Conditions dialog)
Enable this option to have WinFax watch for email messages from a specific sender. Type the sender's email address in this field or click Select to choose the sender from your email address book.


Select button (Conditions dialog)
Click this to choose the email sender from your email address book.


Type drop-down list (Conditions dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the appropriate type.


Subject field (Conditions dialog)
Use this option to monitor messages for a specific subject line. Type the subject in this field.


About Caller ID text (Conditions dialog)
Use this section to have WinFax watch for messages from a specific phone number.


Caller ID Matching list (Conditions dialog)
Lists all phone numbers that WinFax watches. WinFax checks each incoming message for these Caller ID numbers.


Include button (Conditions dialog)
Click this to add the phone number you type in the field to the list.


Remove button (Conditions dialog)
Click this to remove the selected phone number.


OCR Content field (Conditions dialog)
Type the text you want to look for in this field.


Contacts dialog

Location:	Program Setup | ACT!

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_ACT

Notes:


Synchronize When Dialing check box (Contacts dialog)
Synchronize When Dialing


Synchronize When Receiving check box (Contacts dialog)
Synchronize When Receiving


Synchronize When Playing check box (Contacts dialog)
Synchronize When Playing


Delivery Properties dialog (Frequency tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Receive Rules | Delivery button

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_FWD_FREQUENCY

Notes:


Deliver After Receiving spin box (Delivery Properties dialog - Frequency tab)
Set the number of messages you want WinFax to receive before notifying you.

When you apply a receive rule, WinFax monitors the selected folder for messages that match the criteria you specified in the receive rule. When WinFax has received the specified number of messages (that match the criteria), it will notify you in the manner you specified in the receive rule.


As Soon As Possible radio button (Delivery Properties dialog - Frequency tab)
Click this if you want WinFax to notify you of new messages as soon as you have received the specified number of messages.


Every radio button (Delivery Properties dialog - Frequency tab)
Click this if you want WinFax to notify you of new messages at regular intervals.


Every spin box (Delivery Properties dialog)
Set the number of hours after which WinFax should notify you of new messages.


Daily At radio button (Delivery Properties dialog - Frequency tab)
Click this option if you want WinFax to notify you of new messages at the same time each day. Use this option to take advantage of off-peak phone rates or to ensure that messages arrive when you are certain to be available to receive them.


Daily At spin box (Delivery Properties dialog - Frequency tab)
Set the time at which you want WinFax to begin notifying you of new messages each day.


Dial Sequence Properties dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Calling Cards | Dial Sequence

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_DIAL_SEQUENCE


| "next" (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Define the next step in your dial sequence.


Prefix text (Dialing Sequence Properties dialog)
If you specified a dial prefix on the Dialing tab of the Dialing Properties dialog (such as "9" to get an outside line), WinFax will dial it before dialing the rest of the dial sequence.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>


Dial Sequence #1 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the first action WinFax should perform after dialing the dial prefix. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

In the provided sequence, <service access number> is the first action.


Dial Sequence #2 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the second dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

In the provided sequence, <wait> is the second action.


Dial Sequence #3 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the third dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

In the provided sequence, <calling card number> is the third action.


Dial Sequence #4 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the fourth dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

In the provided sequence, <wait> is the fourth action.


Dial Sequence #5 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the fifth dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

In the provided sequence, <phone number> is the fifth and final action.


Dial Sequence #6 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the sixth dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

The provided dial sequence does not include a sixth action.


Dial Sequence #7 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the seventh dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 1-415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

The provided dial sequence does not include a seventh action.


Dial Sequence #8 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the eighth dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 1-415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

The provided dial sequence does not include an eighth action.


Dial Sequence #9 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the ninth dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 1-415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

The provided dial sequence does not include a ninth action.


Dial Sequence #10 drop-down list (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Specify the tenth dialing action in the dial sequence for your calling card. Note that you do not need to specify ten dialing actions -- specify only as many as are required by your calling card.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 1-415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><phone number>

The provided dial sequence does not include a tenth action.


Seconds spin box (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
Set the number of seconds you want WinFax to wait before performing the next step in the dial sequence.


Suffix text (Dial Sequence Properties dialog)
If you specified a dial suffix on the Dialing tab of the Dialing Properties dialog, WinFax will dial it after the tenth (final) dialing action in the dial sequence.

The dial sequence includes all components required to place a call using your calling card. It may include a special access number, pauses or even switching between pulse and touch tone dialing. The following example identifies the components of a typical dial sequence.

9, 1-800-674-7000 tone 123-456-7890-1234 tone 415-555-1212

<dial prefix><service access number><wait><calling card number><wait><long distance access code>


Dialing Method dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Dialing And Locations | General | Advanced

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SELECT_TRANSLATION

duplicate in another resource file!!

Notes:


WinFax radio button (Dialing Method dialog)
Click this to use the dialing instructions you set up in WinFax.

If you often charge WinFax calls to your calling cards, WinFax dialing provides more features for storing, using and configuring multiple calling cards.


Windows radio button (Dialing Method dialog)
Click this to use the dialing instructions you set up in Windows (TAPI).

If you want the convenience of setting up most of your dialing preferences once for all your communications programs, Windows (TAPI) dialing provides a single dialing setup that all TAPI compatible programs (like WinFax) can use. With TAPI dialing enabled, some WinFax features appear differently, such as the Number field in the Send dialog.


Properties button (Dialing Method dialog)
Click this to display the current Windows (TAPI) dialing instructions.


Dialing Properties dialog (Calling Cards tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Calling Cards

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_CREDITCARD

Notes:


Calling Cards list (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Lists all calling cards that are set up to work with WinFax. Click the calling card definition you want to modify.


New button (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Click this to set up a new calling card definition.


Remove button (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Removes the selected calling card definition.


Rename button (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Click this to rename the selected calling card.


Calling Card Number field (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Type the calling card number against which your calling charges are to be made. For security purposes, your card number appears on the screen as asterisks. If you make a mistake, erase the entry and start again.


PIN Number field (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Type your personal identification number (PIN).


Service Access Number field (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Some calling cards, such as Sprint and MCI, require a 1-800 dialing prefix or other number. Type this number in the Service Access Number field. You can type up to 29 characters.

If your service does not require a dialing prefix, this field appears blank.


Long Distance Access field (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Type the long distance access number for this calling card. In North America, the code is usually 0.


International Access field (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Type the international access number for this calling card. In North America, the code is usually 01.


Dial Sequence button (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Click this to specify how to dial numbers billed to this calling card. For the listed calling card definitions, the defaults are appropriate in most cases.


Dialing Properties dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Dialing And Locations

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_DIALING_GENERAL

Notes:


Detect Busy Tone check box (Dialing Properties - General tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to detect and inform you of a busy signal. If you have the Status dialog displayed, BUSY appears immediately when WinFax encounters a line in use.


Detect Dial Tone check box (Dialing Properties - General tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to wait for a dial tone before starting to dial.

Some modems are unable to detect a dial tone on the line. As a result, your modem may falsely tell WinFax that there is no dial tone on the line when there is a dial tone or when the dial tone is weak or unusual. If this happens and this option is enabled, WinFax will not be able to dial out. To resolve this problem, disable this option and try to dial again.


Number Of Retries For Busy Numbers spin box (Dialing Properties - General tab)
Set the number of times you want WinFax to keep trying to dial the number when the recipient's line is busy.


Number Of Retries For No Answer spin box (Dialing Properties - General tab)
Set the number of times you want WinFax to keep trying to dial the number when the recipient does not answer the call.


Retry Every spin box (Dialing Properties - General tab)
Set the number of seconds you want WinFax to wait before attempting to re-dial a phone number.


Advanced button (Dialing Properties - General tab)
Click this to specify whether you want WinFax to use the Windows (TAPI) dialing method or the WinFax dialing method. The dialing method determines how WinFax dials phone numbers.


Dialing Properties dialog (Location tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Dialing And Locations

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_LOCATION

Notes:


Location drop-down list (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Lists all defined locations and identifies your current location. By default, the list contains four locations:  "Default", "Dial As Entered", "Cellular (Analog/AMPS)", and "Cellular (PCS/GSM-Digital)". The Default location contains all dialing-related information you specified when you installed WinFax. Use the "Dial As Entered" location, when you want WinFax to dial numbers exactly as you type them in the Number field. Use the "Cellular" locations if you are using a cellular line to connect.

To change locations, click your current location in the list. To modify the properties of a location, click the location in the list and select the appropriate options in this dialog.


New button (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Click this to set up a new location.


Remove button (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Removes the location selected in the Location drop-down list. You cannot remove the "Default" location.


Country field (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Displays the long distance and international access codes for this location. The access codes are bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

WinFax uses the access codes to determine how to dial long distance numbers.


Change button (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Click this to change the long distance or international access codes.


Country drop-down list (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
In the drop-down list, click the country you are calling from. Based on the country you select, WinFax will select the appropriate long distance and international access codes  for this location. The access codes are bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

WinFax uses the access codes to determine how to dial long distance numbers.


Area field (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Type the area code (or routing code) for this location. The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If the number in this field matches the area code identifier on an outgoing call, WinFax does not dial the area code. If the number in this field does not match the area code on the outgoing call, WinFax recognizes it as a long distance call and dials the area code.


Local field (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Type the local phone number for this location. The local phone number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Use Prefix check box (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Enable this option if you need to dial a prefix before dialing calls from this location.

A dial prefix is a series of up to 24 characters dialed before the actual phone number. For example, with many office phone systems you must dial "9" to get an outside line, or you may want to use a prefix to disable call waiting before you make calls from this location. In North America, you can disable call waiting by prefixing phone numbers with *70 (star 70). Check with your phone company for the appropriate prefix for your calling area.


Use Prefix drop-down list (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Type the dial prefix in the field or click a previous prefix in the drop-down list.

A dial prefix is a series of up to 24 characters dialed before the actual phone number. For example, with many office phone systems you must dial "9" to get an outside line, or you may want to use a prefix to disable call waiting before you make calls from this location. In North America, you can disable call waiting by prefixing phone numbers with *70 (star 70). Check with your phone company for the appropriate prefix for your calling area.

Follow the prefix with either a comma (,) or a "W". A comma instructs the modem to pause for a length of time before dialing the number. For most modems, this is two seconds. A "W" instructs the modem to wait until it receives a dial tone.


Use Suffix check box (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Enable this option if you need to dial a suffix after dialing phone numbers from this location.


Use Suffix drop-down list (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Type the dial suffix in the field or click a previous suffix in the drop-down list.


Use Calling Card check box (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Enable this option to bill calls from this location to a calling card. Then, click the calling card you want to use in the adjacent drop-down list.


Use Calling Card drop-down list (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Click the calling card to which you want to bill calls from this location. If the calling card you want to use does not appear in this list, click the Calling Cards tab and set up your calling card for use with WinFax.


Pulse Dial check box (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Enable this option for pulse dialing from this location.


For This Device drop-down list (Dialing Properties - Location tab)
Specify the device you want to set dialing properties for. Only those devices set as active for this location are listed.


Dialing Properties dialog (Off-Peak tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Dialing And Locations

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_DIALING_RATES

Notes:


Domestic - From spin box (Dialing Properties - Off-Peak tab)
Set the time at which your phone company starts charging cheaper rates for domestic calls.

You can schedule deliveries for the off-peak period. To schedule a delivery at send time, click Advanced on the Recipient menu in the Send dialog.


Domestic - To spin box (Dialing Properties - Off-Peak tab)
Set the time at which your phone company stops charging cheaper rates for domestic calls.

You can schedule deliveries for the off-peak period. To schedule a delivery at send time, click Advanced on the Recipient menu in the Send dialog.


Continue Sending After Off-Peak Time check box (Domestic Calls) (Dialing Properties - Off-Peak tab)
If a transmission begins just before the end of the off-peak period and is not complete when the off-peak period ends, the transmission will terminate. Enable this option to finish transmitting the fax, even though the off-peak period has ended.


International - From spin box (Dialing Properties - Off-Peak tab)
Set the time at which your phone company starts charging cheaper rates for international calls.

You can schedule deliveries for the off-peak period. To schedule a delivery at send time, click Advanced on the Recipient menu in the Send dialog.


International - To spin box (Dialing Properties - Off-Peak tab)
Set the time at which your phone company stops charging cheaper rates for international calls.

You can schedule deliveries for during the off-peak period. To schedule a delivery at send time, click Advanced on the Recipient menu in the Send dialog.


Continue Sending After Off-Peak Time Period check box (International Calls) (Dialing Properties - Off-Peak tab)
If a transmission begins just before the end of the off-peak period and is not complete when the off-peak period ends, the transmission will terminate. Enable this option to finish transmitting the fax, even though the off-peak period has ended.


Email Properties dialog (Logon tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Email

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_EMAIL_LOGIN

Notes:


On WinFax PRO Startup radio button (Email Properties dialog - Logon tab)
Click this if you want to start your email program each time you start WinFax. If you use this option, your email system's logon dialog appears each time you start WinFax.

Use this option carefully. If you enabled automatic logon, anyone who starts WinFax has access to your email system, using your name.


Only When Required radio button (Email Properties dialog - Logon tab)
Click this if you want WinFax to start your email program only when you start to compose an email message.  If you use this option, WinFax prompts you to log onto your email system when you click the appropriate Send New Email command on the Send menu.

To perform other email tasks, you can log on in at any time by clicking the appropriate logon command on the Tools menu.


Email System Default User Name/Password (Email Properties dialog - Logon tab)
Click this if you want to use your existing email user name and password to log on to your email system in WinFax. This reduces the number of passwords you need to remember.


Specified User Name/Password (Email Properties dialog - Logon tab)
Click here if you want to use another user name and password to log on to your email system in WinFax.


User Name field (Email Properties dialog - Logon tab)
Type your WinFax email user name in the field.


Password field (Email Properties dialog - Logon tab)
Type your WinFax email password in the field.


Email Properties dialog (Messages tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Email

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_EMAIL_MESSAGE

Notes:


Send Messages Only radio button (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Click this option if you want to integrate your email program with WinFax so that you can send email messages from WinFax. If you use this option, you will not be able to receive email in WinFax.


Send Received Messages and Receive Forwarded Faxes (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Click this option if you want to integrate your email program with WinFax so that you can send email messages and receive forwarded faxes. If you use this option, you will not be able to receive email in WinFax.


Send and Receive All Messages (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Click this option if you want to fully integrate your email program with WinFax so you can send and receive email messages in WinFax.


Check For New Messages Every ___ Minutes (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Specify how often you want WinFax to check for new received email and update your Receive Log with the new messages.


Delete Received Messages From Email System (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Enable this option if you want email messages you receive while running WinFax to appear only in your Message Manager Receive Log folder.

This saves you time, since you do not have to delete or file messages in both Message Manager and your email system.

If you do not enable this option, new email messages you receive while running WinFax, appear in your email program, as well as in your Message Manager Receive Log folder.


Store Sent Email In Send Log (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Enable this option to keep a record of email messages you send from WinFax in your Send Log folder. Otherwise, only unsuccessfully sent email messages are logged in Message Manager.


Scroll Past Message Header (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to automatically scroll past the header of email messages and display the message starting at the first line of text, when you are viewing messages in the display area of the Logs window.

Enabling this option increases the amount of message text you can see without scrolling. You can still scroll back to the header, or view the subject, sender name, date and time in your Receive Log.

If disabled, WinFax displays the message starting at the first line of the header.


Expand Variables In Cover Page When Sending (Email Properties dialog - Messages tab)
Enable this option if you want to include WinFax variables in your email messages.


Install From Disk dialog

Location:	Installing New Device -- From Disk button

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_INSTALLHALFROMDISK

Notes:


Name field (Install From Disk dialog)
Name field

Type the drive, path, and name of the file required to set up this device. Alternately, click Browse to select the file.


Description field (Install From Disk dialog)
Description field

Displays a description of the selected file.


Browse field (Install From Disk dialog)
Browse

Click this to select the file.


Message Management Properties dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Message Management

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_LOGS


Save Event Only radio button (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components:  a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive faxes (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

Click this option to save the log record only. If you select this option, Message Manager automatically deletes all fax image files and attachments when you archive a message.


Save Both Event And Fax Pages radio button (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components:  a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive faxes (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

Click this option to save the log record and its associated fax pages.


Save Attachments check box (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components:  a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive faxes (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

If you enabled Save Both Message And Fax Pages, you can also instruct Message Manager what to do with attachments. Enable this option to save the log record, the fax image files and all attachments when you archive messages.


Confirm These Options ... check box (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Enable this option if you want Message Manager to display a dialog requesting you to confirm these options each time you copy or move a message into an archive folder (that is, a folder in a compressed message store).


Delete Messages Automatically check box (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to automatically delete messages that meet the criterion specified in this section.


All Messages radio button (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Click this option to automatically delete all messages that are older than the number of days specified in the After field.


Failed Messages radio button (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Click this option to automatically delete all failed messages that are older than the number of days specified in the After field.


Completed Messages radio button (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Click this option to automatically delete all completed messages that are older than the number of days specified in the After field.


After ___ Days field (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Type the number of days after which the specified messages are to be deleted.


Confirm All Manual Deletions check box (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to have Message Manager prompt you for confirmation when you delete a message or item manually.

If you disable this option, Message Manager deletes the message (and its associated files) or item without prompting you for confirmation.


Delete Both Record And Its Fax Pages radio button (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components:  a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive faxes (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

Click this option to have Message Manager automatically delete both the log record and its associated fax pages.


Fax Pages Only radio button (Message Management Properties - General tab)
Messages in the Logs window can include the following components:  a log record, the actual message (for example, one fax image file for each fax page) and attachments. When you archive faxes (that is, copy or move them into a compressed message store), you can select which message components are saved. Which components you save depend on the amount of disk space you have available and your preferences.

Click this option to have Message Manager automatically delete the associated fax pages only. If you select this option, Message Manager keeps a record of the message in the Logs window.


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog (After Receive tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange/Outlook

Resource File

Dialog ID:

Notes:


Track Received Faxes check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Receive tab)
Enable this option to track all faxes you receive in both WinFax and Microsoft Outlook.


Copy All Received Faxes Processed To Outlook radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Receive tab)
Click this option to copy received faxes to Outlook.


Delete Original Received Faxes In WinFax Logs After Copy check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Receive tab)
Enable this option to delete the original faxes received in your WinFax logs after copying them to Outlook.


Receive Properties dialog (Memory Modem tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Receive

Resource:	TWRES

Dialog ID:	H_VCAPP_IDD_SETUP_MEMORY_MODEM

Notes:	This tab was added for WinFax 9.02/TalkWorks 2.02. The fax and voice options are compiled in TWPRO.HLP and WINFAX.HLP. TWRES.ALI and TWRES.HM. Because of the way the code is compiled, all text, IDs, and aliases are included in TWRES.ALI, TWRES.HM, CONTEXTTW.RTF, WFSURES.ALI, DCCSETUP.HM, and CONTEXTD.RTF.


First intro (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
Displays text and/or an icon that helps to describe the functionality available in this dialog.

For more information about a specific setting, click the What's This button [image] and then click the appropriate setting.


Second intro (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
Displays text and/or an icon that helps to describe the functionality available in this dialog.

For more information about a specific setting, click the What's This button [image] and then click the appropriate setting.


Modem listbox label (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
In the list, click the memory modem you want to use to answer messages when your computer is turned off or the Controller is not running.


Modem listbox (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
In the list, click the memory modem you want to use to answer messages when your computer is turned off or the Controller is not running.


Memory modem checkbox (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
Enables the memory modem so that incoming messages are stored in the modem’s memory when your computer is turned off or the Controller is not running.


Voice messages section (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
Use the options in this section to set up how voice messages are answered on your memory modem and which mailbox they are downloaded to when you start your computer or start TalkWorks.


Third intro (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
In the list, click the mailbox you want messages to be stored in when they are downloaded from your memory modem. Messages stored in the modem are downloaded when you turn on your computer or the Controller.


Mailbox listbox (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
In the list, click the mailbox you want messages to be stored in when they are downloaded from your memory modem. Messages stored in the modem are downloaded either when you turn on your computer or when you start the Controller. Automatic Receive must be enabled to use memory modem features.


Add Mailbox button (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
In the list, click the mailbox you want messages to be stored in when they are downloaded from your memory modem. Messages stored in the modem are downloaded either when you turn on your computer or when you start the Controller. Automatic Receive must be enabled to use memory modem features.


Greeting label (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
Click to change the greeting for the selected mailbox.


Greeting button (Receive dialog - Mem Modem tab)
Click to change the greeting for the selected mailbox.


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog (After Send tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange/Outlook

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_STARTER_ED

Notes:


Track Sent Faxes check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Send tab)
Enable this option to track faxes you send in both WinFax and Outlook. Select how you want the faxes tracked.


Copy All Sent Faxes Processed To Outlook radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Send tab)
Click this option to copy all sent faxes from WinFax to Outlook.


Copy Successfully Sent Faxes To Outlook Only radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Send tab)
Click this option to copy only successfully sent faxes from WinFax to Outlook.


Copy Failed Sent Faxes To Outlook Only radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Send tab)
Click this option to copy failed faxes from WinFax to Outlook.


Delete Original Sent Faxes In WinFax Logs After Copy check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - After Send tab)
Enable this option to delete the original fax from WinFax after copying it to Outlook.


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange/Outlook

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_EXCHANGE_GENERAL

Notes:


Use Microsoft Exchange In WinFax check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - General tab)
Enable this option to integrate Microsoft Exchange (or Microsoft Outlook) with WinFax so that you can send, receive, and view email messages in Message Manager. This feature is useful if you receive a lot of different types of messages (such as faxes, voice messages, and email) and you want to be able to send, receive, and view them in one place.

If you enable this option, you must restart WinFax for the changes to take effect.


Prompt For A Profile radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - General tab)
Click this if you want WinFax to prompt you for a Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile each time you start WinFax. Use this option if you have set up multiple profiles (in Microsoft Exchange/Outlook) and you want to be able to choose the appropriate profile for each WinFax session.

A profile is a set of configuration options that tells WinFax how to integrate with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook. Your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile includes the location of your Inbox, Outbox, personal folders, and address books.


Always Use This Profile radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - General tab)
Click this if you want WinFax to use the same Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile each time you start WinFax.

A profile is a set of configuration options that tells WinFax how to integrate with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook. Your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile includes the location of your Inbox, Outbox, personal folders, and address books.


Always Use drop-down list (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - General tab)
Click the Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile you want WinFax to use. In most cases, the default profile name is Microsoft Exchange.

A profile is a set of configuration options that tells WinFax how to integrate with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook. Your Microsoft Exchange/Outlook profile includes the location of your Inbox, Outbox, personal folders, and address books.


Advanced check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - General tab)
Advanced check box (Exchange Properties, General tab)


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog (Read tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange/Outlook

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_EXCHANGE_READ

Notes:


Include The Original Text check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Enable this option to include the original text message when replying to or forwarding an email message.


Indent The Original Text check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Enable this option to indent the original text message when replying to or forwarding an email message.


Close The Original Message check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Enable this option to reply to or forward an email message without including the original text.


Font button (Reply/Forward) (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Click this to select the font for reply text in email messages.


Scroll Past Message Header check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Enable this option if you want Message Manager to automatically scroll past the header of email messages and display the message starting at the first line of text, when you are viewing messages in the display area of the Logs window.

Enabling this option increases the amount of message text you can see without scrolling. If disabled, Message Manager displays the message starting at the first line of the header.


Read Open Below (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Enable this option if you want Message Manager to open the next message after you delete or move an open message.


Read Return (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Enable this option if you want Message Manager to return to the message list after you delete or move an open message.


Read Open Above (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Read tab)
Enable this option if you want Message Manager to open the previous message after you delete or move an open message.


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog (Send tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Microsoft Exchange/Outlook

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_EXCHANGE_SEND

Notes:


Font button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Click this to select the font for message text you send.


Read Receipt text (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Specify the appropriate receipt notification option.


The Message Has Been Read check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to notify you when the recipient reads the email message.


The Message Has Been Delivered check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to notify you when the recipient has received the email message.


Sensitivity drop-down list (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Specify the sensitivity of email messages.


High radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Click here to make all email messages you send High priority, by default.


Normal radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Click here to make all email messages you send Normal priority, by default.


Low radio button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Click here to make all email messages you send Low priority, by default.


Save A Copy check box (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Enable this option to save a copy of all messages you send in the Sent Items folder.


Select Font button (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Click this to select the font for message text you send.


Read Receipt text (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Select options for monitoring the delivery of email messages.


Importance text (Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties - Send tab)
Specify the default priority of email messages you send.


Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog (Advanced Voice tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Modems And Communications Devices

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_MODEMSETUP_VOICE_ADVANCED

Notes:


Advanced Properties list (Modems And Communications devices Properties - Advanced Voice tab)
Displays the voice capabilities supported by your voice modem.


Modems And Communications Devices Properties dialog (Modems And Communications Devices tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Modems And Communications Devices

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_MODEMSETUP

Notes:


Active Device drop-down list (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Which modem or communications device WinFax uses depends on your current location. To view the devices set up for a location and all their related settings, click the location in the drop-down list.


Modems list (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Lists the modems and communications devices that you can configure for use with WinFax. The Port column indicates the port on which the device is configured. Voice modems are configured on TAPI, network devices are configured on WINFAX. If <not configured> appears beside the device name, it is not set up for use.

To activate a device, enable the Active check box beside it. If you have two phone lines and two modems, you can activate a different device on each line.

Click the modem or device you want to modify.

Note: To configure ISDN, you must have an ISDN card. To configure a Message Sharing Client, there must be Message Sharing Host set up on your network.


Add button (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Click this to set up a new modem or communications device.


Remove button (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Removes the selected modem or network modem device.

Note: If you remove ISDN or Message Sharing, only the configuration is removed. The devices remain on the list and the port changes to <not configured>.


Properties button (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Click this to display the properties of the selected modem or communications device.


Test Com Ports button (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Click this to test all ports on your computer for modems.


Define "Active" Devices For drop down list (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Lists all defined locations. In the drop-down list, click the location settings for which you want to define active devices.

When you dial using that location, WinFax uses the dialing settings and the modems or devices you defined as active.


Receive Setup button (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Click this to set up how a device answers a call.


Dialing Setup button (Modems And Communications devices Properties dialog)
Click this to set up how a device dials when sending faxes.


New Calling Card dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Calling Cards | New

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_CCNEW

Notes:


Calling Card Name field (New Calling Card dialog)
Type a name for the new calling card definition. Typically, the name should be the same as the actual calling card you are setting up.


Available Cards list (New Calling Card dialog)
Lists all predefined calling card definitions included with WinFax. In the list, click the calling card you are using. If you cannot find an exact match, select the closest match. This creates a new calling card definition based on the default settings for the calling card you selected in the Available Cards list. After you close this dialog, you can modify these settings as required.


New Device dialog

Location:	install new modem / communications device wizard

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DCUC_IDD_ADDDEVICE

Notes:


Type list (New Device dialog)
In the list, click the type of modem or communications device you want to set up.


New Location dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Dialing and Locations | Locations tab | New button

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_NEWLOCATION

Notes:


Location field (New Location dialog)
Type the name of the new location you want to create.


List (New Location dialog)
Lists all modems and communications devices set up to work with WinFax. Specify which devices you want at this location. To activate a device, enable the Active check box beside it.


Note At Bottom (New Location dialog)
Lists the modems and communications devices that you can configure for use with WinFax. Specify which devices you want at this location. To activate a device, enable the Active check box beside it.


New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog (Messages tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Notification And Forwarding

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_FWD_RECEIVEFROM

Notes:


Description field (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Type a description of this receive rule to help you identify it in the future.


Message Type drop-down list (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
In the drop-down list, click the type of message you want WinFax to apply this receive rule to.


Conditions button (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Click this to specify when you want WinFax to monitor for new messages.


Send Notification drop-down list (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
In the drop-down list, click the option that corresponds to what you want WinFax to do when it detects new messages. WinFax can forward the message to you or it can send you a notification message.


Fax drop-down list (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
In the drop-down list, click how you want WinFax to deliver the actual message or notification message to you.


to label (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Specify the destination to which you want the actual message or notification message sent.


Country Code field (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Type the country code of the recipient to whom you want to forward received messages or notify of received messages. The country code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Area Code field (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Type the area code (or routing code) of the recipient to whom you want to forward received messagse or notify of received messages. The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789

If the number is a local number requiring an area code, add it here.

If you select the recipient from a phonebook and the number is a local number requiring an area code, ensure that Dial Area Code is enabled on the Send By tab of the Recipient Properties dialog for the recipient.


Phone Number field (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Type the local phone number to which you want WinFax to forward received messages or notify of received messages. The local phone number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Email Address field (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Type the email address to which you want the actual message or notification message sent. To select an address from your email address book, click Select.


Paging Service field (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Specify the paging service and pager to which you want the actual message or notification message sent.


Sample field (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Sample


Select button (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Click this to select the appropriate recipient or email address.


Setup button (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Click this to specify additional notification options.


Mark As Read After Forwarding radio button (New Notification And Forwarding Rule dialog - Messages tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to mark forwarded messages as read in the Receive Log. Unread messages are shown in bold, with a colored message icon. Read messages are shown in normal face, and the message icon is gray.


Options dialog

Location:	Program Setup dialog

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_MAIN

Notes:


Options list (Program Setup application)
Lists the available categories of program options. For more information about a specific category, click it in the list and then read the description at the bottom of the screen. To view the property pages associated with a category, double click the category.


Description area (Program Setup application)
Displays text about the options included in the selected category.


Properties button (Program Setup application)
Displays the property pages associated with the selected category of options.


Help button (Program Setup application)
Click this for instructions on how to use this dialog.


Options dialog (from Receive Rules)


Pager Message Options dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGER_MESSAGEOPTIONS

Notes:


Maximum Number / Paging Service field (Pager Message Options dialog)
Type the maximum number of messages that your paging service can handle at one time.

Tip: If you are not sure, check your pager documentation or contact your paging service.


Maximum Characters / Message (Pager Message Options dialog)
Type the maximum number of characters that can be included in a single message from your paging service.

Tip: If you are not sure, check your pager documentation or contact your paging service.


Automatically Split check box (Pager Message Options dialog)
If a pager message exceeds the maximum character length specified in this dialog, you will not be able to receive it. To work around this problem, enable this option to have WinFax automatically split all long messages into two or more smaller messages.


Split After field (Pager Message Options dialog)
Specify when WinFax should split messages. WinFax will split messages after encountering the number of characters you specify in this field. For example, if your message contains 18 characters and you enter 9 in this field, then WinFax splits the message into two 9 character messages.


Use Deferred Delivery check box (Pager Message Options dialog)
Deferred Delivery

no longer used in this version


Pager Properties dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Pager

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGER_MAIN

Notes:


List (Pager Properties dialog)
Lists all pagers that you have configured to work with WinFax.


Add button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to set up another pager.


Remove button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to remove the selected pager.


Properties button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to view the options configured for the selected pager.


Test button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to test the selected pager.


Pager Setup dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Pager | General tab

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGERPP_TELNUM

Notes:


Country drop-down list (Pager Settings dialog - General tab)
In the drop-down list, click the country in which your paging service resides.


Area Code field (Pager Settings dialog - General tab)
Type the area code that you dial when calling your paging service. For overseas destinations, enter the routing code, if applicable.

The area code is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Local Number field (Pager Settings dialog - General tab)
Type the local number that you dial when calling your paging service. The local number is bolded in the examples below.

North American number:	1-987-555-1234

International number:	30-1-555-6789


Dial Pager Phone Number check box (Pager Settings dialog - General tab)
Enable this option if you need to dial two phone numbers to connect to your paging service. For example, if you need to dial one number to reach your paging service and then another number for your personal pages.


Pager Number field (Pager Settings dialog - General tab)
Type your personal paging phone number in this field. This is the number that people call to leave messages for you. When a message arrives at this number, your pager notifies you of the message.


Pager Setup dialog (Message Options tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Pager | Message Options tab

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGERPP_MESSAGEOPTIONS

Notes:	same as Pager Message Options dialog


Pager Setup dialog (Modem tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Pager | Modem tab

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGERPP_MODEM

Notes:


Data Bits (Pager Settings dialog - Modem tab)
In the drop-down list, click the data bit setting required to connect to your paging service.

Tip: If you are not sure, check your pager documentation.


Parity (Pager Settings dialog - Modem tab)
In the drop-down list, click the parity setting required to connect to your paging service.

Tip: If you are not sure, check your pager documentation.


Stop Bits (Pager Settings dialog - Modem tab)
In the drop-down list, click the stop setting required to connect to your paging service.

Tip: If you are not sure, check your pager documentation.


Timeout field (Pager Settings dialog - Modem tab)
For Numeric pagers: Type the number of seconds to wait before entering the pager message after dialing starts

For Alphanumeric pagers: Type the number of seconds to wait between protocol and data packets. Increase the delay if you have connection problems.


Pager Setup dialog (Terminal Type tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Pager | Terminal Type

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGERPP_ALPHATYPE

Notes:


TAP Terminal radio button (Pager Settings dialog - Terminal tab)
Enable this option if your paging service uses a TAP terminal communications protocol. Most North American paging services use TAP. If you are not sure which protocol your paging service uses, check with your paging service.


UCP Terminal radio button (Pager Settings dialog - Terminal tab)
Enable this option if your paging service uses a UCP terminal communications protocol. Most European paging services use UCP. If you are not sure which protocol your paging service uses, check with your paging service.


UCP Modem drop-down list (Pager Settings dialog - Terminal tab)
In the drop-down list, click the UCP mode used by your paging service. If you are not sure which mode your paging service uses, check with your paging service.


Voice Line radio button (Pager Settings dialog - Terminal tab)
Enable this option if your paging service uses a voice line to communicate with pagers. If you are not sure which protocol your paging service uses, check with your paging service.


Pager Setup dialog (Type tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Pager | Type tab

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGERPP_TYPE

Notes:


Alphanumeric radio button (Pager Settings dialog - Type tab)
Click this if you are using an alphanumeric pager. Alphanumeric pagers can receive messages that contain both letters and numbers. If you are using an alphanumeric pager, people can page you with an actual text message.


Numeric radio button (Pager Settings dialog - Type tab)
Click this if you are using a numeric pager. Numeric pagers can receive messages that contain numbers--they cannot receive messages containing letters. If you are using a numeric pager, the phone number of the person paging you appears on your pager.


Tone radio button (Pager Settings dialog - Type tab)
Click this if you are using a Tone Only pager. If you are using a tone only pager, your pager only beeps when someone pages you--you cannot receive a text message or a phone number.


Pager Subscription dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:

Notes:


Pager Properties dialog


Name field (Pager Properties dialog)
Displays the name of the selected profile.


Carrier field (Pager Properties dialog)
Displays the carrier for the selected pager profile.


Carrier list (Pager Properties dialog)
Lists pager carriers. If your carrier is not on the list, click New.


Modify button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to modify properties for the selected carrier.


New button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to add a new carrier to the carrier list.


Delete button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to delete a carrier from the list.


Test button (Pager Properties dialog)
Click this to test pager profile.


Subscription Number field (Pager Properties dialog)
Displays the Personal Identification Number for the selected profile.


Pager list (Pager Subscription dialog)
Displays the name of the selected profile.


Text Below Pager List (Pager Subscription dialog)
Displays the carrier for the selected pager profile.


Add button (Pager Subscription dialog)
Click this to add a new carrier to the carrier list.


Remove button (Pager Subscription dialog)
Click this to delete a carrier from the list.


Properties button (Pager Subscription dialog)
Click this to modify properties for the selected carrier.


Set As Default button (Pager Subscription dialog)
Click this to use the selected pager as your default pager.


Pager Subscription dialog (Advanced tab)

Location:

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_ADVANCEDPAGERSUBSCRIPTION

Notes:


Split Messages At check box (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
Split Messages At check box


Split Messages At field (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
Split Messages At field & spinner


Using drop-down list (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
Using drop-down list


Limit Messages To check box (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
Limit Messages To check box


Limit Messages To field (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
Limit Messages To field & spinner


Black Out Subscription check box (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
Black Out Subscription check box


From field (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
From field


To field (Pager Subscription dialog - Advanced tab)
To field


Pager Test dialog


Test Message field (Pager Test dialog)
Type a test message in this field then click the Test button.


Test Status field (Pager Test dialog)
Displays the status of the test when you click the Test button.


Modem button (Pager Test dialog)
Click this to display the Windows properties pages for your modem.


Location button (Pager Test dialog)
Click this to display the Windows Dialing Properties dialog


Test button (Pager Test dialog)
Click this to test your pager


Pager Test dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Pager | Test button

Resource File:	CONFIG - PAGER

Dialog ID:	IDD_PAGER_TEST

Notes:


Test Message field (Pager Test dialog)
In the field, type the test message you want to send to your pager.


Test Using drop-down list (Pager Test dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the modem or communications device you want to use to send the message to your pager.


Test Status area (Pager Test dialog)
Displays the results of the test.


Test button (Pager Test dialog)
Click this to send the test message.


Preparing to Back Up dialog

Location:	appears when back up starts

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_SHUTDOWN

Notes:	uses common topics


Print On Receive dialog

(see Send Confirmation Setup dialog in context.rft)


Properties For ... MODEM .... dialog (Data tab)

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DCUC_IDD_MODEM_SETUP_PROPS_DATA

Notes:


Init String #1 field (Modem Properties dialog - Data tab)
Type the appropriate initialization string.


Init String #2 field (Modem Properties dialog - Data tab)
Type the appropriate initialization string.


Init String #3 field (Modem Properties dialog - Data tab)
Type the appropriate initialization string.


Init String #4 field (Modem Properties dialog - Data tab)
Type the appropriate initialization string.


Use Hardware Flow Control check box (Modem Properties dialog - Data tab)
Enable this option to use hardware flow control.


Restore button (Modem Properties dialog - Data tab)
Click this to return to the default settings for this modem.


Properties For ... modem .... dialog (Fax tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Modems And Other Communications Devices | Properties

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_MODEMSETUP_FAX

Notes:


Telephone Line drop-down list (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Select the type of phone line you are using. You can use WinFax over a regular phone line or a cellular phone line.

The settings in this dialog apply to specified phone line type.


Initialization String Sequence fields (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Type each string in the initialization sequence that is sent to your modem when you start and terminate WinFax. The entry depends on the type of modem you are using.

If you are not sure of the correct sequence, see your modem documentation or click Default to use the default setting for this type of modem.


Default button (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Returns the entries in the Initialization String Sequence section to the default values for this type of modem.


Flow Control field (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Type the flow control string in this field. If you enabled Use Hardware Flow Control, type a hardware flow control string in this field. Otherwise, type a software flow control string.

If you are not sure of the correct setting for your modem, see your modem documentation or click Default to use the default setting for this type of modem.


Use Hardware Flow Control check box (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Enable this option to use hardware flow control. Type the hardware flow control string in the Flow Control field.

If you are not sure of the correct setting for your modem, see your modem documentation or click Default to use the default setting for this type of modem.


Reset field (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Type the reset string that is sent to your modem when you start and terminate WinFax. The entry depends on the type of modem you are using.

If you are not sure of the correct setting for your modem, see your modem documentation or click Default to use the default setting for this type of modem.


Maximum Transmit Speed drop-down list (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Set the maximum speed at which you want to send your fax. Some fax machines may be unable to receive pages at high speed under certain circumstances.


Minimum Transmit Speed drop-down list (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Set the minimum speed at which WinFax sends the fax. When connecting to a remote fax station, your modem and the receiving modem exchange information to determine how fast a fax can be transmitted. If the receiving fax machine is slow, the transmission time and cost of the fax increases. WinFax will not transmit the fax if the remote fax station is incapable of receiving at your minimum speed or higher.


ECM For Sending check box (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Enable this option to use Error Correcting Mode (ECM) when sending faxes with this modem. This means that WinFax uses ECM whenever possible for sending faxes.

ECM normally provides more reliable, error-free faxing. In some cases, you may have problems sending reliably to a particular communications device with ECM enabled. Try disabling ECM and retry the fax.

By default, this option is enabled if you have a Class 1 modem.


ECM For Receiving check box (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Enable this option to use Error Correcting Mode (ECM) when receiving faxes with this modem. This means that WinFax uses ECM whenever possible for receiving faxes. ECM normally provides more reliable error-free faxing.

If you disable this option, you cannot receive BFTs.

By default, this option is enabled if you have a Class 1 modem.


High Speed Compression (2D) check box (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Enable this option to use high speed compression (2D) when sending faxes with this modem.

In most cases, using this option to compress data can greatly increase transmission speed and reduce the actual time (and cost) required to transmit the fax.

If you are sending a large grayscale image, using 2D compression may actually increase the transmission time. You can disable this option to see if WinFax sends faster.


Properties For ... modem .... dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Modems And Other Communications Devices | Properties

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_MODEMSETUP_GEN

Notes:


Initialization At drop-down (Modem Properties dialog - General tab)
Specify the speed you want the modem to use when establishing a connection with a communications device.


Communications Port drop-down list (Modem Properties dialog - General tab)
Specify the communications port used by your modem.

You can use WinFax in COM Port mode or TAPI mode. COM Port mode connects WinFax directly to the communications port the modem is attached to. TAPI mode connects WinFax to the TAPI communications software in Windows, which in turn connects to the communication port the modem is attached to. Which mode you use depends on your requirements.

Some WinFax features such as call discrimination and support for some phone company services require you to use WinFax with a TAPI port.

If Windows is unable to identify your modem, use a Com Port.


Volume slide control (Modem Properties dialog - General tab)
Adjust the volume of the modem during calls.


On Until Connected check box (Modem Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option if you want to hear the modem dialing until the connection is made. Once the modem connects, the modem volume is muted.


Modem Type drop-down list (Modem Properties dialog - Fax tab)
Specify the modem type. By default, WinFax detects your modem type. If you have a dual class modem and you are unable to send faxes to certain fax machines, try switching to another modem type.


Properties For ... modem .... dialog (Voice tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Modems And Other Communications Devices | Properties

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_MODEMSETUP_VOICE

Notes:


Modem Properties (Modem Properties dialog - Voice tab)
Displays the properties of your voice modem.


Modem Tested To Work With WinFax text (Modem Properties dialog - Voice tab)
Indicates whether or not your voice modem is fully tested to work with TalkWorks.


Advanced button (Modem Properties dialog - Voice tab)
Click this to view advanced modem properties.


Receive Properties dialog (Advanced tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Receive

Resource:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_RECEIVE_ADVANCED

Notes:


When Using This Modem drop-down list (Receive Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Select the modem or device for which you want to enable remote fax retrieval or call discrimination.


Remote Retrieval check box (Receive Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Enable this option if you want to be able to retrieve faxes on your computer from a remote fax station. Click Remote Fax Retrieval Setup to configure remote fax retrieval properties.

Remote fax retrieval is only available if you have a Class 1 modem.

When you return to Message Manager, the status bar at the bottom of the screen displays REMOTE RTRV to indicate this option is enabled.


Remote Retrieval - Setup button (Receive Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Click this to set remote fax retrieval options.


Call discrimination check box (Receive Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Enable this option if you are using a Class 1, Windows (TAPI) modem that supports call discrimination and you want to connect in data mode to a TAPI-compliant data communications program such as pcANYWHERE.

For fax and data, call discrimination is automatic when Direct Data Calls To An Available Data Communications Program is enabled.


Distinctive Ring check box (Receive Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Enable this option if you want to set up different tones for different types of calls. To use Distinctive Ring, you must subscribe to the service through your phone company. You must also configure distinctive ring in Windows. To do this click Ring Pattern Setup, click the Distinctive Ring tab, and then enable This Phone Line Has Distinctive Ring Services.

If this option is not available, your modem does not support distinctive ring. If the option is available, your modem may support distinctive ring. Your modem documentation should provide this information.


Distinctive Ring - Setup button (Receive Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Click this to set distinctive ring options in Windows. You must set up distinctive ring in Windows for distinctive ring to work in WinFax.


Receive Properties dialog (After Receive tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Receive

Resource:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_RECEIVE_AFTER

Notes:


Receive Rules button (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Click this to set up receive rules to automatically forward messages or notify you when you receive them.


Notify check box (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Enable this option to have WinFax alert you when you receive a message. Your computer beeps or chimes to announce a successfully received fax, and WinFax displays the following message: "You have received 1 fax message(s)".

This message increments by one for each received fax. Once you click OK, the received fax counter resets to zero.


Flash Scroll Lock check box (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Enable this option if you want the Scroll Lock light on your keyboard to flash when you have new messages.


Sound button (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Click this to change the notification sound. To use this option, your computer's speaker must be able to play sound files, or you must have a sound card.


View check box (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Enable this option to start Viewer and display the first page of a received fax as soon as it arrives.


Recognize check box (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Enable this option to automatically convert the text of received faxes from fax image format into an editable format (such as ASCII text). WinFax converts faxes to text using TextBridge Optical Character Recognition (OCR) from Xerox.


Setup button (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Click this to set up automatic text conversion. WinFax converts faxes to text using TextBridge Optical Character Recognition (OCR) from Xerox.


Print check box (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Enable this option to print a fax immediately after it is received.


Mark As Read After Print check box (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Enable this option to mark the message as read after printing it.


Current Printer area (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Displays the active printer.


Printer button (Receive Properties dialog - After Receive tab)
Click this to switch printers and change printer setup.


Receive Properties dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Receive

Resource:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_RECEIVE_GENERAL

Notes:


Automatically Answer Incoming Calls check box (Receive Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to have WinFax automatically receive incoming calls (fax, voice, and data), provided you are in Windows and running Message Manager, the Controller, or the Telephone. With this option enabled you can work in other programs while WinFax takes care of incoming messages.

Enabling this option is equivalent to selecting Automatic Receive on the Receive menu. The status bar at the bottom of Message Manager shows AUTO RCV to indicate that this option is enabled.


Schedule button (Receive Properties dialog - General tab)
Click this to schedule the time period during which you want WinFax to automatically receive calls.


Answer After field (Receive Properties dialog - General tab)
Type the number of times the phone rings before the modem or device responds. By default, this is set to 2. If you use a single phone line for voice and fax, you might want to increase this number to allow yourself time to answer the phone when you receive a voice call.


When Answering On drop-down list (Receive Properties dialog - General tab)
Select the modem or device for which you want to specify automatic receive options.


Call Waiting check box (Receive Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to automatically turn off call waiting when you are receiving a fax.


Schedule Summary (Receive Properties dialog - General tab)
Describes when WinFax will answer calls automatically. To change the setting, click the Schedule button.


Receive Properties dialog (Voice tab)

Location:

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFXURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_RECEIVE_VOICE

Notes:	also in TWRES - VCAPP_IDD_SETUP_VOICE


Receive Rules dialog (Available Rules tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Receive Rules

Resource:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDC_PREFFWD
Notes:

Location:	Program Setup | Receive Rules

Resource:	WFXRES - FAXMNG

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDC_PREFFWD

Notes:


Log list (Receive Rules dialog - Available Rules tab)
Lists all log folders you can set up receive rules for.

You can use receive rules to have WinFax automatically forward your messages to another location, or to have WinFax notify your pager of new messages.


Rule list (Receive Rules dialog - Available Rules tab)
Lists all existing receive rules. The active rule for the selected log appears checked.


New button (Receive Rules dialog - Available Rules tab)
Click this to create a new receive rule.


Remove button (Receive Rules dialog - Available Rules tab)
Removes the selected receive rule.


Properties button (Receive Rules dialog - Available Rules tab)
Displays the properties of the selected receive rule.


Delivery button (Receive Rules dialog - Available Rules tab)
Click this to specify the delivery frequency for receive rules.


Rename Calling Card dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Calling Cards | Rename button

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_CCRENAME

Notes:


Calling Card Name field (Dialing Properties - Calling Cards tab)
Type the new name for the calling card definition.


Restore Settings dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DCUC_IDD_DATASETUP_RESTORE

Notes:


Windows radio button (Restore Settings dialog)
Windows radio button


WinComm 1.1 radio button (Restore Settings dialog)
WinComm 1.1 radio button


List (Restore Settings dialog)
List


Restore Status dialog

Location:	appears during restoration

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_DEARCHIVE

Notes:	uses standard H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS


Select Locations dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_PICKDEVICELOCATIONS

Notes:


List (Select Locations dialog)
In the drop-down list, click the appropriate location.


Select Twain dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Scanner

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFFM_IDD_SELECT_TWAIN

Notes:


Select Twain 16-bit radio button (Select Twain dialog)
Click this to use the 16-bit scanner files.


Select Twain 32-bit radio button (Select Twain dialog)
Click this to use the 32-bit scanner files.


Send Options dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Forwarding And Notification | Setup button

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_FWD_SEND_OPTIONS

Notes:


Send Secure check box (Send Options dialog)
Enable this option to have WinFax confirm that it is forwarding to the correct station. This option does not appear if you have a CAS modem.

WinFax will call the fax number you specified and check for the CSID you enter in the adjacent field. It will forward received faxes only if the CSIDs match.


Secure CSID check box (Send Options dialog)
WinFax can monitor for new messages from a specific individual based on their calling station identifier (CSID). To screen for faxes from a specific individual, type their CSID in this field.


Add A Brief Message check box (Send Options dialog)
Enable this option to automatically add a quick cover page to each forwarded fax.


Add A Brief Message text area (Send Options dialog)
Type the text you want to appear on your Quick Cover Page.


Send Subject check box (Send Options dialog)
Enable this option to send the message's subject with the notification message.


Send Subject field (Send Options dialog)
Type the appropriate subject.


Send Sender Name check box (New Receive Rule dialog - Forward To tab)
Enable this option to send the sender's name with the notification message.


Play Announcement check box (Send Options dialog)
Play Announcement


Include Custom Text check box (Send Options dialog)
Enable this option to send a specific text message to your pager when new messages arrive.


Include Custom Text text area (Send Options dialog)
Type the text message you want to send to your pager when new messages arrive.


Send Properties dialog (Advanced tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Send

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_SENDOPTIONS_ADVANCED

Notes:


Line 1 check box (Send Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Enable this option to allow WinFax to receive faxes on Line 1.


Line 1 description (Send Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Displays the modem connected to Line 1.


Line 2 check box (Send Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Enable this option to allow WinFax to receive faxes on Line 2.


Line 2 description (Send Properties dialog - Advanced tab)
Displays the modem connected to Line 2.


Send Properties dialog (Header tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Send

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_HEADER

Notes:


Left field (Send Properties dialog - Header tab)
Every fax you send with WinFax includes a fax header, a line of text that appears on the top of every page. The header can include text you specify or variables that represent information. When you send a fax, WinFax replaces any variables with information from your user setup (start Program Setup and double click User), information from your computer (such as the date and time) and information from the fax you are sending.

Type the text that you want to appear on the left side of fax headers. To insert a WinFax variable in the header, position the cursor at the desired insertion point, click Insert Variable, click the variable you want to insert and then click OK.


Center field (Send Properties dialog - Header tab)
Every fax you send with WinFax includes a fax header, a line of text that appears on the top of every page. The header can include text you specify or variables that represent information. When you send a fax, WinFax replaces any variables with information from your user setup (start Program Setup and double click User), information from your computer (such as the date and time) and information from the fax you are sending.

Type the text that you want to appear in the center position of fax headers. To insert a WinFax variable in the header, position the cursor at the desired insertion point, click Insert Variable, click the variable you want to insert and then click OK.


Right field (Send Properties dialog - Header tab)
Every fax you send with WinFax includes a fax header, a line of text that appears on the top of every page. The header can include text you specify or variables that represent information. When you send a fax, WinFax replaces any variables with information from your user setup (start Program Setup and double click User), information from your computer (such as the date and time) and information from the fax you are sending.

Type the text that you want to appear on the right side of fax headers. To insert a WinFax variable in the header, position the cursor at the desired insertion point, click Insert Variable, click the variable you want to insert and then click OK.


Default button (Send Properties dialog - Header tab)
 Returns the entries in the Left, Center, and Right fields to their default entries.


Insert Variable button (Send Properties dialog - Header tab)
Click this to insert a WinFax variable at the current insertion point.


Page Setup Options - Options button (Send Properties dialog - Header tab)
Click this to specify page setup options for your faxes.


Sending Properties dialog (After Sending tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Send

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_SENDOPTIONS_AFTER

Notes:


Delete Fax Pages, But Keep A Record Of The Event check box (Send Properties dialog - After Sending tab)
Enable this option to automatically delete fax pages after they have been sent.

The log record remains in the Send Log folder in the Logs window, but it cannot be viewed or resubmitted.

You can set this option for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the After Sending tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Options).


Display Notification check box (Send Properties dialog - After Sending tab)
Enable this option to display a confirmation message after each transmission.

You can set this option here for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click After Sending tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Print A Send Confirmation Page check box (Send Properties dialog - After Sending tab)
Enable this option to print a confirmation message for each transmission.

You can set this option here for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the After Sending tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Print A Send Confirmation Page - Setup button (Send Properties dialog - After Sending tab)
Click this to specify the type of printed confirmation you want.

You can set this option here for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the After Sending tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Microsoft Exchange/Outlook After Send Options - Setup button (Send Properties dialog - After Sending tab)
If you integrated WinFax with Microsoft Exchange/Outlook, you can set additional options in the After Send tab of the Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog.

Click this to display the Send After tab of the Microsoft Exchange/Outlook Properties dialog.


Sending Properties dialog (General tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Send

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_SENDOPTIONS

Notes:


Use A Cover Page check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to always include the default cover page when you send a message. From the Send dialog, you can override this setting if you choose not to include a cover page with your messages.


Prompt for Keywords And Billing Code check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option if you want WinFax to prompt you to specify keywords and a billing code before sending a message. This would be useful, for example, in a law office, where each sent fax is billed to a particular client.


Always Start WinFax When Printing From Another Program (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to start Message Manager  when you print to the WinFax printer from another program. Otherwise, only the Send dialog starts. Disabling this option may improve printing speed.


If Resubmitting A Fax, Send Failed Pages Only check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this if you want to resubmit only those pages that were unsuccessfully transmitted.

This option is active if you resend a fax in which not all of the pages were successfully transmitted.

You can set this option here for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Request A Registered Receipt check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to monitor the delivery of email messages. WinFax sends a reply to the sender when an email message is received and opened.

You can set this option here for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Notify Recipient Via Email check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to send a confirmation message over the LAN after each transmission.

You can set this option here for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Fax Resolution check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Specify the resolution at which you want WinFax to send the fax.

Click Fine [image] 200 x 200 dpi [image] for the highest quality faxes. Click Standard [image] 200 x 100 dots per inch (dpi) [image] only if transmission type (cost) is more important the quality of the fax at the receiving end.

You can set this option for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Use Fax Broadcast check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to broadcast this fax to all recipients in your Recipient List (except for any electronic mail recipients).

This option is only available if you subscribe to the Fax Broadcast service.

You can set this option for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Use Page Header check box (Send Properties dialog - General tab)
Enable this option to include a page header, similar to the one shown below, with each broadcast.

AUG 08, '95 15:46 (ET) XYZ Company PAGE 1 of 2

This option is only available if you subscribe to the Fax Broadcast service.

You can set this option for all faxes (start Program Setup, double click Send, and then click the General tab) or on a fax-by-fax basis (in the Send dialog, click Send Options on the Options menu).


Sending Properties dialog (Phonebook tab)

Location:	Program Setup | Send

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_PHONEBOOK

Notes:


Use Partial Matches check box (Send Properties dialog - Phonebook tab)
Enable this option if you want to be able to search for or retrieve phonebook recipients from the Send dialog by typing the first few characters of a name.

For example, type "smi" in the To field on the Send dialog and press TAB to retrieve "Smith, Janice" from the active phonebook.


Save Folder Tree On Exit (Send Properties dialog - Phonebook tab)
Enable this option if you only want WinFax to refresh the last phonebook you accessed in the Phonebook panel of the Send dialog. This may improve the speed at which the Send dialog appears. If you disable this option, WinFax refreshes all existing phonebooks when you display the Send dialog.


Update Recipient Record For Unsupported BFT check box (Send Properties dialog - Phonebook tab)
If you send a binary file and the recipient's modem is not capable of receiving it, the message fails.


Subscription Information dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCRES - WFXDATAD

Dialog ID:	WFDD_IDD_PAGERSUBSCRIPTION

Notes:


Service drop-down list (Subscription Information dialog)
Service drop-down list


Paging System Setup button (Subscription Information dialog)
Paging System Setup button


ID/PIN/Address field (Subscription Information dialog)
ID/PIN/Address field


Telephone Properties dialog

Location:	??

Resource File:	DCCSETUP - WFXURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_TELEPHONE

Notes:	This dialog is defined in contextw.rtf (compiled in twpro.hlp).


Test All Ports dialog

Location:	Program Setup | Modems And Other Communications Devices | Test Ports

Resource File:	DCCRES - DCCDIALC

Dialog ID:	DDRC_IDD_TESTPORTS

Notes:


Status field (Test All Ports dialog)
Displays progress messages as WinFax tests all ports on your computer for attached modems.


Messages field (Test All Ports dialog)
Displays the results of the test. The results show which ports have attached modems. For each modem, the results show the modem type (fax, data, voice), fax class (Class 1, Class 2, or Class 2.0) and the maximum transmission and reception speeds.


User Properties dialog (User tab)

Location:	Program Setup | UserResource File:	DCCSETUP - WFSURES

Dialog ID:	WFSU_IDD_SETUP_USER

Notes:


Name field (User Properties - General tab)
Type your name. WinFax prints your name on each outgoing message on which the Sender Name variable is inserted.


Company field (User Properties - General tab)
Type the name of your company. WinFax prints your company name on each outgoing message on which the Sender Company variable is inserted.


Fax Number field (User Properties - General tab)
Type your fax number including the area code. WinFax prints your return fax number on each outgoing message on which the Sender Fax Number variable is inserted.


Voice Number field (User Properties - General tab)
Type your phone number including the area code. WinFax prints your return phone number on each outgoing message on which the Sender Voice Number variable is inserted.


CSID field (User Properties - General tab)
Type text to identify your computer as a fax station. Most fax machines use the fax number as the Calling Station IDentifier (CSID), but your name or company name would also be suitable. You can enter up to 20 alphanumeric characters.

When you are sending a fax, the CSID of the recipient appears in the Status dialog after you make the connection.

WinFax has no restrictions on the characters you can use in your CSID. However, if your CSID contains non-numeric characters, some communications devices may not connect to your modem or may disconnect during transmissions.

When you are being sent a fax, your CSID appears to the sender.

The CSID field is not available with CAS modems. You must use the setup program for your CAS modem to specify the station identifier.


Pager button (User Properties - General tab)
Displays your current pager information. To set up your pager to work with WinFax, click Setup.


WinFax Data Verification dialog

Location:

Resource File:	CONFIG - DBBACKUP

Dialog ID:	WFBU_IDD_DELFIXSTATUS

Notes:	all H_DIALOG_INSTRUCTIONS


About the online help (WinFax)
About the online help

The online help covers all features. You can access the online help in two ways:

From the Help menu in any WinFax program [image] The Help Topics dialog is the main entry into the online help, and it contains links to both feature overviews and instructions on how to use WinFax and its related programs. You can display the Help Topics dialog by clicking Help Topics on the Help menu.

The Help Topics dialog is similar to the WinFax User’s Guide [image] complete with a table of contents, an index, and a full-text search engine.

To return to the Help Topics dialog now, click the Help Topics button at the top of this window. For more information about using the Contents, Index, or Find tabs, press F1 now.

In most WinFax dialogs [image] Many WinFax dialogs contain a What’s This? help button in the upper right corner or a What’s This pointer on the toolbar that you can use to display information about on-screen components such as individual fields in dialogs and menu commands.


table of contents
Contents tab

The Contents tab on the Help Topics dialog (shown below) displays a hierarchical representation of the information in the online help. To view the information in a chapter, double click the [image] icon. To display the information in an individual topic, click the [image] icon beside the topic.


index
Index tab

The Index tab on the Help Topics dialog (shown below) displays an alphabetical list of all subjects covered in the online help. To look up information in the index, type the word or phrase in the field at the top of the Index tab. The index scrolls ahead and displays all entries matching the text you entered.


full text search program
Find tab

The Find tab on the Help Topics dialog (shown below) allows you to search the online help for specific words or combinations of words (for example, “logo” and “cover pages”). To search for text, type the text in the field at the top of the Find tab and click Find.


What's This Help button
What’s This Help button


What's This Help pointer
What’s This Help pointer


Getting the most out of WinFax and ACT!

WinFax and ACT! are designed to work together to make your contact management faxing easier, faster, and smarter. The list below highlights some of the most popular integration features.

Easy integration [image] WinFax and ACT! have been designed to integrate seamlessly. Depending on your preferences, you can take advantage of the integration while working in ACT! or while working in WinFax. (For instructions on how to enable WinFax and ACT! integration, click here [image].)

Sending faxes [image] WinFax and ACT! have been integrated together so that you can continue to fax the way you are accustomed to. If you prefer to work in ACT!, you can send WinFax faxes to ACT! contacts directly from your default word processor. If you prefer to work in WinFax, you can prepare your faxes as you normally would in WinFax and then address them to ACT! contacts. Either way, sending WinFax faxes to ACT! contacts is quick and easy. (For instructions on how to send faxes using WinFax and ACT! together, click here [image].)

Logging faxes [image] Keep track of all the faxes you send [image] both in the ACT! 4.x/2000 Notes/History section and the WinFax Logs window. (For more information about logging faxes, click here click here [image].)

Viewing faxes [image] Using the fax linking feature, you can view WinFax faxes directly from an ACT! 4.x/2000 contact's Notes/History section. (For more information about viewing linked faxes, click here [image].)

Setting up ACT! databases as WinFax phonebooks [image] Use your ACT! 4.x/2000 databases to address faxes you prepare in WinFax. (For more information, click here [image].)


Setting up ACT! phonebooks in WinFax

In WinFax, you can access information from ACT! contact databases. You can address faxes to recipients using your ACT! database as you would using regular WinFax phonebooks. Depending on the version of ACT! you are using, two levels of integration are available.

ACT! 2.x [image] If WinFax detects ACT! installed on your computer, it automatically creates a read-only link to its phonebook and displays the phonebook in the Send dialog, the Message Manager Phonebooks window. Each time you access your ACT! phonebook from WinFax, WinFax starts ACT! and displays the latest ACT! phonebook.

ACT! 3.x [image] If WinFax detects ACT! installed on your computer, it automatically creates a read-only link to its phonebook and displays the phonebook in the Send dialog, the Message Manager Phonebooks window, and the TalkWorks PRO Telephone. Each time you access your ACT! phonebook from WinFax, WinFax starts ACT! and displays the latest ACT! phonebook. For ACT! phonebooks, you can view all applicable recipient fields in the phonebooks and you can sort records by last name or company. You cannot modify the ACT! phonebook or its records in WinFax. You must make these changes in your ACT! database.

ACT! 4.x/2000 [image] WinFax supports advanced integration with ACT! 4.x/2000 using the WinFax Phonebook Development Kit (PDK). With ACT! 4.x/2000, you can take advantage of the following advanced features (in addition to the basic features listed above):

ability to access ACT! contact databases from within WinFax without starting ACT!

increased speed accessing ACT! contact databases from within WinFax

ability to log WinFax faxes sent to ACT! contacts in a contact's Notes/History section in ACT!

ability to view a contact's faxes directly from ACT!

improved sorting capabilities

ability to modify ACT! contact records from within WinFax

ability to use ACT! groups

To use these advanced integration features, set up your ACT! 4.x/2000 phonebook as an "external" phonebook in WinFax (for more information, click here [image]).


Viewing ACT! phonebooks

WinFax treats your ACT! contact database just like any other WinFax phonebook. There are two places you can view and access your ACT! contact databases in WinFax:

WinFax Send dialog [image] Start your fax and open the Send dialog (for more information, click here [image]). In the phonebook list, click your ACT! phonebook to display all contacts included in the phonebook in the record list directly below.

Message Manager Phonebooks window [image] On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. In the phonebook list, click your ACT! phonebook to display all contacts included in the phonebook. To view contact information, double click the contact record.

If you installed TalkWorks, you can also view and access your ACT! contact databases in the TalkWorks PRO Telephone.


Integrating ACT! with WinFax (help wizard)
Integrating ACT! with WinFax

More information needed ...

Which version of ACT! are you using?

ACT! 2.x

ACT! 3.x

ACT! 4.x/2000

Note

To check the version of ACT! you are using, start ACT! and click About ACT! on the Help menu.


Integrating ACT! with WinFax (ACT! 2.x)
Integrating ACT! 2.x with WinFax

You can integrate WinFax and ACT! in the following ways:

Use WinFax as your ACT! faxing software [image] You can send WinFax faxes directly from your default word processor. (For more information about setting up WinFax as your ACT! faxing software, click here [image].)

Set up your ACT! databases as phonebooks in WinFax [image] During WinFax installation, ACT! automatically integrates with WinFax. You do not need to do anything else. ACT! automatically creates a read-only link to its phonebook and displays the phonebook in the WinFax Send dialog, the Message Manager Phonebooks window, and the TalkWorks PRO Telephone. Each time you access your ACT! contact database from WinFax, WinFax starts ACT! and displays the latest ACT! information.


Integrating ACT! with WinFax (ACT! 3.x)
Integrating ACT! 3.x with WinFax

You can integrate WinFax and ACT! in the following ways:

Use WinFax as your ACT! faxing software [image] You can send WinFax faxes directly from your ACT! word processor. (For more information about setting up WinFax as your ACT! faxing software, click here [image].)

Set up your ACT! databases as phonebooks in WinFax [image] During WinFax installation, ACT! automatically integrates with WinFax. You do not need to do anything else. ACT! automatically creates a read-only link to its phonebook and displays the phonebook in the WinFax Send dialog and in the Message Manager Phonebooks window. Each time you access your ACT! contact database from WinFax, WinFax starts ACT! and displays the latest ACT! information.


Integrating ACT! with WinFax (ACT! 4.x/2000)
Integrating ACT! 4.x/2000 with WinFax

You can integrate WinFax and ACT! in the following ways:

Use WinFax as your ACT! faxing software [image] You can send WinFax faxes directly from your default ACT! word processor. (For more information about setting up WinFax as your ACT! faxing software, click here [image].)

Set up your ACT! databases as phonebooks in WinFax [image] If WinFax detects you are running ACT! and WinFax together, it will automatically prompt you to select the ACT! 4.x/2000 databases you want to set up as phonebooks in WinFax. Otherwise, you can set up your ACT! 4.x/2000 database as an "external" phonebook in WinFax yourself (for more information, click here [image]).


Setting up WinFax as your ACT! faxing software (help wizard)
Setting up WinFax as your ACT! faxing software

More information needed ...

Which version of ACT! are you using?

ACT! 2.x

ACT! 3.x

ACT! 4.x/2000

Note

To check the version of ACT! you are using, start ACT! and click About ACT! on the Help menu.


Setting up WinFax as your ACT! faxing software (ACT! 2.x)
Setting up WinFax as your ACT! 2.x faxing software

1	Start ACT!

2	On the Edit menu in ACT!, click Preferences. The Preferences dialog appears.

3	In the Modify list, click Miscellaneous.

4	In the WinFax section, enable Auto WinFax.

5	In the WinFax section, enable Use WinFax Icon.


Setting up WinFax as your ACT! faxing software (ACT! 3.x, 4.x/2000)
Setting up WinFax as your ACT! 3.x/4.x/2000 faxing software

1	Start ACT!

2	On the Edit menu in ACT!, click Preferences. The Preferences dialog appears.

3	Click the General tab.

4	In the Fax Software drop-down list, click WinFax.


Integrating your ACT! contacts with WinFax (ACT! 4.x/2000)
Integrating your ACT! contacts with WinFax

1	Do one of the following:

Windows 95/98 users [image] Proceed to step 2.

Windows NT/2000 users [image] Log onto Windows NT/2000 using an account with administrative privileges.

2	Start WinFax.

 How to …

3	On the Go menu, click Phonebooks. The Phonebooks window opens.

4	On the File menu, point to New and click Phonebook. The New Phonebook wizard starts.

5	Click Link To Existing Phonebook and click Next

6	In the Name field, type a name for the new phonebook and click Next.

7	Click ACT! 4.x/2000 And Higher and click Next.

8	Click Set Information. The ACT! 4.x/2000 Phonebook Properties dialog appears.

9	Click the File Access tab. Do the following:

a	In the Description field, type text to help you identify the phonebook in WinFax.

b	If the path for your ACT! database does not already appear in the Path field in the File Access section, click Select.. The Open dialog appears.

c	Select your ACT! database and click Open. The ACT! 4.x/2000 Phonebook Properties dialog reappears.

d	If your name does not already appear in the Name field, type it in.

e	If your ACT! database requires a password, type the password in the Password field.

f	If you are running WinFax under Windows NT/2000 and other non-administrative Windows NT/2000 users will be using WinFax on this computer, click Set Defaults to set up a default ACT! phonebook for those users.

11	Click the Options tab and specify how you want WinFax to track fax information in the Notes/History section in ACT! Do any the following:

Log faxes in the contact's Notes/History section in ACT!  In the When WinFax Sends To An ACT! Contact section, specify the type of events you want WinFax to log in the Notes/History section in ACT!

Remind me to resend failed events [image] If you want WinFax to create an ACT! activity entry for failed events, enable If A Send Fails.

Allow me to view faxes directly from the contact's Notes/History section in ACT!  If you want to be able to view this contact's faxes by double clicking the entry in the contact's Notes/History section in ACT!, enable Include A Link.

Notes

If you are running WinFax under Windows NT/2000, your Windows NT/2000 account must have administrative privileges in order to set up ACT! 4.x/2000 as an external phonebook.

For help on a setting in the ACT! 4.x/2000 Phonebook Properties dialog, click [image] at the top of the dialog and click the setting.


Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts (help wizard)
Faxing documents to one or more ACT! contacts

More information needed ...

Do you want to fax a document you created in your default ACT! word processor?

Yes

No


Mail Merge
Faxing documents to one or more ACT! contacts

More information needed ...

Do you want to use the ACT! Mail Merge feature?

Yes

No


Faxing documents to one or more ACT! contacts

More information needed ...

Which version of ACT! are you using?

ACT! 2.x

ACT! 3.x

ACT! 4.x/2000

Note

To check the version of ACT! you are using, start ACT! and click About ACT! on the Help menu.


Faxing using the ACT! Form Letter feature (ACT! 2.x)
Faxing using the ACT! 2.x Form Letter feature

1	Start the ACT! Word Processor and create or edit your Form Letter Document template. When you are finished, save your document template and exit the ACT! Word Processor.

2	Start ACT! (if it is not already running).

3	In ACT!, set up WinFax as your faxing software.

 How to …

4	Look up the contacts to whom you want to send the fax.

5	On the Write menu, click Form Letter. The Select Form Letter dialog appears.

6	Select your document template and click OK. The Prepare Form Letter dialog appears.

7	In the Use section, click the option corresponding to the contacts to whom you want to send this fax.

8	In the Output section, click Printer and then click OK. A dialog appears.

9	Log the faxed document in each contact's history (optional). Do the following:

Log the faxed document [image] Click Yes.

Do not log the faxed document [image] Click No.

WinFax begins processing the faxes.

10	Repeat step 4 to return to your regular printer.


Faxing using the ACT! Mail Merge feature (ACT! 3.x)
Faxing using the ACT! 3.x Mail Merge feature

1	Start your default ACT! word processor and create or edit your Mail Merge document template. When you are finished, save your document template and exit the word processor.

2	Start ACT! (if it is not already running).

3	Set up WinFax as your faxing software.

 How to …

4	Look up the contacts to whom you want to send the fax.

5	On the Write menu, click Mail Merge. The Open dialog appears.

6	Select your document template and click Open. The Mail Merge dialog appears.

7	In the Merge With section, click the option corresponding to the contacts to whom you want to send this fax.

8	In the Send Output To section, click Fax.

9	Log the faxed document in each contact's history (optional). Do the following:

Log the faxed document [image] Enable Create History When Sent and type the subject of the fax in the Regarding field.

Do not log the faxed document [image] Disable Create History When Sent.

10	Click OK. WinFax begins processing the faxes.


Faxing using the ACT! Mail Merge feature (ACT! 4.x/2000)
Faxing using the ACT! 4.x/2000 Mail Merge feature

1	Start ACT! (if it is not already running).

2	Set up WinFax as your faxing software.

 How to …

3	Look up the contacts to whom you want to send the fax.

4	On the Write menu, click Mail Merge. The Mail Merge dialog appears.

5	In the Merge With section, click the option corresponding to the contacts to whom you want to send this fax.

6	In the Template section, select the document template you want to use. If you want to create a new template, click the New button. If you want to edit an existing template, select the template and click the Edit button.

7	In the Send Output To section, click Fax.

8	Log the faxed document in each contact's history (optional). Do the following:

Log the faxed document [image] Enable Create History When Sent and type the subject of the fax in the Regarding field.

Do not log the faxed document [image] Disable Create History When Sent.

9	Click OK. WinFax begins processing the faxes.

Note

For additional information on WinFax Options, see the ACT! documentation.


Faxing documents to one or more ACT! contacts

More information needed ...

Which version of ACT! are you using?

ACT! 2.x

ACT! 3.x

ACT! 4.x/2000

Note

To check the version of ACT! you are using, start ACT! and click About ACT! on the Help menu.


Faxing documents to one or more ACT! contacts

More information needed ...

Do you have one of the documents you want to fax open?

Yes

No


Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts (starting from a Windows program)
Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts

1	If this is the first time you are using ACT! with WinFax, you must set up ACT! in WinFax. Do one of the following:

ACT! 2.x and ACT! 3.x [image] During installation WinFax detected ACT! installed on your computer and automatically integrated WinFax and ACT! You do not need to do anything else. Proceed to step 2.

ACT! 4.x/2000 [image] If you are using ACT! 4.x/2000 or later, you can further integrate ACT! and WinFax by setting up ACT! as an external phonebook. (For more information, click here [image].)

2	Start the appropriate program and open the first document you want to appear in the fax.

3	Do one of the following:

On the program's File menu, click the fax command. A WinFax fax command appears if you installed the appropriate WinFax macro for this program. A print dialog appears.

On the program's File menu, click Print (or the equivalent command). A print dialog appears.

4	Select the WinFax printer and print the document. The WinFax PRO Send dialog appears with the document you printed displayed in the fax preview area in fax image format.

5	Attach additional documents to your fax (optional). Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears.

b	Select the appropriate file and click OK. The Send dialog reappears with the selected file displayed in the fax preview area after the first document you added.

6	Address the fax to the appropriate ACT! recipients. Do the following:

a	In the phonebook list, click your ACT! phonebook.

b	In the record list, double click the ACT! contact you want to send this fax to. The ACT! contact appears in the Recipients list.

c	Repeat step b for each ACT! contact you want to send this fax to.

7	Add a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	In the Cover Page drop-down list, select the cover page you want to use.

b	On the cover page view beside the fax thumbnails, type a note. (If the cover page has more than one fill field, press Tab to move from field to field.)

8	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

9	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Notes

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

Some formatting changes may occur in your document when you select the WinFax printer. Selecting the WinFax printer before creating documents minimizes formatting changes; however, it may also limit your selection of available fonts.

 Related Topics


Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts (starting from WinFax)
Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts

1	If this is the first time you are using ACT! with WinFax, you must set up ACT! in WinFax. Do one of the following:

ACT! 2.x and ACT! 3.x [image] During installation WinFax detected ACT! installed on your computer and automatically integrated WinFax and ACT! You do not need to do anything else. Proceed to step 2.

ACT! 4.x/2000 [image] If you are using ACT! 4.x/2000 or later, you can further integrate ACT! and WinFax by setting up ACT! as an external phonebook. (For more information, click here [image].)

2	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

3	Address the fax to the appropriate ACT! recipients. Do the following:

a	In the phonebook list, click your ACT! phonebook.

b	In the record list, click the ACT! contact you want to send this fax to.

c	Click the Add From Phonebook button. The ACT! contact appears in the Recipients list.

d	Repeat steps b and c for each ACT! contact you want to send this fax to.

4	Add a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	In the Cover Page drop-down list, select the cover page you want to use.

b	On the cover page view beside the fax thumbnails, type a note. (If the cover page has more than one fill field, press Tab to move from field to field.)

5	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

6	Click Send. WinFax begins processing the fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.

 Related Topics


Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts (ACT! 4.x/2000) (directly from ACT!)
Faxing one or more documents to ACT! 4.x/2000 contacts

1	Start ACT!

2	Set up WinFax as your faxing software.

 How to …

3	Look up the contact or group to whom you want to send the fax.

4	Using your default ACT! word processor, create or open the first document you want to fax.

5	Depending on the default word processor you are using with ACT!, do one of the following:

ACT! Word Processor [image] On the File menu, point to Send and click Fax.

Microsoft Word [image] On the File menu, click Send Fax Using ACT!

Corel WordPerfect [image] On the File menu, click Send Fax Using ACT!

The ACT! Send Fax dialog appears.

6	Select the appropriate options and click Continue. The WinFax Send dialog appears with a new fax addressed to the current ACT! contact and the document displayed in the fax preview area.

7	Attach additional documents to your fax (optional). Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears.

b	Select the appropriate file and click OK. The Send dialog reappears with the selected file displayed in the fax preview area after the first document.

8	Add a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	In the Cover Page drop-down list, select the cover page you want to use.

b	On the cover page view beside the fax thumbnails, type a note. (If the cover page has more than one fill field, press Tab to move from field to field.)

9	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

10	Click Send. WinFax processes and sends your fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.


Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts (ACT! 3.x) (directly from ACT!)
Faxing one or more documents to ACT! 3.x contacts

1	Start ACT!

2	Set up WinFax as your faxing software.

 How to …

3	Look up the contact or group to whom you want to send the fax.

4	Using your default ACT! word processor, create or open the first document you want to fax.

5	Depending on the default word processor you are using with ACT!, do one of the following:

ACT! Word Processor [image] On the File menu, point to Send and click Fax.

Microsoft Word [image] On the File menu, click Send Fax Using ACT!

Corel WordPerfect [image] On the File menu, click Send Fax Using ACT!

The Create History dialog appears.

6	Log the faxed document in the contact's history (optional). Do the following:

Log the faxed document [image] Enable Attach Document To History, type the subject of the fax in the Regarding field, and click Create.

Do not log the faxed document [image] Disable Attach Document To History and click Cancel.

The WinFax Send dialog appears with a new fax addressed to the current ACT! contact and the document displayed in the fax preview area.

7	Attach additional documents to your fax (optional). Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears.

b	Select the appropriate file and click OK. The Send dialog reappears with the selected file displayed in the fax preview area after the first document you added.

8	Add a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	In the Cover Page drop-down list, select the cover page you want to use.

b	On the cover page view beside the fax thumbnails, type a note. (If the cover page has more than one fill field, press Tab to move from field to field.)

9	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

10	Click Send. WinFax processes and sends your fax.

Note

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.


Faxing one or more documents to ACT! contacts (ACT! 2.x) (directly from ACT!)
Faxing one or more documents to ACT! 2.x contacts

1	Start ACT!

2	Set up WinFax as your faxing software.

 How to …

3	Look up the contact or group to whom you want to send a fax.

4	In the ACT! word processor, create or open the first document you want to fax.

5	Fax the document using WinFax. Depending on the current Auto WinFax and Use WinFax Icon settings in the Preferences dialog (see step 2), do one of the following:

Auto WinFax on / Use WinFax Icon off [image] On the File menu, click Printer Setup, click WinFax On FaxModem in the Specific Printer drop-down list, and then click OK.

Auto WinFax on / Use WinFax Icon on [image] Click the WinFax icon.

Auto WinFax off / Use WinFax Icon on [image] On the File menu, click Print. Select the appropriate options and click OK.

The WinFax Send dialog appears with a new fax addressed to the current ACT! contact and the document displayed in the fax preview area.

6	Attach additional documents to your fax (optional). Do the following:

a	On the Insert menu, click Files. The Insert Files dialog appears.

b	Select the appropriate file and click OK. The Send dialog reappears with the selected file displayed in the fax preview area after the first document you added.

7	Add a cover page (optional). Do the following:

a	In the Cover Page drop-down list, select the cover page you want to use.

b	On the cover page view beside the fax thumbnails, type a note. (If the cover page has more than one fill field, press Tab to move from field to field.)

8	Select any other options in the Send dialog.

9	Click Send. WinFax processes and sends your fax.

Notes

For more information, see your ACT! documentation.

For help on a setting in the Send dialog, click What's This? on the Help menu and click the setting.


Addressing faxes to ACT! phonebook contacts

1	Start your fax and open the Send dialog.

 How to …

2	In the phonebook list, click the ACT! phonebook. A record list of all contact records in the selected phonebook appears below the phonebook list .

3	In the record list, double click the first ACT! contact to whom you want to send the fax. The selected contact appears in the Recipients list directly below the addressing fields in the Send dialog.

4	Repeat step 3 until the Recipient list contains all the contacts to whom you want to send the fax.


Logging faxes (ACT!) (help wizard)
Logging faxes

More information needed ...

Which version of ACT! are you using?

ACT! 2.x

ACT! 3.x

ACT! 4.x/2000

Note

To check the version of ACT! you are using, start ACT! and click About ACT! on the Help menu.


Logging faxes (ACT! 2.x, 3.x)
Logging faxes (ACT! 2.x/3.x)

By default, WinFax stores all sent and received faxes in the Messages message store (in the Send Log and the Receive Log in the Message Manager Logs window). When you use ACT! and WinFax together, you can also log faxes in the contact's History. To log faxes in the ACT! 2.x contact's History, send the fax directly from ACT! using WinFax as your faxing program. When prompted, enable the option to create a history of this fax.


Logging faxes (ACT! 4.x/2000)

By default, WinFax stores all sent and received faxes in the Messages message store (in the Send Log and the Receive Log in the Message Manager Logs window). When you use ACT! and WinFax together, you can also log sent and received faxes in the contact's History.

Sent faxes [image] If you want to automatically link sent faxes to the contact's History, enable Include A Link In The Note/History Entry To Open The Event on the Options tab of the ACT! 4.x/2000 Properties dialog (in the Message Manager Phonebooks window, click your ACT! phonebook, click Properties on the File menu, and then click the Options tab). You can also set this option from the WinFax Options tab on the ACT! Preferences dialog (on the Edit menu in ACT!, click Preferences).

Received faxes [image] You can manually link faxes you receive to an ACT! contact. To do this, click the appropriate fax in the Message Manager Logs window, then on the File menu, point to Link To ACT! 4.x/2000 Contact, click Phonebooks, and select the appropriate contact.

You can double click any linked fax in the ACT! Notes/History section to view the fax.


Viewing ACT! faxes (help wizard)
Viewing faxes

More information needed ...

Which version of ACT! are you using?

ACT! 2.x

ACT! 3.x

ACT! 4.x/2000

Note

To check the version of ACT! you are using, start ACT! and click About ACT! on the Help menu.


Viewing a fax from WinFax (ACT! 2.x, 3.x, 4.x/2000)
Viewing a fax from WinFax

Do either of the following:

Message Manager [image] On the Go menu, click Receive Log. In the Receive Log, double click the fax you want to view.

Controller [image] Right click the Controller icon on the Windows taskbar, point to New Messages and click the fax you want to view.


Viewing faxes

More information needed ...

Did you link your WinFax faxes to ACT! contacts either using the automatic setting in the ACT! 4.x/2000 Phonebook Properties dialog or manually using the Link To command on the File menu?

Yes

No


Viewing faxes

More information needed ...

How do you want to view the fax?

I want to view the fax from the ACT! contact's history

I want to view the fax from Message Manager or the Controller


Viewing a fax from an ACT! contact's history (ACT! 4.x/2000)
Viewing a fax from an ACT! 4.x/2000 contact's history

1	Start ACT!

2	Look up the appropriate contact.

3	In the Contact window, click the Notes/History tab.

4	Locate the fax log entry.

5	Double click the fax log entry. Fax Viewer starts and displays the first page of the fax.


 Viewing a fax from Explorer

1	Start Windows Explorer.

2	Right click the fax you want to view. A menu appears.

3	On the menu, click Quick View. Quick Fax Viewer starts and displays the first page of the fax.

 Related Topics


Starting Quick Fax Viewer from Windows

1	Start Windows Explorer.

2	Right click the fax you want to view. A menu appears.

3	On the menu, click Quick View. Quick Fax Viewer starts and displays the first page of the fax.

 Related Topics


Starting Fax Viewer from Quick Fax Viewer

On the File menu, click Open Using WinFax Viewer.

 Related Topics


Exiting Quick Fax Viewer

On the File menu, click Exit.


Selecting a magnification factor (Quick Fax Viewer)
Selecting a magnification factor

On the View menu, click the appropriate magnification factor.


Browsing through a multiple-page fax (Quick Fax Viewer)
Browsing through a multiple-page fax

On the View menu, click Previous Page or Next Page.


Rotating a fax page (Quick Fax Viewer)
Rotating a fax page

On the Rotate menu, click the appropriate rotate option.


Printing a fax (Quick Fax Viewer)
Printing a fax

1	On the File menu, click Print. The Print dialog appears.

2	In the Printer section, click the appropriate printer in the Name drop-down list.

3	Select any other appropriate options in the Print dialog.

Note

You can create fax attachments out of received faxes by selecting the WinFax printer.


Viewing and hiding the toolbar (Quick Fax Viewer)
Viewing and hiding the toolbar

On the View menu, enable Toolbar.

Note

To hide toolbars, on the View menu, disable Toolbar.


Viewing and hiding the status bar (Quick Fax Viewer)
Viewing and hiding the status bar

On the View menu, enable Status Bar.

Note

To hide the status bar, on the View menu, disable Status Bar.


Opening multiple instances of Quick Fax Viewer

On the View menu, disable Replace Window. A new Quick View window will open each time you open a fax file.

Note

To have the Quick Fax Viewer window change to show the new file each time you open a fax, enable Replace Window.